munotes®

History of Courts Notes | B.A. LL.B. (Five Year Course) Semester 3 | Mumbai University | munotes

Official Notes by munotes.in

History of Courts

B.A. LL.B. (FIVE YEAR COURSE) · SEMESTER 3

Strictly as per the revised CBCS syllabus of the University of Mumbai

For students of the University of Mumbai and all its affiliated law colleges

Open the book ↓

History of Courts

Copyright © 2026 munotes.in. All rights reserved.

Written and first published by munotes.in, 2026.

This book is free for individual students to read at munotes.in. No part of it may be reproduced, distributed, stored, translated or used for institutional or classroom purposes in any form without a prior written licence from munotes.in.

Licensing and permissions: contact@munotes.in

The text of statutes and of judgments reproduced in this book is in the public domain under section 52(1)(q) of the Copyright Act 1957. The commentary, arrangement, examples and questions are the original work of munotes.in.

munotes is an independent, student-run platform. It is not affiliated with, endorsed by, or officially connected to the University of Mumbai. Course names and university references describe the students and syllabus the material relates to.

munotes.in

Contents

Module I Administration of Justice (1600-1780), Regulating Act of 1773 & Settlement Act of 1781

  1. What the History of Courts Is, and How to Read This Book 1
  2. The Charter of 1600: A Company That Could Make Law 6
  3. From Factory to Court, 1601 to 1686 10
  4. The First Mayor's Court: Madras, 1687 16
  5. The Charter of 1726: Mayors' Courts at Madras, Bombay and Calcutta 20
  6. What Went Wrong, and the Charter of 1753 25
  7. Bengal Before 1772: the Dewani, the Dual Government and the Anarchy 31
  8. Warren Hastings's Judicial Plan of 1772 35
  9. The Plan of 1774, and the Reforms Down to 1780 39
  10. Why Parliament Intervened: the Road to the Regulating Act 43
  11. The Regulating Act 1773: The Government of Bengal 47
  12. The Regulating Act 1773: The Supreme Court at Calcutta 52
  13. The Regulating Act 1773: Rule-Making, Presents and Accountability 58
  14. The Charter of 26 March 1774 and the Court It Created 64
  15. The Trial of Raja Nandkumar, 1775 68
  16. The Trial of Radha Charan Mitra 73
  17. Kamaluddin's Case, 1775 77
  18. Sarup Chand's Case, 1777 82
  19. Gora Chand's Case: Dutt v. Hosea, 1779 87
  20. The Patna Case, 1777 to 1779 92
  21. The Cossijurah Case, 1779 to 1780 98
  22. What the Seven Cases Add Up To 104
  23. The Settlement Act of 1781: What Parliament Fixed 109
  24. What the Settlement of 1781 Left Behind 115
  25. Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1787 120
  26. Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1790 125
  27. Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1793 and the Cornwallis Code 130
  28. Sir John Shore and the Progress of the Adalat System 136

Module II Conflict Arising out of the Dual Judicial System & Judicial Committee of the Privy

  1. The Dual Judicial System: Two Sets of Courts in One Country 141
  2. Where the Two Systems Collided 146
  3. The Supreme Courts at Madras and Bombay 151
  4. The Indian High Courts Act 1861 155
  5. The Letters Patent, and the First High Courts 163
  6. The High Courts under the Government of India Act 1915 168
  7. The High Courts under the Government of India Act 1935 174
  8. The Federal Court, 1937 to 1950 180
  9. The Judicial Committee of the Privy Council: What It Actually Was 186
  10. Appeals to the Privy Council, 1726 to 1860 192
  11. Appeals to the Privy Council, 1861 to 1949 197
  12. The End of the Appeal to London, 1947 to 1950 202

Module III Court System under the Constitution of India & Rule of Law, Independence of Judiciary & Separation of Powers:

  1. The Constitution of 1950: What Changed for the Courts, and What Did Not 208
  2. The Supreme Court of India: Constitution, Judges and Tenure 213
  3. The Supreme Court: Seat, Registry and Original Jurisdiction 219
  4. Appeals to the Supreme Court 224
  5. The Supreme Court's Own Powers: Articles 137 to 147 230
  6. The High Courts under the Constitution 236
  7. Writ Jurisdiction: Article 32 242
  8. Writ Jurisdiction: Article 226, and the Five Writs 247
  9. The Subordinate Courts 253
  10. Tribunals, and the Reach of Judicial Review 259
  11. The Rule of Law Before Independence 264
  12. The Rule of Law After Independence 271
  13. Independence of the Judiciary: The Constitutional Guarantees 276
  14. Independence of the Judiciary: Who Appoints the Judges 281
  15. Separation of Powers: Before and After Independence 287

Module IV History of Legislature & History of Legal Profession:

  1. The Legislature Begins: the Charter of 1600 293
  2. The Charter Act of 1813 297
  3. The Charter Act of 1833: One Legislature for All India 301
  4. The Indian Councils Act 1861: the Council Remade 307
  5. The Indian Councils Act 1861: How Law Was Made 312
  6. The Indian Councils Act 1861: Legislation Returns to the Provinces 317
  7. The Indian Councils Act 1892 322
  8. The Indian Councils Act 1909: the Morley-Minto Reforms 327
  9. The Government of India Act 1919: the Central Legislature 333
  10. The Government of India Act 1919: Dyarchy in the Provinces 339
  11. The Government of India Act 1935: the Federation That Never Came 347
  12. The Government of India Act 1935: the Federal Legislature 355
  13. The Government of India Act 1935: the Three Lists 364
  14. The Indian Independence Act 1947 371
  15. The Legal Profession in Pre-British India 380
  16. Law Practitioners in the Mayor's Court, 1726 385
  17. The Legal Profession under the Charter of 1774 390
  18. The Company's Courts, and the Legal Practitioners Acts of 1846 and 1853 395
  19. The Profession under the Indian High Courts Act 1861 402
  20. The Legal Practitioners Act 1879 409
  21. The Indian Bar Committee 1923 and the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926 418
  22. The All-India Bar Committee of 1951 429
  23. The Advocates Act 1961: the Bar Councils 437
  24. The Advocates Act 1961: Admission, Enrolment and the Right to Practise 446
  25. The Advocates Act 1961: Conduct, Discipline and Appeals 455
  26. Law Reporting in India 467
  27. Codification, the Law Commissions and Law Reform 474
  28. Legal Education in India 483
munotes.in

Module I

Administration of Justice (1600-1780), Regulating Act of 1773 & Settlement Act of 1781

munotes.in

Chapter One

What the History of Courts Is, and How to Read This Book

Syllabus topic 1.1, the ground the whole paper stands on

In one line

The history of courts is the story of how India came to have the courts it has now, told from the first English trading charter of 1600 to the Constitution of 1950.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: this subject traces the growth of judicial institutions in India from the grant of the first charter to the East India Company in 1600, through the Mayors' Courts, the Supreme Courts, the Adalats and the High Courts, to the integrated judiciary established by the Constitution of India, together with the parallel growth of the legislature and of the legal profession.

Why a law student is made to study this at all

You are going to spend the next few years learning what the law is. This paper asks a different question: where did it come from, and why does it look like this?

Almost everything you will meet later has a date in it. The distinction between a High Court's original side and its appellate side is a leftover from 1861, when one court was made out of two. The writs in article 226 are English writs that came to Calcutta in 1774. The Supreme Court's power to give special leave under article 136 is the Privy Council's special leave with a new name. Even the phrase "letters patent appeal", which you will hear in the Bombay High Court, is the name of a document granted in 1865.

None of that is memorised more easily than it is understood. A student who knows why the Sadar Diwani Adalat and the Supreme Court could not agree in 1780 will never again be confused about why India has both a district judiciary and a High Court with original jurisdiction.

And there is a second reason. The subject is a straight paper of two and a half hours in which you will be asked to explain institutions, statutes and disputes. It rewards a student who can tell the story in order, with dates and names, better than almost any other paper you will sit.

The vocabulary, settled now rather than guessed at later

These words appear on every page from here on. Learn them once.

A charter is a grant made by the Crown, under the Great Seal, giving somebody a power or a privilege. It is not a statute: Parliament does not pass it, the King or Queen grants it. The Company's power to trade, to govern its settlements and to hold courts all began in charters. The formal name for the document is letters patent, meaning an open letter addressed to everybody rather than to one person, and the two words mean the same thing throughout this subject. When you read "the Charter of 1726" and "the letters patent of 1865", you are reading about the same kind of instrument two centuries apart.

munotes.in1

What the History of Courts Is, and How to Read This Book

An Act of Parliament is a statute passed by the Parliament at Westminster. From 1773 onwards Parliament legislated for India directly, and the Regulating Act, the Charter Acts, the Indian Councils Acts, the Government of India Acts and the Indian Independence Act are all Acts of Parliament. Several of them are called "Charter Acts" because they renewed the Company's charter, which is a name that has confused generations of students. A Charter Act is an Act of Parliament, not a charter.

A regulation was a law made in India by the Governor-General in Council for the Company's own territories. Cornwallis's forty-eight regulations of 1793 are the famous example. They were not Acts, because until 1833 the Indian legislature could not make Acts; they were subordinate law, made under a power given by an Act.

Jurisdiction means the authority of a court: what it may decide, over whom, and where. Almost every dispute in Module I is a dispute about jurisdiction, and it is worth noticing early that jurisdiction has three separate dimensions. There is jurisdiction over subject matter (may this court hear a revenue case at all?), over persons (may it summon this defendant?), and over territory (does its writ run in this district?). The Supreme Court at Calcutta and the Governor-General in Council quarrelled about all three at once.

Original jurisdiction means the power to hear a case for the first time, as a trial court. Appellate jurisdiction means the power to hear an appeal against another court's decision. A single court can have both, and in India the High Courts do: that is exactly what the Act of 1861 gave them, because it merged a trial court with an appellate one.

A Presidency Town meant Madras, Bombay or Calcutta: the three settlements where the Company had its headquarters, each under a President and Council. The mofussil meant everywhere else, the interior, the country districts. That single distinction runs through the whole of Modules I and II. For a century, English law and King's courts applied in the Presidency Towns and Indian law and Company courts applied in the mofussil, and the boundary between them was the source of every quarrel in this paper.

A Crown court was a court created by the Crown's charter, whose judges were appointed by the Crown and whose authority came from the King. A Company court was created by the Company, staffed by the Company's servants, and answerable to the Company. The Mayors' Courts of 1726 were Crown courts, because a royal charter created them. The Adalats of 1772 were Company courts. The Supreme Court of 1774 was a Crown court and the Sadar Diwani Adalat was a Company court, and that is why they could not be made to agree.

munotes.in2

What the History of Courts Is, and How to Read This Book

Two more words you will meet constantly. The Diwani was the right to collect the revenue of a province and to administer civil justice in it; it was a Mughal office, and the Company obtained it for Bengal, Bihar and Orissa in 1765. The Nizamat was the criminal side of the same government: the maintenance of order and the punishment of crime. Diwani courts are therefore civil courts and Nizamat courts are criminal courts, and the Sadar Diwani Adalat and the Sadar Nizamat Adalat are the chief civil and chief criminal courts of the Company's territories.

How this book is arranged, and why in this order

The book follows the University's own four modules and its own order, which is not chronological and is not meant to be.

Module I is the beginning: the charters from 1600, the Mayors' Courts, Warren Hastings's plans, the Regulating Act of 1773 and the Supreme Court it created, the seven famous proceedings that showed what was wrong with it, the Settlement Act of 1781 that answered them, and Cornwallis's three judicial plans.

Module II is the consequence: two systems of courts in one country, how they collided, how the Indian High Courts Act 1861 ended the split, and the appeal to the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council in London that sat above everything until 1949.

Module III jumps to 1950 and asks what the Constitution made of all this: the Supreme Court, the High Courts, the subordinate courts, the writs, and the three ideas the whole structure is supposed to serve, the rule of law, the independence of the judiciary and the separation of powers.

Module IV goes back to the beginning twice more, once to follow the legislature from the Charter of 1600 to the Indian Independence Act 1947, and once to follow the legal profession from pre-British India to the Advocates Act 1961 and the law reports.

So you will meet the Charter of 1600 in chapter 2 and again in Module IV, and the Government of India Act 1935 in Module II and again in Module IV. That is not repetition. The same document is being read for two different questions: what did it do to the courts, and what did it do to the legislature.

The one date that organises everything else

If you remember nothing else from this chapter, remember this. India did not have one system of courts until 1861.

From 1726 there were King's courts in the three Presidency Towns applying English law. From 1772 there were Company courts in the mofussil applying Hindu law to Hindus and Muslim law to Muslims. Those two systems ran side by side for nearly ninety years, with different judges, different procedure, different law, and separate appeals to London. Everything in Module I is about how the two came into existence and collided; the first half of Module II is about how they were finally merged.

munotes.in3

What the History of Courts Is, and How to Read This Book

A worked example

You are asked, in an examination, "Trace the development of the courts in India from 1600 to 1950." That is the whole paper in one line, and here is how a student who has read this book would build the answer.

Fix the two systems and the date they end. English law and King's courts in the Presidency Towns; Indian law and Company courts in the mofussil; and 1861, when one court replaced both.

Then take the King's side in order. The Charter of 1600 and the power to make law; 1661, the power to judge all persons living under the Company according to the laws of England; 1687, the first Mayor's Court at Madras under the Company's seal; 1726, Mayors' Courts at all three towns under the Great Seal, with an appeal to the King in Council; 1753, the amended charter; 1773 and 1774, the Regulating Act and the Supreme Court at Fort William; 1781, the Settlement Act.

Then take the Company's side. Hastings's plan of 1772 and the Adalats; the plans of 1774 and 1780; Cornwallis in 1787, 1790 and 1793.

Then join them. The conflict of the two systems, the Indian High Courts Act 1861, the letters patent of 1865, and the appeal to the Privy Council until 1949.

Then finish under the Constitution. The Supreme Court, the High Courts, the subordinate courts, the writs, and the three ideas of Module III.

Notice what the answer is made of: dates attached to instruments, and instruments attached to institutions. That is what this subject rewards, and it is why every chapter in this book names the charter, the Act or the regulation it is about in its own heading.

What beginners get wrong

"The Company was given the power to hold courts in 1726." No. The power to make laws and impose punishments was in the Charter of 1600 itself, and courts of a kind existed at Madras from 1687. What 1726 did was to create Crown courts on a uniform pattern at all three settlements.

"The Supreme Court at Calcutta became the Supreme Court of India." No. The Supreme Court at Fort William was abolished in 1862, when the Calcutta High Court replaced it. The Supreme Court of India was created by the Constitution in 1950, out of the Federal Court. The two are different institutions with the same name, ninety years apart.

munotes.in4

What the History of Courts Is, and How to Read This Book

"British India had no rule of law." Too simple, and the paper will not reward it. British India had courts that decided against the Government, and a Council that once sent sepoys to stop a sheriff. Module III asks you to weigh both, which is a different exercise from choosing a side.

Quick revision

  • The subject runs from the Charter of 1600 to the Constitution of 1950, in four modules.
  • A charter is a Crown grant, also called letters patent; an Act is passed by Parliament; a regulation was made in India under a power given by an Act.
  • Presidency Towns are Madras, Bombay and Calcutta; the mofussil is everywhere else.
  • Diwani is civil and revenue; Nizamat is criminal.
  • Crown courts came from a royal charter; Company courts were the Company's own.
  • Two separate systems of courts ran from 1772 to 1861, and 1861 is the date they were merged.

Test yourself

1. What is the difference between a charter and a Charter Act? A charter is a grant by the Crown under the Great Seal, creating a corporation or a court or a privilege. A Charter Act is an Act of the British Parliament renewing the Company's charter, and is a statute. The Charter of 1726 is a charter; the Charter Act of 1833 is an Act of Parliament.

2. What did "mofussil" mean, and why does it matter to this paper? Everywhere in the Company's Indian territories outside the three Presidency Towns. It matters because for nearly ninety years the law and the courts in the mofussil were entirely different from those in the Presidency Towns, and the boundary between them produced the disputes in Module I and the reform in Module II.

3. Name the two dimensions of jurisdiction that the Supreme Court at Calcutta and the Governor-General in Council quarrelled about. All three, in fact: subject matter (whether a revenue matter could be examined by the Court at all), persons (who counted as being in the Company's service, and so suable), and territory (whether the Court's process ran outside Calcutta).

4. Why is the same document, the Charter of 1600, taught twice in this book? Because MU's syllabus asks two questions of it. Topic 1.1.1 asks what it did for the administration of justice; topic 4.1.1 asks what it did for the legislature. It granted both powers in the same sentence.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in5

Chapter Two

The Charter of 1600: A Company That Could Make Law

Syllabus topic 1.1.1, "Period from 1600-1726"; and again at 4.1.1, "Charter of 1600"

In one line

On the last day of 1600 Queen Elizabeth I gave a group of London merchants a charter to trade in the East Indies, and in the same document gave them the power to make laws and to punish those who broke them.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Charter of 31 December 1600 incorporated "the Governor and Company of Merchants of London trading into the East Indies", granted it a monopoly of trade east of the Cape of Good Hope for fifteen years, and conferred on it a limited power of legislation and punishment over its own servants, subject to the condition that its laws be reasonable and not repugnant to the laws of England.

Why this document is the beginning of everything

The Company that eventually governed India was, on 31 December 1600, a group of about two hundred and eighteen merchants who wanted a share of the spice trade. Nothing in the charter contemplates courts of justice, still less an empire. What it does contain is a small, ordinary provision that any trading corporation of the period would have been given: the power to make rules for its own people and to enforce them.

That provision is the seed. Every court in this book grows from it or from the charters that enlarged it, and the limit written into it in 1600 was still being argued about in the Supreme Court at Calcutta in 1780.

What the charter actually granted

A corporation. The charter created a body corporate, that is, an artificial legal person that continues although its members change, with perpetual succession and a common seal. Its name was "The Governor and Company of Merchants of London, Trading into the East Indies". It was to be governed by a Governor and twenty-four committees, elected annually, which is the ancestor of the Court of Directors you will meet in every later chapter.

A monopoly. The exclusive right, for fifteen years, to trade in all the seas and territories beyond the Cape of Good Hope to the Straits of Magellan. Anybody else who traded there did so unlawfully and could have his ships and goods forfeited.

A power to make law. This is the part that matters here. The charter authorised the Governor and Company, in their general assembly, to make "Laws, Constitutions, Orders and Ordinances" for the good government of the Company and its servants, and to impose "Imprisonments, Fines and Amerciaments" (an amerciament is a money penalty fixed by the court rather than by a fixed tariff) on offenders.

A limit on that power. The charter attaches the condition in a single clause, and the clause is the most important sentence in the document for a law student. The laws, orders, constitutions, ordinances, imprisonments, fines and amerciaments were to be made "so always as the said Laws, Orders, Constitutions, Ordinances, Imprisonments, Fines and Amerciaments be reasonable, and not contrary or repugnant to the Laws, Statutes, or Customs of this our Realm."

munotes.in6

The Charter of 1600: A Company That Could Make Law

The repugnancy rule, and why it never went away

Two conditions were imposed, and it is worth separating them because students commonly merge them into one.

  1. The law made must be reasonable.
  2. It must not be contrary or repugnant to the laws, statutes or customs of England.

The second condition is called the rule against repugnancy, and it is the first restriction ever placed on law-making for India. A rule made by the Company that contradicted English law was void.

That rule outlived the Company by a century and a half. The Charter Act of 1833 gave the Indian legislature power to make laws that had the same force as Acts of Parliament, but only subject to restrictions; the Indian Councils Act 1861 listed what the Council could not touch; the Government of India Act 1935 provided for repugnancy between Federal and Provincial laws; and article 254 of the Constitution of India is a repugnancy clause today. The idea that a subordinate legislature's law fails where it conflicts with a superior law starts here, in a charter granted to a spice-trading corporation.

What the charter did NOT do

It gave the Company no power over anybody except its own members and servants. A merchant of Surat, a weaver of Bengal or a servant of the Mughal Emperor was outside it entirely. The Company had no territory, no subjects and no jurisdiction over anyone but its own employees, and would have none for sixty years.

It created no court. The power to fine and imprison had to be exercised by somebody, and in practice it was exercised by the Governor and Council of a factory. A factory, in this subject, is not a place where things are manufactured: it is a trading post, the place where the Company's factors, meaning its agents, lived and did business. Surat was a factory; so was Madras before it became a fortified settlement.

It gave no power to punish crime. Fines and imprisonment for breaches of the Company's own orders are a long way from trying a man for murder, and the Company spent most of the next century acquiring, charter by charter, the criminal powers it needed. That story is the next chapter.

A worked example

Imagine a Company servant at Surat in 1615, a factor named Thomas Aldworth, who trades privately on his own account in defiance of the Company's standing orders.

munotes.in7

The Charter of 1600: A Company That Could Make Law

Under the charter the Company's general assembly in London may make an ordinance forbidding private trade. That ordinance may impose a fine, or imprisonment, on a servant who breaks it. The President and Council at Surat may then fine Aldworth, or confine him, and ship him home.

Now change the facts. Aldworth kills a fellow factor in a quarrel. Nothing in the Charter of 1600 permits the President and Council to try him for murder or to hang him. The power granted is over the Company's own discipline, and homicide is not a matter of Company discipline. In practice such a man had to be sent to England for trial, which across a voyage of six months was no remedy at all. Closing that gap took the Company most of a century, charter by charter: the charter of 31 May 1609 confirmed and extended the Company's privileges without altering its constitution, twenty-four more followed between 1609 and 1639, and the powers that made a real criminal jurisdiction possible came with the charter of 1661 and the Admiralty charters of 1683 and 1686. Those are the next chapter.

Distinctions worth having straight

Charter of 1600The position after 1726
Who granted itQueen Elizabeth I, under the Great SealGeorge I, under the Great Seal
Who is boundThe Company's own members and servantsEverybody in the Presidency Towns
What law appliesCompany ordinances, not repugnant to English lawEnglish law, as administered by the Mayors' Courts
Is there a courtNo. The Governor and Company, and in India the President and CouncilYes. Three Mayors' Courts, and courts of Quarter Sessions
Criminal powerFines, imprisonment and amerciaments onlyOyer and terminer and general gaol delivery, that is, full criminal trial

What beginners get wrong

"The Charter of 1600 established the East India Company's courts in India." It did not. It gave a power to make rules and to punish breaches of them. Courts, in any sense a lawyer would recognise, arrive with the Charter of 1661 and, on the civil side, with the Madras charter of 1687.

"The monopoly was permanent." It was granted for fifteen years, renewable, and it was renewed and enlarged many times. It ended piece by piece: for India by the Charter Act of 1813 and altogether by the Charter Act of 1833.

"Repugnancy meant the Company had to apply English law in India." No. It meant the Company's rules could not contradict English law. Applying English law to inhabitants of India is a much later and much more contentious development, and it arrives with the Mayors' Courts.

Limits and criticism

The charter is a commercial instrument and reads like one. Its drafters were thinking about ships, customs duties and bullion exports, not about justice. The power of legislation is squeezed into one clause among many, and the words "reasonable" and "not repugnant" are the only guidance given about how it was to be used. For a body that would in time govern a subcontinent, that is a slender foundation, and the looseness is not accidental: nobody in 1600 imagined it would ever be needed for more than a few hundred men in a few trading posts.

munotes.in8

The Charter of 1600: A Company That Could Make Law

The deeper criticism belongs to Module IV rather than here. A power to legislate for India was granted by an English Queen to an English corporation without a single Indian being consulted, and the same fact is true of every instrument in this book until the Indian Councils Act 1861 and, in any real sense, until much later than that.

Quick revision

  • Granted 31 December 1600 by Queen Elizabeth I.
  • Incorporated "The Governor and Company of Merchants of London, Trading into the East Indies", with perpetual succession and a common seal.
  • Monopoly of trade beyond the Cape of Good Hope, for fifteen years.
  • Power to make "Laws, Constitutions, Orders and Ordinances" and to impose imprisonments, fines and amerciaments.
  • Limited by the repugnancy rule: the laws must be reasonable and not contrary or repugnant to the laws, statutes or customs of England.
  • Power extended over the Company's own servants only. No court, no territory, no criminal jurisdiction over strangers.

Test yourself

1. State the two conditions the Charter of 1600 attached to the Company's power of legislation. That the laws be reasonable, and that they be not contrary or repugnant to the laws, statutes or customs of England.

2. Over whom could the Company exercise the powers granted in 1600? Over its own members and servants only. It had no authority over Indians, over servants of the Mughal Emperor, or over Englishmen not in its employment.

3. Why is the repugnancy rule important beyond 1600? Because it is the first limit ever placed on law-making for India, and the same idea reappears in every constitutional instrument down to article 254 of the Constitution.

4. Was the Charter of 1600 a statute? No. It was a grant by the Crown under the Great Seal, that is, letters patent. Parliament did not begin legislating for India until 1773.

5. If a Company servant at Surat in 1620 committed murder, could the President and Council try and hang him under the Charter of 1600? No. The charter gave power to fine, imprison and amerce for breaches of the Company's ordinances, not to try capital crime. Criminal powers were acquired in later charters, beginning with 1615 and enlarged in 1661 and 1683.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in9

Chapter Three

From Factory to Court, 1601 to 1686

Syllabus topic 1.1.1, "Period from 1600-1726"

In one line

Between 1601 and 1686 the Company stopped being a group of traders with rules for its own staff and became a body with territory, with a power to judge everybody living in its settlements, and with courts.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the charters of this period, and in particular the Charter of 3 April 1661 and the Admiralty charters of 1683 and 1686, converted the Company's original power of internal discipline into a general judicial authority over all persons living in its settlements, and provided the first professional judges sent from England.

Why this period matters, when the syllabus barely names it

MU's label for this topic reads "Period from 1600-1726", and a student who takes that literally can be forgiven for thinking that nothing happened in between. A great deal happened, and without it the Charter of 1726 makes no sense.

Three things had to arrive before there could be courts. The Company had to acquire territory, because a court needs a place where its orders run. It had to acquire jurisdiction over strangers, because a court that can only fine its own clerks is not a court. And it had to acquire judges, because a Governor who is also a merchant and a magistrate is nobody's idea of an independent tribunal. Each of the three arrived separately, in that order, and each arrived by charter.

The first factory: Surat

MU has asked, in two sentences, where and when the Company's first factory in India was established, so the answer is set down here.

The place is not in doubt: Surat, then the principal port of the Mughal Empire on the west coast, and the Company's chief settlement in India until Bombay displaced it. Everything in this chapter that happens before Madras and Calcutta happens with Surat as the Company's headquarters in India: the Commissioners who went to take possession of Bombay in 1668 were sent from Surat, Bombay was subordinate to Surat, and the first Admiralty court with a trained judge, Dr John St John's, sat at Surat.

The year is not settled in the sources this book holds. The charters and the constitutional histories used here do not date the founding of the factory at all; the Surat district administration's own account gives 1612 for the first English business office in India and 1614 for the obtaining of trading rights, and the year most often printed in Indian textbooks is 1613. A student asked for a date should say Surat, in the second decade of the seventeenth century, and give 1612 to 1613 as the years usually assigned, rather than assert one of them as though it were certain.

munotes.in10

From Factory to Court, 1601 to 1686

What matters for this paper is not the year but the point chapter 20 made about the Charter of 1600: a factory is a trading post, not a jurisdiction. The Company's men at Surat lived under the Mughal Emperor's government and under the Company's own ordinances as against each other, and it was the Charter of 1661 that first gave a Governor and Council power to judge all persons living under them.

The Charter of 1609, and the twenty-four that followed

James I confirmed and extended the Company's privileges by the charter of 31 May 1609, making the trade monopoly perpetual instead of terminable at fifteen years, but making no remarkable alteration in the Company's constitution. Twenty-four further charters were granted between 1609 and 1639, and none of them changed the judicial position.

It is worth knowing that the monopoly itself was challenged and upheld. The Court of King's Bench decided in favour of the Company in East India Company v. Sands, known as the great case of monopolies, on the narrow ground explained in a later case that the charter only prohibited trade with infidels, with whom the King's subjects were not to communicate without his licence. We name the case for that single point and no more; our source records the decision and its ground, not its reasoning.

The Charter of 1661: the turning point

The charter of 3 April 1661 (13 Charles II) is the one to remember from this chapter, and the reason is a single grant of power.

Until 1661 the Company's charters had conferred nothing that could not have been given to any ordinary trading company. The Charter of 1661 gave privileges of an entirely new kind. It placed the Company's factories under its own Governors, authorised it to appoint Governors and other officers, and gave the Governor and Council of each settlement power to judge all persons living under them, in all causes whether civil or criminal, according to the laws of England, and to execute judgment accordingly.

Read that clause slowly, because four things in it are new.

  1. All persons living under them, not only the Company's servants. For the first time an Indian resident of a Company settlement was within the Company's judicial power.
  2. All causes, civil or criminal. Not merely fines for breaches of the Company's orders: theft, assault, debt, contract, homicide.
  3. According to the laws of England. The law to be applied is named, and it is English law.
  4. And to execute judgment. A power to sentence is worth nothing without a power to carry the sentence out, and it is given expressly.
munotes.in11

From Factory to Court, 1601 to 1686

A worked example: how a settlement used the power

The clause sat unused at Madras for seventeen years, which is itself instructive: a power in a charter is not a court until somebody sets one up.

On 18 March 1678, the inhabitants of Madras having greatly increased and complaints having been made that there was no way of deciding cases beyond the reach of the existing petty court, the Agent and Council resolved that under the Charter of 13 Charles II they had power to judge all persons living under them in all cases, civil or criminal, according to English law. They resolved that the Governor and Council should sit in the Chapel in the Fort every Wednesday and Saturday to hear and judge all causes, and that the Justices of the Choultry and the constables under them should execute the court's orders, meaning its writs, its summonses for jurymen, its executions after judgment and its arrests of criminals.

That body is sometimes called the High Court of Judicature at Madras, and it is a court in every ordinary sense: fixed sitting days, a place, a defined jurisdiction, jurors, process and officers to execute it.

It did not replace what already existed. A Choultry was a public building in a south Indian town, used as a resting place and as a court, and the Court of the Justices of the Choultry at Madras had been deciding small matters for years: small misdemeanours, breaches of the peace, and actions for debt not exceeding fifty pagodas. A pagoda was a gold coin of southern India, and the figure fixes the Choultry court as a small-causes court. It kept that work after 1678.

So by 1678 Madras had two courts: a superior court of the Governor and Council for serious civil and criminal causes, and an inferior court of the Justices of the Choultry for small ones. That two-tier shape is the shape the Charter of 1726 would give to all three settlements.

Bombay: territory, and a court for it

The island of Bombay came to Charles II from the crown of Portugal as part of the dowry of Catherine of Braganza, whom he married in June 1661. The King found it expensive to hold, and granted it to the Company in 1668, in the twentieth year of his reign.

Bombay therefore differs from Madras and Calcutta in a way worth noticing: it came to the Company as territory of the Crown transferred to the Company, not as a settlement acquired from an Indian ruler. The Commissioners sent from Surat to take possession asked for a Judge Advocate to be appointed, because the inhabitants were accustomed to the civil law, that is, the Roman-based law the Portuguese had administered.

munotes.in12

From Factory to Court, 1601 to 1686

As a temporary measure two courts were formed: an inferior court of a Company civil officer assisted by Indian officers, taking cognisance of disputes under two hundred xeraphins (a silver coin of Portuguese India), and a superior court of the Deputy Governor and Council whose decisions were to be final and without appeal except in cases of the greatest necessity. The Court of Committees in London approved the plan generally, asked that trial by jury be introduced, and declined to appoint a judge learned in the civil law, fearing that such a person might promote litigation and might not obey orders.

That refusal, and the reason given for it, is the theme of the whole of Module I in one sentence. The Company wanted courts, and did not want judges it could not control.

The Admiralty charters of 1683 and 1686

The charter of 9 August 1683 (35 Charles II) authorised the establishment of Courts of Admiralty at such places as the Company should think fit. Admiralty jurisdiction is jurisdiction over maritime matters, principally over ships, seamen, freight, salvage and, importantly for the Company, prize, meaning enemy ships and cargo captured at sea and condemned by a court before they can lawfully be sold. The charter of 12 April 1686 (2 James II) reconstituted those courts and extended their jurisdiction.

Two things follow from these charters that matter to this paper.

First, they brought the first professional lawyers from England to hold judicial office in India. A Judge Advocate was the judge of such a court. Dr John St John, the only person learned in the civil law sent out under the 1683 charter, was appointed judge of the court at Surat, to which Bombay was then subordinate, by a commission from the King of 6 February and one from the Company of 7 April 1684. Sir John Biggs, formerly Recorder of Portsmouth, was appointed Judge Advocate at Madras under the charter of 1686.

Second, and more revealing, both men fell out with the Governors at once. Dr St John became involved in disputes with Sir John Child, the Governor, who confined his jurisdiction to maritime cases and appointed a Mr Vaux to be judge in civil actions. At Madras, because no Judge Advocate had arrived, the President of the Council was appointed to fill the office, which caused such dissatisfaction that the President and Council resolved instead to continue the old court under the Charter of 13 Charles II until a Judge Advocate should arrive, which did not happen until 1687.

Distinctions worth having straight

Before 1661After 1661After 1683 and 1686
Who could be judgedThe Company's servants onlyAll persons living in the settlementsThe same, plus maritime and prize matters
What lawCompany ordinances, not repugnant to English lawThe laws of EnglandEnglish law and the civil law of the sea
Who judgedGovernor and Council, as employersGovernor and Council, as a courtA Judge Advocate, where one had arrived
Was there a professional judgeNoNoYes, and he quarrelled with the Governor within months
munotes.in13

From Factory to Court, 1601 to 1686

What beginners get wrong

"The Company got the power to try criminal cases in 1726." It got it in 1661. What 1726 supplied was a uniform court structure created by the Crown rather than by the Company.

"The Charter of 1661 created courts." It created a power. Madras acted on it in 1678, seventeen years later, and only after complaints from the inhabitants. A charter is an authority to act, not the act.

"Admiralty courts were about shipping and so are irrelevant to a history of courts." They are relevant for two reasons: they were the first courts in India presided over by a trained judge sent from England, and the pattern of what happened to those judges, sidelined by the Governor within a year, is the pattern that repeats in 1780 on a much larger scale.

Limits and criticism

The judicial arrangements of this period have one incurable defect and it is not a technical one. In every settlement the judge was, or was appointed by and removable by, the executive that was also the Company's trading management. The Governor sat as judge in the morning and bought pepper in the afternoon, and the parties before him were frequently his own colleagues, his subordinates, or the Company itself.

The Court of Committees said so in terms when it refused Bombay a civil lawyer: such a person might promote litigation and might not obey orders. A judge who obeys orders is not exercising judicial power, and the Company understood that perfectly well. It preferred obedience, and would go on preferring it until Parliament took the choice away in 1773.

Quick revision

  • The Company's first factory in India was at Surat, the Mughal Empire's chief western port; the year is not settled in the sources here, 1612 to 1613 being the years usually given.
  • 31 May 1609, James I: privileges confirmed and extended, monopoly made perpetual; no change in judicial powers. Twenty-four further charters to 1639.
  • 3 April 1661, Charles II: power to judge all persons living under them, in all causes civil or criminal, according to the laws of England, and to execute judgment. The turning point.
  • 1668: Bombay granted to the Company by Charles II, having come to the Crown in Catherine of Braganza's dowry. Two courts formed there; London asked for trial by jury and refused a civil lawyer.
  • 18 March 1678: Madras acts on the 1661 charter. Governor and Council sit in the Fort chapel on Wednesdays and Saturdays. The Justices of the Choultry keep small causes up to fifty pagodas.
  • 9 August 1683 and 12 April 1686: Courts of Admiralty; the first professional judges in India, Dr John St John at Surat and Sir John Biggs at Madras. Both were sidelined by the Governors.
munotes.in14

From Factory to Court, 1601 to 1686

Test yourself

1. What exactly did the Charter of 1661 add to the Company's powers? Power in the Governor and Council of each settlement to judge all persons living under them, in all causes whether civil or criminal, according to the laws of England, and to execute judgment. It extended the Company's judicial reach from its own servants to everybody in its settlements, and it named English law as the law to be applied.

2. Why did seventeen years pass between the Charter of 1661 and the Madras resolution of 1678? Because a charter confers a power and does not exercise it. The Agent and Council acted only when the population had grown and complaints were made that cases beyond the Choultry court's small jurisdiction could not be decided at all.

3. What was the Court of the Justices of the Choultry, and what was left to it after 1678? The petty court of Madras, sitting in the choultry. After 1678 it retained small misdemeanours, breaches of the peace, and actions for debt not exceeding fifty pagodas.

4. Name the two professional judges sent to India under the Admiralty charters, and say what happened to each. Dr John St John, judge of the court at Surat from 1684, whose jurisdiction Governor Sir John Child confined to maritime cases while appointing Mr Vaux to try civil actions; and Sir John Biggs, Judge Advocate at Madras under the charter of 1686, who arrived only in 1687 and was made Recorder of the new Mayor's Court there.

5. What does the Court of Committees' refusal to send a civil lawyer to Bombay tell you about the Company's idea of a judge? That it wanted a court whose decisions it could predict and whose officer would obey its orders. It gave both reasons openly: that a trained lawyer might promote litigation and might not obey the orders sent to him.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in15

Chapter Four

The First Mayor's Court: Madras, 1687

Syllabus topic 1.1.1, "Establishment of Mayor's Court (1726)". ⛔ This chapter is here because that label is incomplete.

In one line

The first Mayor's Court in India was set up at Madras in 1687, thirty-nine years before the charter most students are taught to date the Mayors' Courts from.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by a Charter dated 30 December 1687, granted under the Company's own seal, a Municipal Corporation consisting of a Mayor, twelve Aldermen and sixty or more Burgesses was established at Madras, and the Mayor and Aldermen were constituted a Court of Record with jurisdiction in civil and criminal matters, the first Mayor's Court in India.

Why this chapter exists at all

MU's syllabus prints the label "Establishment of Mayor's Court (1726)". A student who reads only the label will write in the examination that the Mayor's Court was established in 1726, and will be wrong by thirty-nine years.

The point is not a date for its own sake. The 1687 court and the 1726 courts differ in the one respect that decides everything else about a court: who created it. That difference is the reason 1726 matters, and it cannot be explained to a student who does not know 1687 existed.

What the 1687 charter set up

The charter of 30 December 1687 (3 James II) created at Madras a Municipal Corporation, that is, a legal person for the government of a town, consisting of:

  • a Mayor, the head of the corporation;
  • twelve Aldermen, the senior members of it, who held office for life or until removed;
  • sixty or more Burgesses, the ordinary freemen of the corporation.

The Mayor and the Aldermen were together constituted a Court of Record, meaning a court whose proceedings are permanently recorded and which has power to fine and imprison for contempt of itself. This was the Mayor's Court at Madras.

A Recorder was appointed to it. A Recorder, in English municipal practice, is a lawyer appointed to sit with the mayor and aldermen of a borough and supply the legal knowledge the merchants on the bench do not have. Sir John Biggs, who had been Recorder of Portsmouth and had come out as Judge Advocate under the Admiralty charter of 1686, was made Recorder of the new court, chosen because he understood "not only that constitution but the practical way of proceeding".

The charter was published at Madras with ceremony on 29 September 1688.

Notice who sat on it. The corporation was deliberately mixed. French, Portuguese and Hebrew merchants were appointed Aldermen, and in a general letter of 22 January 1692 the Court of Committees in London went further, complaining that too many Englishmen had been made Aldermen and recommending that in future they be of different communities: one Armenian, one or two Hebrews, one or two Portuguese, one or two Gentoos, and one Moor or Muslim. The recommendation could not be carried out, because the Armenians refused the office, the qualified Jews had left Madras, the Portuguese were unwilling for fear of their countrymen at St Thome, and the Company did not think it safe to trust the Moors.

munotes.in16

The First Mayor's Court: Madras, 1687

The Company's seal, and why it decides everything

The most important fact about the 1687 charter is not in its terms. It is in how it was issued.

At a Cabinet Council held on Sunday 11 December 1687, the question was discussed whether this charter should proceed from the King under the Great Seal of England. The Governor of the Company was commanded to attend, and advised against it. His reason is worth having in mind for the rest of Module I: he said that no person in India should be employed by immediate commission from His Majesty, because "the wind of extraordinary honour in their heads" would probably make such men so haughty and overbearing that the Company would have to remove them, as had happened with Dr St John and Sir John Child.

The King agreed, on the footing that if the charter went under the Company's seal the corporation would always be in some measure subject to the control of the Company's President and Council. And so it was settled.

That single decision is the difference between 1687 and 1726, and the consequences run through the whole paper.

Madras Mayor's Court, 1687The Mayors' Courts, 1726
Granted underThe Company's sealThe Great Seal, by George I
Whose court it wasA Company courtA Crown court
Who could alter itThe CompanyOnly the Crown
To whom did it answerThe President and CouncilThe Crown, and on appeal the King in Council
Where do appeals goWithin the Company's own hierarchyTo the Governor in Council, then to the King in Council in England

A court set up by the body it is expected to judge is not independent of that body, and the Company said in terms that this was the object. A court set up by the Crown is a different thing, and the men who sit on it know it.

A worked example

Take two disputes, forty years apart, and follow each.

Madras, 1690. A Portuguese merchant sues an English factor for the price of goods. The suit is heard by the Mayor and Aldermen under the 1687 charter. If the merchant is dissatisfied, his complaint lies within a structure the Company controls, because the corporation itself exists at the Company's pleasure under the Company's seal. If the factor is a servant whom the President wishes to protect, the President is not without means.

munotes.in17

The First Mayor's Court: Madras, 1687

Madras, 1730. The same dispute is heard by the Mayor's Court under the Charter of 1726. If the merchant is dissatisfied, he appeals to the Governor in Council; if the value exceeds one thousand pagodas, he may appeal from there to the King in Council in England. The Company's servants in Madras cannot stop that appeal, because neither the court nor the appeal is theirs to control. That is what a Crown court adds.

What beginners get wrong

"The Mayor's Court was established in 1726." The first one was established at Madras in 1687. The 1726 charter established three Mayors' Courts, at Madras, Bombay and Calcutta, on a uniform pattern, and, decisively, made them Crown courts. Say both, in that order, and the answer is complete.

"The 1687 court was a royal court because it was called a Mayor's Court." No. It was granted under the Company's seal, deliberately, so that the corporation would remain subject to the Company's President and Council.

"A Court of Record just means a court that keeps records." It means more: a court of record's proceedings are enrolled as a permanent memorial and it has an inherent power to punish contempt. Every Mayor's Court in this book, and every High Court in Module II, is a court of record, and article 129 of the Constitution says the same thing of the Supreme Court today.

Limits and criticism

The 1687 court had two defects and they are worth stating plainly because they are the defects the 1726 charter was meant to cure and did not.

The judges were merchants. A Mayor and twelve Aldermen drawn from the trading community of Madras, sitting with one professional Recorder, were not trained in law, and after Sir John Biggs died the Recordership lapsed and the court sat without any lawyer at all.

And its authority was doubtful outside the settlement. A charter under the Company's seal could confer no more than the Company itself possessed, and what the Company possessed came from the Charter of 1661: a power over persons living under it. Nothing in that reaches a Mughal subject at Madras who was not living under the Company, and the point was never squarely settled.

Quick revision

  • Charter dated 30 December 1687 (3 James II), published at Madras 29 September 1688.
  • Created a Municipal Corporation at Madras: a Mayor, twelve Aldermen, sixty or more Burgesses.
  • The Mayor and Aldermen were a Court of Record: the first Mayor's Court in India.
  • Sir John Biggs, formerly Recorder of Portsmouth, was its Recorder.
  • Issued under the Company's seal, not the Great Seal, deliberately, after a Cabinet Council on 11 December 1687, so that the corporation would remain subject to the Company's President and Council.
  • The Aldermen were deliberately mixed in community; London's 1692 attempt to widen them further failed for the reasons recorded above.
munotes.in18

The First Mayor's Court: Madras, 1687

Test yourself

1. When and where was the first Mayor's Court in India established? At Madras, by a charter dated 30 December 1687, published there on 29 September 1688. It was thirty-nine years before the Charter of 1726, which a student who reads only MU's topic label will misdate.

2. Under what seal was the 1687 charter granted, and why does it matter? Under the Company's seal, not the Great Seal. It matters because a grant under the Company's seal made the corporation and its court subject in some measure to the Company's own President and Council, whereas a grant under the Great Seal creates a Crown court which the Company cannot control. The reason was given openly at a Cabinet Council on 11 December 1687.

3. What is a Recorder, and who was the first at Madras? A lawyer appointed to sit with a mayor and aldermen and supply the legal knowledge they lack. Sir John Biggs, formerly Recorder of Portsmouth and Judge Advocate at Madras under the Admiralty charter of 1686.

4. Give one reason the 1687 court could not be a satisfactory court of justice. Its judges were merchants of the settlement with no legal training, sitting in a court created by, and subject to, the body whose servants were frequently before them. The single professional member, the Recorder, was not replaced after the office lapsed.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in19

Chapter Five

The Charter of 1726: Mayors' Courts at Madras, Bombay and Calcutta

Syllabus topic 1.1.1, "Establishment of Mayor's Court (1726)"; and 4.2.2, "Law Practitioners in the Mayor's Court 1726"

In one line

In 1726 the King granted a single charter that gave Madras, Bombay and Calcutta the same courts, created by the Crown instead of by the Company, with an appeal that ran all the way to England.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by the Charter of 24 September 1726, granted under the Great Seal by George I, a Corporation and a Mayor's Court were established at each of the three Presidency Towns, with civil jurisdiction and the power to grant probate and letters of administration; the Governor and five senior members of Council at each place were made Justices of the Peace with power to hold Quarter Sessions and to try all offences except high treason; an appeal lay from the Mayor's Court to the Governor in Council, and from there, where the matter exceeded 1,000 pagodas, to the King in Council in England.

Why this is the charter everybody remembers

Three reasons, and they are the three things to say first in any answer.

It is a Crown charter. It was granted under the Great Seal, by the King, not under the Company's seal. The courts it created were therefore the King's courts. Neither the Company in London nor the President and Council in India could alter them, and the judges of those courts knew it. That is the exact opposite of the arrangement deliberately chosen in 1687.

It is uniform. For the first time the same institutions existed at Madras, Bombay and Calcutta, in the same words. Before 1726 each settlement had improvised its own arrangements out of the 1661 charter and local practice.

It carried an appeal to England. A litigant in Calcutta could, if the sum was large enough, take his case to the King in Council in London. That is the beginning of the appellate jurisdiction which, by way of the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council, governed Indian law until 1949, and it is the subject of Module II.

The corporations and their courts

At each of the three settlements the charter created a body politic and corporate:

  • the Mayor and Aldermen of Madraspatnam;
  • the Mayor and Aldermen of Bombay;
  • the Mayor and Aldermen of Calcutta, at Fort William in Bengal.

Each of the three was constituted a Court of Record by the name of the Mayor's Court of that place. The composition was a Mayor and nine Aldermen, of whom seven had to be natural-born subjects of Great Britain and the remaining two might be subjects of any state in amity with England. Aldermen held office for life or until removed, and a vacancy was filled by election by the Mayor and Aldermen from the principal inhabitants. The Mayor was chosen annually by the Mayor and Aldermen out of the Aldermen.

munotes.in20

The Charter of 1726: Mayors' Courts at Madras, Bombay and Calcutta

What the Mayor's Court could do

Civil suits. The Mayor's Court, or any three of them of whom the Mayor or senior Alderman had to be one, could try, hear and determine all civil suits, actions and pleas between party and party arising within the town or within any factory subordinate to it.

Probate and administration. It could grant probate of wills, that is, the court's certificate that a will is valid and that the executor named in it may act, and letters of administration, the corresponding authority given to somebody to administer the estate of a person who died without a will. That is why so much of the litigation you meet in Module I is about estates: the Mayors' Courts were the probate courts of the Presidency Towns.

Nothing criminal. The Mayor's Court was a civil court. Crime was dealt with separately, and by different people.

The criminal side: Justices of the Peace and Quarter Sessions

The same charter provided that at each place the Governor or President and the five senior members of Council, according to their precedence, should be Justices of the Peace.

A Justice of the Peace is a magistrate: an officer who may commit for trial, take security for keeping the peace, and try small offences. Any three or more of them, the Governor or President or in his absence the senior member of Council being one, might hold Sessions of the Peace, that is, Quarter Sessions, and hold courts of record.

They were also made Commissioners of Oyer and Terminer and General Gaol Delivery. These are two ancient English commissions and the words are worth unpicking because they appear throughout this paper. Oyer and terminer is Norman French for "to hear and determine", and is the commission to try serious crime. General gaol delivery is the commission to try everybody then held in the gaol, so that the gaol is emptied of untried prisoners. Together they amount to full criminal trial jurisdiction.

So the shape of justice in a Presidency Town after 1726 is this: a civil court of merchants sitting as the Mayor's Court, and a criminal court of the Governor and his Council sitting as Justices and as Commissioners of Oyer and Terminer. The executive government of the settlement was the criminal court. Remember that when you reach the Regulating Act, because it is exactly what Parliament decided in 1773 had to stop.

The appeal, in two steps

Step one. Any person aggrieved by a judgment, sentence or decree of the Mayor's Court might appeal to the Governor or President and Council, who were themselves constituted a Court of Record for the purpose of receiving and determining such appeals. No person interested in the suit was to sit as judge on the appeal; where the voices were equal, the Governor or President had two voices.

munotes.in21

The Charter of 1726: Mayors' Courts at Madras, Bombay and Calcutta

Step two. The determination of the Governor in Council was final if the debt, damages or matter in dispute did not exceed 1,000 pagodas. If it exceeded 1,000 pagodas, the party aggrieved might, within fourteen days after the appellate decree was entered of record, appeal to the King in Council, "as is usual in cases of appeal from any of Our Colonies in the West Indies", on giving security to pay the sum adjudged with interest at eight per cent and the costs of the appeal.

A pagoda was a gold coin of southern India, so 1,000 pagodas was a substantial sum. The effect was that ordinary litigation ended in India and only large cases crossed the sea.

A worked example

Ramchandra, a Hindu merchant of Calcutta, sues Mr Holwell, an English trader of the same town, for the price of saltpetre delivered in 1730. The claim is for 1,500 pagodas.

  1. The suit is filed in the Mayor's Court of Calcutta. Three of its members, the Mayor being one, hear it. Neither party is a member of the court, so nobody has to withdraw.
  2. The court gives judgment for Ramchandra.
  3. Holwell appeals to the Governor and Council at Fort William, sitting as a Court of Record. If any councillor has an interest in the saltpetre contract, he does not sit.
  4. The Council affirms. The sum exceeds 1,000 pagodas, so Holwell may appeal to the King in Council within fourteen days of the decree being entered, giving security for the sum, interest at eight per cent and costs.
  5. That appeal is heard in London, before the King in Council, and the decision binds the courts at Calcutta.

Now change one fact. The claim is for 700 pagodas. The Council's decision is final, and no appeal lies to England.

The one silence that caused everything afterwards

Ask the obvious question: what law was the Mayor's Court to apply to a Hindu merchant and an English trader?

The charter does not say. It creates courts, gives them jurisdiction over "all civil suits between party and party", and stops. Because these were the King's courts and the judges were Englishmen, they applied English law, which is what an English court naturally does. And because the charter drew no distinction between an English defendant and an Indian one, English law was applied to Indians in the Presidency Towns in matters of contract, of inheritance and of family, in which they had their own law and had always been governed by it.

munotes.in22

The Charter of 1726: Mayors' Courts at Madras, Bombay and Calcutta

That silence is the single most consequential feature of the Charter of 1726, and everything MU asks about the next fifty years follows from it: the complaints of the inhabitants, the amended charter of 1753, Warren Hastings's rule of 1772 that Hindus be governed by Hindu law and Muslims by Muslim law, and the provision in the Settlement Act of 1781 that finally said so for the Supreme Court.

Distinctions worth having straight

Mayor's CourtGovernor in Council as a court
What it triedCivil suits, probate, administrationAppeals from the Mayor's Court, and, as Justices, crime
Who satMayor and nine Aldermen, merchantsThe Governor and five senior councillors
Created byThe Charter of 1726, under the Great SealThe same charter
Appeal from itTo the Governor in CouncilTo the King in Council, above 1,000 pagodas

What beginners get wrong

"The Charter of 1726 introduced the Courts of Requests." It did not. Courts of Requests for small causes came with the amended Charter of 1753, and the next chapter deals with them.

"The Mayor's Court tried criminal cases." It did not. Crime belonged to the Governor and the five senior councillors sitting as Justices of the Peace and as Commissioners of Oyer and Terminer and General Gaol Delivery.

"1726 gave Indians a court of their own law." The reverse. It gave them a court that applied English law to them, which is what the inhabitants complained of and what 1753 partly answered.

"The appeal went to the Privy Council." In 1726 the appeal lay to the King in Council. The Judicial Committee of the Privy Council, as a statutory body with a fixed constitution, was not created until 1833. The destination is the same institution in a loose sense, but the answer is more accurate if you say King in Council for this period.

Limits and criticism

The judges were still merchants, and now they were merchants applying a law they had not studied to people who had never heard of it.

The Company disliked the arrangement from the beginning, and for a reason it did not conceal: a Crown court with an appeal to England was outside its control. Within a generation it had procured an amended charter that took some of that back.

And the criminal jurisdiction was worse than the civil. The Governor and the five senior members of his Council were the executive government of the settlement, its principal traders, and now its criminal court. There was no separation of any kind, and the point was made forcibly by Parliament in 1773 when it created a court whose judges were sent from England and could not be dismissed by the Company.

munotes.in23

The Charter of 1726: Mayors' Courts at Madras, Bombay and Calcutta

Quick revision

  • Charter of 24 September 1726 (13 George I), granted by George I under the Great Seal: a Crown charter.
  • Corporations and Mayors' Courts at Madras, Bombay and Calcutta: Mayor and nine Aldermen, seven of them natural-born British subjects.
  • Mayor's Court: civil suits, probate and letters of administration. Courts of Record.
  • Governor or President and five senior councillors: Justices of the Peace, holding Quarter Sessions, and Commissioners of Oyer and Terminer and General Gaol Delivery: the criminal court.
  • Appeal: Mayor's Court to Governor in Council; above 1,000 pagodas to the King in Council within fourteen days, on security with interest at eight per cent.
  • The charter is silent on what law applies, so English law was applied to Indians. That silence is the origin of most of Module I.

Test yourself

1. Why is the Charter of 1726 more important than the Madras charter of 1687, when 1687 came first? Because it was granted under the Great Seal by the King, so the Mayors' Courts were Crown courts beyond the Company's control; because it made the arrangements uniform at all three Presidency Towns; and because it created an appeal to the King in Council in England.

2. Set out the appellate ladder from the Mayor's Court, with the money limit. Mayor's Court, then the Governor or President in Council sitting as a Court of Record, whose decision was final up to 1,000 pagodas; above 1,000 pagodas an appeal lay to the King in Council within fourteen days of the decree being entered, on security for the sum, interest at eight per cent and costs.

3. Who exercised criminal jurisdiction in a Presidency Town after 1726? The Governor or President and the five senior members of Council, as Justices of the Peace holding Quarter Sessions, and as Commissioners of Oyer and Terminer and General Gaol Delivery. They could try all offences except high treason. The Mayor's Court had no criminal jurisdiction.

4. What law did the Mayors' Courts apply, and what does the charter say about it? They applied English law. The charter says nothing at all about the law to be applied, and that silence is why English law came to be applied to Indians in the Presidency Towns in matters governed by their own personal law.

5. What is the difference between "oyer and terminer" and "general gaol delivery"? Oyer and terminer is the commission to hear and determine serious criminal charges. General gaol delivery is the commission to try all prisoners then in the gaol, so that none is left untried. Together they confer full criminal trial jurisdiction.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in24

Chapter Six

What Went Wrong, and the Charter of 1753

Syllabus topic 1.1.2, "Changes introduced by the Charter of 1753"

In one line

Twenty-seven years of the Mayors' Courts produced three complaints, and in 1753 a new charter answered all three: it put the courts back under the Governor's control, took Indian disputes out of them, and set up small-causes courts to deal with the trivial cases that were clogging them.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the amended Charter of 8 January 1753 re-established the Mayors' Courts at the three Presidency Towns with their Mayors and Aldermen appointed by the Governor and Council instead of elected by the corporation, excluded suits between Indian natives only unless both parties consented to submit them, and established a Court of Requests at each place to decide suits not exceeding five pagodas in a summary way.

What had gone wrong

Three complaints had accumulated, and the 1753 charter answers each one. It is easiest to learn them as three problems and three answers.

Problem one: the courts were not the Company's. A Crown court with an appeal to England was, from the Company's point of view, a body it could neither direct nor discipline, staffed by men its own servants had elected. The disputes between the Mayors' Courts and the Governors in Council in the 1730s and 1740s were constant.

Problem two: English law was being applied to Indians. The Charter of 1726 had drawn no distinction between an English defendant and an Indian one and had said nothing about the law to be applied, so the Mayors' Courts applied English law to Hindus and Muslims in matters of contract, of inheritance and of family in which they had their own long-settled law. That was resented, and it produced a stream of litigation nobody could predict the outcome of.

Problem three: the courts were choked with trifles. A court of merchants sitting a few days a week and applying English procedure was not a sensible forum for a dispute about a few rupees, and the small cases crowded out the large ones.

The event that forced the question: Madras, 1746

There is a fourth fact, and MU has asked about it directly: why did the Mayor's Court at Madras cease to exist in 1746?

Because the French took Madras. The settlement was taken by the French in September 1746 and held by them until 1749, when it was restored under the Treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle.

The Charter of 1753 recites the consequence itself: that event put an end to the Mayor's Court at Madras; and, it having been found by experience that there were some defects in the Charter of 1726, a new charter was granted for all three Presidencies.

Two things follow, and both are worth a sentence in an answer.

munotes.in25

What Went Wrong, and the Charter of 1753

The occasion was accidental and the reform was not. Madras had to have its court re-created whatever anybody thought of the 1726 scheme. What turned a re-creation into a reform is the second recital: the defects found by experience, which are the three problems set out above.

And the charter provided for the same thing happening again. It made provision for the event of the Company losing for a time the possession of any of its principal settlements, and the provision was needed almost at once: Calcutta was taken by Siraj-ud-Daula on 20 June 1756 and was not recovered until 2 January 1757, by the forces of the Crown and the Company under Colonel Clive and Admiral Watson. Module I's next chapters begin in the Bengal that came out of that.

What the Charter of 1753 did

It reconstituted the courts under the Company's hand. The Mayors' Courts at Madras, Bombay and Calcutta were re-established, again with a Mayor and nine Aldermen, seven of them natural-born British subjects and the other two permitted to be foreign Protestants, subjects of any country in amity with England. The decisive change is in the appointment. Where the 1726 charter had left the corporation to fill its own vacancies, in 1753 an Alderman who died or was removed was replaced by a person nominated by the Governor and Council, and an Alderman might be removed by the Governor or President and Council, subject to an appeal to the King in Council.

It took Indian disputes out of the Mayor's Court. This is the change to remember. The court's civil jurisdiction was granted in the same wide words as before, "all Civil Suits, Actions and Pleas between Party and Party", but with an express exception: "except such Suits or Actions shall be between the Indian Natives of Madraspatnam only, in which Case We will that the same be determined among themselves, unless both Parties shall by Consent submit the same to the Determination of the said Mayor's Court." The same exception was written into the Bombay and Calcutta clauses.

Read it carefully, because two things are being done at once. A suit between two Indians is outside the court unless both of them agree to bring it there. And where they do not agree, the charter does not send them anywhere in particular: it says the matter is to be "determined among themselves", which means by their own caste, community or arbitration arrangements, and it says nothing about what happens if those fail.

It created Courts of Requests. At each of the three settlements a Court of Requests was established, so called because it was the old English name for a small-debts court, "for the providing a more easy and speedy Method for recovering of small Debts". The Governor or President and Council were to appoint not fewer than eight and not more than twenty-four of the principal inhabitants to be Commissioners. Any three or more of them sat every Thursday from ten to twelve in the forenoon, or longer if business required, and heard and determined in a summary way, meaning without the formal pleadings and process of a full court, all suits where the debt or matter in dispute did not exceed five pagodas. The commissioners held office for two years, in rotation. The Mayor's Court was forbidden to proceed on any cause of suit not exceeding five pagodas.

munotes.in26

What Went Wrong, and the Charter of 1753

It kept the appellate ladder, with a repair. The appeal from the Mayor's Court still lay to the Governor or President in Council, whose decision was final up to 1,000 pagodas, and above that to the King in Council. Two improvements were made. Where the voices on the appeal were equal, the Governor or President, or in his absence the senior disinterested councillor, had two voices; and where there were not enough disinterested members of Council to hear the appeal at all, the party aggrieved might appeal directly to the King in Council within twenty-one days of the Mayor's Court decree, even if the sum was below 1,000 pagodas. Interest on the security was no longer fixed at eight per cent but at the current rate at the time of the decree.

It made the courts enforce each other's orders. If the Mayor's Court refused or neglected to execute a judgment given on appeal within fourteen days of being asked, the Governor or President and Council were required to execute it themselves.

A worked example

Two Hindu merchants of Calcutta, Gopal and Krishna, quarrel in 1755 over an account. Gopal wants to sue.

Before 1753, he would file in the Mayor's Court, which would try the suit and apply English law to it, whether or not either party had any notion what English law required.

After 1753, the Mayor's Court cannot take the suit at all, because it is between Indian natives only. It becomes triable there only if Krishna also consents. If he does not, Gopal's remedy is whatever his community provides: the arbitration of elders, the caste panchayat, or nothing.

Change the facts. Gopal sues an English trader for three pagodas. The Mayor's Court is forbidden to proceed, because the sum does not exceed five pagodas. He must go to the Court of Requests, where three commissioners will hear him on a Thursday morning and decide the matter summarily.

munotes.in27

What Went Wrong, and the Charter of 1753

Change them again. Gopal sues an English trader for 1,200 pagodas and loses in the Mayor's Court. He appeals to the Governor in Council; but four of the councillors have dealings with the defendant and cannot sit, and there are not enough disinterested members left to hear the appeal. Under the 1753 charter Gopal may go straight to the King in Council, within twenty-one days of the Mayor's Court decree.

Distinctions worth having straight

Charter of 1726Charter of 1753
Aldermen chosen byThe corporation itselfNominated by the Governor and Council
Suits between Indians onlyTriable, and English law appliedExcluded, unless both parties consent
Small causesHeard by the Mayor's CourtCourt of Requests, up to five pagodas, summary
Appeal to the King in CouncilAbove 1,000 pagodas, within 14 daysThe same, plus a direct appeal within 21 days where the Council lacks a disinterested quorum
Interest on securityEight per centThe current rate at the date of the decree

What beginners get wrong

"The 1753 charter abolished the Mayors' Courts." It re-established them. What it altered was who appointed their members, what they could hear, and what was taken away to a smaller court.

"1753 gave Indians their own courts." It did not. It took their disputes out of the Mayor's Court and left them to be "determined among themselves". That is an exclusion, not a provision, and the absence of any forum is one of the reasons the Supreme Court in 1774 found itself dealing with Indians at all.

"The Court of Requests was an appellate court." The opposite: it was the lowest court, for debts of five pagodas or less, sitting one morning a week and deciding summarily.

"After 1753 the Mayors' Courts were Company courts again." Not in form. The charter was still a Crown charter under the Great Seal, and the appeal to the King in Council survived. What changed was the practical control, through the appointment and removal of Aldermen by the Governor and Council. That distinction between the form of a court and the practical control of it is worth carrying into Module III, where the same question is asked about the independence of the judiciary today.

Limits and criticism

The 1753 charter is a settlement in the Company's favour and it should be described as one.

It solved the Company's problem, which was control, more thoroughly than it solved the inhabitants' problem, which was justice. Excluding suits between Indians removed the grievance of English law being applied to them, at the price of leaving them without any court at all in the settlement where they lived. Taking small claims to a court of commissioners sitting for two hours a week was an improvement in speed and a reduction in the quality of the tribunal.

munotes.in28

What Went Wrong, and the Charter of 1753

And the criminal side was untouched. The Governor and the five senior members of Council remained the criminal court, which was the arrangement Parliament would find intolerable twenty years later.

Quick revision

  • September 1746: the French took Madras, which put an end to the Mayor's Court there; restored in 1749 under the Treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle. The new charter was granted for all three Presidencies because defects had been found by experience in the Charter of 1726.
  • Charter of 8 January 1753 (26 George II), amending the Charter of 1726.
  • Mayors' Courts re-established; Mayor and nine Aldermen, seven natural-born British subjects, the other two may be foreign Protestants.
  • Aldermen now nominated by the Governor and Council, and removable by them subject to appeal to the King in Council.
  • Suits between Indian natives only are excluded, to be determined among themselves, unless both parties consent.
  • Courts of Requests at each settlement: 8 to 24 Commissioners, any three sitting every Thursday, ten to twelve, deciding summarily, for suits not exceeding five pagodas. The Mayor's Court may not take such a suit.
  • Appeal ladder kept: Governor in Council, final to 1,000 pagodas, then the King in Council; plus a direct appeal within 21 days where the Council has no disinterested quorum.

Test yourself

1. Name the three changes the Charter of 1753 made, in one sentence each. It put the appointment and removal of Mayors and Aldermen in the hands of the Governor and Council; it excluded suits between Indian natives only from the Mayor's Court unless both parties consented; and it created Courts of Requests to decide suits up to five pagodas summarily.

2. What happened to a dispute between two Indians in Calcutta after 1753 if one of them refused to consent? The Mayor's Court could not hear it. The charter said such matters were to be determined among themselves, and provided no forum, so the parties were left to their community's own arbitration or to no remedy at all.

3. What was a Court of Requests, who sat on it, and what could it decide? A small-causes court at each Presidency Town, staffed by between eight and twenty-four commissioners chosen by the Governor and Council from the principal inhabitants, any three of whom sat every Thursday from ten to twelve and decided suits summarily where the debt or matter did not exceed five pagodas.

4. In what circumstances could a litigant go to the King in Council in a case worth less than 1,000 pagodas? Where there were not enough disinterested members of the Governor's Council to hear the appeal, so that no judgment could be given. The party aggrieved might then appeal directly, within twenty-one days of the Mayor's Court decree, whatever the amount.

munotes.in29

What Went Wrong, and the Charter of 1753

5. Was the Mayor's Court after 1753 a Crown court or a Company court? In form a Crown court: the charter was granted under the Great Seal and the appeal to the King in Council remained. In practice the Company controlled it, because the Governor and Council appointed and could remove its Aldermen.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in30

Chapter Seven

Bengal Before 1772: the Dewani, the Dual Government and the Anarchy

Syllabus topic 1.1.2, the ground the Plan of 1772 stands on

In one line

Between 1765 and 1772 the Company had the revenue of Bengal, Bihar and Orissa and none of the responsibility for governing them, and the result was so bad that it had to build courts.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by the grant of the Diwani in 1765 the East India Company acquired the right to collect the revenues and administer civil justice in Bengal, Bihar and Orissa, while the Nizamat, that is criminal justice and the maintenance of order, remained nominally with the Nawab; the resulting system, known as the dual government, separated power from responsibility and produced an administrative breakdown which the judicial plan of 1772 was designed to end.

The words you need first

A subah is a province of the Mughal Empire, and its governor is a subahdar, commonly called in Bengal the Nawab. By the middle of the eighteenth century the Mughal Emperor at Delhi was a shadow and the Nawab of Bengal was in practice an independent ruler.

The government of a province had two halves.

The Diwani is the revenue side: the right to collect the land revenue and, with it, the administration of civil justice, because in a country where almost all wealth is land, almost all civil disputes are revenue disputes.

The Nizamat is the criminal side: the maintenance of order, the police, and the trial and punishment of crime.

A zamindar was a holder of land with a hereditary right to collect its revenue and to pay a fixed sum to the government, keeping the difference. He is not quite a landlord and not quite a tax collector, and the ambiguity matters, because the Supreme Court would later have to decide whether a zamindar was in the Company's employment.

An amil was a revenue officer or agent, and a farmer of the revenue was a man who contracted to pay a fixed sum for the revenue of an area and to keep whatever more he could collect. Two of the seven proceedings MU names in topic 1.2 were brought by revenue farmers.

How the Company got the Diwani

After Plassey in 1757 the Company made and unmade Nawabs. After the battle of Buxar in 1764 it was in a position to ask the Emperor for something more permanent, and in 1765 Shah Alam II granted to the Company the Diwani of Bengal, Bihar and Orissa.

That grant is the hinge of the whole subject. Before it the Company was a trading corporation with settlements. After it, it was the revenue authority of three provinces containing some twenty million people, and by the same instrument the authority responsible for their civil justice.

munotes.in31

Bengal Before 1772: the Dewani, the Dual Government and the Anarchy

The dual government, and why it failed

What Clive constructed on that grant is called the dual government, and it is best understood as a deliberate division of the two halves of provincial government between two different people.

  • The Diwani, the revenue and civil justice, went to the Company.
  • The Nizamat, criminal justice and order, remained nominally with the Nawab, exercised through a deputy whom the Company in fact appointed.

The attraction for the Company was obvious. It got the revenue without having to answer for the government, and without alarming Parliament, the Emperor or its European rivals by openly assuming sovereignty.

The defect is equally obvious once stated. Power was separated from responsibility. The Company had the money and no duty to govern; the Nawab had the duty and no money and no power. Nobody was answerable for the ordinary administration of the country, and each could blame the other.

For the first few years the Company collected through Indian officers and did not interfere directly, which meant in practice that the collection was made by whoever could extract most. The famine of 1770, in which a large part of the population of Bengal died, was made worse by the revenue being collected as though nothing had happened.

What "civil justice" looked like in that period

There was no vacuum. Bengal had courts before the English arrived and they went on sitting: the kazi administering Muslim law, the pandit advising on Hindu law, the zamindar's own court in his zamindari, the village panchayat, and the Nawab's officers above them.

What there was not was any effective supervision or appeal, any protection for a litigant against the officer who was also collecting his revenue, or any way for an English inhabitant of the interior to be sued at all. And there was one particular gap the Company could not ignore: no judicial coercion over Europeans outside the Presidency Towns. A servant of the Company in the districts was, in practice, beyond the reach of any court in Bengal.

A worked example

Take a cultivator in Burdwan in 1770 who says the amil has taken more than the revenue due.

He can complain to the zamindar, who is the person on whose behalf the collection was made. He can complain to the amil's superior, who is a servant of the Company and whose own performance is measured by the amount collected. He can go to the kazi, who has no power over a revenue officer. He can go to the Nawab's officers, who have no money and no authority over the Company's servants.

None of those is a court in the sense of a tribunal separate from the person complained of. That is the state of affairs Warren Hastings inherited in 1772, and it is the reason his first act was to build courts rather than to reform the ones that existed.

munotes.in32

Bengal Before 1772: the Dewani, the Dual Government and the Anarchy

Distinctions worth having straight

DiwaniNizamat
What it coversRevenue and civil justiceOrder, police and criminal justice
Who held it after 1765The CompanyThe Nawab, in name
Chief court, after 1772Sadar Diwani AdalatSadar Nizamat Adalat
District court, after 1772Mofussil Diwani AdalatMofussil Faujdari Adalat

What beginners get wrong

"The Company became the ruler of Bengal in 1765." It became the Diwan of Bengal, Bihar and Orissa, which is a Mughal office. It carefully did not claim sovereignty, and the pretence lasted until 1772 in form and much longer in theory.

"The dual government means two governments." It means one government split into its two halves, revenue and criminal, held by two different persons. The problem is not duplication; it is that neither half was accountable.

"There were no courts in Bengal before the British." There were, and the Company's own plans of 1772 kept much of what it found: Muslim criminal law, the kazi and the mufti, Hindu and Muslim personal law, and the local jurisdiction of zamindars. What was new was the structure above them.

Limits and criticism

It is worth being careful here, because the paper invites a lazy answer in either direction.

The dual government was indefensible and the Company's own servants said so at the time. But the picture of total anarchy owes a good deal to the men who ended it and had an interest in describing what they replaced as chaos. What can be said with confidence is narrower and more useful: revenue was being collected by people with no obligation to administer justice, and justice was being administered, where it was administered at all, by people with no power over the revenue collectors. A system in which the same officer is both the tax gatherer and the judge is bad; a system in which nobody at all is the judge is worse. India would spend the next sixty years oscillating between those two, which is exactly what Cornwallis's three plans are about.

Quick revision

  • 1765: Shah Alam II grants the Company the Diwani of Bengal, Bihar and Orissa: revenue plus civil justice.
  • The Nizamat, criminal justice and order, stayed nominally with the Nawab: this is the dual government.
  • Its defect: power without responsibility, and responsibility without power.
  • No effective appeal, no protection against the collector, and no judicial coercion over Europeans in the interior.
  • The famine of 1770 exposed the whole arrangement.
  • The existing courts, the kazi, the pandit, the zamindar's court and the panchayat, continued and were partly absorbed into the plan of 1772.
munotes.in33

Bengal Before 1772: the Dewani, the Dual Government and the Anarchy

Test yourself

1. What exactly did the Company acquire in 1765, and what did it not acquire? It acquired the Diwani of Bengal, Bihar and Orissa: the right to collect the revenue and to administer civil justice. It did not acquire the Nizamat, which is criminal justice and the maintenance of order, and which remained nominally with the Nawab.

2. State the central defect of the dual government in one sentence. It separated power from responsibility: the Company had the revenue and no duty to govern, while the Nawab had the duty and neither money nor power.

3. Why does the difference between Diwani and Nizamat matter for the rest of this paper? Because the court structure built in 1772 is built on it: the Diwani produced the Mofussil Diwani Adalat and the Sadar Diwani Adalat on the civil side, and the Nizamat produced the Mofussil Faujdari Adalat and the Sadar Nizamat Adalat on the criminal side.

4. Who is a zamindar, and why did his exact status become a legal question? A holder of land with a hereditary right to collect its revenue and to pay a fixed sum to the government. His status mattered because the Supreme Court's jurisdiction after 1774 extended to persons employed by the Company, and whether a zamindar was such a person was the question at the heart of the Cossijurah dispute.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in34

Chapter Eight

Warren Hastings's Judicial Plan of 1772

Syllabus topic 1.1.2, "Warren Hastings Plan of 1772"

In one line

In 1772 Warren Hastings stopped pretending that the Nawab governed Bengal, and built a system of courts from the district up to Calcutta, staffed by the Company's own servants.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by the Regulations of 1772, commonly called the Judicial Plan of 1772, the President and Council of Bengal established in each district a Mofussil Diwani Adalat for civil causes and a Mofussil Faujdari Adalat for criminal causes, with a Sadar Diwani Adalat and a Sadar Nizamat Adalat at Calcutta as the chief civil and criminal courts, and directed that in suits regarding inheritance, marriage, caste and other religious usages and institutions the laws of the Koran with respect to Muslims and those of the Shastra with respect to Hindus should be invariably adhered to.

The word "adalat"

Adalat simply means a court. The names look formidable and are perfectly logical once split into their parts:

  • Mofussil means in the districts, outside the Presidency Town; Sadar means chief, principal, at the head.
  • Diwani means civil, from the Diwani, the revenue side of government; Faujdari and Nizamat both mean criminal.

So a Mofussil Diwani Adalat is a district civil court, a Mofussil Faujdari Adalat is a district criminal court, a Sadar Diwani Adalat is the chief civil court, and a Sadar Nizamat Adalat is the chief criminal court. Learn the four names as two pairs, civil and criminal, district and chief, and the structure is memorised.

Why Hastings acted

The Company, having been Diwan since 1765, had let its Indian officers collect and had watched the result. In 1772 the Court of Directors resolved to "stand forth as Diwan", that is, to administer the revenue directly through its own servants instead of through the Nawab's.

Once the Company administered the revenue directly, it could not avoid administering justice, for the reason given in the last chapter: in Bengal the great majority of civil disputes were about land and revenue, and a revenue administration without courts is simply a system of collection by force. Hastings, who became Governor in 1772, appointed a committee, made a report, and produced the plan.

The structure of 1772

The civil side. In each district a Mofussil Diwani Adalat was established, presided over by the Collector, the Company's servant in charge of the district's revenue, assisted by Indian law officers: the kazi and the mufti, learned in Muslim law, and the pandit, learned in Hindu law. It heard suits about property, inheritance, debt, contract and rent.

The criminal side. In each district a Mofussil Faujdari Adalat was established, presided over by an Indian officer, the kazi or the mufti with maulvis, and supervised by the Collector. It tried crime under Muslim criminal law, which was the criminal law of the country. Sentences of death and of forfeiture required the confirmation of the chief criminal court.

munotes.in35

Warren Hastings's Judicial Plan of 1772

The chief courts at Calcutta. Above them sat the Sadar Diwani Adalat, the chief civil court, consisting of the President and two members of Council, hearing appeals from the district civil courts in suits above a fixed value; and the Sadar Nizamat Adalat, the chief criminal court, nominally under an Indian judge, the daroga-i-adalat, with the kazi and muftis, but in fact supervised by the Governor and Council.

Notice what that means. The executive government of Bengal was the highest court of Bengal, on both sides. The Governor and his Council collected the revenue, governed the provinces, and sat as the final civil and criminal court. It is the arrangement of the Presidency Towns after 1726 repeated across three provinces, and Parliament would find it as unacceptable here as there.

The rule about personal law

The most durable single provision of the plan is the rule that in suits regarding inheritance, marriage, caste and other religious usages and institutions, the laws of the Koran were to be applied to Muslims and those of the Shastra to Hindus.

Three things follow from it and are worth stating separately.

  1. It is the origin of the personal laws as a category of Indian law. The idea that some subjects are governed by the law of the party's religion, and the list of what those subjects are, begins here as an administrative instruction.
  2. It answered, for the mofussil, exactly the complaint the Presidency Towns had made about the Charter of 1726: that English law was being applied to people who had never heard of it.
  3. It made the pandit and the kazi necessary. An English Collector could not find the law of the Shastra for himself, so the court had to contain somebody who could, and the law officers sat with the judge for that purpose. That arrangement lasted until the courts had enough translated texts and reported decisions to do without them.

A worked example

Ramkanta, a Hindu of the Burdwan district, dies in 1773. His widow and his nephew both claim the estate.

  1. The suit goes to the Mofussil Diwani Adalat of Burdwan, because it is a civil suit and it arises in that district.
  2. The Collector presides. The suit concerns inheritance, so the applicable law is the law of the Shastra, and the pandit attached to the court expounds it. The Collector decides according to that exposition.
  3. If the value exceeds the appealable limit, the losing party appeals to the Sadar Diwani Adalat at Calcutta, where the President and two members of Council sit.
  4. If the same Ramkanta had been murdered, the trial would have been in the Mofussil Faujdari Adalat, under Muslim criminal law, and a sentence of death would have gone to the Sadar Nizamat Adalat for confirmation.
munotes.in36

Warren Hastings's Judicial Plan of 1772

Now notice the difficulty that is already visible. The Collector who decides the inheritance suit is also the officer collecting the revenue from the same estate, and the Company has an interest in who holds it. Nobody in 1772 pretended otherwise, and Cornwallis would spend the 1790s trying to separate the two functions.

Distinctions worth having straight

Mofussil Diwani AdalatMofussil Faujdari Adalat
Civil or criminalCivilCriminal
Who presidedThe CollectorIndian law officers, supervised by the Collector
Law appliedHindu or Muslim personal law in the listed matters; usage and equity otherwiseMuslim criminal law
Appeal or confirmation toSadar Diwani AdalatSadar Nizamat Adalat, for death and forfeiture
Who sat in the chief courtThe President and two members of CouncilNominally an Indian judge, in fact the Governor and Council

What beginners get wrong

"The plan of 1772 was made by Parliament." It was made by the President and Council of Bengal, under the Company's own legislative power. Parliament's first intervention is the Regulating Act of the following year, and it changed much of what Hastings had built.

"The Sadar Diwani Adalat was a court of judges." It was the Governor and two members of his Council. The first time a professional judge sat in it as such is much later.

"Hastings introduced English law into the districts." He did the reverse in the matters the plan lists: Muslim law for Muslims and Hindu law for Hindus in inheritance, marriage, caste and religious usage. Outside those matters the courts decided by usage, custom and what they thought equitable, which is the origin of the phrase "justice, equity and good conscience" in later Indian statutes.

"The plan lasted." It did not survive three years intact. The Regulating Act arrived in 1773, the new Councillors arrived in 1774 and outvoted Hastings, and the plan was substantially altered in 1774 and again in 1780. That is the next chapter.

Limits and criticism

The plan has one structural defect and one practical one, and the paper usually asks about both.

Structurally, it put the Collector at the head of the civil court of his own district and the Governor in Council at the head of both chief courts. Revenue and justice were in the same hands at every level, from the district to Calcutta. A litigant who complained of the Company's revenue administration was complaining to the Company's revenue administration.

Practically, it was built by a government whose own composition Parliament was about to change. Hastings's plan assumed a Governor with authority over his Council; the Regulating Act gave him a Council that could and did outvote him. A plan of administration is only as durable as the administration that made it.

munotes.in37

Warren Hastings's Judicial Plan of 1772

What survives is larger than what failed: the four-court structure, the vocabulary, and above all the personal-law rule, which is with us still.

Quick revision

  • Made in 1772 by the President and Council of Bengal, not by Parliament, after the Directors resolved that the Company should "stand forth as Diwan".
  • District: Mofussil Diwani Adalat (civil, under the Collector, with kazi, mufti and pandit) and Mofussil Faujdari Adalat (criminal, Muslim criminal law).
  • Calcutta: Sadar Diwani Adalat (President and two members of Council) and Sadar Nizamat Adalat (criminal, in fact under the Governor and Council).
  • Death and forfeiture sentences required confirmation by the Sadar Nizamat Adalat.
  • The personal-law rule: in inheritance, marriage, caste and other religious usages and institutions, the Koran for Muslims and the Shastra for Hindus.
  • Defect: revenue and justice in the same hands at every level.

Test yourself

1. Name the four courts of the 1772 plan and say what each did. Mofussil Diwani Adalat, the district civil court under the Collector; Mofussil Faujdari Adalat, the district criminal court under Indian law officers; Sadar Diwani Adalat, the chief civil court at Calcutta consisting of the President and two members of Council; and Sadar Nizamat Adalat, the chief criminal court, nominally under an Indian judge but supervised by the Governor and Council.

2. State the personal-law rule of 1772 and say why it matters. That in suits regarding inheritance, marriage, caste and other religious usages and institutions, the laws of the Koran were to be applied to Muslims and those of the Shastra to Hindus. It matters because it is the origin of the personal laws as a category of Indian law and because it answered, for the districts, the complaint that English law was being applied to people governed by their own.

3. Why did the plan need pandits and kazis on the bench? Because the presiding officer was an English Collector who could not ascertain Hindu or Muslim law for himself, and the plan required that law to be applied in the listed matters. The law officers expounded it and the judge decided on their exposition.

4. Give the one criticism of the 1772 plan that the later history proves. That it united revenue collection and civil justice in the same officer, and executive government and the highest courts in the same body. Cornwallis separated them in 1793 precisely because of it, and the Regulating Act of 1773 was passed because Parliament would not accept a Governor in Council as a criminal court.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in38

Chapter Nine

The Plan of 1774, and the Reforms Down to 1780

Syllabus topic 1.1.2, "Reforms under the plan of 1774 and Recognition in 1780"

In one line

The plan of 1772 was pulled apart within three years by the new Council that the Regulating Act had given Bengal, and what emerged by 1780 was the arrangement that mattered most: revenue and justice in different hands.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: after the Regulating Act came into effect the Governor-General was outvoted by the new majority of his Council, and the scheme of 1772 was altered; in 1775 the superintendence of the revenue was vested in six Provincial Councils, the European Collectors were recalled and civil justice in the districts was transferred to Indian amils, with an appeal to the Provincial Councils and thence to the Governor-General and Council as the Sadar Adalat; in 1780 the Governor-General in Council separated civil jurisdiction from revenue jurisdiction, which is the reform MU calls the recognition of 1780.

Why the plan of 1772 did not survive

The reason is political, and it is the same fact that decides the whole of Module I: the Regulating Act gave Warren Hastings a Council that could outvote him.

Three of the four new Councillors, General Clavering, Colonel Monson and Philip Francis, arrived in Bengal in October 1774 and voted together. Under section 8 of the Regulating Act the Governor-General and Council were bound by the opinion of the majority of those present. Hastings had one vote and a casting vote when the Council was equally divided, which was of no use to him while the other three were alive and agreed.

So the plan of 1772 was not abandoned because it had failed. It was altered because the man who made it lost control of the body that had made it.

The changes of 1775

The alterations of 1775 are best learned as four connected moves.

  1. The superintendence of the collection of the revenue was vested in six Provincial Councils, for the divisions of Calcutta, Burdwan, Dacca, Murshidabad, Dinajpur and Patna.
  2. The European Collectors were recalled, and with them went the arrangement by which the Collector presided over the district civil court.
  3. The administration of civil justice in the districts was transferred to Indian amils, that is, revenue officers, appointed in the Collectors' place.
  4. An appeal lay from the amil in every case to the Provincial Council of the division, and from the Provincial Council, under certain restrictions, to the Governor-General and Council sitting as the Sadar Adalat.

Read the list again and notice what has happened. Revenue and civil justice have not been separated; they have been fused more tightly than before. The amil who collects is now also the judge, and the Provincial Council that supervises the collection is now the appellate court over him.

munotes.in39

The Plan of 1774, and the Reforms Down to 1780

That is the arrangement that produced the Patna Case and Sarup Chand's case, both of which are proceedings against a Provincial Council for what it did while acting as a court. When you reach those chapters, remember that the Council in each was doing exactly what the 1775 arrangement told it to do.

The reform of 1780: separating civil justice from revenue

By 1780 two pressures had made a change unavoidable. The Supreme Court, established at Calcutta in 1774, was suing the Provincial Councils and their officers for what they did in their judicial character, and the collection of revenue was suffering. And the Councils themselves, being revenue bodies with judicial work added, were doing the judicial work badly.

In 1780 the Governor-General and Council, "considering that important changes had taken place in the constitution and civil government of those provinces since 1772", passed Regulations for the more effectual and regular administration of justice in the provincial civil courts. The central change was the separation of civil jurisdiction from revenue jurisdiction: the Provincial Councils kept the revenue, and civil justice was given to a separate set of courts, with the Sadar Diwani Adalat above them.

Later in the same year all existing regulations respecting the Sadar and Provincial Courts were consolidated and amended, and early in 1781 a revised Code was issued.

Two features of these Regulations are worth noticing for later chapters. They were expressed to be binding only until a new arrangement should be made by authority of Parliament, which is an admission that the Company knew the question was above its head. And they were not registered in the Supreme Court, and probably were never registered, which under the Regulating Act meant that the Supreme Court was not bound to recognise them at all. Both facts point straight at the Settlement Act of 1781.

Why MU calls it "recognition in 1780"

The syllabus label is "Reforms under the plan of 1774 and Recognition in 1780", and students often ask what is being recognised.

Two things, and an answer can safely give both.

The Company recognised that justice is not a branch of revenue collection. From 1772 to 1780 the man who collected was the man who judged. The Regulations of 1780 accepted that the two functions had to be in different hands, and gave the civil courts a separate existence with the Sadar Diwani Adalat at their head.

And the Sadar Diwani Adalat was recognised as a real court, given a settled constitution and a body of rules, instead of being merely the Governor and two Councillors hearing appeals when they had time. It is from this point that it can be described as an institution, and by the Settlement Act of the following year Parliament itself would recognise it, which is the strongest sense of the word.

munotes.in40

The Plan of 1774, and the Reforms Down to 1780

A worked example

Follow one dispute through all three arrangements.

Bhagwan, a tenant in the Dinajpur district, says the revenue officer has distrained his crop wrongly.

Under the plan of 1772. He sues in the Mofussil Diwani Adalat. The judge is the Collector, who is the superior of the officer complained of. Appeal to the Sadar Diwani Adalat, which is the Governor and two Councillors.

Under the changes of 1775. He sues before the amil, who is himself a revenue officer. Appeal to the Provincial Council of Dinajpur, which supervises the revenue of the division. Appeal from there, with restrictions, to the Governor-General and Council as the Sadar Adalat.

After 1780. He sues in a civil court which is not part of the revenue establishment, and appeals to the Sadar Diwani Adalat. The Provincial Council keeps the revenue and loses the judicial work.

The complaint is the same in all three. Only in the third is he complaining to somebody other than the department complained of.

Distinctions worth having straight

177217751780
Who judges in the districtThe CollectorThe amilA separate civil court
Revenue supervisionThe CollectorSix Provincial CouncilsThe Provincial Councils
First appealSadar Diwani AdalatThe Provincial CouncilThe Sadar Diwani Adalat
Revenue and justiceUnitedUnited more tightlySeparated

What beginners get wrong

"The plan of 1774 was a new judicial plan by Hastings." It was not Hastings's plan and there is no single document called the plan of 1774. What MU's label refers to is the series of changes made by the new Council after the Regulating Act took effect, of which the principal ones are the arrangements of 1775 described above.

"1780 abolished the Provincial Councils." It did not. They kept the revenue. What they lost was the judicial work.

"The Regulations of 1780 bound the Supreme Court." They did not. They were not registered in the Supreme Court, and under the Regulating Act a regulation that was not registered there was not something the Court had to recognise. That is one of the reasons the quarrel could not be settled in India.

Limits and criticism

The period from 1774 to 1780 is the least tidy in this paper and it is worth saying why rather than apologising for it.

Bengal had, at the same time, a Company government whose members were at war with each other, a brand new Crown court that did not accept the Company's courts as courts, and a plan of administration being rewritten every second year. Nobody was in a position to make a settlement, because no authority in India was superior to both the Council and the Court.

munotes.in41

The Plan of 1774, and the Reforms Down to 1780

The Regulations of 1780 themselves say so, in the clause that limits their operation until Parliament should make a new arrangement. The Company had reached the end of what it could do by itself, and everything after this chapter, the Settlement Act of 1781 and the Cornwallis plans, is done under an authority the Company did not have.

Quick revision

  • The plan of 1772 was altered because the Regulating Act gave Hastings a Council that outvoted him; the new members arrived in October 1774.
  • 1775: revenue superintendence to six Provincial Councils (Calcutta, Burdwan, Dacca, Murshidabad, Dinajpur, Patna); Collectors recalled; civil justice in the districts to Indian amils; appeal to the Provincial Council, then to the Governor-General and Council as the Sadar Adalat.
  • 1780: civil jurisdiction separated from revenue jurisdiction; the Sadar Diwani Adalat given a settled place. Regulations consolidated later that year; a revised Code in 1781.
  • The 1780 Regulations were expressed to last only until Parliament made a new arrangement, and were not registered in the Supreme Court.

Test yourself

1. Why was the plan of 1772 altered so soon after it was made? Because the Regulating Act gave the Governor-General a Council of four, and under section 8 the majority decided. The three Councillors who arrived in October 1774 voted together and outvoted Hastings, and the changes of 1775 are theirs.

2. What did the changes of 1775 do to the district civil courts? They recalled the European Collectors, transferred civil justice to Indian amils, and made the six Provincial Councils the appellate courts, with a further appeal to the Governor-General and Council as the Sadar Adalat. Revenue and justice were more closely united than before, not less.

3. What is meant by the "recognition in 1780"? The separation of civil jurisdiction from revenue jurisdiction, and the recognition of the Sadar Diwani Adalat as a settled court with rules of its own rather than an occasional sitting of the Governor and two Councillors.

4. Why did the 1780 Regulations not settle the quarrel with the Supreme Court? Because they were made by the Company, were expressed to last only until Parliament acted, and were not registered in the Supreme Court, so the Court was not bound to recognise them. Only an Act of Parliament could settle it, and that is the Settlement Act of 1781.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in42

Chapter Ten

Why Parliament Intervened: the Road to the Regulating Act

Syllabus topic 1.2, the background to "Regulating Act of 1773: Provisions of the Act"

In one line

By 1772 a trading company was governing three provinces, could not pay its debts, and had come to Parliament for a loan, and Parliament used the moment to take control.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Regulating Act 1773 was passed because the East India Company, having acquired territorial revenues in Bengal, Bihar and Orissa, was in financial difficulty and applied to the Treasury for a loan, and Parliament, having inquired into its affairs through a Select Committee and a Secret Committee, took the opportunity to reform both the Company's constitution in England and its government in India.

The Act's own explanation

The Act says why it was passed, in its preamble, and a student who can quote the substance of it starts an answer well.

Its long title is "An Act for establishing certain Regulations for the better Management of the Affairs of the East India Company, as well in India as in Europe." Notice that the management of the Company, not the government of India, is what the title claims to be about.

The preamble gives two reasons. The first is that the powers and authorities granted by charter to the Company had been found by experience "not to have sufficient Force and Efficacy to prevent various Abuses which have prevailed in the Government and Administration of the Affairs of the said United Company, as well at Home as in India, to the manifest Injury of the Publick Credit, and of the commercial interests of the said company". The second is narrower and concerns the annual election of Directors, which by limiting their office to so short a time was said to weaken the authority of the Court of Directors and to produce instability in the Company's councils and measures.

Read that preamble carefully, because two things are absent from it. There is no mention of the people of Bengal. And there is no mention of justice.

The four things that forced Parliament's hand

Money. The Company had the revenues of three provinces and was nonetheless in serious financial trouble by 1772. It came to the Government for a loan. A body that asks the State for money invites the State to ask questions, and that is what happened.

Scandal. The fortunes made in Bengal by the Company's servants, the presents taken from Indian rulers, and the private trade carried on by men who were also the government, were the subject of angry debate in England. The famine of 1770 sharpened it.

Two parliamentary inquiries. The House of Commons appointed a Select Committee and then a Secret Committee to inquire into the Company's affairs. A Select Committee is a committee of members appointed to examine a particular matter and report; a Secret Committee is one whose proceedings are not published. Their reports supplied the material on which the Act was built, and they are the reason we know as much as we do about the period.

munotes.in43

Why Parliament Intervened: the Road to the Regulating Act

A government that could not govern itself. In Bengal the Governor could be, and was, overruled by his Council; Madras and Bombay acted independently of Bengal and sometimes against it, making war and treaties on their own account. Nobody in India was in charge of India, and nobody in England was in charge of the men in India.

What Parliament decided to do about it

The Act works on three levels at once, and an answer that separates them is much easier to follow than one that does not.

In England, it altered the Company's own constitution: the qualification for voting in the Court of Proprietors, that is, the general body of shareholders, was raised, and Directors were to be elected for four years with a quarter retiring annually instead of the whole body being elected each year. The object was to make the Directors less dependent on shifting majorities of shareholders.

In India, it created a Governor-General of Fort William in Bengal with a Council of four, gave that government a power of superintendence over Madras and Bombay, and gave it a power to make rules, ordinances and regulations.

Above both, it created a Supreme Court of Judicature at Fort William, of a Chief Justice and three other judges appointed by the Crown, and required the Company to transmit its correspondence about revenue and civil and military affairs to the Government in England.

Why a court, and why a Crown court

This is the question the paper most often asks in some form, and the answer has two halves.

The first half is that a government of servants could not be controlled by a court of servants. Every court in the Presidency Towns was staffed by the Company's own people; every court in the mofussil was the Collector, the amil or the Provincial Council. If the object was to make the Company's servants answerable, an answerable court had to come from outside the Company.

The second half is that Parliament was thinking about Englishmen in India, not about Indians. The abuses complained of in England were abuses committed by the Company's servants, and the remedy chosen was a court that could try them. That is why the Act's own jurisdiction clause, section 14, speaks of British subjects and of persons in the Company's service.

The consequence of that focus is the whole of the next six chapters. A court designed to control Englishmen was placed in a country of twenty million Indians, with no clear rule about which of them it could judge or by what law, and the collision was immediate.

munotes.in44

Why Parliament Intervened: the Road to the Regulating Act

A worked example

Put yourself in the House of Commons in 1773 with the Committees' reports in front of you. Three complaints have been proved to your satisfaction.

  1. A Governor has taken presents from an Indian ruler, and no court in India will try him for it.
  2. A Council in Bengal has made war on its own account, and the Company in London learned of it months later.
  3. The Company cannot pay its debts, and asks the Treasury for a loan.

The Act answers each. Section 23 forbids presents and private trade to the Governor-General, the Councillors and the judges. Sections 9 and 10 put Madras and Bombay under the superintendence of a Governor-General named in the Act, and sections 36 and 37 require the rules made in Bengal to be sent home. Sections 39 and 40 make an offence committed in India by a Governor-General, a Councillor or a judge triable in the Court of King's Bench in England. And section 13 creates a court in Calcutta that is not the Company's.

What beginners get wrong

"The Regulating Act was passed to reform the administration of justice in India." It was passed to regulate the East India Company. Its long title says so. The Supreme Court is one provision among many, and the Act's preamble does not mention justice at all.

"The Act made the Crown the ruler of India." It did not. The Company kept its territories and its revenues. What Parliament took was a measure of supervision, and even that was indirect. Crown government arrives in 1858.

"The Act created the Supreme Court." Strictly, it did not. Section 13 empowered His Majesty to erect and establish a Supreme Court by charter. The court itself was created by the Charter of 26 March 1774, and the distinction between the Act and the Charter is one that examiners like.

Limits and criticism

The most damaging criticism of the Act is not that it did too little but that it was drafted without anybody asking what it would do when it arrived.

It gave a Governor-General a Council that could outvote him, and then named the Councillors in the Act itself so that he could not be rid of them for five years. It created a court with English process and English judges and did not say what law that court was to apply to Indians. It gave the Council a power to make regulations and made those regulations void until registered in the very court whose jurisdiction was in dispute.

munotes.in45

Why Parliament Intervened: the Road to the Regulating Act

The judges of the Supreme Court themselves said later that the legislature had passed the Act without sufficiently investigating what it was doing, and that if the Act did not say more than was intended, it at least said more than was well understood. That is a fair summary, and the next six chapters are the proof of it.

Quick revision

  • Long title: "An Act for establishing certain Regulations for the better Management of the Affairs of the East India Company, as well in India as in Europe."
  • Causes: the Company's financial crisis and application for a loan; scandal over presents and private trade; the reports of the Select and Secret Committees; and a government in India that no one controlled.
  • In England: the qualification to vote in the Court of Proprietors raised; Directors elected for four years, a quarter retiring annually.
  • In India: a Governor-General and Council of four at Fort William, with superintendence over Madras and Bombay, and a power to make rules.
  • A Supreme Court of Judicature to be erected by royal charter.
  • The preamble mentions neither justice nor the people of Bengal.

Test yourself

1. Give the two reasons the Act's own preamble states. That the powers granted by charter had proved insufficient to prevent abuses in the government and administration of the Company's affairs at home and in India, to the injury of public credit and of the Company's commercial interests; and that the annual election of Directors weakened their authority and produced instability.

2. Why did Parliament think a Crown court was necessary, when courts already existed in Calcutta? Because every existing court was staffed by the Company's own servants, and the object was to make those servants answerable. A court of the Company could not control the Company.

3. Distinguish the Act from the Charter of 1774. Section 13 of the Act empowered the Crown to erect a Supreme Court by charter; it did not itself create one. The court was created by the Charter of 26 March 1774 granted under that power.

4. What was the Act's chief drafting weakness? It said who the Court could judge without saying what law it should apply, gave the Governor-General a Council that could outvote him and then named the Councillors in the statute, and made the Council's regulations depend on registration in the court with which the Council was in dispute.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in46

Chapter Eleven

The Regulating Act 1773: The Government of Bengal

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Regulating Act of 1773: Provisions of the Act"

In one line

Section 7 of the Regulating Act invented the office of Governor-General, section 8 made him one vote out of five, and section 10 named the four men who would outvote him.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: sections 7 to 10 of the Regulating Act 1773 provided for the government of the Presidency of Fort William in Bengal by a Governor-General and four Councillors, in whom the whole civil and military government of the Presidency and the management of the territorial acquisitions and revenues of Bengal, Bihar and Orissa were vested; required questions to be decided by the majority of those present, with a casting voice to the Governor-General on an equal division; gave that government the superintendence and control of Madras and Bombay in matters of war and peace; and named Warren Hastings as the first Governor-General with Clavering, Monson, Barwell and Francis as the first Councillors, for a term of five years.

Section 7: the office, and what was vested in it

Section 7 enacts that for the government of the Presidency of Fort William in Bengal there shall be appointed a Governor-General and four Councillors, and that the whole civil and military government of that Presidency, and also the ordering, management and government of all the territorial acquisitions and revenues in the kingdoms of Bengal, Bihar and Orissa, shall, while those acquisitions and revenues remain in the Company's possession, be vested in the Governor-General and Council.

Three points are worth drawing out.

The government is vested in the Governor-General and Council together, not in the Governor-General. He is not a Viceroy with advisers; he is the presiding member of a board. Every difficulty in the next six years follows from that.

The territorial revenues are named expressly, and are described as remaining in the Company's possession. Parliament is regulating the Company's exercise of them, not taking them.

And the words used are "the whole civil and military government". The Act does not carve out justice, and the Governor-General in Council therefore remained the head of the Sadar Diwani Adalat and the Sadar Nizamat Adalat while the Supreme Court sat a mile away, which is a large part of what went wrong.

Section 8: the casting voice, and why it decided history

Section 8 provides that in all cases where a difference of opinion arises on any question proposed in consultation, the Governor-General and Council shall be bound and concluded by the opinion and decision of the major part of those present; and that if by death, removal or absence they are equally divided, the Governor-General, or in his absence the eldest Councillor present, shall have a casting voice, and his opinion shall be decisive and conclusive.

munotes.in47

The Regulating Act 1773: The Government of Bengal

A casting voice is a second vote given to the presiding member to break a tie. It is the only special power the Act gives the Governor-General, and it is worth understanding exactly what it is worth. With five members present and three against him, a casting voice is worth nothing. It becomes decisive only when the Council is reduced to an even number and split.

That is not a technicality. Hastings was in a minority of one against Clavering, Monson and Francis from October 1774. Monson died in September 1776, leaving Hastings, Barwell, Clavering and Francis, an even number, and the casting voice made Hastings master of the Council for the first time. Clavering died in August 1777. Every event MU asks about in topic 1.2, from the trial of Nandkumar to the Cossijurah crisis, sits somewhere on that arithmetic.

Section 9: superintendence over Madras and Bombay

Section 9 gives the Governor-General and Council, or the major part of them, power of superintending and controlling the government and management of the Presidencies of Madras, Bombay and Bencoolen, so far that it shall not be lawful for any President and Council of those places to make any orders for commencing hostilities, or declaring or making war, against any Indian princes or powers, or for negotiating or concluding any treaty of peace or other treaty with them, without the consent and approbation of the Governor-General and Council first had and obtained, except in cases of such imminent necessity as would render it dangerous to postpone the hostilities.

This is the beginning of a central government for British India, and it is worth noticing how narrow it is. The control is over war and treaties, not over revenue, justice or ordinary administration. Madras and Bombay remained separate governments in everything else, and would remain so, with the central power growing by stages, until the Charter Act of 1833 made the Governor-General of Bengal the Governor-General of India.

Section 9 also required the subordinate Presidencies to correspond constantly and diligently with Bengal, transmitting an exact particular of all advices, intelligence and transactions coming to their knowledge relating to the government, commerce, revenues or interest of the Company.

Section 10: the four men, and the five years

Section 10 names them. Warren Hastings is to be the first Governor-General; Lieutenant-General John Clavering, the Honourable George Monson, Richard Barwell and Philip Francis are to be the four first Councillors. Each is to hold office for five years from his arrival at Fort William and taking upon himself the government, and is not removable in the meantime except by His Majesty, upon a representation made by the Court of Directors. After the five years, the power of nominating and removing the Governor-General and Council is vested in the Directors.

munotes.in48

The Regulating Act 1773: The Government of Bengal

Naming the men in the statute was meant as a guarantee of independence, and in one sense it was: the Company could not simply recall a Councillor who displeased it. What Parliament did not foresee is that it also made the government of Bengal unalterable for five years even when it had ceased to function.

A worked example

It is November 1774. The Council of Fort William must decide whether to accept the accusation Maharaja Nandkumar has made against the Governor-General, that he has taken presents.

  • Who decides? Under section 7 the government is vested in the Governor-General and Council; under section 8 the majority of those present decides.
  • Count the votes. Hastings and Barwell on one side; Clavering, Monson and Francis on the other. Three to two.
  • Does the casting voice help Hastings? No. It operates only on an equal division, and the division is three to two.
  • Can Hastings dissolve the Council or remove a member? No. Section 10 fixes them for five years, removable only by His Majesty on a representation of the Directors.
  • Result. The Council receives the accusation against its own President, over his objection, and proceeds to examine it. That is exactly what happened, and it is the beginning of the sequence that ends on the gallows in August 1775.

Now change one fact. Suppose Monson had died a year earlier. The Council is then Hastings, Barwell, Clavering, Francis: two against two, the casting voice operates, and the accusation is not received. The whole of Module I's most famous chapter turns on the arithmetic of section 8.

Distinctions worth having straight

Before the ActUnder sections 7 to 10
Head of government in BengalGovernor of Fort WilliamGovernor-General of Fort William
Who governsGovernor in Council, appointed by the CompanyGovernor-General and four Councillors named in the Act
How decidedBy the CouncilMajority of those present, with a casting voice on a tie
Madras and BombayIndependentSubject to Bengal's consent for war and treaties only
TenureAt the Company's pleasureFive years, removable only by the Crown on the Directors' representation

What beginners get wrong

"The Regulating Act made the Governor-General the ruler of India." It made him the head of a five-member board for the Presidency of Fort William, with a limited superintendence over Madras and Bombay in war and treaties. The office of Governor-General of India dates from the Charter Act of 1833.

"The casting vote gave Hastings control of his Council." It gave him a second vote only when the Council was equally divided. For his first two years he was in a minority of three to two and the casting voice was worthless to him.

munotes.in49

The Regulating Act 1773: The Government of Bengal

"Parliament appointed the Council to check the Governor-General." Parliament appointed them because it distrusted the Company's own patronage; the effect of naming them in the Act was to make the Council immovable, which is a different thing and turned out to be worse.

Limits and criticism

The government created by sections 7 to 10 had an internal contradiction that no amount of good faith could have cured. It made one man responsible in the eyes of Parliament for the government of three provinces and gave him one vote in five. It then fixed the five men in place for five years, so that a majority which would not work with its President could not be changed.

The Act of 1781 did not repair this. It was repaired only in 1786, when Parliament gave the Governor-General power to override his Council in matters affecting the safety, peace or interest of the empire, and that power is the ancestor of the Governor-General's special responsibilities in every later constitutional statute down to 1935.

Quick revision

  • s.7: a Governor-General and four Councillors for Fort William; the whole civil and military government of the Presidency, and the territorial acquisitions and revenues of Bengal, Bihar and Orissa, vested in them.
  • s.8: decision by the majority of those present; a casting voice to the Governor-General only on an equal division.
  • s.9: superintendence and control over Madras, Bombay and Bencoolen in war and treaties only, plus a duty to correspond.
  • s.10: Warren Hastings Governor-General; Clavering, Monson, Barwell, Francis the first Councillors; five years, removable only by His Majesty on the Directors' representation.
  • Sections 11 and 12 are omitted from our reprint and nothing is claimed about them.

Test yourself

1. In whom did section 7 vest the government of Bengal, and of what exactly? In the Governor-General and Council of Fort William, of the whole civil and military government of the Presidency and of the ordering, management and government of the territorial acquisitions and revenues in Bengal, Bihar and Orissa while they remained in the Company's possession.

2. Explain the casting voice, and say why it did not help Warren Hastings until 1776. It is a second vote for the presiding member when the Council is equally divided. It did not help Hastings while Clavering, Monson and Francis outvoted him three to two, because there was no equal division. It became decisive after Monson's death in September 1776 left an even number.

3. What control did section 9 give Bengal over Madras and Bombay? Only over war and treaties: those Presidencies could not commence hostilities, declare or make war, or negotiate or conclude a treaty with any Indian prince or power without Bengal's consent, except in cases of imminent necessity. They also had to correspond and transmit intelligence.

munotes.in50

The Regulating Act 1773: The Government of Bengal

4. What was the effect of naming the first Councillors in the Act itself? It secured them for five years against removal by the Company, which was intended to make them independent, and it also made the government of Bengal unchangeable for five years when its members would not work together.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in51

Chapter Twelve

The Regulating Act 1773: The Supreme Court at Calcutta

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Establishment of Supreme Court at Calcutta under the Charter of 1774"

In one line

Section 13 let the King create a Supreme Court at Calcutta with every kind of jurisdiction there is; section 14 said who could be brought before it; and section 15 said the one thing it could not do.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by section 13 of the Regulating Act 1773 it was made lawful for His Majesty by charter under the Great Seal to erect and establish a Supreme Court of Judicature at Fort William, consisting of a Chief Justice and three other judges, being barristers of England or Ireland of not less than five years' standing, with full power to exercise all civil, criminal, admiralty and ecclesiastical jurisdiction, and to be a court of record and a court of oyer and terminer and gaol delivery for Calcutta and its subordinate factories; by section 14 that jurisdiction extended to all British subjects residing in Bengal, Bihar and Orissa under the Company's protection, and to any person employed by or in the service of the Company; and by section 15 the Court was not competent to try any indictment or information against the Governor-General or any Councillor for an offence not being treason or felony committed in those provinces.

Section 13: the power, and the five jurisdictions

Section 13 begins with a recital that is easy to skip and should not be. It recites that King George II had, by letters patent of the eighth day of January in the twenty-sixth year of his reign, granted a charter constituting and establishing courts of civil, criminal and ecclesiastical jurisdiction at Madras, Bombay and Fort William, and that the said charter does not sufficiently provide for the due administration of justice in such manner as the state and condition of Bengal, so long as the Company held the territorial acquisitions, must require.

That is Parliament saying, in the statute itself, that the Charter of 1753 was not good enough for a Presidency that now governed three provinces.

It then enacts that it shall be lawful for His Majesty, by charter or letters patent under the Great Seal of Great Britain, to erect and establish a Supreme Court of Judicature at Fort William, to consist of a Chief Justice and three other judges, being barristers in England or Ireland of not less than five years' standing, to be named from time to time by His Majesty.

The court so established is declared to have full power and authority:

  • to exercise all civil, criminal, admiralty and ecclesiastical jurisdiction;
  • to appoint clerks and other ministerial officers, with salaries approved by the Governor-General and Council;
  • to form and establish rules of practice and rules for its own process, and to do all other things necessary for the administration of justice and the execution of the powers granted by the charter;
  • to be at all times a court of record;
  • and to be a court of oyer and terminer and gaol delivery in and for Calcutta, Fort William, and the factories subordinate to them.
munotes.in52

The Regulating Act 1773: The Supreme Court at Calcutta

Four of those words need unpacking, and a student should be able to give each in a line. Civil jurisdiction is over suits between subject and subject. Criminal jurisdiction is over offences. Admiralty jurisdiction is over maritime matters, including prize. Ecclesiastical jurisdiction is over matters that in England belonged to the Church courts, chiefly wills and the administration of the estates of the dead. To those the Court's own charter would add equity, so that the Court is commonly described as having five jurisdictions. Court of record, oyer and terminer and gaol delivery are explained at [The Charter of 1726: Mayors' Courts at Madras, Bombay and Calcutta].

Notice what is not in section 13. It does not say what law the Court is to apply. That silence, the same silence as in the Charter of 1726, is the origin of the trial of Nandkumar and of most of what follows.

Section 14: over whom

Section 14 is the jurisdiction clause, and it is the section that produced the quarrel. It provides that the new charter, and the jurisdiction, powers and authorities to be established by it, shall extend to all British subjects who shall reside in the kingdoms or provinces of Bengal, Bihar and Orissa, or any of them, under the protection of the said United Company, and that the Supreme Court shall have full power and authority:

  1. to hear and determine all complaints against any of His Majesty's subjects for any crimes, misdemeanours or oppressions committed or to be committed; and
  2. to entertain, hear and determine any suits or actions whatsoever against any of His Majesty's subjects in Bengal, Bihar and Orissa; and
  3. any suit, action or complaint against any person who shall, at the time when the debt or cause of action or complaint arose, have been employed by, or have been directly or indirectly in the service of, the Company.

The third limb is the trap. "Directly or indirectly in the service of the said United Company" is a phrase without edges. Was a revenue farmer in the Company's service? A zamindar who collected revenue and paid it to the Company? A banker who held the Company's money? A servant of a servant? Every one of the seven proceedings MU names in topic 1.2 turns, somewhere, on that phrase.

And notice a second difficulty. Limb 1 speaks of complaints against His Majesty's subjects for crimes, misdemeanours or oppressions. Were the inhabitants of Calcutta His Majesty's subjects? The Act does not say, the Charter does not say, and the judges of the Supreme Court later complained that the questions of who was a subject, and whether the territorial acquisitions amounted to an acquisition of sovereignty, were left doubtful to be decided by the Court whenever they should arise.

munotes.in53

The Regulating Act 1773: The Supreme Court at Calcutta

Section 15: the immunity of the Government

Section 15 provides that the Court shall not be competent to hear, try or determine any indictment or information against the Governor-General or any of the Council for the time being, for any offence, not being treason or felony, which he shall be charged with having committed in Bengal, Bihar and Orissa.

An indictment is a formal written accusation of crime presented to a court; an information is a similar accusation preferred without a grand jury. So the section is about criminal proceedings only, and it leaves two things untouched.

It does not protect the Governor-General or a Councillor from a charge of treason or felony. And it does not protect them from civil suits at all. That gap is exactly what the plaintiff in the Cossijurah dispute used when he sued Warren Hastings and the members of Council personally, and it is why the Settlement Act of 1781 had to go further than section 15.

A worked example

A merchant in Murshidabad in 1777 wants to sue for a debt. Can he do it in the Supreme Court at Calcutta?

Case one. The defendant is an English free merchant living at Murshidabad. Yes: he is a British subject residing in Bengal under the Company's protection, and section 14 covers him.

Case two. The defendant is an Indian banker who has never had anything to do with the Company. Section 14 gives no jurisdiction unless he is one of His Majesty's subjects, which was doubtful outside Calcutta, or was employed by the Company. The right answer is that the Court had no jurisdiction, and in practice a plea to the jurisdiction succeeded.

Case three. The defendant is an Indian who farms the revenue of a district for the Company. Now limb 3 of section 14 is arguable: was he "directly or indirectly in the service of" the Company at the time the debt arose? The plaintiff files an affidavit saying he was; the defendant says he was a contractor and not a servant. That single question is the Cossijurah dispute.

Case four. The plaintiff wants to prosecute a member of the Council for oppression, not amounting to felony, committed at Patna. Section 15 shuts the door: the Court is not competent to try such an indictment or information.

munotes.in54

The Regulating Act 1773: The Supreme Court at Calcutta

Distinctions worth having straight

Section 13Section 14Section 15
What it doesEmpowers the Crown to erect the Court and defines its powersDefines who may be brought before itDefines what it may not try
Key wordsChief Justice and three judges, barristers of five years' standing; civil, criminal, admiralty, ecclesiastical; court of record; oyer and terminer and gaol deliveryBritish subjects resident in Bengal, Bihar and Orissa under the Company's protection; and persons employed by or in the service of the CompanyNo indictment or information against the Governor-General or a Councillor for an offence not being treason or felony
The problem it createdIt is silent on what law applies"Directly or indirectly in the service" has no edgesIt protects only against criminal process, not civil

What beginners get wrong

"The Regulating Act established the Supreme Court." Section 13 empowered the Crown to establish it by charter. The Court was established by the Charter of 26 March 1774.

"The Supreme Court had jurisdiction over all Indians." It did not, and it never claimed to. Its jurisdiction over Indians depended on their being in the Company's service, or on their submitting to it, and where a zamindar pleaded to the jurisdiction the plea was ordinarily sustained.

"Section 15 protected the Governor-General from everything." It protected him from criminal indictments and informations for offences other than treason or felony. It did not protect him from a civil action, which is what he was in fact sued by in 1780.

"The judges were Company servants." They were barristers of at least five years' standing, appointed by the Crown, and paid, but not appointable or removable, by the Company. That independence is the whole point of the Court and the whole cause of the quarrel.

Limits and criticism

The criticism the judges themselves made is the one to remember, because it is both fair and precise: the Act made subjection to the English Crown the test of liability to the jurisdiction of the Court, and then said nothing about who was a subject.

There was no declaration, in the statute or in the charter, about which of the inhabitants of Bengal were subjects, nor whether the Company's territorial acquisitions amounted to an acquisition of sovereignty or only to powers exercised within the territories of the Mughal, nor whether Calcutta itself was so far within the King's allegiance that persons born there were natural-born subjects. Questions of the first importance were left doubtful, to be decided by the Court whenever they arose, and the Court had to decide them while being accused of usurpation for doing so.

Add to that the silence about the applicable law and the elastic words of the third limb of section 14, and the Act had built a court that could not avoid a collision with the government beside which it sat.

munotes.in55

The Regulating Act 1773: The Supreme Court at Calcutta

Quick revision

  • s.13: His Majesty may erect a Supreme Court of Judicature at Fort William by charter under the Great Seal; a Chief Justice and three judges, barristers of England or Ireland of five years' standing; civil, criminal, admiralty and ecclesiastical jurisdiction; power to make rules of practice; a court of record; a court of oyer and terminer and gaol delivery for Calcutta and its subordinate factories.
  • s.14: jurisdiction over all British subjects resident in Bengal, Bihar and Orissa under the Company's protection; over His Majesty's subjects for crimes, misdemeanours or oppressions and in suits; and over any person employed by, or directly or indirectly in the service of, the Company.
  • s.15: no indictment or information against the Governor-General or a Councillor for an offence not being treason or felony committed in those provinces.
  • The Act is silent on the law to be applied and on who is a subject.

Test yourself

1. What did section 13 actually enact? That it should be lawful for His Majesty by charter under the Great Seal to erect and establish a Supreme Court of Judicature at Fort William, of a Chief Justice and three judges who must be barristers of at least five years' standing, with all civil, criminal, admiralty and ecclesiastical jurisdiction, power to make rules of practice, the status of a court of record, and the commissions of oyer and terminer and gaol delivery for Calcutta.

2. Set out the three classes of person section 14 brought within the Court's jurisdiction. British subjects residing in Bengal, Bihar and Orissa under the Company's protection; His Majesty's subjects, against whom complaints for crimes, misdemeanours or oppressions and suits and actions might be entertained; and any person who at the time the cause of action arose was employed by, or was directly or indirectly in the service of, the Company.

3. What did section 15 protect, and what did it leave exposed? It protected the Governor-General and Councillors from indictments and informations for offences other than treason or felony committed in the three provinces. It left them exposed to charges of treason or felony, and to civil actions, and the civil action is what was used against them in the Cossijurah dispute.

4. Name the two silences in the Act that caused the quarrel with the Council. It did not say what law the Court was to apply, and it did not say who was a British subject or whether the Company's acquisitions amounted to sovereignty. Both were left to be decided by the Court in the course of litigation.

munotes.in56

The Regulating Act 1773: The Supreme Court at Calcutta

5. Was a zamindar within the Court's jurisdiction? Not as a zamindar. He came within it only if he was in fact employed by or in the service of the Company, or if he submitted to the jurisdiction. Where a zamindar pleaded to the jurisdiction the plea was ordinarily sustained.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in57

Chapter Thirteen

The Regulating Act 1773: Rule-Making, Presents and Accountability

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Regulating Act of 1773: Provisions of the Act"

In one line

Besides a court, the Act gave Bengal a power to make law that only the Supreme Court could validate, forbade its rulers to take presents or trade privately, and made them triable in England.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: section 17 protected the persons of the Governor-General, the Councillors and the judges from arrest or imprisonment on any proceeding in the Supreme Court; section 23 prohibited the Governor-General, the Councillors and the judges from accepting any present, gift, donation, gratuity or reward, and from carrying on any private trade; section 36 empowered the Governor-General and Council to make rules, ordinances and regulations for the good order and civil government of the settlement, not repugnant to the laws of the realm, which were of no force until registered and published in the Supreme Court; section 37 required copies to be transmitted to a Secretary of State and gave the Crown two years in which to disallow them; and sections 39 and 40 made offences committed in India by a Governor-General, President, Governor, Councillor or judge triable in the Court of King's Bench in England.

Section 36: the power to legislate, and the string attached to it

Section 36 is the legislative provision, and it has three parts.

The power. The Governor-General and Council of Fort William may, from time to time, make and issue such rules, ordinances and regulations for the good order and civil government of the settlement at Fort William and its subordinate factories and places as shall be deemed just and reasonable, and may set, impose, inflict and levy reasonable fines and forfeitures for their breach.

The limit. Such rules, ordinances and regulations must not be repugnant to the laws of the realm. That is the same restriction the Charter of 1600 placed on the Company a hundred and seventy-three years earlier, in almost the same words, and it is worth pointing out in an answer.

The condition. And here is the provision that mattered: the rules "shall not be valid or of any force or effect, until the same shall be duly registered and published in the said Supreme Court of Judicature".

Read the last part twice. The legislature of Bengal could not make a valid regulation without the concurrence, in the form of registration, of the court with which it was in dispute. A law that the Court refused to register was no law. It is difficult to imagine an arrangement better designed to produce a quarrel between a government and a court, and it duly did.

There is a corollary that catches students out. When the Governor-General in Council made the Regulations of 1780 separating civil from revenue jurisdiction, those Regulations were not registered in the Supreme Court, and probably never were. So on the Act's own terms they were of no force so far as the Court was concerned, and the Court was not bound to recognise the courts they set up. That is a large part of why the dispute could not be settled in India, and it is why the Settlement Act of 1781 gave the Council power to make regulations for the provincial courts without reference to the Supreme Court.

munotes.in58

The Regulating Act 1773: Rule-Making, Presents and Accountability

Section 37: transmission and disallowance

Section 37 required the Governor-General and Council, from time to time, to transmit copies of all such rules, ordinances and regulations to one of His Majesty's principal Secretaries of State. His Majesty might, from time to time as he thought necessary, signify to the Company under his sign manual his disapprobation and disallowance of any of them; and from the time such disallowance was duly registered and published in the Supreme Court at Fort William, the rules disallowed became null and void. If the Crown did not disallow within two years of the making of the rules, they stood.

A Secretary of State is a minister of the Crown; the sign manual is the sovereign's own signature, the formal instrument by which such an act is authenticated; disallowance is the annulment of a law by a superior authority, as distinct from a veto, which prevents it coming into force at all.

Learn this pair, section 36 and section 37, together, because they are the earliest form of a mechanism that runs through the whole of Module IV. Indian legislation is subordinate: it is made under a power, limited by repugnancy, and subject to disallowance from England. The Charter Act of 1833, the Indian Councils Act 1861 and the Government of India Acts all repeat the pattern with different names, and it does not finally disappear until 1947.

Section 23: presents and private trade

Section 23 provides that no Governor-General, no member of the Council, and no Chief Justice or judge of the Supreme Court shall, directly or indirectly, by themselves or by any other person for their use or on their behalf, accept, receive or take, from any person, in any manner or on any account whatsoever, any present, gift, donation, gratuity or reward, pecuniary or otherwise, or any promise or engagement for one; and that none of them shall carry on, be concerned in, or have any dealing or transaction by way of traffic or commerce of any kind whatsoever, for his own benefit or for anybody else's, the trade and commerce of the Company alone excepted, any usage or custom to the contrary notwithstanding.

munotes.in59

The Regulating Act 1773: Rule-Making, Presents and Accountability

The two prohibitions answer the two scandals that had brought the Company to Parliament's attention: the fortunes made from presents given by Indian rulers to the Company's servants, and the private trade carried on by men who were also the government and could give themselves advantages no competitor could match.

Section 23 is not an antiquarian detail. It is the section under which Maharaja Nandkumar accused Warren Hastings in March 1775 of having taken presents, and that accusation is where the most famous proceeding in this paper begins.

Section 17: the persons of the rulers and the judges

Section 17 provides that nothing in the Act shall extend to subject the person of the Governor-General, of any Councillor, or of the Chief Justice or judges, to be arrested or imprisoned upon any action, suit or proceeding in the Supreme Court.

It is a personal immunity from arrest and imprisonment, not an immunity from being sued. A Councillor could be sued, and judgment could go against him; what could not be done was to take his body. Put section 15 and section 17 side by side and the protection given to the Government becomes clear and also clearly incomplete: no criminal indictment except for treason or felony, and no arrest, but civil liability intact. That is precisely the gap the Cossijurah plaintiff used.

Sections 39 and 40: trial in England

Section 39 provides for an offence committed in India by a Governor-General, President, Governor or member of Council of any of the Company's settlements, or by the Chief Justice or any judge of the Supreme Court.

Section 40 explains why it was needed. It recites that the provisions made by former laws for hearing and determining in England offences committed in India had been found ineffectual, by reason of the difficulty of proving in this Kingdom matters done there, and enacts that in all cases of indictments or informations laid or exhibited in the Court of King's Bench for misdemeanours or offences committed in India, special provision might be made for the trial.

The Court of King's Bench was the principal common law court in England. The point of these two sections is accountability of a particular kind: the highest officers in India were to be answerable, but answerable at Westminster, not in Calcutta. Section 15 had taken them out of the Supreme Court's criminal jurisdiction, and sections 39 and 40 supply where they were to be tried instead.

An answer that puts sections 15, 39 and 40 together as a single scheme, immunity in India balanced by liability in England, is the answer that shows understanding rather than recall.

munotes.in60

The Regulating Act 1773: Rule-Making, Presents and Accountability

A worked example

The Council of Fort William resolves in 1777 to make a regulation fixing the fees of pleaders in the provincial courts.

  1. Is there power? Yes, under section 36: it is a rule for the good order and civil government of the settlement and its subordinate places.
  2. Is it within the limit? It must not be repugnant to the laws of the realm, and a scale of fees is not.
  3. Is it in force? Not yet. Under section 36 it is of no force until registered and published in the Supreme Court. If the Court declines to register it, it is not law.
  4. What next? Under section 37 a copy goes to a Secretary of State. If the Crown signifies disallowance under the sign manual, and the disallowance is registered and published at Fort William, the regulation becomes null and void. If nothing is done within two years, it stands.
  5. And if a Councillor takes 500 rupees from a pleader to have his name included? That is a present within section 23. He cannot be indicted for it in the Supreme Court, because of section 15, unless it is treason or felony; he cannot be arrested, because of section 17; but he may be prosecuted in the Court of King's Bench in England under sections 39 and 40.

Distinctions worth having straight

SectionWhat it doesThe catch
17The persons of the Governor-General, Councillors and judges are not to be arrested or imprisoned on any proceeding in the CourtIt is an immunity from arrest, not from suit
23No presents and no private trade for the Governor-General, Councillors and judgesEnforcement lay in England, not in Calcutta
36Power to make rules, ordinances and regulations, not repugnant to the laws of the realmOf no force until registered in the Supreme Court
37Copies to a Secretary of State; the Crown may disallow under the sign manualSilence for two years validates them
39, 40Offences by the highest officers triable in the Court of King's Bench in EnglandProof of Indian facts in England had already been found difficult

What beginners get wrong

"Section 36 made the Governor-General in Council the legislature for India." It made him a rule-making authority for the settlement of Fort William and its subordinate places, limited by repugnancy and dependent on registration in a court. A legislature for the whole of British India arrives with the Charter Act of 1833.

"The Supreme Court could veto legislation." In substance, yes, and that is the point worth making, but the mechanism was registration, not veto. A regulation not registered simply never became valid.

"Section 23 was a dead letter." It was the section Nandkumar invoked against Hastings, and the accusation was received by the Council. Whatever one thinks of what followed, the section was used.

munotes.in61

The Regulating Act 1773: Rule-Making, Presents and Accountability

Limits and criticism

Two criticisms are worth making and both are structural rather than moral.

The registration requirement put a court in the legislative process. A court exists to decide disputes about laws, and cannot do that impartially if it has already had to approve or refuse them. The Settlement Act of 1781 removed the requirement for regulations affecting the provincial courts, which is an admission that it had been a mistake.

The accountability provisions were unenforceable in practice. Section 40 itself says that trying Indian offences in England had already failed once because of the difficulty of proving in England what had been done in India, and it is not obvious that the new provisions cured it. An officer who could not be tried in Calcutta and could not realistically be convicted in London was, for most practical purposes, not triable at all. That gap is the reason impeachment, a political rather than a judicial remedy, was the route eventually used against both Hastings and Impey.

Quick revision

  • s.17: no arrest or imprisonment of the Governor-General, Councillors, Chief Justice or judges on any proceeding in the Court. Not an immunity from suit.
  • s.23: no presents and no private trade for the same officers; the Company's own trade excepted. The section Nandkumar invoked against Hastings.
  • s.36: power to make rules, ordinances and regulations, not repugnant to the laws of the realm, with reasonable fines; void until registered and published in the Supreme Court.
  • s.37: copies to a Secretary of State; the Crown may disallow under the sign manual, effective when registered at Fort William; two years' silence validates.
  • ss.39 and 40: offences in India by the highest officers triable in the Court of King's Bench, because trial in England under former laws had proved ineffectual.

Test yourself

1. Why could the Governor-General in Council not make a valid regulation by itself? Because section 36 provided that its rules, ordinances and regulations were of no force until duly registered and published in the Supreme Court. Registration by the Court was a condition of validity.

2. What happened to a regulation that London did not like? Under section 37, copies went to a Secretary of State; the Crown could signify disallowance under the sign manual, and once that disallowance was registered and published at Fort William the regulation was null and void. If the Crown did not act within two years, the regulation stood.

3. What did section 23 prohibit, and to whom did it apply? The acceptance of any present, gift, donation, gratuity or reward, and the carrying on of any private trade or commerce, by the Governor-General, any member of Council, and the Chief Justice and judges of the Supreme Court. Only the Company's own trade was excepted.

munotes.in62

The Regulating Act 1773: Rule-Making, Presents and Accountability

4. How do sections 15, 17, 39 and 40 fit together? Sections 15 and 17 keep the Governor-General, the Councillors and the judges out of the Supreme Court's criminal process and free from arrest; sections 39 and 40 supply the forum where they were instead to be tried, the Court of King's Bench in England. Immunity in India was balanced by liability at Westminster.

5. Why did the Settlement Act of 1781 have to change section 36? Because the regulations the Council made for the provincial courts in 1780 were not registered in the Supreme Court and so were not binding on it, and no settlement of the quarrel was possible while the Court had to approve the rules by which the rival courts were constituted. The Act of 1781 empowered the Council to frame regulations for the provincial courts without reference to the Supreme Court.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in63

Chapter Fourteen

The Charter of 26 March 1774 and the Court It Created

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Establishment of Supreme Court at Calcutta under the Charter of 1774"

In one line

The Act said the King might create a court; the Charter of 26 March 1774 created it, named four judges, and opened it at Calcutta that October.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: in exercise of the power conferred by section 13 of the Regulating Act 1773, His Majesty by charter dated 26 March 1774 erected and established the Supreme Court of Judicature at Fort William in Bengal, consisting of Sir Elijah Impey as Chief Justice and Robert Chambers, Stephen Caesar Lemaistre and John Hyde as puisne judges, with jurisdiction as a court of common law, of equity, of criminal law, of ecclesiastical law and of admiralty, with the powers of the Court of King's Bench in England, and with an appeal to the King in Council.

The Act and the Charter are two documents

Students lose marks by merging them, and the distinction is easy.

The Regulating Act 1773 is a statute of the British Parliament. Section 13 of it made it lawful for the King to erect a Supreme Court, and described what that court was to have. It did not create anything.

The Charter of 26 March 1774 is letters patent under the Great Seal. It is the instrument that actually erected the Court, appointed the judges, and settled its constitution and process.

So the correct sentence is: the Supreme Court at Calcutta was established by the Charter of 1774, under the power given by section 13 of the Regulating Act 1773. When an examiner asks about "the establishment of the Supreme Court under the Charter of 1774", that sentence is the first one to write.

The judges

The Charter named four. Sir Elijah Impey as Chief Justice, and Robert Chambers, Stephen Caesar Lemaistre and John Hyde as the puisne judges. A puisne judge, pronounced "puny", is simply a judge of a court other than its chief; the word is still used in the Indian High Courts.

Two things about them matter for everything that follows.

They were English barristers appointed by the Crown, as section 13 required, of at least five years' standing. They were not the Company's servants and the Company could not dismiss them.

And they were paid by the Company. The Chief Justice's salary was £8,000 a year, a figure Impey himself once contrasted with the hundred rupees a month paid to a kazi. A court whose judges are appointed by one authority and paid by another is in an awkward position, and the Company never let it forget which of the two signed the cheques.

The Court opened at Calcutta in October 1774, a few days after the three new Councillors arrived. That coincidence of dates is worth remembering: the Court and the quarrelling Council began work in the same month.

munotes.in64

The Charter of 26 March 1774 and the Court It Created

The five jurisdictions

The Court is usually described as having five jurisdictions, and an answer that lists them with a line each is doing what the question asks.

As a court of common law, it heard ordinary civil actions, in contract, in debt, in trespass and the rest, with English forms of action, English pleading and, for issues of fact, a jury.

As a court of equity, it exercised the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery in England: trusts, mortgages, accounts, specific performance, injunctions and the administration of estates. Equity is the body of principles developed to soften the rigidity of the common law, and the Court's equity side made it the forum for the complicated estate litigation that fills the reports of the period.

As a court of criminal jurisdiction, it sat with the commissions of oyer and terminer and gaol delivery, tried indictments with a grand jury and a petty jury exactly as at the Old Bailey, and could pass sentence of death. The trial of Nandkumar was conducted in that character.

As an ecclesiastical court, it exercised the jurisdiction that in England belonged to the Church courts, principally the grant of probate and letters of administration.

As a court of admiralty, it exercised maritime jurisdiction, including prize.

To those the Charter added the powers of the Court of King's Bench, which is the provision that gave the Court its prerogative writs: habeas corpus, mandamus, certiorari and prohibition. That single addition is the reason two of the seven proceedings MU names are habeas corpus cases, and it is also the direct ancestor of the writ jurisdiction you will study in Module III, because the Calcutta, Madras and Bombay High Courts inherited it in 1861 and article 226 generalised it in 1950.

Appeals

An appeal lay from the Supreme Court to the King in Council in England. That is the same destination as the appeal from the Mayors' Courts under the Charter of 1726, and it is the route that in 1833 became the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council. Module II follows it.

A worked example

An English merchant at Calcutta dies in 1776, leaving a will, an English partner, an Indian agent who says he was never paid, and a ship at sea that has been captured by a French privateer.

The ecclesiastical side grants probate of the will. The equity side administers the estate and takes the accounts between the partners. The common law side hears the agent's action for his wages, if the agent can bring himself within section 14 of the Act. The admiralty side deals with the ship. And if the executor imprisons the agent to stop him suing, the King's Bench powers supply a writ of habeas corpus.

munotes.in65

The Charter of 26 March 1774 and the Court It Created

One court, five hats, and every one of them English. Now imagine the same court applying the same five bodies of English law to a zamindar of Midnapore who has never left his district, and the whole difficulty of Module I is in front of you.

What beginners get wrong

"The Regulating Act established the Supreme Court." Section 13 authorised the King to establish it. The Charter of 1774 established it.

"The Supreme Court replaced the Mayor's Court at Calcutta." The Mayor's Court at Calcutta was superseded, and the new Court took its work; but the Mayors' Courts at Madras and Bombay continued, because the Charter of 1774 was for Bengal alone. Supreme Courts came to Madras in 1801 and to Bombay in 1823, and Module II deals with them.

"The Court's power to issue writs came from the Regulating Act." It came from the Charter, which gave the Court the powers of the Court of King's Bench. The Act is silent about writs.

"Impey was a Company man." He was a Crown appointee whom the Company could not dismiss, and the friction that produced is the subject of the next seven chapters. What is true, and is the fair criticism, is that in 1780 he accepted from the Council the office of Judge of the Sadar Diwani Adalat, with a salary held at their pleasure, and that acceptance became an article of his impeachment.

Limits and criticism

The criticism to make is not that the Charter was badly drafted but that it could only be as good as the Act it was made under, and the Act had left the two central questions open: what law the Court was to apply, and to whom.

The Charter answered neither. It gave the Court English jurisdictions, English process and English writs, and set it down in a province where the Company's own courts were applying Hindu and Muslim law under the plan of 1772. Two systems of law and two systems of courts were now operating in the same territory, neither subordinate to the other, and no authority in India could decide between them.

Cowell's verdict, written a century later, is worth carrying into the next chapters: the attempt to introduce an English superintendence of law and justice on the part of the Crown, and an administration of English rules of law and equity by an English court modelled on English fashion, was made rashly and without sufficient preparation, and without any measures to secure the co-operation of the local authorities. He adds, in fairness, that the Court afterwards won its way, with diminished powers, to greater authority and respect among Europeans and Indians alike than any other tribunal that has ever existed in India.

munotes.in66

The Charter of 26 March 1774 and the Court It Created

Quick revision

  • Granted 26 March 1774, under section 13 of the Regulating Act. The Act authorised; the Charter established.
  • Sir Elijah Impey Chief Justice; Chambers, Lemaistre and Hyde puisne judges. English barristers, appointed by the Crown, paid by the Company.
  • Opened at Calcutta in October 1774, the same month the new Councillors arrived.
  • Five jurisdictions: common law, equity, criminal, ecclesiastical, admiralty; plus the powers of the Court of King's Bench, which carried the prerogative writs.
  • Appeal to the King in Council.
  • It did not extend beyond Bengal: Madras got a Supreme Court in 1801 and Bombay in 1823.

Test yourself

1. What is the correct relationship between the Regulating Act and the Charter of 1774? Section 13 of the Act made it lawful for the King to erect a Supreme Court and described what it was to have; the Charter of 26 March 1774, granted under that power, actually erected the Court, appointed its judges and settled its constitution.

2. Name the first four judges. Sir Elijah Impey as Chief Justice, with Robert Chambers, Stephen Caesar Lemaistre and John Hyde as puisne judges.

3. List the Court's jurisdictions and say what the King's Bench powers added. Common law, equity, criminal, ecclesiastical and admiralty. The powers of the Court of King's Bench added the prerogative writs, habeas corpus, mandamus, certiorari and prohibition, which is why habeas corpus appears in two of the seven famous proceedings and why the writ jurisdiction descends from this Court to the High Courts and then to article 226.

4. Why is the coincidence of dates in October 1774 worth noticing? Because the Supreme Court opened in the same month that Clavering, Monson and Francis arrived and took their seats. The Court and a Council divided against itself began work together, and neither had any settled way of dealing with the other.

5. What did the Charter fail to settle? The same two things the Act failed to settle: what law the Court was to apply, and to whom its jurisdiction extended. It supplied English jurisdictions and English process without answering either.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in67

Chapter Fifteen

The Trial of Raja Nandkumar, 1775

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Working of Supreme Court at Calcutta Cases: Trial of Raja Nandkumar"

In one line

Within a year of the Supreme Court opening, the man who had accused the Governor-General of taking bribes was tried before it for forgery and hanged.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Maharaja Nandkumar, having in March 1775 accused Warren Hastings before the Council of receiving presents contrary to section 23 of the Regulating Act, was prosecuted by Hastings for conspiracy, and while on bail in that matter was in May 1775 indicted for forgery at the instance of Mohan Prasad on twenty counts framed under the English statute 2 Geo. II c. 25, convicted by a jury before all four judges of the Supreme Court, and executed on 5 August 1775.

Why this case is asked in every paper

Because it is the first great collision between the Court and the government, because it raises the sharpest possible question about what law a court may apply to whom, and because two hundred and fifty years later it is still argued whether it was a judicial murder.

A student is not expected to settle the argument. A student is expected to know what happened, what the legal objections are, and what can be said on each side. An answer that simply asserts that Impey and Hastings conspired to hang an inconvenient accuser is not a good answer, and neither is one that says the trial was regular and there is nothing more to be said.

What happened, in order

March 1775. Maharaja Nandkumar, a Brahmin of high rank and formerly a revenue official under the Nawab, laid before the Council an accusation that Warren Hastings had received large sums as presents. Under section 23 of the Regulating Act the taking of presents by the Governor-General was expressly forbidden, so the accusation was of a statutory offence and not merely of impropriety.

Hastings objected that his own Council could not sit in judgment on him. He was outvoted. Under section 8 the majority of those present decided, and Clavering, Monson and Francis were three against Hastings and Barwell. The Council received the accusation and examined it.

April 1775. Hastings prosecuted Nandkumar, Joseph Fowke and one Radhacharan in the Supreme Court for conspiracy, that is, for agreeing together to make a false charge against him. The evidence was that of a man named Kamaluddin. The judges, after a long examination, held Nandkumar and Fowke to bail and bound the Governor-General over to prosecute.

6 May 1775. While on that bail, Nandkumar was arrested on a wholly different charge: that he had forged a bond of one Bulaki Das, a banker who had died in 1769. The accusation was not new. Mohan Prasad, a Hindu merchant and Nandkumar's bitter enemy, had made it about five years earlier in the Mayor's Court at Calcutta, over which Hastings then presided as Governor.

munotes.in68

The Trial of Raja Nandkumar, 1775

June 1775. The trial. The indictment contained twenty counts, framed on the English statute 2 Geo. II c. 25, which made it a capital felony to forge or publish a bond, promissory note or writing obligatory with intent to defraud. The reason for so many counts is technical and worth knowing: by the rules of criminal pleading each count had to charge one offence and no more, and an indictment for forgery had to state the person intended to be defrauded, so the same act produced counts for forging and for publishing, against a bond, a writing obligatory and a promissory note, and against each of several persons who might have been defrauded. Only the nineteenth and twentieth counts turned out to matter.

All four judges sat. A grand jury found the bill, and a petty jury of twelve Englishmen tried the case. Nandkumar's counsel challenged the first jury impanelled, and the challenge was allowed. The jury convicted.

5 August 1775. Nandkumar was hanged at Calcutta. The judges had power to respite, that is, to postpone, a capital sentence and refer the case to the Crown for mercy, and they did not use it. Clavering's own minute in the Bengal Secret Consultations records that a paper sent to him by Nandkumar on the 4th was left unread on his table until the 6th, "which was the day after his execution".

The legal objections, stated fairly

There are four, and a good answer states each and gives the answer to it.

One: the statute did not apply. Forgery was made a capital felony in England by an Act of 1728. Was that Act in force at Calcutta, and did it reach a Brahmin who was not an Englishman? The Court held that it was, and the strongest support for that view is the fact recorded in the next chapter: Radhacharan Mitra, a Hindu of rank, had been convicted and sentenced to death for forgery at Calcutta in 1765, ten years before the Supreme Court existed, and pardoned. The statute had been applied there before, and to a man of the same community and rank.

Two: the act was done before the Court existed. The alleged forgery was of 1770; the Court was created in 1774. The answer is that the Court's jurisdiction was over the offence and the offender, not over the date, and the statute creating the offence was already in force at Calcutta; but a student is entitled to think the point uncomfortable.

Three: the punishment was disproportionate and alien. Hanging for forgery was English law, and severe even in England; it was unknown to Hindu and Muslim law, and shocking to Indian opinion, particularly as applied to a Brahmin. That objection is unanswerable as a matter of policy, and it is the real force of the criticism. It is an objection to the Regulating Act's silence about the applicable law, more than to the judges.

munotes.in69

The Trial of Raja Nandkumar, 1775

Four: the timing. A man who accuses the Governor-General in March is prosecuted for conspiracy by the Governor-General in April, arrested for an old forgery in May, tried in June and hanged in August. Even if every step was regular, the sequence looks like what Macaulay said it was.

What can be said on the other side

The case against a conspiracy between Hastings and Impey, argued at length by Sir James Fitzjames Stephen, rests on facts rather than on character, and these are the ones to know.

The prosecutor for forgery was Mohan Prasad, not Hastings. Mohan Prasad was Nandkumar's own enemy, had made the same charge five years earlier, and had acted as attorney in the earlier civil litigation between the parties, so he knew details of the transaction that Hastings could not have known.

The deed alleged to be forged was in the custody of the Court until about 24 April, and Nandkumar was arrested on 6 May. To have got up such a prosecution in ten or twelve days, in a matter of accounts in several languages, would have required investigations of which there is no evidence and which nobody suggested to Hastings when he was cross-examined about the prosecution on oath.

The trial was before all four judges and a jury, and the verdict was the jury's.

Against all that stands the plain fact that the man hanged was the Governor-General's accuser, and that the Governor-General's own conspiracy prosecution was running at the same time. The honest answer says both.

A worked example: how to answer the question

Suppose the question is: "Discuss the trial of Raja Nandkumar. Was it a judicial murder?"

  1. State the facts in order, with the four dates: March 1775 the accusation, April the conspiracy prosecution and bail, 6 May the arrest for forgery, June the trial, 5 August the execution.
  2. State the legal basis: twenty counts on 2 Geo. II c. 25, tried by the Supreme Court in its criminal jurisdiction under the Charter of 1774, with a grand jury and a petty jury.
  3. State the four objections, as above.
  4. State the answers to them, including the 1765 conviction of Radhacharan Mitra, which is the fact most students do not know and which is worth a good deal in an answer.
  5. Conclude honestly. The forms of English criminal law were observed. The application of English criminal law to an Indian for an Indian transaction, with a capital penalty unknown to his own law, was the fault of the Regulating Act rather than of the judges, and it is the reason the Settlement Act of 1781 had to provide expressly for the personal law of Hindus and Muslims.
munotes.in70

The Trial of Raja Nandkumar, 1775

What beginners get wrong

"Hastings prosecuted Nandkumar for forgery." He prosecuted him for conspiracy. The forgery prosecution was brought by Mohan Prasad. Merging the two is the commonest error in answers on this case.

"Nandkumar was tried for accusing Hastings." He was tried for forging a bond in a private transaction with a banker's estate. Whether the accusation caused the prosecution is exactly the question in dispute.

"The judges convicted him." The jury convicted him. The judges tried the case and passed sentence, and the criticism of them is that they did not respite the sentence, not that they returned the verdict.

"Impey was later convicted for it." He was impeached in the House of Commons and was acquitted of the charges. Impeachment is a political proceeding before Parliament, not a trial in a court, and Hastings too was impeached and acquitted.

Limits and criticism

The lasting significance of the case is not who was to blame. It is what it proved about the system.

The Supreme Court could try an Indian, on English criminal law, for an act committed before the Court existed, and hang him, and no authority in India could review it. The only appeal from a capital conviction was the judges' own power to respite, which they held and did not use. The Council could not intervene, and did not.

That is a court with no check on it in the country where it sits, applying a law the country does not know. Whatever one concludes about Impey, the arrangement itself was indefensible, and Parliament effectively conceded as much six years later.

Quick revision

  • March 1775: Nandkumar accuses Hastings before the Council of taking presents, contrary to s.23 of the Regulating Act. Hastings is outvoted under s.8.
  • April 1775: Hastings prosecutes Nandkumar, Fowke and Radhacharan for conspiracy; Nandkumar and Fowke held to bail.
  • 6 May 1775: arrested for forgery of a bond of Bulaki Das, at the instance of Mohan Prasad, who had made the same charge about five years earlier in the Mayor's Court.
  • June 1775: tried on twenty counts under 2 Geo. II c. 25 before all four judges; grand jury and petty jury; convicted.
  • 5 August 1775: hanged. The judges' power to respite was not used.
  • The strongest fact for the defence of the Court: Radhacharan Mitra was convicted of forgery at Calcutta in 1765 under the same statute and pardoned.
munotes.in71

The Trial of Raja Nandkumar, 1775

Test yourself

1. Who prosecuted Nandkumar for forgery, and who prosecuted him for conspiracy? Mohan Prasad prosecuted the forgery; Warren Hastings prosecuted the conspiracy. They are two different proceedings and merging them is the commonest mistake.

2. On what statute was the indictment framed, and how many counts did it contain? On 2 Geo. II c. 25, which made it a capital felony to forge or publish a bond, promissory note or writing obligatory with intent to defraud. There were twenty counts, because each count had to charge a single offence and to name the person intended to be defrauded.

3. State the four legal objections to the trial. That the English forgery statute did not apply at Calcutta or to a Hindu; that the act preceded the Court's creation; that a capital penalty for forgery was unknown to Hindu and Muslim law and shocking to Indian opinion; and that the sequence of accusation, prosecution, arrest and execution within five months makes the proceedings look directed.

4. What is the strongest answer to the first objection? That Radhacharan Mitra, a Hindu of rank, had been tried, convicted and sentenced to death for forgery at Calcutta in 1765 under the same statute, and pardoned. The statute had been applied at Calcutta to an Indian of the same rank ten years before the Supreme Court existed.

5. What does the case prove about the system, whatever one concludes about the judges? That a Crown court applying English criminal law could try and hang an Indian in Bengal with no appeal, no review by any authority in India, and no rule telling it what law to apply. That is a defect of the Regulating Act, and the Settlement Act of 1781 had to correct it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in72

Chapter Sixteen

The Trial of Radha Charan Mitra

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Trial of Radha Charan"

In one line

Ten years before Nandkumar was hanged, another Hindu of rank was convicted of forgery at Calcutta under the same English statute, and pardoned.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Radhacharan Mitra, a Hindu of rank, was tried at Calcutta in 1765 for forgery under the English statute 2 Geo. II c. 25, was convicted and condemned to death, and received the King's pardon; his case is cited in the debate on the trial of Nandkumar as proof that the English forgery statute had been applied to Indians at Calcutta before the Supreme Court was created.

The ambiguity in the syllabus, and how to handle it

MU prints "Trial of Radha Charan" in a list headed "Working of Supreme Court at Calcutta Cases". Two different proceedings answer to that name and a student should know both, because an examiner may mean either.

The 1765 trial. Radhacharan Mitra, spelled in the sources of the period as Radachurn Mettre or Radachund Mettre, a Hindu of rank like Nandkumar, was tried for forgery at Calcutta in 1765 and condemned to death. He was pardoned. This trial took place before the Supreme Court existed, in the criminal jurisdiction the Charters of 1726 and 1753 had given the Governor and the senior members of Council as Commissioners of Oyer and Terminer.

The 1775 charge. A man named Radhacharan was one of the persons whom Warren Hastings prosecuted for conspiracy in April 1775 along with Maharaja Nandkumar and Joseph Fowke, on Kamaluddin's evidence. That proceeding was in the Supreme Court, and it fits MU's heading; but it was a charge of conspiracy, not a trial for forgery, and Stephen records that the proceedings on it are of no interest.

The safe answer in an examination gives the 1765 trial as the main case, states its significance, and adds a sentence noting the 1775 conspiracy charge and distinguishing it. A student who writes only about a conspiracy charge has missed the case that matters, and a student who places the 1765 trial in the Supreme Court has put it in a court that did not exist.

Why the 1765 trial matters

It matters for one reason, and it is a reason worth more marks than the facts of the case.

Macaulay's charge against Impey, which is the origin of the modern controversy about Nandkumar, was that the English forgery statute was unknown to the natives of India, that it had never been put in execution among them, and that hanging a Brahmin for forgery was in the highest degree shocking to all their notions.

The 1765 conviction of Radhacharan Mitra answers the second of those propositions directly. It had been put in execution at Calcutta, against a Hindu of rank, ten years before Nandkumar. Stephen makes the point sharply, observing that the turn of Macaulay's phrase shows he knew of the case and that it would have been candid to mention it. The Impey Memoirs add that other Indians had been hanged at Calcutta for the same crime before Nandkumar's trial.

munotes.in73

The Trial of Radha Charan Mitra

So the case is cited, and should be cited by a student, as evidence on a disputed question: whether the application of English criminal law to Indians at Calcutta in 1775 was a novelty invented for Nandkumar, or the continuation of what had been done there for a decade.

What it does not prove

Be careful here, because an answer that overstates the point is as wrong as one that omits it.

Radhacharan Mitra was pardoned. Nandkumar was hanged. If a student uses the 1765 case to argue that Nandkumar's execution was ordinary and unremarkable, the reply is immediate: the earlier man's life was spared and the later man's was not, and the judges of 1775 had the same power to respite that had been exercised in 1765.

Nor does the case answer Macaulay's third proposition. That hanging a Brahmin for forgery was shocking to Indian notions is a statement about Indian opinion, and it is not refuted by showing that it had happened before. If anything the 1780 petition of the British inhabitants of Bengal supports Macaulay on that point: it records the "general consternation" and astonishment with which Indians of all ranks were seized by the example of Radhacharan Mitra, because they understood from it that they might be tried by a law they did not know for an act their own law did not treat as capital.

The 1765 case therefore proves that the practice existed, and simultaneously shows what the practice did to Indian confidence in the courts. Both halves belong in an answer.

A worked example

Two questions, and the same case answers each differently.

"Was the application of English criminal law to Nandkumar unprecedented?" No, and Radhacharan Mitra's conviction in 1765 is the proof. English criminal law had been administered at Calcutta under the Charters of 1726 and 1753 by the Governor and Council as Commissioners of Oyer and Terminer, and it had been applied to a Hindu of rank in a capital case.

"Did Indians accept the application of English criminal law to them?" No, and the same case is the proof of that too. The contemporary petition of 1780 records the consternation the conviction caused among Indians precisely because it showed them what could be done.

That is the discipline this paper rewards: the same fact, used for the two different propositions it actually supports, rather than for the one a textbook happens to have attached to it.

munotes.in74

The Trial of Radha Charan Mitra

What beginners get wrong

"Radha Charan was tried by the Supreme Court." The trial that matters was in 1765, and the Supreme Court was created in 1774. The 1775 proceeding against a man of that name was a charge of conspiracy, not a trial for forgery.

"He was hanged." He was convicted and condemned, and then pardoned.

"The case is about Radha Charan." In practice the case is about Nandkumar: it is cited by both sides in that controversy, and it has no other significance in this syllabus.

Limits and criticism

The honest thing to say about this topic is that MU has printed a case name whose reference is not certain, and that the sources treat it as a footnote to a larger argument rather than as a leading case in its own right. Stephen gives it a paragraph; the Impey Memoirs give it a sentence and a footnote; the contemporary petition gives it a page because of the alarm it caused.

A student should therefore not try to build a large answer out of it. What is worth having is the date, the statute, the outcome, the pardon, and the use to which the case is put in the Nandkumar debate. That is what an examiner can reasonably ask.

Quick revision

  • 1765, at Calcutta, before the Supreme Court existed: Radhacharan Mitra, a Hindu of rank, tried for forgery under 2 Geo. II c. 25, convicted and condemned to death, then pardoned by the King.
  • Period spellings: Radachurn Mettre, Radachund Mettre.
  • Cited by Stephen and by the Impey Memoirs to answer Macaulay's claim that the English forgery statute had never been enforced against Indians at Calcutta.
  • The 1780 petition of the British inhabitants records the "general consternation" the conviction caused among Indians.
  • A different Radhacharan was charged with conspiracy in the Supreme Court in 1775 along with Nandkumar and Fowke. Distinguish the two.

Test yourself

1. In what year and in what court was Radhacharan Mitra tried, and what was the outcome? In 1765, at Calcutta, before the criminal jurisdiction exercised by the Governor and senior members of Council as Commissioners of Oyer and Terminer under the Charters of 1726 and 1753. He was convicted of forgery under 2 Geo. II c. 25 and condemned to death, and was pardoned.

2. Why is the case cited in the controversy over Nandkumar? Because it shows that the English forgery statute had been applied at Calcutta to a Hindu of rank in a capital case ten years before Nandkumar, which contradicts the claim that it had never been put in execution against Indians there.

munotes.in75

The Trial of Radha Charan Mitra

3. What does the case NOT prove? It does not show that Nandkumar's execution was unremarkable, because Radhacharan Mitra was pardoned and Nandkumar was not; and it does not show that Indians accepted the application of English criminal law, because the contemporary petition of 1780 records the consternation this very conviction caused.

4. What is the ambiguity in MU's label, and how should it be handled? MU lists the case among cases showing the working of the Supreme Court, but the trial that matters was in 1765, before that Court existed; a different Radhacharan was charged with conspiracy in the Supreme Court in 1775. An answer should give the 1765 trial as the case, state its significance, and distinguish the 1775 conspiracy charge in a sentence.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in76

Chapter Seventeen

Kamaluddin's Case, 1775

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Kamalluddin's Case"

In one line

A revenue farmer imprisoned for arrears got a writ of habeas corpus from the Supreme Court, and the Council decided that the Court had no business looking at a revenue matter at all.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Kamaluddin, the farmer of the revenue for Hidgelee, was committed in execution by the Calcutta Council of Revenue for an arrear of revenue and obtained a writ of habeas corpus from the Supreme Court; the return made by the Council was excepted to as defective in form because it did not state a power to commit without bail or mainprize; the Court ordered the President of the Council to admit him to bail and directed that he was not to be taken into custody again until the under-renter had been called upon to pay and had proved insolvent; and the Governor-General in Council treated the order as a usurpation of their rights as Diwan.

The vocabulary you need

Habeas corpus means "that you have the body". It is a writ addressed to whoever is detaining a person, commanding him to produce that person before the court together with the cause of the detention. It does not ask whether the prisoner is guilty; it asks whether there is lawful authority to hold him.

The return is the answer the detaining authority makes to the writ: the statement of the cause. If the return shows a lawful cause the prisoner goes back; if it does not, he is released.

To except to the return is to object that the cause stated is insufficient in law or defective in form. That is what happened here, and the technicality turned out to matter.

Bail is release on security to appear; mainprize is an older and stricter form of the same idea. To be committed in execution is to be imprisoned to enforce a judgment or a demand already established, as opposed to being held pending trial. A farmer of the revenue contracted to pay the government a fixed sum for the revenue of an area and kept what more he collected; an under-renter was a person to whom he sublet part of it.

The facts

Kamaluddin held the revenue farm of Hidgelee. The Council of Revenue at Calcutta committed him to prison in execution for an arrear of revenue due from him as farmer.

He applied to the Supreme Court and obtained a writ of habeas corpus.

The return made on behalf of the Council was excepted to as defective in form, because it did not express a power in the Council of Revenue to commit without bail or mainprize, although the return contained words to that effect.

munotes.in77

Kamaluddin's Case, 1775

That objection sounds like a quibble and Impey took some trouble to explain, in his letter to the Court of Directors of 19 September 1775, that it was not. The omission of words alleging a right to imprison without bail was intentional, because if those words had been inserted the return would have been false: Mr Cottrell, the President of the Revenue Council, had said that bail was in fact taken in such cases. Impey added that in cases of disputed demands nothing could be more unjust and oppressive than a power to imprison without bail.

What the Court ordered

The Court ordered the President of the Council to admit Kamaluddin to bail, and directed that he was not to be taken into custody again until the under-renter had been called upon to pay the arrears and had proved insolvent.

Two things are being done. The first is the ordinary work of habeas corpus: a man imprisoned on an insufficient return is admitted to bail. The second is more intrusive: the Court is telling the revenue authority in what order it must pursue its debtors. Impey's justification was that this was the ordinary practice where an under-tenant had been recognised by the revenue authorities, and that it was what common sense required.

The Council's answer, and how far it went

The Governor-General in Council treated the order as an invasion of their rights as Diwan. Their argument was textual, and a student should be able to state it: section 7 of the Regulating Act vested in them "the ordering, management and government of the revenues", and they read that as vesting it exclusively, so that the Supreme Court was, in their words, "not empowered to take cognizance of any matter or cause dependent on or belonging to the revenue".

On that footing they resolved, by a majority, that they ought to direct the Provincial Council to imprison Kamaluddin and his surety and keep them in custody until they paid, and further that the Provincial Councils should give no attention to any order of the Supreme Court or of any judge in matters solely concerning the revenue.

The resolution never took effect, and the reason is worth knowing. One member of the majority declared that he would not assent unless the Governor-General concurred, and Hastings refused his support. So a resolution instructing the whole revenue establishment of Bengal to disobey the King's court was defeated by one man's condition and one man's refusal.

The observation that is worth more than the facts

Stephen's comment on the Council's position is the most useful single sentence in the whole of topic 1.2, and it deserves to be in an answer.

munotes.in78

Kamaluddin's Case, 1775

The Court's decision was subject to appeal to the King in Council. The Council's act in refusing to submit to the Court's jurisdiction was, in its nature, subject to no appeal at all.

That is the whole difference between a legal claim and an assertion of power. The Court might have been wrong about the extent of its jurisdiction; if it was, there was a way of correcting it, and the Council had five years in which to use that way and never did. What the Council did instead was to decide the question of jurisdiction in its own favour and propose to enforce that decision by directing its officers to ignore the Court. Stephen calls it an outrageous assertion of military power against law, and says it would have led straight to civil war in the streets of Calcutta. Four years later, at Cossijurah, it very nearly did.

A worked example

Follow the two competing arguments as they would be put today.

For Kamaluddin. I am imprisoned. The writ of habeas corpus requires my gaoler to show lawful authority. The return does not show a power to detain me without bail, and my gaoler's own President admits that bail is taken in such cases. Therefore the return is bad and I must be admitted to bail. Nothing in this argument requires the Court to decide anything about revenue at all: it decides only whether a return to a writ is good.

For the Council. Section 7 vests the ordering, management and government of the revenues in us. Whether an arrear is due, and how it is to be enforced, is management of the revenue. The Court has no jurisdiction over the subject matter, and the writ should never have issued.

Where the argument actually breaks down. The Council is right that it has the management of the revenue; it does not follow that it has the power to imprison a subject without any court examining the authority for the imprisonment. Those are different propositions, and the Council treated them as one. That confusion, between having a power and being unaccountable in the exercise of it, is what every one of the seven proceedings is really about.

Distinctions worth having straight

What the Court decidedWhat the Council said the Court had decided
SubjectWhether the return to a writ was goodWhether an arrear of revenue was due
EffectBail, and an order about the sequence of enforcementAn invasion of the exclusive management of the revenue
Remedy availableAppeal to the King in CouncilNone, because the Council's refusal was appealable to nobody

What beginners get wrong

"The Supreme Court released Kamaluddin." It admitted him to bail, on a defective return. That is a smaller order than a release, and the difference matters when you are asked whether the Court exceeded its jurisdiction.

munotes.in79

Kamaluddin's Case, 1775

"The Council ordered the Provincial Councils to disobey the Court." It resolved to, and the resolution failed, because one member made his assent conditional on the Governor-General and Hastings refused. Say "resolved but did not carry out".

"The case was about whether the Court had jurisdiction over Indians." It was about whether it had jurisdiction over a revenue matter, and about the sufficiency of a return to habeas corpus. Kamaluddin was a farmer of the revenue and so arguably in the Company's service under section 14; nobody's status was the difficulty here. The difficulty was subject matter.

Limits and criticism

There are two fair criticisms of the Court in this case, and an answer that makes them is stronger than one that simply defends it.

The direction that Kamaluddin was not to be retaken until the under-renter had been pursued and found insolvent goes beyond deciding whether a return is good. It tells a revenue authority how to conduct its collection. Impey's answer, that this was the recognised practice, is a good answer to a charge of arbitrariness but not to a charge of overreach.

And the Court had no way of knowing, and no means of finding out, what the practice of the revenue administration was, except from the people it was in dispute with. A court that must decide the limits of another authority's powers, on that authority's own evidence, in a system where nobody above them both can decide between them, is in an impossible position. That is a criticism of the Regulating Act, and it is the criticism the Settlement Act of 1781 finally acted on when it excluded revenue matters from the Court altogether.

Quick revision

  • 1775. Kamaluddin, period spelling Commaul O Dien, farmer of the revenue for Hidgelee.
  • Committed in execution by the Calcutta Council of Revenue for an arrear of revenue; obtained habeas corpus from the Supreme Court.
  • The return was excepted to as defective in form: it did not express a power to commit without bail or mainprize, and the omission was deliberate because the President admitted bail was taken in such cases.
  • The Court ordered the President to admit him to bail, and that he not be retaken until the under-renter had been called on and proved insolvent.
  • The Council said s.7 gave them the revenues exclusively; a majority resolved to direct the Provincial Councils to ignore the Court in revenue matters; the resolution failed because one member conditioned his assent on the Governor-General and Hastings refused.
  • The Court's decision was appealable to the King in Council. The Council's refusal was appealable to nobody.
munotes.in80

Kamaluddin's Case, 1775

Test yourself

1. What is habeas corpus, and what question does it ask? A writ commanding whoever detains a person to produce him and show the cause of the detention. It asks whether the detention is lawfully authorised, not whether the prisoner is guilty.

2. Why was the return defective, and why was that not a technicality? Because it did not express a power in the Council of Revenue to commit without bail or mainprize. It was not a technicality because the omission was deliberate: inserting those words would have made the return false, since the President of the Revenue Council admitted that bail was in fact taken in such cases.

3. What did the Court actually order? That the President admit Kamaluddin to bail, and that he not be taken into custody again until the under-renter had been called upon to pay the arrears and had proved insolvent.

4. State the Council's argument and the answer to it. That section 7 of the Regulating Act vested the ordering, management and government of the revenues in the Governor-General and Council exclusively, so the Court could take no cognizance of a revenue matter. The answer is that having the management of the revenue is not the same as being unaccountable for imprisoning a subject, and that if the Court was wrong about its jurisdiction the remedy was an appeal to the King in Council, which the Council never attempted.

5. Why did the Council's resolution to ignore the Court come to nothing? Because one member of the majority would not assent unless the Governor-General concurred, and Hastings refused his support.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in81

Chapter Eighteen

Sarup Chand's Case, 1777

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Saroopchand's Case"

In one line

The treasurer of the Dacca Council was imprisoned by that Council for money he could not produce because he had lent it to one of its own members, and that member sat on the board that ordered his confinement.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Sarup Chand was surety for the revenue and also treasurer to the Dacca Provincial Council, answerable for Rs 10,000 in the first capacity and Rs 66,745 in the second; on examination it appeared that he could not pay over the treasury balance because he had lent much of it to servants of the Company, including Rs 10,000 to Mr Shakespeare, a member of the Dacca Council, and the Board thereupon ordered him into confinement with Shakespeare sitting as one of its members; he obtained a rule from the Supreme Court calling on the Council to show cause why habeas corpus should not issue, and Le Maistre, restating the principles laid down by Impey in Kamaluddin's case, allowed him to give bail.

The vocabulary

A malzamin was a surety for the payment of revenue: a man who guaranteed that somebody else's revenue would be paid. A kazanchi was a treasurer, and in a Provincial Council's establishment he acted as a sort of banker, holding the Company's cash and paying it out.

A rule to show cause is an order requiring a party to appear and give reasons why the relief asked for should not be granted. It is a step before the writ itself, and it is how a habeas corpus application ordinarily began.

The facts

Sarup Chand held two positions at Dacca and was answerable in both.

As malzamin, surety for the revenue, he was responsible for a balance of Rs 10,000. As kazanchi, treasurer to the Dacca Council, he was liable for a balance of Rs 66,745.

For the revenue balance, peons had been "put upon him", the phrase then used for setting guards on a debtor so that he became a prisoner at large without being in gaol. In the course of the dispute about that, he was asked about his balance as treasurer, and it emerged on examination that he could not pay it over in cash to the Company's diwan because he had lent a considerable part of it to various servants of the Company, and in particular Rs 10,000 to Mr Shakespeare, one of the members of the Dacca Council.

The Board thereupon ordered him into confinement. Shakespeare, his debtor, was one of the members of the Council that made the order. Shakespeare denied the debt but admitted that there had been some transaction between them, that Sarup Chand had claimed the sum from him, and that he had referred Sarup Chand to the Supreme Court.

munotes.in82

Sarup Chand's Case, 1777

What the Company's own attorney did

This is the detail that decides how the case should be described, and it comes from the Company's own papers.

The matter was referred to the Company's attorney, who wrote to the Governor-General and Council on 31 August 1777. He said that he had shown the judge, Mr Justice Hyde, "such part of the proceedings as I thought were proper for him to see". He had not chosen to show him the part where the Board resolved to confine Sarup Chand for the balance due as treasurer, because it was not clear to him that the Board was authorised to do that. He added that he could have wished that the ostensible reason for the confinement should be stated as the Rs 10,000 due for revenue.

In plain words: the Company's attorney kept back from the court the true reason for the imprisonment, and wished the Company's servants to give a false account of their conduct.

What the Court decided

Mr Justice Le Maistre delivered an elaborate judgment, which in the end did no more than allow Sarup Chand to give bail. In it he restated the principles Impey had laid down in Kamaluddin's case, and added two propositions that are the substance of the case.

A body cannot be judge in its own cause. As regards the debt due from Sarup Chand as treasurer, the matter in dispute was one of contract, and the Council ought not to be judges in their own cause, nor to enforce what they regarded as their rights by the arbitrary imprisonment of their debtor.

A body claiming a power to imprison must claim it in a name the law knows. Le Maistre observed that a man "might as well say that he was commanded by the King of the Fairies" as by the chief and Provincial Council of Dacca, because that body was not a corporation known to the law. James Mill censured the remark as flippant, and Stephen defends it: there is a clumsy attempt at playfulness in it, but the meaning is clear and is good sense. When a person asserts a right to imprison another, he must claim it either in his own name or in some corporate or official name that the law recognises. The Provincial Council of Dacca was an administrative arrangement of the Company, not a body with legal personality, and it could not point to any instrument that gave it a power to imprison.

A worked example

Set the case out as a modern lawyer would.

  • Who detains? The Chief and Council of Dacca.
  • Under what authority? None that they can name. They are not a corporation, they hold no commission to imprison, and the statute vests the revenues in the Governor-General and Council at Fort William, not in them.
  • For what? Two sums. One is a revenue arrear; the other is a contractual debt to the Company as banker.
  • Is the second within their competence at all? No. It is a claim in contract, and the claimant is themselves.
  • Is the claimant impartial? No. The member whose loan created the shortfall sat on the board that ordered the imprisonment.
  • What relief? Not liberty outright: the Court allowed bail, which leaves the Company's claim intact and takes away only the imprisonment.
munotes.in83

Sarup Chand's Case, 1777

Notice how modest the relief is, and hold that thought when you read the Council's complaints of interference.

What the case shows

Stephen's own summary is the sentence to remember: this case shows that there were grievous scandals to be remedied among the provincial Councils, and that their complaints of the interference of the Court were much more natural than justifiable.

That is a precise formulation and it is worth copying. The Councils' irritation was natural: they were being sued, examined and overruled by a court that had arrived from England three years earlier and did not understand revenue administration. It was not justifiable: the thing the Court stopped them doing was imprisoning a man to recover a private debt owed partly to one of their own members, on no authority they could name.

What beginners get wrong

"The Court released Sarup Chand." It allowed him to give bail, after an elaborate judgment. The relief in these habeas corpus cases is consistently narrower than students assume.

"The Council imprisoned him for revenue arrears." For two things: an arrear of revenue as surety, and a balance as treasurer. The second is the one that mattered, and it is the one the Company's attorney kept out of the judge's sight.

"The King of the Fairies remark shows the judges were contemptuous of Indian institutions." It was said about a Provincial Council of the Company, that is, about a body of Englishmen, and its point was legal: a body that is not a corporation known to the law cannot claim a power to imprison. Mill's criticism of the phrasing is fair; the criticism of the substance is not.

Limits and criticism

The case is the best available answer to the charge that the Supreme Court was simply oppressing the Company's administration, and a student should use it that way.

But it also shows the structural problem from the other side. The Court could correct a particular abuse in a particular case, at the instance of a man rich enough and bold enough to come to Calcutta and hire counsel. It could not reform the Provincial Councils, which is what was actually needed, and it had no way of knowing how many Sarup Chands there were in Dacca, Patna and Murshidabad who never applied to it.

munotes.in84

Sarup Chand's Case, 1777

That is the argument for the answer eventually adopted in 1780 and 1793: not a court supervising an unreformed administration case by case, but an administration reorganised so that the officer who collects is not the officer who judges. Sarup Chand's case is the strongest evidence for the need, and the weakest possible remedy for it.

Quick revision

  • 1777, Dacca. Sarup Chand, period spelling Seroop Chund: malzamin, surety for revenue, Rs 10,000; and kazanchi, treasurer to the Dacca Council, Rs 66,745.
  • He could not pay because he had lent the Company's money to the Company's servants, including Rs 10,000 to Mr Shakespeare, a member of the Dacca Council.
  • The Board ordered him confined; Shakespeare sat on the board that ordered it.
  • The Company's attorney withheld from the judge the part of the proceedings showing the true reason, and wished the ostensible reason to be the revenue arrear.
  • Le Maistre J.: the Council may not be judge in its own cause in a matter of contract, and a body claiming a power to imprison must claim it in a name the law knows, the Dacca Council being no corporation known to the law.
  • Relief: bail.
  • Stephen: the Councils' complaints of interference were more natural than justifiable.

Test yourself

1. In what two capacities was Sarup Chand liable, and for how much? As malzamin, surety for the payment of revenue, for Rs 10,000; and as kazanchi, treasurer to the Dacca Council, for Rs 66,745.

2. Why could he not pay the treasury balance? Because he had lent a considerable part of it to servants of the Company, including Rs 10,000 to Mr Shakespeare, a member of the very Council that ordered his confinement.

3. What two principles did Le Maistre state? That a body may not be judge in its own cause and may not enforce what it regards as its rights by arbitrarily imprisoning its debtor, the matter being one of contract; and that a body claiming a right to imprison must claim it in its own name or in a corporate or official name known to the law, which the Provincial Council of Dacca was not.

4. What did the Company's attorney do, and why does it matter? He showed the judge only part of the proceedings, deliberately withholding the resolution to confine Sarup Chand for the treasury balance because he doubted the Board's authority to do it, and wished the revenue arrear to be given as the ostensible reason. It matters because it shows that the Company's own legal adviser knew the imprisonment could not be justified.

munotes.in85

Sarup Chand's Case, 1777

5. How should the case be used in an answer about the conflict between the Court and the Council? As the clearest evidence that the Councils' complaints of interference were, in Stephen's words, more natural than justifiable: the interference complained of consisted of stopping an imprisonment ordered without authority by a board that included the debtor whose loan had caused the shortfall.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in86

Chapter Nineteen

Gora Chand's Case: Dutt v. Hosea, 1779

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Gora Gopichand's Case"

In one line

The head of a Company court at Murshidabad was sued personally in the Supreme Court for what he had done as a judge, and the Council refused to settle because it wanted the question decided.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Mr Hosea, head of the Diwani Adalat at Murshidabad, was sued in the Supreme Court in 1779 for irregularities in the proceedings taken in that court against Gora Chand Dutt; the Advocate-General, Sir John Day, advised that the proceedings were irregular and that the Murshidabad Council would lose, and recommended a compromise; the Governor-General in Council refused, recording that this was the first instance in which the members of a Diwani court had been sued as individuals in the Supreme Court for acts done in their judicial characters and that the suit ought to take its course so that the question might be decided by a legal decision.

The name

MU prints the case as "Gora Gopichand's Case". The sources of the period call the man Gora Chand Dutt, and the suit is Dutt v. Hosea. Use MU's spelling once so the examiner knows which topic you are answering, then use the case name.

The facts

Mr Hosea was the head of the Diwani Adalat at Murshidabad, that is, the civil court of the district under the arrangements then in force.

He was sued in the Supreme Court for alleged irregularities in the procedure followed against Gora Chand Dutt in that court. The newly appointed Advocate-General, Sir John Day, was asked to advise, and thought Hosea had been extremely irregular. An Advocate-General is the government's own senior legal adviser, and the office had been created in 1779 precisely to give the Governor-General in Council legal advice in the running quarrel with the Court.

What shocked Day was this. A sued B. B counterclaimed for a much larger sum. The adalat not only absolved B from A's demand but gave judgment against A for the larger sum B had claimed. It then enforced that judgment by execution against body and goods, and went further and attached A's outstanding debts to satisfy B's claim, and examined his books.

Day observed, in a paper Stephen calls rather pretentious, that methods of procedure "not a little repugnant to those ideas of distributive justice that are familiar to the minds of Englishmen" might be reasonable in India, but that the line had to be drawn somewhere, and Hosea and his colleagues had gone beyond it. He recommended a compromise, being sure the Murshidabad Council must lose.

Stephen's comment on the substance is worth having, because it cuts the other way and a good answer notices it. The adalat's procedure, hearing claim and counterclaim together and enforcing against body, goods and debts, is not very different from what the English Judicature Acts would provide a hundred years later. What was irregular by the standards of 1779 was not necessarily unjust.

munotes.in87

Gora Chand's Case: Dutt v. Hosea, 1779

What the Council did, and why it is the point of the case

The Governor-General in Council refused the compromise. Their minute records three things.

That this was the first instance in which the members of a Diwani court had been sued as individuals in the Supreme Court for acts done in their judicial characters.

That to compromise the suit would weaken the authority of the courts.

And that the suit ought to take its course, so that it could be ascertained by a legal decision whether such an action lay.

Read that again, because it is the opposite of what the Council did in every other case in this chapter. Here they wanted the question litigated. They were right to, and it is the single strongest answer to the charge that the Council simply resisted the Court's jurisdiction whenever it was inconvenient: when they thought the law was on their side, they asked for a decision.

The question, and the answer the Court had already given

The question is one every legal system has to answer: is a judge liable to be sued for what he does as a judge?

Every system answers no, or nearly no, and for a reason that has nothing to do with protecting judges. A judge who can be sued by the losing party will decide cases with an eye to the risk of being sued, which means he will not decide them on their merits. The immunity exists for the litigant's benefit, not the judge's.

The difficulty in 1779 was that the Company's adalats were not obviously courts. They had been set up by the Company under a plan of 1772 that Parliament had not authorised, their presiding officers were revenue servants, and the Regulations of 1780 were not registered in the Supreme Court. If they were not courts, their officers were merely officials doing acts, and an official who imprisons or dispossesses somebody without lawful authority is liable like anybody else.

Stephen summarises the effect of the decisions the Supreme Court had in fact given up to 1779, from the report of Touchet's Committee, and it is not the answer the Council complained of:

  • The courts established by the Company were recognised as courts of justice, whose judges were not liable to actions for their judicial proceedings, even if irregular, unless corrupt.
  • They had a right to hold revenue debtors to bail for revenue debts, and to confine them by putting peons on them or in prison until bail was given to appear before the Diwani court.
  • But they had no right to imprison them without bail in order to secure payment of what might ultimately be found due.
munotes.in88

Gora Chand's Case: Dutt v. Hosea, 1779

That is a coherent and rather moderate position: the adalats are courts, their judges are protected, and what is not protected is imprisonment without bail to secure a disputed sum.

A worked example

Apply the Supreme Court's stated position to the three cases you have now read.

Kamaluddin. Imprisoned to secure payment of a disputed arrear, on a return that did not show a power to commit without bail. Within the third proposition: no right to imprison without bail. Bail ordered.

Sarup Chand. Imprisoned by a body that was not a corporation known to the law, to recover a debt owed partly to one of its own members. Not a judicial act at all; the Council was acting as a creditor. Bail ordered.

Dutt v. Hosea. A judge of a Diwani Adalat sued for the manner in which he conducted a suit. Within the first proposition: a judicial proceeding, irregular perhaps but not alleged to be corrupt, and so protected.

Three cases, one consistent rule, applied to three different situations. A student who can do that has understood topic 1.2 better than one who has memorised seven stories.

What beginners get wrong

"The Supreme Court held that the Company's courts were not courts." It held the opposite, and Stephen sets the propositions out from the record. The belief that it held otherwise is the received account and it is wrong.

"The Council resisted the Court in this case." In this case the Council asked for the question to be decided and refused a compromise its own Advocate-General recommended. That is the fact that makes the case worth teaching.

"Gora Chand Dutt was the defendant." He was the person against whom the adalat's proceedings had been taken. The defendant in the Supreme Court was Hosea, the judge.

Limits and criticism

The case exposes the deepest defect of the whole arrangement, which is not about jurisdiction at all.

The Supreme Court was being asked to decide whether the Company's courts were courts. Whatever it decided, it was deciding on the status of a rival institution in a dispute to which the Company was a party, with no superior tribunal in India to review it and no statute that answered the question. The Council was right that a legal decision was needed. It was wrong to suppose that a decision by one of the two contending bodies could settle anything.

Only Parliament could, and in 1781 Parliament did: the Settlement Act declared that no action should lie in the Supreme Court against any judicial officer of the country courts in respect of any judgment or order of his court, nor against any person for an act done in pursuance of such an order, it being considered reasonable to render the provincial magistrates, Indian and British alike, more safe in the execution of their office. That provision is the direct answer to Dutt v. Hosea, and a student who can say so has connected topic 1.2 to topic 1.3.

munotes.in89

Gora Chand's Case: Dutt v. Hosea, 1779

Quick revision

  • 1779. Dutt v. Hosea, MU's "Gora Gopichand's Case".
  • Hosea, head of the Diwani Adalat at Murshidabad, sued personally in the Supreme Court for irregularities in the proceedings against Gora Chand Dutt.
  • The irregularity: claim and counterclaim heard together, judgment for the defendant for more than the plaintiff had claimed, then execution against body, goods and outstanding debts.
  • Advocate-General Sir John Day advised that the Council would lose and recommended a compromise.
  • The Governor-General in Council refused, because it was the first such suit against judges of a Diwani court as individuals for judicial acts, and the question ought to be decided.
  • What the Supreme Court had in fact held by 1779: the Company's courts are courts; their judges are not liable for judicial acts unless corrupt; they may hold revenue debtors to bail; they may not imprison without bail to secure a disputed sum.
  • The Settlement Act 1781 later barred such actions by statute.

Test yourself

1. Who sued whom, and for what? Gora Chand Dutt's litigation produced a suit in the Supreme Court against Mr Hosea, the head of the Diwani Adalat at Murshidabad, for irregularities in the procedure that court had followed, namely hearing claim and counterclaim together, giving judgment against the plaintiff for more than had been claimed against him, and enforcing it against body, goods and outstanding debts.

2. Why did the Governor-General in Council refuse to compromise? Because it was the first instance of the members of a Diwani court being sued as individuals for acts done in their judicial characters, because a compromise would weaken the authority of the Company's courts, and because they wanted the question settled by a legal decision.

3. State the three propositions the Supreme Court had in fact laid down by 1779. That the Company's courts were recognised as courts of justice and their judges were not liable to actions for judicial proceedings, even irregular ones, unless corrupt; that they might hold revenue debtors to bail and confine them until bail was given; and that they might not imprison such debtors without bail to secure payment of what might ultimately be found due.

munotes.in90

Gora Chand's Case: Dutt v. Hosea, 1779

4. How did Parliament answer the question this case raised? By providing in the Settlement Act of 1781 that no action should lie in the Supreme Court against any judicial officer of the country courts in respect of any judgment or order of his court, nor against any person for an act done in pursuance of such an order.

5. Why is a judge's immunity from suit granted for the litigant's benefit rather than the judge's? Because a judge who may be sued by the loser will decide with an eye to that risk instead of on the merits, and it is the litigant who then suffers.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in91

Chapter Twenty

The Patna Case, 1777 to 1779

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Patna Trial"

In one line

A widow at Patna was driven from her house by officers of the Company's Provincial Council, and the Supreme Court gave her three lakhs of rupees against the members of that Council.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: on the death of Shahbaz Beg Khan at Patna in December 1776 his nephew Bahadur Beg petitioned the Patna Provincial Council claiming as adopted son; the Council directed the Kazi and the Muftis to take an inventory and report; those officers, without notice to the widow Nadirah Begum, entered and sealed the house, drove her from room to room until she took refuge in a shrine where a guard was set on her for about three months, and then reported on a question they had never been asked, that her deeds were forged and that three quarters of the estate should go to Bahadur Beg; the Council acted on the report, and the widow sued the members of the Council and the law officers in the Supreme Court, which gave judgment for her and assessed damages at three lakhs of rupees.

The people

Shahbaz Beg Khan, a man of property at Patna, died on 10 December 1776 leaving considerable property and his widow in possession of it.

Nadirah Begum, his widow, the plaintiff.

Bahadur Beg, his nephew, brought up from Kabul, whom he was said, though it was not proved, to have intended to make his heir.

Khwaja Zakaria, another nephew, the son of a sister, living in the house, who was said by the defendants and denied by the plaintiff to have been appointed the widow's attorney.

The Kazi and the Muftis, the Muslim law officers attached to the Patna Provincial Council, whose report is the centre of the case.

What happened

Within three weeks of the death, Bahadur Beg presented a petition to the Patna Council, endorsed by their officer as of 2 January 1777. It said he was the adopted son of the deceased, that the widow had embezzled some of the goods, and prayed that guards be set to protect the property and that the Council order the Kazi to ascertain the petitioner's right and inform the Council. It made no definite claim.

The Council issued a perwanah, an order, to the Kazi and Muftis to take an inventory of the property, secure it until the time of decision and division, and transmit a written report "according to ascertained facts and legal justice".

Stephen's comment on the next step is the one to remember: it is a remarkable proof of the looseness with which business of this kind was then conducted that the whole proceeding appears to have been ex parte, that is, without notice to the widow or anybody on her behalf.

munotes.in92

The Patna Case, 1777 to 1779

The Kazi and Muftis went to the house, after difficulty and a dispute about whether Khwaja Zakaria was the widow's attorney, got in, locked it up and sealed some of the doors. They returned a few days later and made an inventory. It was said that on that occasion they behaved very roughly, compelling the plaintiff by threats of force to leave one room after another until she took refuge in a filthy outhouse open to a common bazaar, and that after further indignities she retired to the dargah of Shah Azam, a shrine inhabited by faqirs who gave her hospitality.

A guard was set on her by the Council there, in the words of a letter from Mr Law to Hastings, "to intimidate her to give up the slave-women, papers, and seal of the deceased". She remained under restraint for about three months. At first the guards would not even allow the faqirs to give her food, and they did so secretly; the strictness was afterwards relaxed.

The report the officers were never asked for

The Kazi and Muftis then held an inquiry and sent in a report, delivered before 20 January 1777.

It began by describing itself as a report "on the right of inheritance claimed by the widow and nephew", and described its authors as having been "appointed in an inquiry relative to the right of inheritance claimed respectively by the widow and nephew".

That was not the fact. They had been appointed only to take an inventory, lock up the goods under seal, and report to the Council. Deciding a disputed right of inheritance is an entirely different thing.

The report then stated the nature of the dispute for the first time: that Bahadur Beg claimed as adopted son, that the widow claimed under a will and a deed of gift, and that both the will and the deed of gift were forged. It recommended that the property, excluding the altamgha (a revenue-free grant, which they said formed no part of the inheritance), be divided into four shares, three to Bahadur Beg and one to the widow.

How the facts were ascertained is the part a law student should dwell on. There was no proceeding in the nature of a trial. The most important facts were established by statements made in casual conversation, not on oath, and in some instances by writing notes to persons regarded as witnesses and receiving verbal answers back. Impey observed with justice that they accepted the bare statement of the claimant as proof of his claim because it "appeared clear and explicit", without any evidence at all. Stephen's own conclusion is that the report betrays such an absolute unconsciousness of the plainest requirements of evidence as to give an impression of innocence and good faith.

munotes.in93

The Patna Case, 1777 to 1779

The suit and the judgment

The widow sued the members of the Patna Provincial Council and the law officers in the Supreme Court at Calcutta.

The Court gave judgment for the plaintiff, and assessed the damages on the principle that she had been deprived of property in her possession, to which she was not shown not to be entitled, by an act corrupt and oppressive in its essence and executed in a way needlessly brutal and offensive.

The damages were three lakhs of rupees. Some of the law officers were afterwards sued separately and Rs 15,000 damages were given.

What the case proves, on the evidence

Four points are clear on the record and an answer that gives them is well grounded.

The widow was treated with great harshness and underwent great indignities, and she never received even the quarter of the property the report had assigned to her.

The report was, whether made in good faith or not, to the last degree weak and poor, and rested on no evidence in any recognisable sense.

The Patna Council was guilty of a gross desertion of duty. The proof is not the Supreme Court's judgment but a letter from Warren Hastings to the Patna Council of 12 January 1778, who certainly had no leaning towards the Supreme Court, taking notice of great irregularity in the proceedings of the law officers, whose business had been solely to take an inventory.

And if Patna was a fair specimen, the Provincial Councils considered as courts of justice were worthless, and no system of justice deserving the name existed at that time outside Calcutta. That is Stephen's conclusion and it is the conclusion the case is set for.

What can fairly be said on the other side

Impey's view was that the proceeding was gross oppression and plunder of a helpless widow, effected by a false accusation of forgery. Mr Law, of the Patna Council, wrote to Hastings that the struggle was really between Khwaja Zakaria and others on one side and Bahadur Beg on the other, for the charge of the widow and the possession of the estate, "and this is ever the case where the widow has a claim to any considerable inheritance". Warren Hastings, in a minute, gave reasons for thinking that the deeds really were forged and that the report was not only made in good faith but was true.

Stephen says frankly that he has not studied the question enough to give an opinion, and that strong observations arise on both sides. A student is entitled to say the same. Whether the widow's deeds were genuine was never properly tried by anybody, and that is the point: the objection to what the Patna Council did is not that they reached the wrong result but that they reached a result without a trial.

munotes.in94

The Patna Case, 1777 to 1779

Distinctions worth having straight

What the Council orderedWhat the officers did
The taskTake an inventory, secure the property, reportHeld an inquiry into the right of inheritance
Notice to the widowNot addressedNone: the proceeding was ex parte
EvidenceNot addressedCasual conversation, not on oath; notes and verbal answers
Outcome recommendedNoneThree quarters to the claimant, the deeds declared forged

A worked example

Take the same facts and change one of them at a time, to see exactly which fact decided the case.

As it happened. Shahbaz Beg Khan dies at Patna, in the mofussil. His nephew Bahadur Beg petitions the Patna Provincial Council; the Council orders its Kazi and Muftis to take an inventory and report; they go far beyond that order, and the widow Nadirah Begum sues the members of the Council and the law officers in the Supreme Court at Calcutta, which entertains the suit, gives judgment for her and assesses damages at three lakhs of rupees.

Change one fact: the property is in Calcutta. Then the Supreme Court's jurisdiction is not open to doubt at all. Everything contentious in the case comes from the property and the parties being in the mofussil, where the Company's own courts sat under the Company's own regulations.

Change another: the defendants are not the Company's servants. The Supreme Court's jurisdiction over persons in the mofussil rested on their being in the Company's service, and it was that link, and how far it reached, that the Regulating Act had left unclear.

Change a third: the case is heard after 1781. Then the Settlement Act's protection of provincial judges applies: no action lies in the Supreme Court against a judicial officer of a country court in respect of a judgment or order of his court, nor against any person for an act done in pursuance of such an order. Whether the bar reaches these facts depends on how the law officers' acts are characterised, which the chapter has already discussed; what is certain is that the inheritance itself would be decided by Muslim law, as that Act directs.

That is the point of the case in one line. The Patna case is not about whether the Council decided the inheritance rightly; it is about whether a court in Calcutta could sit in judgment on the Company's officers for the way they had decided it in Patna, and Parliament's answer in 1781 was to protect them.

munotes.in95

The Patna Case, 1777 to 1779

What beginners get wrong

"The Supreme Court interfered with a decision of a Company court." It gave damages against officials for acts done outside the authority they were given. The Kazi and Muftis were told to take an inventory and instead decided an inheritance, and the Council acted on it. Compare [Gora Chand's Case: Dutt v. Hosea, 1779], where the act complained of really was a judicial act and the Court's stated position protected it.

"The damages were against the Kazi and Muftis." The suit was against the members of the Provincial Council and the law officers, and the three lakhs was the award in that suit. Some law officers were sued separately afterwards and Rs 15,000 was given.

"Hastings supported the widow." Hastings thought the deeds probably were forged. What he criticised was the irregularity of the officers' proceedings, and that criticism is worth citing precisely because it comes from a man opposed to the Supreme Court.

Limits and criticism

The case is the strongest evidence in the whole syllabus that something outside the Company was needed, and it is also the clearest illustration of why the remedy chosen did not work.

Three lakhs of rupees was a very large sum, awarded against individual members of a Provincial Council for the acts of officers under them. Whatever the merits, an award on that scale, in a court sitting hundreds of miles away, applying English law and English notions of procedure to a Muslim inheritance at Patna, was certain to be experienced by the Company's servants as an attack, and it was. The Patna case, more than any other, is what turned the Council's irritation into a determination to be rid of the Court's jurisdiction, and the Cossijurah crisis followed within a year.

The right conclusion is the uncomfortable one. The Court was substantially right about what had been done to Nadirah Begum, and the remedy it gave made the constitutional crisis worse rather than better. Only Parliament could resolve that, and in 1781 it did, by taking the provincial courts and their officers out of the Supreme Court's reach altogether.

Quick revision

  • Shahbaz Beg Khan died at Patna 10 December 1776; his widow Nadirah Begum in possession.
  • Nephew Bahadur Beg petitioned the Patna Provincial Council within three weeks, claiming as adopted son.
  • The Council ordered the Kazi and Muftis to take an inventory and report. They proceeded ex parte, sealed the house, drove the widow out, and a guard was set on her at a shrine for about three months.
  • Their report decided a question they were never asked: the deeds were forged, three quarters to Bahadur Beg, one quarter to the widow, excluding the altamgha. It rested on statements not on oath and on notes answered verbally.
  • The widow sued in the Supreme Court; judgment for her; damages three lakhs of rupees; Rs 15,000 afterwards against law officers sued separately.
  • Warren Hastings himself criticised the irregularity, in a letter to the Patna Council of 12 January 1778.
munotes.in96

The Patna Case, 1777 to 1779

Test yourself

1. What were the Kazi and Muftis actually directed to do, and what did they do? They were directed to take an inventory of the property, secure it under seal until decision and division, and report to the Council. They instead held an inquiry into the disputed right of inheritance and reported that the widow's will and deed of gift were forged and that three quarters of the estate should go to the claimant.

2. On what principle did the Supreme Court assess damages, and how much were they? On the principle that she had been deprived of property in her possession, to which she was not shown not to be entitled, by an act corrupt and oppressive in its essence and executed in a needlessly brutal and offensive way. The damages were three lakhs of rupees, with a further Rs 15,000 in separate suits against law officers.

3. Give the evidence, independent of the Supreme Court, that the Patna Council failed in its duty. Warren Hastings, who had no leaning towards the Supreme Court, wrote to the Patna Council on 12 January 1778 taking notice of great irregularity in the proceedings of the law officers, whose business had been solely to take an inventory.

4. Was it ever decided whether the widow's deeds were genuine? No. Hastings thought they probably were forged; Impey thought the whole proceeding was a plunder of a helpless widow effected by a false accusation of forgery; Stephen declined to give an opinion. The objection to the Council's conduct is that it produced a result without any proceeding in the nature of a trial.

5. Why did this case make the constitutional crisis worse? Because a very large award of damages against the members of a Provincial Council, made by a distant English court applying English notions to a Muslim inheritance, convinced the Company's servants that the Court's jurisdiction had to be resisted, and the Cossijurah crisis followed within a year.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in97

Chapter Twenty-One

The Cossijurah Case, 1779 to 1780

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Cossijurah Case"

In one line

A creditor sued a zamindar in the Supreme Court, the Government told the zamindar and every landholder in Bengal to ignore the Court's process, and when the sheriff went to enforce it the Government sent sepoys to arrest the sheriff.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Kashinath Babu, having failed to recover a large loan from the Zamindar of Cossijurah through the Board of Revenue, sued him in the Supreme Court on 13 August 1779 on an affidavit that the Zamindar was employed in the collection of the revenues; the Governor-General in Council, on the advice of the Advocate-General Sir John Day, directed the Zamindar not to appear and issued a general proclamation to landholders that they need not attend to the Court's process unless they were the Company's servants or had consented; the Zamindar's people beat off the sheriff's officers; a writ of sequestration issued and the sheriff went with a party of fifty or sixty armed men; the Council sent Colonel Ahmuty with sepoys, who arrested the sheriff's party; and when the plaintiff then sued Hastings and the members of Council personally, all but Barwell withdrew their appearances and declared through counsel that they would not submit to the Court's process.

The facts, step by step

The debt. Kashinath Babu, called Cossinaut Baboo in the sources, had lent a large sum of money to the Zamindar of Cossijurah and had tried for a considerable time to recover it through the Calcutta Board of Revenue. That route failed.

The suit. On 13 August 1779 he sued the Zamindar in the Supreme Court, filing an affidavit stating that the Zamindar was employed in the collection of the revenues. That averment is the whole of the jurisdictional foundation: under section 14 of the Regulating Act the Court had jurisdiction over any person who at the time the cause of action arose was employed by, or directly or indirectly in the service of, the Company.

The Government hears of it. The Collector of Midnapore, Mr Pearce, informed the Governor-General in Council, and reported that the Zamindar was concealing himself to avoid service of the writ, to the damage of the revenue he ought to have been collecting.

The Advocate-General's opinion. Sir John Day advised, after a long preface to the effect that "we and our Courts stand upon a problematical title and questionable ground" so far as the rights of the natives were concerned, and asking whether "the few remaining rights of a people to whom we have left but little" should be invaded. He said the Court's view of the Regulating Act was wrong, and advised that the Zamindar be given notice that, not being subject to the jurisdiction, he should not appear, or plead, or do or suffer any act amounting on his part to a recognition of the Court's authority over himself.

munotes.in98

The Cossijurah Case, 1779 to 1780

The proclamation. An order was issued to all landholders informing them that they were subject to the Court's jurisdiction only if they were servants of the Company or had subjected themselves by consent, and that if they did not fall within either class they were to pay no attention to the process of the Court. Impey complained that its terms were intentionally disrespectful to the Court and to the King, who was called "the English King" without any title, the object being to avoid conveying the notion that the King of England had any authority as King in Bengal.

Force, first round. The Zamindar, having a special direction to the same effect, ignored the Court's further process. His people beat off the sheriff and his officers when they tried to take him under a capias, a writ commanding the sheriff to take the defendant's body.

Force, second round. A writ of sequestration issued, to seize his property and so compel an appearance. The sheriff collected a force of fifty or sixty sailors and others who marched armed from Calcutta to Cossijurah, and, it was alleged by the Zamindar, executed it with great violence and with acts of disrespect towards his idol and his zenana.

Force, third round. The Governor-General and Council ordered Colonel Ahmuty, commanding troops at Midnapore, to march a force of sepoys against the sheriff's party and arrest them. He did so. Process against the officer commanding the troops, as for a contempt, was also prevented by military force.

The suit against the Government. The plaintiff then brought actions against Hastings and the other members of Council individually. They first entered appearances, but on seeing the terms of the plaint, which showed that they were sued for acts done in their public capacity, all except Barwell caused their counsel to declare in court that they withdrew their appearances and would not submit to any process the Court might issue against them.

The only casualty. The one person who actually suffered was Naylor, the Zamindar's attorney, required to answer interrogatories about his part in the matter and committed for contempt for refusing.

The correction: what the case was NOT about

Most textbooks say that the Council resisted because the Supreme Court had claimed jurisdiction over zamindars as such, as revenue collectors. Stephen, who read the record, says in terms that this is entirely incorrect.

The Court never held that zamindars as such were in the Company's employment and so subject to its jurisdiction. It uniformly held the reverse.

munotes.in99

The Cossijurah Case, 1779 to 1780

The evidence he gives is the Company's own. Bogle, reporting to the Council on 13 November 1778, a year before the Cossijurah suit, wrote that since the establishment of the Supreme Court no question had been agitated before it that could bring the rights of the zamindars into discussion; that many suits had indeed been commenced against them, but that they had always pleaded to the jurisdiction, and except where the cause happened to be managed by an unskilful attorney, their plea had always been sustained. They had been considered as landholders possessed of extensive territories paying a land tax to government, and this exception of the zamindars from the jurisdiction had done more than anything else to limit the embarrassment caused by the introduction of so new an institution.

A plea to the jurisdiction is a defence that the court has no authority to try the case at all, taken before any defence on the merits. Bogle's point is that zamindars had been making that plea for five years and winning.

So the dispute at Cossijurah was not about a rule of law the Court had laid down. It was about a single affidavit in a single case, asserting that this particular zamindar was employed in the collection of the revenues. The proper answer to a false affidavit is to appear and plead to the jurisdiction, exactly as other zamindars had been doing successfully. What the Advocate-General advised, and what the Council ordered, was that he should not appear at all.

Why the Council really acted

Stephen sets out the reasons, and they are more honest than the legal argument.

The Council hated the Court, and had reasons that were natural and intelligible. It represented an authority the Company's servants practically repudiated. It represented English law, which they disliked both for its defects, then great, and for its merits. They thought it a grievance, and it was one, that Bahadur Beg should be brought from Patna to Calcutta to plead in a purely English court. They probably felt it a much greater grievance that the ijaradars and zamindars should be interfered with when, in order to pay their revenue punctually, they squeezed their ryots in ways an English lawyer would call oppressive.

And they were not sure they were right. Stephen's judgment on this is the sentence to quote. If they had been sure, they would have taken the straightforward legal course of getting a direct decision from the Court on the questions that concerned them, and testing it by appeal to the King in Council. They could easily have done so and had five years, from 1775 to 1780, in which to do it. Impey suggested it repeatedly. From that test they invariably shrank. Having the military force in their hands, and public feeling with them, they preferred to use that force rather than to appeal to the common superior of both Court and Council.

munotes.in100

The Cossijurah Case, 1779 to 1780

A worked example

Suppose you act for the Zamindar of Cossijurah in September 1779. What should you have advised?

  1. Appear, and take a plea to the jurisdiction. The affidavit says your client is employed in the collection of the revenues; he says he is a landholder paying a land tax. That is a question of fact and it is the very question on which zamindars had been succeeding since 1775.
  2. If the plea fails, defend on the merits, and if you lose, appeal to the King in Council, which lies from the Supreme Court.
  3. Do not stay away. A defendant who ignores process invites a capias and then a sequestration, which is exactly what happened, and loses the only forum in which the jurisdictional point can be decided in his favour.

That advice was available, obvious, and not taken, because the Government preferred a confrontation to a decision. The result was armed men from Calcutta meeting sepoys from Midnapore in a district of Bengal, and a Governor-General declaring through counsel that he would not obey the King's court.

What beginners get wrong

"The Supreme Court claimed jurisdiction over all zamindars." It did not, and it consistently sustained their pleas to the jurisdiction. This is the error that the record contradicts most directly.

"The Court decided the Cossijurah case." There was no decision on the merits. The case is famous for what happened outside the courtroom.

"The Government had no legal remedy." It had one and refused to use it for five years: a decision on the jurisdictional question and an appeal to the King in Council.

"Hastings was arrested." Nobody in the Government was arrested. Section 17 forbade the arrest of their persons, and in any case they withdrew their appearances. The only person committed was Naylor, the Zamindar's attorney, for contempt in refusing to answer interrogatories.

Limits and criticism

The case is the crisis of Module I, and the right way to describe it is as a breakdown of the constitution rather than a dispute about the law.

Two authorities existed in Bengal, both deriving from the Crown, one a court and one a government, and there was no institution in India competent to decide between them. The Act had created that situation and had provided no machinery for resolving it. When the disagreement became sharp enough, the body with the soldiers won, and told the whole of Bengal outside Calcutta that the King's court could be ignored.

munotes.in101

The Cossijurah Case, 1779 to 1780

That is intolerable in any system, whichever side was right about section 14, and it is why Parliament had to intervene. The Settlement Act of 1781 did three things directly traceable to this case: it took the Governor-General and Council out of the Court's jurisdiction for acts done in their public capacity, it took revenue matters out of the Court altogether, and it indemnified the Governor-General, the Council, the Advocate-General and everybody acting under their orders for their resistance to the Court's process between 1 January 1779 and 1 January 1780, reciting that in the hostilities between Court and Council "many things have been done not justifiable by the strict rule of the law".

An Act of Parliament which has to indemnify a government for disobeying a court is the clearest possible admission that the system had failed.

Quick revision

  • 13 August 1779: Kashinath Babu sues the Zamindar of Cossijurah in the Supreme Court on an affidavit that he was employed in the collection of the revenues (s.14).
  • Advocate-General Sir John Day advises that the Zamindar should not appear or plead; a general proclamation tells landholders to ignore the Court's process unless they are the Company's servants or have consented.
  • The Zamindar's people beat off the sheriff under a capias; a writ of sequestration issues; the sheriff marches with fifty or sixty armed men.
  • The Council sends Colonel Ahmuty with sepoys, who arrest the sheriff's party.
  • The plaintiff sues Hastings and the Council personally; all but Barwell withdraw their appearances and refuse to submit to process.
  • Only Naylor, the Zamindar's attorney, suffers: committed for contempt.
  • The Court never held that zamindars as such were subject to it: Bogle's report of 13 November 1778 records that their pleas to the jurisdiction had always been sustained.
  • The Council never appealed to the King in Council, though five years and repeated suggestions were available.

Test yourself

1. What was the jurisdictional foundation of the suit, and why was it contestable? The affidavit filed on 13 August 1779 stating that the Zamindar was employed in the collection of the revenues, which brought him within section 14's class of persons employed by or in the service of the Company. It was contestable because a zamindar was ordinarily treated as a landholder paying a land tax, not as a servant, and pleas to the jurisdiction on that footing had regularly succeeded.

2. State the correction this case requires to the usual textbook account. That the Supreme Court had claimed jurisdiction over zamindars as such. It had not; it uniformly held the reverse, and Bogle's report to the Council of 13 November 1778 records that zamindars' pleas to the jurisdiction had always been sustained except where the cause was managed by an unskilful attorney.

munotes.in102

The Cossijurah Case, 1779 to 1780

3. What was the Council's real objection, on Stephen's account? Not a settled view that the Court was wrong in law, but dislike of a court representing an authority they repudiated and English law they distrusted, and unwillingness to have their revenue administration interfered with. Stephen's proof is that they never took the available legal course of obtaining a decision and appealing to the King in Council, though Impey repeatedly suggested it.

4. What happened when the plaintiff sued the members of Council personally? They entered appearances, and on seeing that they were sued for acts done in their public capacity all except Barwell had their counsel declare that they withdrew their appearances and would not submit to any process of the Court.

5. How did Parliament respond to what happened here? By the Settlement Act of 1781, which took the Governor-General and Council out of the Court's jurisdiction for public acts, excluded revenue matters, and indemnified the Governor-General, the Council, the Advocate-General and all acting under their orders for their resistance to the Court's process between 1 January 1779 and 1 January 1780, reciting that many things had been done not justifiable by the strict rule of the law.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in103

Chapter Twenty-Two

What the Seven Cases Add Up To

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Working of Supreme Court at Calcutta"

In one line

The Supreme Court did not fail because its judges were bad or because the Company was wicked; it failed because the Act that created it left three questions unanswered and gave nobody the power to answer them.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the working of the Supreme Court between 1774 and 1780 exposed three defects in the Regulating Act, namely that it did not state what law the Court was to apply, that it did not define who was subject to its jurisdiction, and that it provided no authority in India competent to decide between the Court and the Government; and the seven proceedings of the period are illustrations of those three defects rather than of misconduct on either side.

The three defects

Defect one: no rule as to the applicable law. Section 13 gave the Court civil, criminal, admiralty and ecclesiastical jurisdiction, and the Charter added equity and the powers of the Court of King's Bench. It said nothing about the law to be applied to the people over whom those jurisdictions were exercised. The consequence is the trial of Nandkumar: a Brahmin hanged on an English statute of 1728 for an act done in 1770, and nothing in the Act to say whether that statute reached him.

Defect two: no definition of who was subject. Section 14 extended the jurisdiction to British subjects resident in the three provinces under the Company's protection, to His Majesty's subjects, and to any person "employed by, or directly or indirectly in the service of" the Company. The judges themselves complained that the Act made subjection to the English Crown the test of liability and then never said who was a subject, nor whether the territorial acquisitions amounted to an acquisition of sovereignty, nor whether a person born at Calcutta was a natural-born subject. Those questions of the first importance were left to be decided by the Court whenever they arose. The consequence is the Cossijurah dispute, fought over whether one man was in the Company's service.

Defect three: no umpire. The Court's decisions were appealable to the King in Council. The Council's refusal to obey was appealable to nobody. No institution in India stood above both. The consequence is that when the disagreement became sharp enough, it was settled by sepoys.

What the cases actually establish

The seven proceedings are not seven versions of the same complaint. Sorted by what each proves, they fall into three groups.

The Court restraining real abuse. In Kamaluddin's case a man was imprisoned to secure a disputed revenue arrear on a return that would have been false had it stated the power claimed. In Sarup Chand's case a treasurer was confined by a board that included his own debtor, and the Company's attorney kept the true reason from the judge. In the Patna case a widow was driven from her house and guarded at a shrine for three months, on the report of officers who had been told to take an inventory and instead decided an inheritance, and Warren Hastings himself criticised the irregularity. In all three the Court's intervention was justified and its relief was modest: bail, bail, and damages.

munotes.in104

What the Seven Cases Add Up To

The Court's stated position being more moderate than its reputation. By 1779, on the record of Touchet's Committee, the Court had held that the Company's courts were courts of justice, that their judges were not liable for judicial acts unless corrupt, that revenue debtors could be held to bail, and only that they could not be imprisoned without bail to secure a disputed sum. Dutt v. Hosea is the case in which that question was squarely raised, and the Council itself asked for it to be decided. And on the question everybody remembers, jurisdiction over zamindars, Bogle's own report of November 1778 records that their pleas to the jurisdiction had always been sustained.

The system with no umpire. Cossijurah is not a case about law at all. It is what happens when two authorities disagree and neither can be overruled. And the trial of Nandkumar is the same defect on the criminal side: a capital conviction, no appeal, and the only check the judges' own power to respite, which they held and did not exercise.

The Council's case, put at its highest

A good answer does not treat the Company's servants as villains, and there is a serious case for them.

The Court was staffed by men who had arrived from England and knew nothing of revenue administration, of the languages, or of the customs of the country, and it applied English process to people who, in the words of a Burdwan diwan quoted at the time, threatened others with habeas corpus and damages without any of them being able to say what a habeas corpus was, or what damages were, or what a writ or a summons was.

Its process was ruinous even to those who won: a talukdar might be ruined by the expense of pleading to the jurisdiction though he prevailed, and in one action in which Rs 400 was recovered the costs exceeded Rs 1,600.

And its interventions did fall on the revenue, which was the Company's whole business in Bengal and, at that date, the security for the Company's solvency.

The answer to all of that is Stephen's, and it is decisive: the way to correct a court that has exceeded its jurisdiction is to obtain a decision and appeal from it. That way was open for five years and was never taken.

munotes.in105

What the Seven Cases Add Up To

The Court's case, put at its highest

Equally, an answer that treats Impey and his colleagues as oppressors has to explain three facts.

They sustained zamindars' pleas to the jurisdiction, consistently, and thereby kept most of Bengal outside their reach.

They held that the Company's own courts were courts and that their judges were immune for judicial acts unless corrupt, which is the opposite of an imperial claim.

And every abuse they restrained was a real abuse, admitted in the Company's own papers: the attorney who withheld the proceedings, the councillor who sat on the board that imprisoned his creditor, the officers who decided an inheritance they had never been asked about.

The criticism that survives is narrower, and a student should make it precisely. The Court's remedies were English remedies in an Indian setting, and its costs and its process were ruinous. It did not adapt, and it had almost no power to adapt, because its process came from a Charter it could not alter.

A worked example: answering the standard question

"Discuss the working of the Supreme Court at Calcutta with reference to decided cases."

A good answer has five moves.

  1. Establish the Court: section 13 of the Regulating Act, the Charter of 26 March 1774, four judges, five jurisdictions, King's Bench powers, appeal to the King in Council.
  2. State the three defects above, in one sentence each.
  3. Take the cases in groups, not in a list: the three habeas corpus and damages cases showing real abuse restrained; Dutt v. Hosea and the zamindar question showing the Court's actual position; Nandkumar and Cossijurah showing the absence of any umpire.
  4. Put both sides, using the Company's own documents on each: Hastings's letter of 12 January 1778 against the Patna Council; the Company's attorney's letter of 31 August 1777 in Sarup Chand; Bogle's report of 13 November 1778 on the zamindars; and against the Court, the costs figures and the Burdwan diwan's complaint.
  5. Conclude with the remedy Parliament chose, which is the Settlement Act of 1781, and say what it changed. That connects topic 1.2 to topic 1.3 and is what separates a first-class answer from a competent one.

Distinctions worth having straight

The complaintWhere it is trueWhere it is not
The Court usurped jurisdiction over IndiansIt exercised jurisdiction over persons alleged to be in the Company's serviceIt sustained zamindars' pleas to the jurisdiction as a matter of course
The Court attacked the Company's courtsIt gave damages where officers acted outside their authorityIt held those courts to be courts and their judges immune for judicial acts unless corrupt
The Court applied a foreign lawTrue, and the fault of the Act's silenceThe Company's own courts applied Hindu and Muslim law from 1772, and the Act said nothing about either
The Council defended Indian rightsThe Advocate-General's opinion is framed in exactly those termsIt also defended the right of revenue officers to imprison without bail
munotes.in106

What the Seven Cases Add Up To

What beginners get wrong

"The Supreme Court was a failure." It was a failure in its first six years, on its founders' own terms, and Cowell records that afterwards, with diminished powers, it won its way to greater authority and respect among Europeans and Indians alike than any other tribunal that has ever existed in India. Say both.

"The judges were to blame." The judges decided cases as they arose under a statute that did not tell them what law to apply or over whom. The blame that sticks to Impey personally is a different matter: accepting from the Council, in 1780, the office of Judge of the Sadar Diwani Adalat with a salary held at their pleasure.

"The Council were to blame." They were, for using force instead of an appeal. They were not for objecting to a jurisdiction whose limits nobody had defined.

Quick revision

  • Three defects of the Regulating Act: no rule as to the applicable law; no definition of who was subject; no authority in India competent to decide between the Court and the Government.
  • Group one, real abuse restrained: Kamaluddin, Sarup Chand, the Patna case.
  • Group two, the Court's actual position: Dutt v. Hosea; and Bogle's report that zamindars' pleas to the jurisdiction were always sustained.
  • Group three, no umpire: Nandkumar (no appeal from a capital conviction) and Cossijurah (settled by sepoys).
  • For the Council: ignorance of the country, ruinous costs, damage to the revenue. Against them: they never appealed to the King in Council in five years.
  • For the Court: every abuse it restrained was admitted in the Company's own papers. Against it: English remedies, English costs, no power to adapt.
  • The remedy: the Settlement Act of 1781.

Test yourself

1. State the three defects of the Regulating Act that the working of the Supreme Court exposed. That it did not say what law the Court was to apply; that it did not define who was subject to its jurisdiction, leaving the questions of who was a British subject and whether the Company's acquisitions amounted to sovereignty to be decided case by case; and that it provided no authority in India competent to decide between the Court and the Government.

2. Group the seven proceedings by what each shows. Kamaluddin, Sarup Chand and the Patna case show real abuse restrained; Dutt v. Hosea shows the Court's moderate stated position on the status of the Company's courts and their judges; Nandkumar and Cossijurah show the absence of any umpire, on the criminal side and on the civil side respectively; and the trial of Radhacharan Mitra is used in the debate about whether English criminal law had previously been applied to Indians at Calcutta.

munotes.in107

What the Seven Cases Add Up To

3. What is the single strongest answer to the Council's complaint of usurpation? That the Court's decisions were appealable to the King in Council, that the Council had five years in which to obtain a decision and appeal, that Impey repeatedly suggested it, and that they never did it.

4. What is the single strongest criticism of the Court that survives? That its remedies, its process and its costs were English and ruinous, and unsuited to the country; a talukdar might be ruined by the expense of successfully pleading to the jurisdiction, and in one case costs of over Rs 1,600 were incurred to recover Rs 400.

5. Why is it wrong to say simply that the Supreme Court failed? Because it failed only in its first phase, under a statute that made failure very likely. After 1781, with reduced jurisdiction, it acquired greater authority and respect among Europeans and Indians than any earlier tribunal in India.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in108

Chapter Twenty-Three

The Settlement Act of 1781: What Parliament Fixed

Syllabus topic 1.3, "Settlement Act of 1781"

In one line

Six years after creating the Supreme Court, Parliament took away most of what it had given: the Government, the revenue, the provincial courts and their judges were all put outside the Court's reach, and the Government was indemnified for having disobeyed it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by the Act of Settlement 1781, 21 Geo. III c. 70, commonly called the Settlement Act, Parliament exempted the Governor-General and Council from the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court for acts done in their public capacity, excluded revenue matters and the officers concerned in the collection of revenue, protected the judicial officers of the country courts from actions in respect of their judgments and orders, directed that in matters of inheritance and succession and of contract and dealing between party and party Hindus and Muslims were to be governed by their own laws, recognised the Governor-General in Council as the chief appellate court of the country and constituted the Sadar Diwani Adalat a court of record, empowered the Governor-General in Council to frame regulations for the provincial courts without registration in the Supreme Court, and indemnified the Government for its resistance to the Court's process between 1 January 1779 and 1 January 1780.

Why an Act of Parliament was unavoidable

Because nothing else could work, and this book has already shown why three times over.

The Company could not settle the quarrel by regulation, because under section 36 of the Regulating Act a regulation was void until registered in the Supreme Court, and the Regulations of 1780 were never registered.

The Court could not settle it by decision, because a decision by one of two contending authorities cannot bind the other when there is no institution above both.

And the Council would not settle it by appeal, having refused for five years to take the one route that led to a common superior.

So Parliament did it, and the Act is best understood as six answers to six things that had happened.

The six answers

One: the Government is taken out. The Governor-General and Council were exempted from the Court's jurisdiction for acts done in their public capacity. Section 15 of the Regulating Act had protected them only from criminal indictments and informations, and the Cossijurah plaintiff had used the gap to sue them civilly. That gap is closed.

Two: revenue is taken out. The Supreme Court was deprived of the right to interfere in matters concerning the revenue, and section 22 gave the Governor-General in Council power to determine on all offences, abuses and extortions committed in the collection of revenue, or severities used beyond what was customary or necessary, and to punish them, provided the punishment did not extend to death, maiming or perpetual imprisonment. This is the answer to Kamaluddin's case and to Sarup Chand's: the revenue is removed from the Court, and a substitute remedy is provided within the Company's own system.

munotes.in109

The Settlement Act of 1781: What Parliament Fixed

Three: the provincial judges are protected. The Act declared that no action should lie in the Supreme Court against any judicial officer in the country courts in respect of any judgment or order of his court, nor against any person for any act done in pursuance of such an order, it being considered "reasonable to render the Provincial Magistrates, as well Native as British subjects, more safe in the execution of their office". This is the answer to Dutt v. Hosea and, indirectly, to the Patna case.

Four: personal law is prescribed. Where either party was a Muslim or a Hindu, matters of inheritance and succession to lands, rents and goods, and matters of contract and dealing between party and party, were to be determined by Muslim law for Muslims and Hindu law for Hindus; and where only one of the parties was a Muslim or a Hindu, by the laws and usages of the defendant. In addition, the rights and authorities of fathers and masters of families, as they might have been exercised under Hindu or Muslim law, were preserved to them, and it was provided that no act done in consequence of the rule and law of caste, respecting the members of those families only, should be adjudged a crime "although the same may not be held justifiable by the laws of England". The Supreme Court might also frame process and make rules to accommodate suits against Indians to their religion and manners, subject to the royal approbation, correction or refusal.

This is the answer to the trial of Nandkumar, and it is the first time an Act of Parliament tells a court in India what law to apply to Indians. Note the choice-of-law rule in the second half: where the parties are of different religions, the defendant's law governs. That is a real conflict-of-laws rule, and it is the ancestor of much later Indian doctrine.

Five: the Company's own courts are recognised and given a legislature. This, says Cowell, is perhaps the most important part of the Act and the part that most completely reversed the policy of 1773. Parliament recognised the civil and criminal provincial courts as existing independently of the Supreme Court; recognised the Governor-General and Council, or a committee of them, as the chief appellate court of the country; and vested the Council with power to frame regulations for those provincial courts independently of the Supreme Court.

munotes.in110

The Settlement Act of 1781: What Parliament Fixed

Section 21 enacted that the Governor-General and Council should lawfully hold all such pleas and appeals from the country or provincial courts in civil causes as it had hitherto held, with the same powers, that it should be deemed in law a Court of Record, and that its judgments should be final and conclusive except upon appeal to His Majesty in civil suits of the value of £5,000 and upwards.

Section 23 enacted that the Governor-General and Council should have power from time to time to frame regulations for the provincial courts and councils, with a proviso that His Majesty in Council might disallow or amend them within two years.

Six: the past is indemnified. With regard to the hostilities between Court and Council, in which, said the Act, "many things have been done not justifiable by the strict rule of the law", the Governor-General and Council, the Advocate-General and all persons acting under their orders were indemnified, discharged and saved harmless from any action, suit or prosecution on account of their disobedience and resistance to the execution of the Court's orders from 1 January 1779 to 1 January 1780.

A worked example

Take each of the seven proceedings and ask what would have happened after 1781.

Kamaluddin and Sarup Chand: revenue matters, now outside the Court. Their remedy is under section 22, before the Governor-General in Council.

Dutt v. Hosea: an action against a judicial officer of a country court for a judgment of his court. Barred expressly.

The Patna case: harder, and the answer is instructive. The acts complained of were done by law officers of a Provincial Council in a matter of inheritance. If characterised as acts of a country court in respect of its orders, the action is barred; if characterised as acts done outside any authority, the bar may not apply. What is certain is that the underlying dispute would now be decided by Muslim law, as the Act directs, and not by any English rule.

Nandkumar: the trial was criminal, and the Act's personal-law provisions do not make forgery non-criminal. What the Act does is protect acts done under the rule and law of caste, and give the Court power to adapt its process. A capital trial of a Brahmin on an English statute would still have been possible, and that is the limit of what 1781 achieved.

Cossijurah: the Government could not now be sued for public acts, and the Zamindar, if the suit were revenue-related, would be outside the Court altogether. The crisis could not recur in the same form.

Distinctions worth having straight

Regulating Act 1773Settlement Act 1781
Government's immunityCriminal only, and not for treason or felony (s.15)Extended to acts done in the public capacity
RevenueNot mentioned; the Council claimed exclusivity under s.7Excluded from the Court; a substitute remedy in s.22
Country courtsNot mentionedRecognised, and their judges protected from actions
Law applicable to IndiansNot statedHindu and Muslim law in inheritance, succession and contract; the defendant's law where the parties differ
RegulationsVoid until registered in the Supreme Court (s.36)May be framed for the provincial courts without reference to the Supreme Court; the Crown may disallow within two years
Sadar Diwani AdalatNot mentionedA court of record by statute; final except on appeal to His Majesty at £5,000
munotes.in111

The Settlement Act of 1781: What Parliament Fixed

What beginners get wrong

"The Settlement Act abolished the Supreme Court." It did not. The Court continued, with reduced jurisdiction, and Cowell records that it afterwards won greater authority and respect than any earlier tribunal in India.

"It settled the boundary between the two systems." It did not, and the next chapter is about what it left unsettled. It removed the largest sources of friction without ever saying what the relation between the two systems was.

"The £5,000 appeal went to the Privy Council." It went to His Majesty in Council. The Judicial Committee of the Privy Council was created in 1833, and Module II follows that.

"The indemnity means Parliament approved what the Council did." The Act says the opposite in the same breath: it indemnifies because "many things have been done not justifiable by the strict rule of the law". An indemnity is granted for acts that were unlawful; if they had been lawful none would be needed.

Limits and criticism

Two criticisms, and the second is the more important.

It was a settlement in favour of the Company, and it is fair to say so. The Government was made unsuable for public acts, the revenue was removed from independent scrutiny, the Company's own courts and judges were protected, and the Company's officers were indemnified for having disobeyed a court. Every contested point was resolved in the Company's favour, and the substitute remedies were remedies within the Company's own system.

And it repeated the Regulating Act's central failure. Cowell's verdict is exact and worth quoting in substance: in the Act of 1781, as in that of 1773, there is no plain statement of the relation in which the Indian territories stood to the British Crown, nor whether any Indian natives were to be comprehended under the term "subjects", nor whether the provincial courts were to have a concurrent jurisdiction with the Supreme Court or an exclusive one, nor, if the latter, what its limits were.

munotes.in112

The Settlement Act of 1781: What Parliament Fixed

So the great questions were left open a second time. What 1781 achieved was the removal of the occasions of conflict, not the resolution of it, and the two systems went on side by side for another eighty years until the Indian High Courts Act 1861 merged them. That is Module II.

Quick revision

  • 21 Geo. III c. 70, the Act of Settlement, 1781.
  • Governor-General and Council exempt for acts in their public capacity.
  • Revenue excluded from the Supreme Court; s.22 gives the Council power to punish offences, abuses and extortions in collection, short of death, maiming or perpetual imprisonment.
  • No action in the Supreme Court against a judicial officer of a country court for his judgments or orders, nor against a person acting in pursuance of them.
  • Hindu and Muslim law in inheritance and succession and in contract and dealing; where the parties differ, the defendant's law. Acts under the rule and law of caste not to be crimes though not justifiable by English law.
  • s.21: the Governor-General and Council recognised as the chief appellate court; the Sadar Diwani Adalat a court of record; final except on appeal to His Majesty in civil suits of £5,000 and upwards (and see s.71).
  • s.23: power to frame regulations for the provincial courts without registration in the Supreme Court; the Crown may disallow within two years.
  • Indemnity for resistance to the Court's process from 1 January 1779 to 1 January 1780, the Act reciting that many things had been done not justifiable by the strict rule of the law.

Test yourself

1. Name four things the Settlement Act took out of the Supreme Court's reach. Acts of the Governor-General and Council done in their public capacity; matters concerning the revenue and the officers employed in its collection; actions against judicial officers of the country courts in respect of their judgments and orders; and, by prescribing Hindu and Muslim law, the application of English law to inheritance, succession and contract between Indians.

2. State the choice-of-law rule the Act laid down. That in matters of inheritance and succession and of contract and dealing between party and party, Muslims were to be governed by Muslim law and Hindus by Hindu law; and where only one of the parties was a Muslim or a Hindu, by the laws and usages of the defendant.

3. What did section 21 do for the Sadar Diwani Adalat? It recognised the Governor-General and Council, or a committee of them, as determining appeals from the country and provincial courts, declared that body a court of record, and made its judgments final and conclusive except on appeal to His Majesty in civil suits of £5,000 and upwards.

munotes.in113

The Settlement Act of 1781: What Parliament Fixed

4. Why did section 23 matter so much in practice? Because under section 36 of the Regulating Act a regulation was void until registered in the Supreme Court, and the Regulations of 1780 had never been registered. Section 23 allowed the Governor-General in Council to frame regulations for the provincial courts without reference to the Supreme Court, subject only to disallowance by the Crown within two years.

5. What does the indemnity clause tell you about Parliament's view of the Council's conduct? That it was unlawful. The Act indemnifies precisely because, in its own words, many things had been done that were not justifiable by the strict rule of the law; an indemnity is unnecessary for lawful acts.

6. What did the Act fail to settle? The same questions the Regulating Act had left open: the relation of the Indian territories to the Crown, whether Indians were comprehended in the word "subjects", and whether the provincial courts had a jurisdiction concurrent with the Supreme Court's or exclusive of it, and if exclusive, within what limits.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in114

Chapter Twenty-Four

What the Settlement of 1781 Left Behind

Syllabus topic 1.3, "Settlement Act of 1781"

In one line

1781 stopped the fighting and left the two systems of courts standing side by side, which is the arrangement Module II is about.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Settlement Act removed the occasions of conflict between the Supreme Court and the Company's government without defining the relation between the two systems of courts, and the result was a dual judicial system, King's courts applying English law in the Presidency Towns and Company courts applying Hindu and Muslim law and the Regulations in the mofussil, which lasted until the Indian High Courts Act 1861.

The eighteen new courts, and the Chief Justice who wrote their rules

The Settlement Act did not create the provincial civil courts; it recognised courts that already existed. They had been reorganised in 1780, and the details matter because they are the shape of the system for the next thirteen years.

The jurisdiction of the six Provincial Councils was confined exclusively to revenue. For the more effectual and regular administration of civil justice, district Courts of Diwani Adalat were established within the jurisdictions of the six Councils, and they were to be independent of the Councils. They exercised jurisdiction over claims of inheritance to zamindaries, talukdaries and other real property, over mercantile disputes and over all matters of personal property; all cases regarding revenue or rent were reserved for the exclusive cognizance of the Provincial Councils, or of the Collectors who afterwards superseded them.

Eighteen of these Diwani Adalats were established. The ultimate appeal lay to the Sadar Diwani Adalat.

And here is the fact that a student should know and most do not. The Regulations for the guidance of those courts were drawn up by Sir Elijah Impey, and were incorporated in a revised Code. In 1780 the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court was appointed Judge of the Sadar Diwani Adalat and vested with all its powers; the Governor-General and Council, who had previously constituted that Adalat, ceased to belong to it; but it was expressly stipulated that the Chief Justice should enjoy the office and its salary at their pleasure.

Consider what that means. The head of the King's court in Bengal was made head of the Company's chief civil court, on a salary the Company could stop. The arrangement had a practical logic, since it put a trained lawyer at the head of the provincial courts and gave them a code, and Impey did the work: he prepared the regulations that became the revised Code of 1781. It also destroyed the independence the Regulating Act had been passed to secure, and it became an article of Impey's impeachment. In 1782 the Court of Directors ordered the Governor-General in Council to resume the superintendence of that Court, and the experiment ended.

munotes.in115

What the Settlement of 1781 Left Behind

The Sadar Diwani Adalat itself was finally established by Act of Parliament in 1781, being constituted a court of record by 21 Geo. III c. 70, section 71. It had not been established by royal charter, so it remained one of the Company's courts, but it was thereafter distinguished from the ordinary Company courts because it traced its establishment to the recognition and sanction of Parliament.

What was left standing: the dual system

After 1781 India had two complete systems of courts in the same territory, and it is worth setting them out side by side because Module II is the story of how they were merged.

The King's courtsThe Company's courts
WhereThe Presidency Towns: Calcutta, and later Madras and BombayThe mofussil, everywhere else
Created byRoyal charter under the Great SealThe Company's own Regulations, recognised by Parliament in 1781
JudgesEnglish barristers appointed by the CrownThe Company's covenanted servants
Law appliedEnglish law, as modified by the Act of 1781 for Hindus and MuslimsHindu and Muslim law, and the Regulations; otherwise justice, equity and good conscience
ProcedureEnglish pleading, juries, writsSummary, and prescribed by Regulation
Highest courtThe Supreme Court, appeal to the King in CouncilThe Sadar Diwani Adalat, appeal to His Majesty above £5,000
LegislatureRegulations had to be registered in it under s.36 of the Act of 1773The Council could legislate for these courts without registration after 1781

Two systems, two laws, two appellate ladders, and no rule saying which prevailed where they met. That is the dual judicial system, and MU's Module II names it in its first topic.

The struggle that started immediately

Do not imagine that separating revenue from justice ended the quarrelling. It moved it.

Within a few months of the separation of functions in 1780, the Governor-General recorded in a minute that "the institution of the new Courts of Dewanny Adawlut has already given occasion to very troublesome and alarming competition between them and the provincial Councils".

The rival claims of the revenue authorities and the judicial officers to exercise jurisdiction were destined, in Cowell's phrase, to a long antagonism and to varying success. It is a smaller conflict than the civil war between the Supreme Court and the Supreme Council, and it lasted much longer: the jurisdictions were united again by Cornwallis in 1787, separated again in 1793, united a third time in 1831, and the question was still being fought over in 1859. The next four chapters are the first two rounds of it.

munotes.in116

What the Settlement of 1781 Left Behind

A worked example

A dispute in 1785 between a zamindar of Burdwan and his tenant about rent.

  • Which court? Rent is a revenue matter, reserved to the Provincial Council or the Collector. Not the Diwani Adalat, and certainly not the Supreme Court, which lost revenue matters in 1781.
  • Change it to a dispute about the inheritance of the zamindari. Now it is the Diwani Adalat of the district, applying Hindu law if the parties are Hindus, with appeal to the Sadar Diwani Adalat.
  • Change it again: the zamindar sues an English indigo planter living in Calcutta for trespass. Now the defendant is a British subject in a Presidency Town, and the Supreme Court has jurisdiction, applying English law to a trespass.
  • And if the planter counterclaims for a debt against the zamindar? He must establish that the zamindar is within section 14, and if the zamindar pleads to the jurisdiction, the plea will ordinarily be sustained.

One district, one pair of litigants, and the forum and the law both change with the subject matter and the identity of the parties. A student who can work that example can answer almost anything set on the dual system.

What beginners get wrong

"After 1781 there was peace." Between the Supreme Court and the Council, largely yes. Between the civil courts and the revenue authorities, the fight had only just begun, and it ran for eighty years.

"The Sadar Diwani Adalat was a royal court after 1781." It was not established by royal charter and remained a Company court. What Parliament did was recognise it and constitute it a court of record.

"Impey was dismissed for taking the Sadar Diwani Adalat office." He was impeached and acquitted. The Directors ordered the arrangement to be undone in 1782 and the Governor-General in Council resumed the superintendence of the Court.

"The dual system meant Indians had no access to the Supreme Court." They had access where the Court had jurisdiction, which after 1781 mainly meant residents of Calcutta and persons who submitted to it. What they did not have was any choice of law: the Act of 1781 told the Court to apply their own law in the matters it named.

Limits and criticism

The settlement of 1781 is usually described as a success, and by the standard of stopping a constitutional crisis it was. Judged by any other standard it postponed the problem for eighty years.

A country with two systems of courts, two systems of law, and no rule of priority between them will produce conflicting decisions about the same land, the same debt and the same family, and it did. That is the subject of the first chapters of Module II, and it is why the Law Commissioners eventually recommended amalgamation and Parliament carried it out in 1861.

munotes.in117

What the Settlement of 1781 Left Behind

The deeper point is the one Cowell makes about both Acts. Parliament twice legislated about courts in India without saying what the relation of the Indian territories to the Crown was, or who among the inhabitants were subjects. Institutions can be built on a silence like that, but they cannot be reconciled to each other, because the question of which prevails is the question that was never answered.

Quick revision

  • 1780: the six Provincial Councils confined to revenue; eighteen district Diwani Adalats created, independent of them, for inheritance, real property, mercantile and personal property disputes; revenue and rent reserved to the Councils and later the Collectors; appeal to the Sadar Diwani Adalat.
  • The Regulations for those courts were drawn by Sir Elijah Impey; the Chief Justice was made Judge of the Sadar Diwani Adalat in 1780, holding the office and salary at the Council's pleasure; the Directors ordered it undone in 1782.
  • 1781: the Sadar Diwani Adalat constituted a court of record by 21 Geo. III c. 70, s.71.
  • What remained: the dual judicial system, King's courts and English law in the Presidency Towns, Company courts and Hindu, Muslim and Regulation law in the mofussil, with separate appeals.
  • The new quarrel: civil courts against revenue authorities, beginning within months and lasting to 1859.

Test yourself

1. What courts did the reorganisation of 1780 create, and how many? Eighteen district Courts of Diwani Adalat, independent of the six Provincial Councils, with jurisdiction over inheritance to zamindaries and talukdaries and other real property, mercantile disputes and personal property, revenue and rent being reserved to the Councils. The ultimate appeal lay to the Sadar Diwani Adalat.

2. What office did Sir Elijah Impey accept in 1780, and on what terms? Judge of the Sadar Diwani Adalat, vested with all its powers, the Governor-General and Council ceasing to belong to it, but with the express stipulation that he should hold the office and its salary at their pleasure. He drew up the regulations for the civil courts, which were incorporated in the revised Code of 1781. The Directors ordered the arrangement undone in 1782.

3. Describe the dual judicial system in four points. Two sets of courts in the same territory: King's courts created by charter in the Presidency Towns with English judges applying English law, and Company courts in the mofussil staffed by the Company's servants applying Hindu and Muslim law and the Regulations; separate appellate ladders, to the King in Council and to His Majesty above £5,000 respectively; and no rule of priority where the two met.

munotes.in118

What the Settlement of 1781 Left Behind

4. What new conflict began in 1780, and how long did it last? The competition between the new civil courts and the revenue authorities, which the Governor-General noticed within months of the separation. It ran through the reunion of the jurisdictions by Cornwallis in 1787, the second separation in 1793, the third reunion in 1831, and was still alive when Act X of 1859 was passed.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in119

Chapter Twenty-Five

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1787

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Judicial Reforms of Lord Cornwallis: Judicial Plan of 1787"

In one line

Cornwallis's first plan did the opposite of what he is famous for: it put the Collector back in charge of the district court, and gave him the revenue and the justice of his district together.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by the judicial regulations of 1787 Lord Cornwallis re-united the functions of civil justice with the collection of the revenue, directing that the office of judge of the several mofussil Diwani Adalats, except those at Patna, Murshidabad and Dacca, should be held by the officer in charge of the revenue of the district, and assigning all revenue cases to the Collector as a Mal Adalat with an appeal to the Board of Revenue and ultimately to the Governor-General in Council, the object being that the people should look to one master.

What Cornwallis was sent to do

Cornwallis came to India as Governor-General in 1786. Before he arrived, Pitt's India Act 1784, 24 Geo. III c. 25, had established a Board of Commissioners for the Affairs of India and had directed inquiries into the grievances of the people of India.

He brought with him instructions from the Court of Directors framed to carry out Parliament's object, which the Act stated in words worth quoting because they govern all three of his plans: "to establish permanent rules for the settlement and collection of the revenue, and for the administration of justice founded on the ancient laws and local usages of the country."

Two things are being asked for in that sentence: permanence and rootedness. The complaint about the previous fifteen years was that the arrangements changed every second year and that they were English importations. Everything Cornwallis did between 1787 and 1793 is an attempt at those two objects, and the reason he changed his mind between 1787 and 1793 is that he found they pulled in different directions.

What the plan of 1787 did

It re-united justice with revenue. Cornwallis directed the re-union of the functions of civil and criminal justice with those of the collection and management of the revenue. In 1787, in obedience to the Court of Directors, it was resolved that the office of judge of the several mofussil courts should be held by the person who had charge of the revenue, with the exception of the courts established in the cities of Patna, Murshidabad and Dacca.

It put the Diwani Adalats under the Collectors. The district civil courts, which had been made independent of the revenue authorities in 1780, were placed under the superintendence of the Collectors.

It created a revenue court in each district. All revenue cases were assigned by the new code to the Collector, sitting as a Mal Adalat, that is, a revenue court, from whom an appeal lay to the Board of Revenue and ultimately to the Governor-General in Council in the revenue department.

munotes.in120

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1787

It resumed the criminal side. Cornwallis resolved in Council to resume the superintendence of the administration of criminal justice throughout the provinces, and after a few years removed the Sadar Nizamat Adalat to Calcutta, from Murshidabad where Warren Hastings had transferred it.

And a revised code was published in the same year, adapted to the change of system.

Why he did it

The reason given at the time is the one to state, because it is an argument about the people rather than about administrative tidiness: the object of reverting to the system that had been discontinued in 1780 was to accustom the people to look to one master.

Behind that is a practical judgment. After seven years' experience it was considered impossible to draw a line between the revenue and the judicial departments in such a way as to prevent their clashing. The regulations of 1780 had tried, and constant confusion had been the result. Every case that touched land touched revenue, and a rule that sent revenue one way and property the other produced two courts fighting over the same dispute.

Notice also what Cornwallis was doing in terms of this book's story: he was reviving the institutions of Warren Hastings's plan of 1772, before the changes made by the Council of 1775 and the separation of 1780. Cowell says so in terms. Cornwallis's policy in 1787 was to carry out Hastings's original intentions.

The one safeguard he kept

Although the functions of civil justice and of revenue collection were re-united in the person of the Collector, the courts over which he presided were kept distinct.

That is a real distinction and a student should notice it. The same man sat as judge of the Diwani Adalat and as judge of the Mal Adalat, but they were two courts with two jurisdictions, two records and two appellate routes: the Diwani Adalat to the Sadar Diwani Adalat, the Mal Adalat to the Board of Revenue. It is the difference between fusing two offices and fusing two courts, and Cornwallis fused only the first.

Whether that safeguard was worth anything is exactly what he decided six years later that it was not.

A worked example

Ramnath, a zamindar of a Bengal district, has three grievances in 1789. Follow each.

One. The Collector has assessed his revenue too high. That is a revenue case: Mal Adalat, before the Collector. Appeal to the Board of Revenue, then to the Governor-General in Council in the revenue department. Notice that the officer who made the assessment is the judge of the complaint about it.

munotes.in121

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1787

Two. His brother claims a share of the zamindari by inheritance. That is a civil case: Diwani Adalat, before the same man in his other capacity, applying Hindu law. Appeal to the Sadar Diwani Adalat.

Three. His tenant has been beaten by the Collector's peons. Criminal: the Faujdari Adalat, under the criminal system Cornwallis had just resumed supervising, with the Sadar Nizamat Adalat above it.

Ramnath's first grievance is decided by the person he is complaining about. That is the objection Cornwallis himself would state, in his own words, in 1793.

Distinctions worth having straight

17801787
Judge of the district civil courtA judge independent of the revenue establishmentThe Collector
Revenue casesProvincial CouncilsThe Collector as Mal Adalat
Appeal in revenueTo the Governor-General in CouncilTo the Board of Revenue, then the Governor-General in Council
Appeal in civilSadar Diwani AdalatSadar Diwani Adalat
CriminalThe Nizamat, at MurshidabadSupervision resumed; the Sadar Nizamat Adalat moved to Calcutta
ExceptionsNonePatna, Murshidabad and Dacca keep separate judges

What beginners get wrong

"Cornwallis separated the judiciary from the executive." He did, in 1793. In 1787 he did the exact opposite, and a student who gives the 1793 answer to a question about 1787 has the sequence backwards. The right sentence is: Cornwallis united the two functions in 1787 and separated them in 1793, having found by experience that union did not work.

"The 1787 plan was Cornwallis's own idea." It was resolved in obedience to the Court of Directors, and its policy was to revive Warren Hastings's scheme of 1772.

"All the district courts were given to the Collectors." All except those in the cities of Patna, Murshidabad and Dacca.

"The Mal Adalat was part of the Diwani Adalat." Two distinct courts, with distinct jurisdictions and distinct appeals, presided over by the same officer.

Limits and criticism

The plan is defensible on its own premises and it failed for the reason its critics predicted.

It is defensible because the alternative had produced "very troublesome and alarming competition" between the civil courts and the Provincial Councils within months of 1780, and because the Directors' instruction to make the people look to one master answered a genuine complaint: a cultivator who had to know which of two English courts to approach, on a distinction between rent and property that he had never heard of, was worse off than one who went to the Collector.

It failed because the Collector's two roles were not merely different but opposed. The revenue officer's duty is to collect the maximum lawfully due; the judge's duty in a suit about that collection is to decide impartially between the government and the subject. One man cannot discharge both, and Cornwallis said so himself in 1793 in the words the next chapters quote: it is necessary to arm revenue officers with power to enforce their demands, but to prevent the abuse of that power there should be courts of justice ready to punish oppression and exaction.

munotes.in122

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1787

Six years was how long it took to find that out, and the finding is the whole significance of the plan of 1787.

Quick revision

  • Cornwallis arrived as Governor-General in 1786.
  • Pitt's India Act 1784 (24 Geo. III c. 25) had directed inquiry into grievances; the Directors' instruction was to establish permanent rules for revenue and for "the administration of justice founded on the ancient laws and local usages of the country".
  • 1787: the office of judge of the mofussil courts to be held by the officer in charge of the revenue, except at Patna, Murshidabad and Dacca. The Diwani Adalats put under the Collectors.
  • Revenue cases to the Collector as a Mal Adalat; appeal to the Board of Revenue, then the Governor-General in Council.
  • Criminal justice: superintendence resumed, and the Sadar Nizamat Adalat afterwards moved to Calcutta.
  • Object: that the people should look to one master. Policy: to revive Hastings's plan of 1772.
  • The one safeguard: the two courts were kept distinct, though the judge was the same man.

Test yourself

1. What did the plan of 1787 do, in one sentence? It re-united civil justice with revenue collection by making the Collector the judge of the district civil court as well as of a new revenue court, the Mal Adalat, in every district except Patna, Murshidabad and Dacca.

2. What was the stated object, and what was the practical reason? The stated object was that the people should look to one master. The practical reason was that after seven years' experience it was thought impossible to draw a line between revenue and judicial business without constant clashing, and the separation of 1780 had produced exactly that.

3. What was Cornwallis instructed by Parliament and the Directors to achieve? Permanent rules for the settlement and collection of the revenue, and for the administration of justice founded on the ancient laws and local usages of the country.

4. Name the safeguard Cornwallis retained in 1787 and say why it was not enough. He kept the Diwani Adalat and the Mal Adalat distinct as courts, with separate jurisdictions and appeals, though the same officer presided over both. It was not enough because the two roles are opposed: the officer who must enforce a revenue demand cannot impartially decide a complaint about that demand.

munotes.in123

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1787

5. Why is it a serious mistake to say Cornwallis separated the executive from the judiciary in 1787? Because he united them in 1787 and separated them in 1793. Getting the order wrong turns the entire point of topic 1.4, which is that Cornwallis tried both arrangements and rejected the first on experience, into its opposite.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in124

Chapter Twenty-Six

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1790

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Judicial Plan of 1790"

In one line

In 1790 Cornwallis took criminal justice away from the Nawab, gave it to English judges on circuit, and brought the chief criminal court back to Calcutta.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by regulations passed on 3 December 1790 the Governor-General in Council established Courts of Circuit under the superintendence of English judges, assisted by Indians versed in Muslim law, to try in the first instance persons charged with crimes and misdemeanours, and enabled the Governor-General and the members of the Supreme Council to sit in the Nizamat Adalat, which was again removed to Calcutta, and to superintend the administration of criminal justice throughout the provinces; the powers of the Nawab Nazim thereby passed to the Governor-General in Council.

Where criminal justice stood before 1790

The plan of 1772 had kept the criminal side Indian. Faujdari Adalats were appointed in the districts to try persons charged with crimes and misdemeanours, under Muslim law and Muslim law officers, and the Collectors were directed to superintend their proceedings, to see that the necessary witnesses were summoned and examined, that due weight was allowed to their testimony, and that the decisions were fair and impartial.

A Sadar Nizamat Adalat was established at Murshidabad under a Committee of Revenue, to revise the proceedings of the provincial courts in capital cases. On the abolition of that committee it was brought to Calcutta for the first time; and in 1775 the majority of the Council, taking advantage of Hastings's wish to be relieved of the weight of business, restored Muhammad Reza Khan to the superintendence of penal justice and carried the Nizamat Adalat back to Murshidabad. Fifteen years passed before it returned.

Through those fifteen years, setting aside the Supreme Court's jurisdiction, the position was that Muslim tribunals administered Muslim law under the general control of the Nazim, subject in each court to the supervision of an English officer.

The police, and why it kept failing

Criminal justice cannot work without a police, and the story of the police in this period is a short list of failures worth knowing because it explains the urgency of 1790.

Originally the zamindars were responsible for public safety and for the roads. Their engagements bound them to keep the peace and, if a robbery was committed on their estate, to produce both the robbers and the property.

In 1772 the faujdari jurisdiction of the zamindars was transferred to the adalats, because the lands set apart for maintaining their police establishments had been resumed and because collusion was constantly proved or suspected between offenders and the officers the landholders maintained.

In 1774 Hastings divided Bengal into fourteen police districts with thanadars over them, restored the police lands to their original purpose, and appointed faujdars to apprehend offenders. The system failed and lasted very few years.

munotes.in125

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1790

In 1781 the faujdars and thanadars were abolished, and the judges of the civil courts were made magistrates, with power to apprehend offenders and bring them to trial, forwarding them to the daroga of the nearest criminal court, the power of punishment still resting with the Nawab's courts. Later the civil judges were given power to decide slight offences and, under restrictions, to inflict corporal punishment and impose fines.

So by 1790 criminal justice had an English magistracy at the bottom, Muslim courts in the middle, and a Nawab's officer at the top, and nobody thought it worked.

What Cornwallis decided, and the sentence he decided it in

Cornwallis's reason is recorded in a single sentence and it is the one to quote: the future control of so important a branch of government "ought not to be left to the sole discretion of any native, or indeed of any single person whomsoever."

Read both halves. The first half is a judgment about Indians holding high office, and a student should describe it as what it is rather than soften it. The second half is a general proposition about power that no lawyer would quarrel with: the control of criminal justice should not rest with any single person at all.

What the regulations of 3 December 1790 did

They created Courts of Circuit. Courts of Circuit were established under the superintendence of English judges, assisted by Indians versed in Muslim law, to try in the first instance persons charged with crimes or misdemeanours. A circuit court is one whose judges travel from station to station to try the cases that have accumulated there, and its business includes gaol delivery, the clearing of the gaol by trying everybody held in it.

They brought the Nizamat Adalat back to Calcutta, and enabled the Governor-General and the members of the Supreme Council to sit in it and superintend the administration of criminal justice throughout the provinces.

They transferred the Nazim's powers. The powers of the Nawab Nazim passed to the Governor-General in Council. That is the constitutional heart of the plan: the last substantial function that the dual government of 1765 had left with the Nawab was taken away, and the fiction that the Company governed only the Diwani ended.

The regulations of 1790 were, with amendments and alterations, re-enacted in 1793, and it is in that form that they became part of the Cornwallis Code. That is why some books date the criminal reforms to 1790 and others to 1793: both are right, and an answer that says the 1790 regulations were re-enacted in 1793 is right in a way that satisfies either question.

munotes.in126

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1790

What the Courts of Circuit looked like in practice

There were four to begin with, increased as provinces were added. Each was composed of the same judges who sat in the provincial Civil Court of Appeal, together with the kazi and mufti attached to that court.

The circuit duties, including gaol deliveries at the principal stations, were ordinarily performed by the second, third and fourth judges in regular succession, the first judge remaining at the principal station unless otherwise directed.

They lasted until 1829, when Regulation I of that year abolished them because they had failed to give prompt justice, and Bengal was divided into twenty divisions under Commissioners of Revenue and Circuit who took over their powers along with those of the Board of Revenue.

A worked example

A dacoity is committed in a Bengal district in 1792.

  1. The magistrate, who is the judge of the civil court of the district under the arrangement of 1781, apprehends the accused and commits him.
  2. The case is tried in the first instance by the Court of Circuit, presided over by English judges of the provincial Court of Appeal, assisted by the kazi and mufti, applying Muslim criminal law.
  3. A capital sentence goes for confirmation to the Sadar Nizamat Adalat at Calcutta, now composed of the Governor-General and the members of the Supreme Council.
  4. Before 1790, step two would have been a Faujdari Adalat under Muslim officers and step three would have been at Murshidabad under the Nawab's superintendence.

Two changes, and both are about who controls, not about what law is applied. The law tried remained Muslim criminal law, with reforms, until the Indian Penal Code was brought into force in 1862.

Distinctions worth having straight

Before 1790After 1790
Trial courtFaujdari Adalat, Muslim officersCourt of Circuit, English judges with kazi and mufti
Chief criminal courtSadar Nizamat Adalat at MurshidabadSadar Nizamat Adalat at Calcutta
Who superintendsThe Nawab Nazim, through Muhammad Reza KhanThe Governor-General and Council
Law appliedMuslim criminal lawMuslim criminal law, progressively reformed
MagistracyCivil judges as magistrates from 1781The same

What beginners get wrong

"Cornwallis abolished Muslim criminal law in 1790." He did not. He took the control of criminal justice from the Nawab and gave the trials to English judges; the substantive law tried remained Muslim criminal law, reformed in stages over the following decades and replaced only by the Indian Penal Code.

"The Courts of Circuit were appellate courts." They tried cases in the first instance, on circuit, including gaol delivery. The appellate and confirming body was the Sadar Nizamat Adalat.

munotes.in127

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1790

"The Sadar Nizamat Adalat was always at Calcutta." It was at Murshidabad from 1772, came to Calcutta on the abolition of the Committee of Revenue, went back to Murshidabad in 1775, and returned to Calcutta in 1790. Three moves, and the last one is Cornwallis's.

"1790 was about the police." The police was the background, and the plan is about courts. The police reform of this era is the network of thanadars and darogas that came with the Regulations of 1793.

Limits and criticism

The plan of 1790 is the most defensible of Cornwallis's three, and the criticism of it is a criticism of its premise rather than of its machinery.

Its machinery worked well enough to last thirty-nine years, and when the Courts of Circuit were abolished in 1829 the reason given was delay, not injustice.

Its premise was that criminal justice could not safely be left to an Indian officer. That premise is stated in the regulation itself, in the words quoted above, and it had a consequence that shaped the whole later system: from 1790 the trial of serious crime in the mofussil was in English hands, and the Indian law officers were reduced to expounding the law to a judge who decided. The office of kazi was itself abolished in 1809.

An answer that quotes the sentence and then notes both halves of its effect, the removal of a single person's discretion and the exclusion of Indians from the criminal bench, is doing exactly what a history paper asks.

Quick revision

  • Cornwallis, 1790: the control of criminal justice "ought not to be left to the sole discretion of any native, or indeed of any single person whomsoever."
  • Regulations of 3 December 1790: Courts of Circuit under English judges with Indians versed in Muslim law, trying in the first instance; the Governor-General and members of the Supreme Council to sit in the Nizamat Adalat, removed again to Calcutta.
  • The powers of the Nawab Nazim passed to the Governor-General in Council.
  • Four Courts of Circuit at first, made up of the judges of the provincial Civil Court of Appeal with the kazi and mufti; abolished in 1829 and replaced by twenty Commissioners of Revenue and Circuit.
  • The regulations of 1790 were re-enacted with amendments in 1793.
  • Background: Faujdari Adalats from 1772; the Nizamat Adalat moved to Murshidabad in 1775 under Muhammad Reza Khan; civil judges made magistrates in 1781.

Test yourself

1. What did the regulations of 3 December 1790 establish? Courts of Circuit under the superintendence of English judges, assisted by Indians versed in Muslim law, to try persons charged with crimes and misdemeanours in the first instance; and they enabled the Governor-General and the members of the Supreme Council to sit in the Nizamat Adalat, again removed to Calcutta, and to superintend criminal justice throughout the provinces.

munotes.in128

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1790

2. What constitutional change did the plan of 1790 make? The powers of the Nawab Nazim passed to the Governor-General in Council, ending the last substantial function left with the Nawab by the dual government of 1765.

3. Who sat in a Court of Circuit? The same judges who sat in the provincial Civil Court of Appeal, with the kazi and the mufti attached to it. The circuit duties, including gaol delivery, were ordinarily done by the second, third and fourth judges in succession.

4. Did Cornwallis change the criminal law itself in 1790? No. He changed who controlled and who tried. The substantive law remained Muslim criminal law, reformed in stages, and it was replaced only by the Indian Penal Code.

5. Why do some books date the criminal reforms to 1793 rather than 1790? Because the regulations of 1790 were re-enacted, with amendments and alterations, in 1793 as part of the Cornwallis Code. Both dates are correct and an answer should say so.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in129

Chapter Twenty-Seven

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1793 and the Cornwallis Code

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Judicial Plan of 1793"

In one line

In 1793 Cornwallis reversed himself, took the courts away from the Collectors, made the Government suable in its own courts, and put the whole system into a printed code.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by the Regulations of 1793 Lord Cornwallis separated the collection of revenue from the administration of justice for the second time, abolished the revenue courts and transferred all causes hitherto tried by revenue officers to the civil courts, made the Collectors amenable to those courts and personally liable for exactions beyond what they were authorised to demand, reorganised the civil courts into Diwani Adalats in each zillah with four Provincial Courts of Appeal above them and the Sadar Diwani Adalat at the Presidency, re-enacted the criminal system of 1790, and formed the whole body of existing regulations into a printed code with the reason for each regulation prefixed to it.

The reversal, in Cornwallis's own words

The plan of 1787 had put the Collector at the head of the district court. Six years of it changed Cornwallis's mind, and his minute published in 1793 states the reason in a sentence that a student should be able to give almost exactly:

"There is no class of men which Government should watch with greater jealousy, and on whom the regulations should have a stricter control, than the officers who are entrusted with the collection of the public revenue. It is necessary to arm them with power to enforce their demands, but to prevent the abuse of this power, there should be Courts of Justice ready to punish oppression and exaction."

That is the whole argument for separation of powers, stated by a Governor-General in 1793, and it applies to Module III as squarely as to Module I.

The preamble that explains the policy

Regulation II of 1793 carried out the separation, and its preamble is the most important document in topic 1.4. It sets out four reasons.

The existing arrangement. All questions between Government and the landholders about the assessment and collection of revenue, and disputed claims between landholders and their ryots, had been cognizable in the Mal Adalats, in which the Collectors presided as judges, with an appeal to the Board of Revenue and thence to the Governor-General in Council in the revenue department.

The objection of principle. The proprietors "can never consider the privileges which have been conferred upon them as secure, whilst the revenue officers are vested with these judicial powers", because if the regulations for assessing and collecting the revenue are infringed, the revenue officers themselves must be the aggressors, and individuals wronged by them in one capacity can never hope to obtain redress from them in another.

munotes.in130

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1793 and the Cornwallis Code

The practical objections. The Mal Adalats' proceedings were irregular, summary and often ex parte, and the Collectors had to suspend their judicial functions whenever those interfered with their financial duties.

What must follow. Government "must divest itself of the power of infringing in its executive capacity the rights and privileges which, as exercising the legislative authority, it has conferred on the landholders". The revenue officers must be deprived of their judicial powers; all disputed financial claims of the public must be subject to courts superintended by judges who are not only wholly uninterested in the result but bound to decide impartially between the public and the proprietors, and between proprietors and tenants; and the Collectors must be divested of the power of deciding on their own acts and rendered amenable for them to the courts, collecting the public dues subject to a personal prosecution for every exaction exceeding the amount they are authorised to demand and for every deviation from the regulations.

Cowell's verdict on that preamble is that it lays down a sound and reasonable policy founded on strict justice. It is also, on any view, a remarkable thing for a colonial government to have said about itself in 1793.

The structure the regulations built

Revenue. The Mal Adalats were abolished and all causes hitherto tried by revenue officers were transferred to the civil courts. The Collectors were confined to their executive functions, collecting the revenue as officers subordinate to the Board of Revenue, their duties being described in section 8 of Regulation II of 1793.

Civil courts. By the next regulation, Government divested itself, in the words of its own preamble, "of the power of interfering in the administration of the laws and regulations in the first instance, reserving only as a Court of Appeal or Review the decision of certain cases in the last resort", and lodged its judicial authority in courts of justice.

The structure had three tiers:

  • Zillah and city courts of Diwani Adalat, one for each district, under a covenanted English judge. A zillah is a district.
  • Four Provincial Courts of Appeal, established by Regulation V of 1793 for Bengal, Bihar and Orissa, to hear appeals from the zillah and city courts.
  • The Sadar Diwani Adalat at the Presidency, established by Regulation VI of 1793, consisting of the Governor-General and the members of the Supreme Council, receiving appeals from the provincial courts and councils and from the Board of Revenue.

Criminal courts. The regulations of 1790 were re-enacted with amendments. The authority of the Nawab Nazim was abolished, and the Governor-General and Council formed the Sadar Nizamat Adalat with general control over the criminal courts, with the four Courts of Circuit below it.

munotes.in131

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1793 and the Cornwallis Code

The Code. The whole body of existing regulations was formed into a regular code, printed with translations into the country languages, and, by a requirement Parliament afterwards made statutory in 1797, the ground of every regulation was to be prefixed to it and the courts were bound to regulate their decisions by the rules the regulations contained.

The one thing that spoiled the design, and its cure in 1801

Look again at the top of the structure. The Sadar Diwani Adalat consisted of the Governor-General and the members of the Supreme Council, and so did the Sadar Nizamat Adalat.

So Cornwallis, having removed the executive from the district courts, left it sitting as the highest civil and the highest criminal court in the country. The separation was complete below and absent at the top.

That was cured eight years later. By Regulation II of 1801 the Nizamat Adalat and the Diwani Adalat, which until then had consisted of the Governor-General and the members of Council, were directed to be composed of a Chief Judge and puisne judges, and from that time both courts exercised their functions distinct from the legislative and executive authority of the State. In 1811 the composition was made a Chief Judge and as many puisne judges as the Governor-General in Council thought necessary.

A student who can date the real separation of the highest courts from the executive to 1801 rather than to 1793 is giving an answer very few will give.

A worked example

Ramnath, the zamindar of the earlier chapter, has the same three grievances in 1795.

One, the over-assessment. No longer a Mal Adalat, which has been abolished. He sues in the zillah Diwani Adalat, before a judge who has nothing to do with the revenue. If the Collector has exacted more than he was authorised to demand, the Collector is personally liable and may be prosecuted. Appeal to the Provincial Court of Appeal, then to the Sadar Diwani Adalat.

Two, his brother's inheritance claim. The same zillah Diwani Adalat, applying Hindu law, with the same appeals.

Three, the assault on his tenant. Committed by the magistrate, tried by the Court of Circuit, capital sentences confirmed by the Sadar Nizamat Adalat at Calcutta.

Compare that with the 1789 version in the chapter on the plan of 1787, where the officer complained of was the judge of the complaint. The whole reform is visible in the change to grievance one.

Distinctions worth having straight

Plan of 1787Plan of 1793
District civil judgeThe CollectorA separate covenanted judge
Revenue disputesMal Adalat, the Collector presidingAbolished; transferred to the civil courts
The Collector's positionJudge of his own actsAmenable to the courts, personally liable for exactions
Appeal in civil casesSadar Diwani AdalatProvincial Court of Appeal, then the Sadar Diwani Adalat
Highest courtsGovernor-General in CouncilGovernor-General in Council, until Regulation II of 1801 gave them professional judges
The lawScattered regulationsA printed Code, with the ground of each regulation prefixed
munotes.in132

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1793 and the Cornwallis Code

What beginners get wrong

"Cornwallis separated the executive and the judiciary completely in 1793." He separated them at every level except the top. The Sadar Diwani Adalat and the Sadar Nizamat Adalat remained the Governor-General in Council until Regulation II of 1801.

"The Cornwallis Code was a code of law like the Indian Penal Code." It was a consolidation of the Regulations, printed with translations and with the reason for each prefixed. It is a code in the sense of an ordered collection, not a code in the sense of a systematic restatement of substantive law. That kind of code arrives after the Charter Act of 1833 and the Law Commission.

"The separation lasted." It did not. The jurisdictions were united a third time in 1831, and Act X of 1859, in Cowell's words, directly violates the principles laid down in the preamble to Regulation II of 1793. Constant attempts were successfully made in the interests of the executive to depart from the policy.

Limits and criticism

The plan of 1793 is the high point of this part of the syllabus and it deserves to be praised precisely, not vaguely.

Its principle is stated better in Regulation II of 1793 than in most modern constitutional documents: that a government must divest itself, in its executive capacity, of the power to infringe the rights it has conferred in its legislative capacity, and that its own officers must be answerable to courts they do not control. A student writing about the rule of law in Module III can cite it as the earliest clear statement of that idea by a government in India.

Its weaknesses are three. It left the two highest courts in the hands of the executive for eight years. Its judges were exclusively English covenanted servants, and the Indian judicial officers, the sadar ameens and munsifs, were confined to the lowest rungs. And it was extremely expensive and extremely slow, which is the practical complaint that drove the reunions of 1831 and 1859 and the criticism that the next chapter is about.

Quick revision

  • Cornwallis's minute, 1793: revenue officers must be armed with power to enforce demands, "but to prevent the abuse of this power, there should be Courts of Justice ready to punish oppression and exaction."
  • Regulation II of 1793: Mal Adalats abolished; all causes tried by revenue officers transferred to the civil courts; Collectors confined to executive functions under the Board of Revenue and made personally liable for exactions beyond what they were authorised to demand.
  • Regulation V of 1793: four Provincial Courts of Appeal for Bengal, Bihar and Orissa, above the zillah and city Diwani Adalats.
  • Regulation VI of 1793: the Sadar Diwani Adalat at the Presidency, consisting of the Governor-General and members of the Supreme Council.
  • Criminal: the regulations of 1790 re-enacted; the Nawab Nazim's authority abolished; the Governor-General and Council formed the Sadar Nizamat Adalat, with Courts of Circuit below.
  • The Code: all regulations formed into a printed code, translated, with the ground of each regulation prefixed; made a statutory requirement by Parliament in 1797.
  • Regulation II of 1801: the two Sadar courts given a Chief Judge and puisne judges, and from then they were distinct from the legislative and executive authority of the State.
munotes.in133

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1793 and the Cornwallis Code

Test yourself

1. Quote the substance of Cornwallis's reason for the separation of 1793. That no class of men should be watched with greater jealousy than the officers entrusted with the collection of the revenue; that it is necessary to arm them with power to enforce their demands; and that to prevent the abuse of that power there should be courts of justice ready to punish oppression and exaction.

2. Give the objection of principle stated in the preamble to Regulation II of 1793. That if the regulations for assessing and collecting revenue are infringed, the revenue officers themselves must be the aggressors, and individuals wronged by them in one capacity can never hope to obtain redress from them in another. Therefore the revenue officers must be deprived of their judicial powers and made amenable to the courts.

3. Set out the three tiers of the civil courts under the 1793 system. Zillah and city Diwani Adalats in each district under a covenanted judge; four Provincial Courts of Appeal under Regulation V of 1793; and the Sadar Diwani Adalat at the Presidency under Regulation VI of 1793, then consisting of the Governor-General and the members of the Supreme Council.

4. What was left unseparated in 1793, and when was it cured? The two highest courts, the Sadar Diwani Adalat and the Sadar Nizamat Adalat, remained the Governor-General and the members of Council. Regulation II of 1801 directed both to consist of a Chief Judge and puisne judges, and from that time they exercised their functions distinct from the legislative and executive authority of the State.

munotes.in134

Lord Cornwallis: the Judicial Plan of 1793 and the Cornwallis Code

5. In what sense was the Cornwallis Code a code? In the sense of an ordered and printed consolidation of the existing Regulations, translated into the country languages, with the ground of each regulation prefixed and the courts bound to decide according to it. It was not a systematic restatement of substantive law of the kind produced after 1833.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in135

Chapter Twenty-Eight

Sir John Shore and the Progress of the Adalat System

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Progress of Adalat System under Sir John Shore"

In one line

Cornwallis left in 1793 and Sir John Shore inherited a beautifully designed system that was too slow, too expensive and too English for the country it served.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Sir John Shore, who succeeded Lord Cornwallis as Governor-General in 1793, administered the new judicial system without altering its principles; the years that followed exposed its practical defects, principally the accumulation of arrears in the zillah courts, the cost and delay of proceedings conducted exclusively by covenanted English judges, and the exclusion of Indians from all but the lowest judicial offices, and the remedies adopted were the multiplication of courts, the extension of the jurisdiction of Indian judicial officers, and the reconstitution of the Sadar courts with professional judges by Regulation II of 1801.

Who Sir John Shore was

Sir John Shore, afterwards Lord Teignmouth, had been a servant of the Company in Bengal for many years before he became Governor-General in 1793. You have already met him in this book: in the late 1770s he was asked to take charge of an adalat and asked to be excused, because of his fear of vexatious prosecutions in the Supreme Court.

His minute of that period is worth recalling here because it is the best contemporary statement of what it was like to be a judge in the Company's courts. The more effectually he performs his duty, he wrote, the more he maintains the dignity of his office and enforces his decisions, the more he is liable to prosecution; if in procuring the attendance of witnesses he exercises any compulsory power, or if to restrain trivial complaints and detect chicane he uses the discretionary powers the regulations give him of imposing a moderate fine or inflicting a mild corporal punishment, he may become subject to a suit that may end in his ruin. He added that the mode of transacting business in India was so fundamentally different from that in England, and so contrary to the letter and form of English laws, that scarcely any transaction tried by their standards would admit of a justification.

The man who wrote that in the 1770s was the man who had to make the Cornwallis system work in the 1790s, and it explains the character of his administration: cautious, unwilling to disturb what Cornwallis had settled, and preoccupied with the practical working of the courts rather than with their design.

What "progress of the Adalat system" means

MU's phrase is not a compliment or a criticism; it means simply the working out of the system in the years after 1793. Four things happened, and they are what the topic asks for.

Arrears. The zillah Diwani Adalats had one covenanted English judge apiece and the whole civil litigation of a district. Suits accumulated faster than they could be heard. Every subsequent change in this period is a response to that single fact.

munotes.in136

Sir John Shore and the Progress of the Adalat System

Multiplication of courts and of judges. More courts were created and the number of judges increased. The Sadar Diwani Adalat, reconstituted in 1801 with a Chief Judge and two judges, was enlarged again by Regulation XII of 1811 to a Chief Judge and as many puisne judges as the Governor-General in Council should think necessary, and the same happened on the criminal side.

Indian judicial officers. Because there were never enough covenanted English judges, and because they were expensive, Indian judicial officers were given work at the bottom of the structure. The register of a zillah court, the sadar ameen and the munsif were empowered to try suits of small value, and their jurisdiction was extended by stages over the following decades. A munsif is a judge of the lowest civil court; a sadar ameen was the next grade above. Those two words are still in use in Indian district judiciaries, and they enter the system here.

The separation completed at the top. By Regulation II of 1801 the Sadar Diwani Adalat and the Sadar Nizamat Adalat ceased to be the Governor-General and the members of Council and were given a Chief Judge and puisne judges, and from that time both courts exercised their functions distinct from the legislative and executive authority of the State. The requirement that their proceedings be kept in English was relaxed, and copies of their proceedings ceased to be required except on appeal to His Majesty in Council or on a reference to the Governor-General in Council.

The criticism that mattered

The standing complaint against the Cornwallis system, made from within the service almost as soon as it was made, was that it was too English for the country.

Its procedure was elaborate; its judges were foreigners who did not speak the languages of the litigants; its costs were high; its delays were long; and its exclusion of Indians from every office above the lowest meant that the men who understood the country had no share in deciding its disputes. A cultivator with a small claim had, in practice, no court at all: the zillah court was distant, slow and expensive, and the munsif's jurisdiction was tiny.

Set against that is what the system achieved, and a fair answer says both. For the first time there were courts in the districts that were not the revenue department, presided over by judges with no financial interest in the outcome, applying a printed code with the reason for each rule stated in it, with an appeal that ran to a court which by 1801 was itself independent of the government. That is a real achievement and nothing like it had existed in Bengal before.

munotes.in137

Sir John Shore and the Progress of the Adalat System

A worked example

A cultivator in 1800 has a claim for forty rupees against a neighbour.

Where does he go? The zillah Diwani Adalat is the court of general jurisdiction. It sits at the district headquarters, perhaps forty miles away; its judge is an Englishman; its procedure is written; its costs will exceed the claim; and its list is years long.

What does he do? In practice, not sue. He takes the dispute to the village, to the caste, to arbitration, or he abandons it.

What is the remedy the system found? The munsif: an Indian judicial officer, sitting locally, with jurisdiction over small suits, cheap and quick. The whole later history of the Indian civil judiciary is the progressive enlargement of that office, and it begins in the years this topic covers.

Distinctions worth having straight

The design of 1793The working of it under Shore and after
JudgesCovenanted English servants onlyIndian munsifs and sadar ameens added at the bottom
Sadar courtsGovernor-General in CouncilChief Judge and puisne judges, by Regulation II of 1801
Number of courtsOne zillah court per districtMultiplied, and judges increased, by Regulation XII of 1811 and after
ComplaintNone yetArrears, cost, delay, distance, and a foreign procedure

What beginners get wrong

"Sir John Shore introduced a new judicial plan." He did not. He administered the Cornwallis system, and the changes of this period are adjustments to it rather than a fourth plan. If a question asks for Shore's plan, the honest answer is that there was none, and to describe what actually happened instead.

"Indians were excluded from the judiciary until the British left." They were excluded from the higher offices for a long time, and admitted to the lower ones from this period onwards through the munsif and sadar ameen. The progressive enlargement of those offices, and eventually the admission of Indians to the higher grades, is a continuous story from here to the district judiciary of Module III.

"The system failed." It was too slow and too expensive, and it survived, with continual amendment, until the courts were reorganised after 1861. Failure is the wrong word for a structure that lasted seventy years and whose vocabulary, zillah judge, munsif, district judge, sessions, is still in use.

Limits and criticism, and the handover to Module II

The last thing to notice in Module I is what the Cornwallis system did not touch, because that is what Module II is about.

Everything in this chapter concerns the mofussil: the Company's courts, the Regulations, Hindu and Muslim law, the Sadar Adalats. Alongside it, unchanged, stood the Supreme Court at Calcutta, a King's court applying English law, with its own appeal to the King in Council, subject to none of these Regulations and bound by none of this Code.

munotes.in138

Sir John Shore and the Progress of the Adalat System

Two systems, side by side, in the same provinces, for another sixty-eight years. The struggles between the civil and revenue courts that this chapter describes were internal to one of them. The struggle between the two systems is the subject of the next chapter, and its resolution is the Indian High Courts Act 1861.

Quick revision

  • Sir John Shore succeeded Cornwallis as Governor-General in 1793 and administered his system without changing its principles.
  • The practical defects that emerged: arrears, cost, delay, distance, and a procedure and a bench that were foreign to the litigants.
  • Remedies: more courts and more judges; the extension of the jurisdiction of Indian judicial officers, the register, the sadar ameen and the munsif; and the reconstitution of the Sadar courts.
  • Regulation II of 1801: the Sadar Diwani Adalat and the Sadar Nizamat Adalat given a Chief Judge and puisne judges, exercising their functions distinct from the legislative and executive authority of the State.
  • Regulation XII of 1811: a Chief Judge and as many puisne judges as the Governor-General in Council thought necessary.
  • Shore's own minute of the 1770s explains his caution: a judge who does his duty makes himself liable to prosecution, and scarcely any Indian transaction tried by English standards would admit of a justification.

Test yourself

1. What was Sir John Shore's judicial plan? There was none. He administered the system Cornwallis had established in 1793, and the changes of the period are adjustments to it: more courts, more judges, wider jurisdiction for Indian judicial officers, and the reconstitution of the Sadar courts by Regulation II of 1801.

2. Name the four practical defects that the working of the Cornwallis system exposed. Accumulating arrears in the zillah courts; high cost; long delay and distance for the litigant; and a procedure and a bench foreign to the people who used them, with Indians excluded from all but the lowest judicial offices.

3. What did Regulation II of 1801 do, and why does it complete the reform of 1793? It directed that the Sadar Diwani Adalat and the Sadar Nizamat Adalat, which until then consisted of the Governor-General and members of Council, should be composed of a Chief Judge and puisne judges, so that from that time both exercised their functions distinct from the legislative and executive authority of the State. It completes 1793 because Cornwallis had separated revenue from justice everywhere except at the top.

munotes.in139

Sir John Shore and the Progress of the Adalat System

4. What is a munsif, and why does the office matter? The judge of the lowest civil court. It matters because it was through the munsif and the sadar ameen that Indians entered the judiciary at all, and because the progressive enlargement of that jurisdiction is the beginning of the district civil judiciary that exists today.

5. What did the whole Cornwallis system leave untouched, and why does that matter for the next module? The Supreme Court at Calcutta and the other King's courts in the Presidency Towns, which applied English law, were subject to none of the Regulations and had their own appeal to the King in Council. Two systems therefore continued side by side until the Indian High Courts Act 1861, and that is the subject of Module II.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in140

Module II

Conflict Arising out of the Dual Judicial System & Judicial Committee of the Privy

munotes.in

Chapter Twenty-Nine

The Dual Judicial System: Two Sets of Courts in One Country

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Conflict Arising out of the Dual Judicial System"

In one line

For most of a century India had two complete systems of courts standing side by side in the same territory, and neither was subordinate to the other.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the dual judicial system means the coexistence, from 1774 to 1861, of the Crown's courts in the Presidency Towns, created by royal charter and staffed by English barristers applying English law, and the Company's courts in the mofussil, created by Regulation and staffed by the Company's covenanted servants applying Hindu law, Muslim law and the Regulations, each with its own appellate hierarchy and neither subordinate to the other.

What the two systems were

You have met both. This chapter puts them beside each other, because the comparison is the topic.

The Crown's courtsThe Company's courts
WhereThe three Presidency TownsThe mofussil, everywhere else
Created byRoyal charter under the Great Seal, under an Act of ParliamentThe Company's own Regulations, recognised by the Settlement Act 1781
NamesSupreme Court of Judicature at Fort William (1774), at Madras (1801), at Bombay (1823)Zillah and city Diwani Adalats, Provincial Courts of Appeal, Sadar Diwani Adalat; and on the criminal side the Courts of Circuit and the Sadar Nizamat Adalat
JudgesEnglish barristers appointed by the Crown, of at least five years' standingThe Company's covenanted servants, with Indian judicial officers in the lower grades
Law appliedEnglish law, subject to the personal-law rule of the Settlement Act 1781Hindu law, Muslim law, the Regulations, and otherwise justice, equity and good conscience
ProcedureEnglish pleading, English forms, juries, prerogative writsPrescribed by Regulation, simpler and cheaper
Language of recordEnglishEnglish at first, relaxed for the Sadar courts by Regulation II of 1801
Highest courtThe Supreme Court itselfThe Sadar Diwani Adalat and the Sadar Nizamat Adalat
Appeal to EnglandTo the King in CouncilTo His Majesty in Council in civil suits of £5,000 and upwards
Who could legislate for itThe Governor-General in Council, but a Regulation was void unless registered in the Court (s.36 of the Act of 1773)The Governor-General in Council, without registration, after the Settlement Act 1781

Two systems, two bodies of law, two sets of judges, two appellate ladders, one country.

The phrase "justice, equity and good conscience"

It appears in the table and it is worth explaining once, because it is the standing answer to the question "what did the Company's courts apply when neither Hindu nor Muslim law nor any Regulation covered the case?"

The answer given by the Regulations was that the court should decide according to justice, equity and good conscience. In practice that came to mean English law, so far as it was applicable to Indian society and circumstances, and Indian courts said so openly in the following century. The phrase survives in Indian statutes to this day.

munotes.in141

The Dual Judicial System: Two Sets of Courts in One Country

Notice what it means for this chapter. Even in the mofussil, English law arrived through the back door, as the residual rule. The difference between the two systems was not that one was English and the other Indian; it was that in the Presidency Towns English law applied as of right and in the mofussil only where nothing else did.

Why the duality was not a design but an accident

Nobody planned this. Each half arrived for its own reasons and neither was fitted to the other.

The Crown's courts came from a statute of 1773 aimed at controlling the Company's servants, and were placed in the Presidency Towns because that is where those servants were. Their jurisdiction over Indians was incidental, contested and, in the mofussil, mostly denied.

The Company's courts came from a plan of 1772 aimed at administering the Diwani, and were placed in the districts because that is where the revenue was. Their business was the ordinary civil and criminal justice of twenty million people.

The Settlement Act of 1781 might have fitted the two together and did not. As Cowell records, that Act, like the Act of 1773, contained no plain statement of the relation in which the Indian territories stood to the Crown, nor whether Indians were comprehended in the word "subjects", nor whether the provincial courts were to have a jurisdiction concurrent with the Supreme Court or exclusive of it, nor, if exclusive, what its limits were.

Those three unanswered questions are the whole of topic 2.1. Learn them as the frame and the conflicts are easy to remember, because each is an instance of one of them.

Concurrent and exclusive jurisdiction

The distinction in the third of Cowell's questions is worth stating because it is the technical heart of the topic.

Two courts have concurrent jurisdiction over a matter when either may hear it and the plaintiff may choose. They have exclusive jurisdiction when only one of them may hear it and the other must decline.

If the Supreme Court and the Sadar Diwani Adalat had concurrent jurisdiction over a class of case, then the same dispute could be begun in either, and the two might decide it differently, with no way of reconciling them because neither was above the other and their appeals went to different destinations.

If one had exclusive jurisdiction, somebody had to say where the boundary ran, and no instrument did.

Nobody ever answered the question, which means that in practice the answer was fought out case by case for eighty years, and that is what the next chapter describes.

munotes.in142

The Dual Judicial System: Two Sets of Courts in One Country

A worked example

Take one piece of land near Dacca in 1830, and two claimants: Mr Wilson, an English indigo planter resident in Calcutta, and Mahesh, a zamindar of the district.

Mahesh sues Wilson for trespass. Wilson is a British subject resident in a Presidency Town, so the Supreme Court has jurisdiction over him, and will apply English law to the trespass and to the title.

Wilson sues Mahesh for the same land. Mahesh is not the Company's servant and pleads to the jurisdiction. The plea succeeds, and Wilson must sue in the zillah Diwani Adalat, which will apply Hindu law to the succession question at the root of Mahesh's title and the Regulations to the procedure.

So the same dispute about the same field can be tried in two courts, by two bodies of law, with two results, depending on who sues first. Whichever way it goes, the loser may appeal, one to the King in Council and the other, if the value is high enough, to His Majesty in Council, by two separate routes.

That is not a hypothetical difficulty. It is the ordinary condition of litigation between Europeans and Indians in the mofussil for eighty years, and it is the reason the Law Commissioners eventually recommended that the two systems be amalgamated.

What beginners get wrong

"The dual system means civil courts and criminal courts." It means Crown courts and Company courts. Each of the two systems had both a civil and a criminal side.

"The Supreme Court was superior to the Sadar Diwani Adalat." Neither was superior to the other. They were separate hierarchies with separate appeals. That is precisely the problem.

"Indians could not use the Supreme Court." They could, where it had jurisdiction, and they did: Kashinath Babu, the plaintiff in the Cossijurah case, was an Indian creditor using the Supreme Court against an Indian debtor. What was contested was the reach of that jurisdiction, not the right of Indians to invoke it.

"The mofussil courts applied only Indian law." They applied Hindu law, Muslim law and the Regulations, and, where none of those covered the matter, justice, equity and good conscience, which in practice meant English law adapted to Indian circumstances.

Limits and criticism

It is easy to write about the dual system as though it were absurd, and it is worth being more careful.

It had a defensible logic at the start. The Presidency Towns were small, densely settled, commercially English places whose inhabitants had used English law since 1726; the mofussil was an agricultural country of Hindus and Muslims governed by their own law. Applying different systems to two such different societies is not obviously wrong, and it is what the Settlement Act's personal-law rule assumes.

munotes.in143

The Dual Judicial System: Two Sets of Courts in One Country

What made it indefensible was not the difference but the absence of any rule about the boundary, and the absence of any court above both. A federation of legal systems can work if somebody can say which applies. Here nobody could, and there was no common appellate court in India until the Federal Court in 1937 and no unified appeal in England until the Judicial Committee, which is the subject of the second half of this module.

The remedy adopted in 1861 was not to draw the boundary but to abolish it, by making one court out of the two. That is the Indian High Courts Act, and it is why that Act is the centre of Module II.

Quick revision

  • The dual judicial system: Crown courts in the Presidency Towns, Company courts in the mofussil, from 1774 to 1861.
  • Different creators, judges, law, procedure, appeals, and legislative control.
  • The residual rule in the Company's courts: justice, equity and good conscience, which came to mean English law so far as applicable.
  • The three questions neither the Act of 1773 nor the Act of 1781 answered: the relation of the territories to the Crown; whether Indians were "subjects"; and whether the provincial courts' jurisdiction was concurrent with or exclusive of the Supreme Court's, and if exclusive, within what limits.
  • The remedy of 1861: not to draw the boundary but to merge the two courts.

Test yourself

1. Define the dual judicial system. The coexistence from 1774 to 1861 of the Crown's courts in the Presidency Towns, created by charter and staffed by English barristers applying English law, and the Company's courts in the mofussil, created by Regulation and staffed by the Company's servants applying Hindu law, Muslim law and the Regulations, each with its own appellate hierarchy and neither subordinate to the other.

2. State the three questions that neither the Regulating Act nor the Settlement Act answered. The relation in which the Indian territories stood to the British Crown; whether any Indians were comprehended under the term "subjects"; and whether the provincial courts had a jurisdiction concurrent with the Supreme Court's or exclusive of it, and if exclusive, what its limits were.

3. What is the difference between concurrent and exclusive jurisdiction, and why did it matter here? Concurrent jurisdiction means either court may hear the matter and the plaintiff chooses; exclusive means only one may. It mattered because if the jurisdictions were concurrent the same dispute could be decided differently by two courts with no common superior, and if exclusive somebody had to fix the boundary and no instrument did.

munotes.in144

The Dual Judicial System: Two Sets of Courts in One Country

4. What did "justice, equity and good conscience" mean in the Company's courts? The residual rule applied where neither Hindu nor Muslim law nor any Regulation governed the case. In practice it came to mean English law so far as applicable to Indian society and circumstances.

5. Why was the duality not itself the fault? Because applying different bodies of law to two very different societies is defensible, and the personal-law rule of 1781 assumes it. The fault was that no rule fixed the boundary between the two systems and no court in India stood above both.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in145

Chapter Thirty

Where the Two Systems Collided

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Conflict Arising out of the Dual Judicial System"

In one line

The two systems collided over the same land, the same debtors and the same officials, and the collisions were expensive enough to ruin the winner.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the conflict arising out of the dual judicial system took four forms: rival jurisdiction over the same persons and property, the Supreme Court's process running into the mofussil against persons and lands within the jurisdiction of the Company's courts, actions against the officers of those courts for acts done in their judicial capacity, and the ruinous cost and unintelligibility of English process to Indian litigants, all of which were aggravated by the absence of any tribunal in India competent to decide between the two systems.

The four forms of collision

One: the same property in two courts. A decree of a Diwani Adalat could be met by an ejectment brought in the Supreme Court for the very land the Adalat had decreed. Ejectment is the English action to recover possession of land, and it was a favourite because English procedure made it convenient. Where lands of which the sheriff of Calcutta had given possession to a successful plaintiff were then put by a Provincial Council under the charge of a receiver accounting to the Council, the two systems were not merely deciding differently; each was undoing what the other had done.

Two: the Court's process running into the districts. Persons confined by the courts of Diwani Adalat were removed by habeas corpus to a court, in the words of the contemporary summary, "where the language is as unknown as the power of the Court". Writs were served, and arrests made, hundreds of miles from Calcutta.

Three: actions against the Company's judicial officers. These are the cases of Module I: the suits against the Patna Council, against Hosea of Murshidabad, and the holding that Indian magistrates appointed by the Provincial Councils to investigate cases were liable in damages to every person affected by their proceedings. In 1777 the Supreme Court entertained an action for trespass and false imprisonment against the dewan of the criminal court at Dacca, brought by a peon whom that court had convicted and imprisoned, and ordered the defendant's arrest, "that last disgrace to a Mahomedan of rank". The bailiff entered the judge's house, was prevented, returned with a crowd, broke open the gate, and in the affray the judge was dangerously wounded. The Provincial Council gave bail for the dewan and the matter ended.

Four: cost and incomprehensibility. This is the complaint that is least often given in answers and is the most telling, because the figures are recorded.

munotes.in146

Where the Two Systems Collided

The complaint of the people who used the courts

The contemporary papers Cowell prints put the objection better than any summary can, and two passages are worth knowing.

A summary of the Court's proceedings records that arrests were made repeatedly for the same cause and used to terrify; that a purchaser of a zamindari near Dacca was ruined by suits brought by paupers on claims prior to his purchase and was finally condemned in considerable damages for an ordinary act of authority in his station; that renters and hereditary zamindars were driven away or arrested at the time of the collections and their crops embezzled; that a talukdar was ruined by the expense of pleading to the jurisdiction though he prevailed; and that in an action in which Rs 400 was recovered, the costs exceeded Rs 1,600.

And a representation to the khalsa, the native exchequer, by the diwan for the zamindari of Burdwan, states the other half of it: "The inhabitants of the interior country of Bengal are totally unacquainted with the forms and customs of the English law, with the language and phrases of the English lawyers, and with the offices of sheriff and other officers who are all English. When compulsion is offered to any person in the Mofussil, they threaten with habeas corpus and damages, but what an habeas corpus is, what are damages, what warrants, what summonses, no one of them can tell."

A system in which a successful defendant is ruined by his own costs, and in which the parties cannot name the process being used against them, is not delivering justice however correct its individual decisions are. That objection survived every reform of the period and was still being made in 1861.

The other half of the complaint

To be fair to the Court, the same papers show what it was interfering with.

The Diwani Adalats enforced claims for rent and revenue by summary process. It was a custom in Bengal, said the Burdwan diwan in the same representation, that whenever farmers and holders of trusts failed to discharge their revenue, "severities" were exercised upon them to enforce payment. The Supreme Court's interference was, in Cowell's phrase, the interference of ill-instructed English philanthropy; but what it was interfering with was the power of local authorities to use severities for the extortion of revenue.

That is the fairest statement of the collision available, and a student who gives both halves is giving the answer the topic deserves. The Court did not understand the country. What it did not understand included practices that would not be defended by anybody today.

The remark that sums up the legal difficulty

Asked what the Provincial Chief and Council of Dacca were, the Supreme Court answered: "They are no corporation in the eye of the law. The Chief and Provincial Council of Dacca is an ideal body. A man might as well say he was commanded by the King of the Fairies as by the Provincial Council of Dacca, because the law knows no such body."

munotes.in147

Where the Two Systems Collided

Strip the flippancy and the proposition is exact, and it is the legal heart of the whole conflict. The Company's administrative bodies had no legal personality, no charter, and no statute defining their powers. A court asked whether they might imprison, distrain or decide had nothing to look at. The Settlement Act of 1781 answered it for the future by recognising the provincial courts and protecting their officers; before 1781 there was nothing to answer it with.

The consequence: government by paralysis

The Governor-General in Council's own description of the state of things is the strongest evidence of how bad it became: "All criminal justice is at a stand and seems not likely to be resumed. How can a Judge perform any function of his office? How presume to execute a criminal convicted and sentenced to death by the established laws of the country?"

Whatever one thinks of the Council's conduct at Cossijurah, that sentence describes a real breakdown. Judges of the Company's courts stopped performing their functions because they could not tell which of their acts would be treated as lawful, and Shore's minute of the same period, quoted in an earlier chapter, gives the reason from inside: the more effectually a judge performed his duty, the more liable to prosecution he became.

A worked example

A Diwani Adalat in 1778 decrees possession of a village to Gopal against Hari. Follow what could then happen.

  1. Hari brings an ejectment in the Supreme Court, alleging that the true owner is an English creditor to whom he had mortgaged the village, and so bringing the case within the Court's jurisdiction over British subjects.
  2. The Supreme Court gives judgment for the English mortgagee, and the sheriff of Calcutta puts him in possession.
  3. The Provincial Council appoints a sezawul, a revenue officer, to collect the produce of the village and account to it, on the footing that the Adalat's decree stands.
  4. Gopal applies to the Adalat, which holds its decree good; the mortgagee applies to the Supreme Court, which treats the Council's action as interference with its process.
  5. Nobody in India can decide which decree prevails.

That is not an exaggerated hypothetical: Cowell records precisely this pattern, and observes that lands of which the sheriff had given possession were put by the Provincial Council under a receiver, which was not only a denial of the Court's jurisdiction but an actual interference with its process.

munotes.in148

Where the Two Systems Collided

What beginners get wrong

"The conflict was between Englishmen and Indians." It was between two English-created systems. Indians appear on both sides of it, as plaintiffs in the Supreme Court and as officers of the Company's courts.

"The conflict ended in 1781." The constitutional crisis ended in 1781. The rivalry of jurisdictions continued in a lower key until 1861, and it is because it continued that the amalgamation was eventually carried out.

"The Supreme Court was simply oppressive." Its interventions stopped real abuses, and Module I's chapters give the evidence from the Company's own papers. Its process was also ruinously expensive and unintelligible to the litigants. Both are true.

"The Company's courts were cheap and quick." Cheaper and simpler than the Supreme Court, yes. In the same period the zillah courts were accumulating arrears that would take years to clear, and their summary process in revenue matters was the very thing the Supreme Court was interfering with.

Limits and criticism

The deepest point about the conflict is that it was not soluble by litigation, and that is why a student should resist the temptation to decide who was right.

Every dispute described in this chapter is at bottom a dispute about which of two courts has authority. A court cannot decide that question about itself and expect the other to accept it. Neither could appeal to the other. The two appeals from India, from the Supreme Court to the King in Council and from the Sadar Diwani Adalat to His Majesty in Council, ran to the same place in London but by different routes and on different terms, and it was nobody's business there to reconcile the two systems.

So the conflict continued until Parliament abolished its cause. The Indian High Courts Act 1861 did not decide which system was right; it made one court that inherited both, and the question stopped mattering. That is the subject of the next two chapters.

Quick revision

  • Four forms of collision: rival jurisdiction over the same property; the Court's process running into the mofussil; actions against the Company's judicial officers; and the cost and incomprehensibility of English process.
  • The figures: a talukdar ruined by the expense of pleading to the jurisdiction though he prevailed; costs over Rs 1,600 to recover Rs 400.
  • The Burdwan diwan's representation: the inhabitants "threaten with habeas corpus and damages, but what an habeas corpus is, what are damages, what warrants, what summonses, no one of them can tell."
  • The Dacca dewan's case, 1777: an action for trespass and false imprisonment against the dewan of the criminal court, an ordered arrest, a broken gate, and the judge dangerously wounded.
  • The legal heart: the Company's bodies were no corporation known to the law, so a court asked about their powers had nothing to look at.
  • The Council's own admission: "All criminal justice is at a stand."
  • The conflict was not soluble by litigation, because neither court could decide the question about itself, and 1861 abolished the cause instead.
munotes.in149

Where the Two Systems Collided

Test yourself

1. Name the four forms the conflict took. Rival jurisdiction over the same persons and property; the Supreme Court's process, including habeas corpus and arrest, running into the mofussil; actions in the Supreme Court against the officers of the Company's courts for acts done in their judicial capacity; and the ruinous cost and unintelligibility of English process to Indian litigants.

2. Give two figures that show the cost objection. A talukdar was ruined by the expense of pleading to the jurisdiction although his plea succeeded; and in one action in which Rs 400 was recovered the costs exceeded Rs 1,600.

3. What did the Supreme Court mean by saying the Provincial Council of Dacca was "no corporation in the eye of the law"? That the Company's administrative bodies had no legal personality, no charter and no statute defining their powers, so a court asked whether they might imprison or distrain had nothing to look at. The Settlement Act of 1781 answered the point for the future by recognising the provincial courts and protecting their officers.

4. Why could the conflict not be settled by a decision of either court? Because the question was which of the two had authority, and a court cannot decide that question about itself in a way the other must accept. Neither could appeal to the other, and the two appeals to England ran by different routes on different terms.

5. State the fairest summary of the collision. That the Supreme Court did not understand the country and imposed a process that ruined even successful litigants, and that what it was interfering with included the use of severities to extort revenue. Both halves are supported by the contemporary papers.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in150

Chapter Thirty-One

The Supreme Courts at Madras and Bombay

Syllabus topic 2.1, the completion of the Crown's side of the dual system

In one line

Calcutta got a Supreme Court in 1774, Madras in 1801 and Bombay in 1823, and until then those two Presidencies made do with Recorders' Courts.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Charter of 1774 established a Supreme Court for Bengal alone; Recorder's Courts were established at Madras and Bombay in 1798 in place of the Mayors' Courts, and were replaced by Supreme Courts at Madras in 1801 and at Bombay in 1823, so that by 1823 each of the three Presidency Towns had a Crown court of the same kind, which is the state of affairs the Indian High Courts Act 1861 found.

Why Bengal came first, and alone

Because the Regulating Act was about Bengal.

Parliament intervened in 1773 to control a government that had acquired the revenues of three provinces, and that government was at Fort William. Section 13 authorised a Supreme Court at Fort William, and the Charter of 1774 established it there. Madras and Bombay were not mentioned, and their Mayors' Courts under the Charter of 1753 continued unchanged.

That is worth stating plainly because students often assume the Supreme Court was an all-India institution. It was not. For twenty-seven years there was exactly one Crown court of that kind in India, and the other two Presidency Towns were still being served by a court of merchants under a charter of 1753.

The Recorder's Courts, 1798

In 1798 the Mayors' Courts at Madras and Bombay were replaced by Recorder's Courts.

A Recorder, as in the Madras charter of 1687, is a lawyer sitting with a mayor and aldermen. A Recorder's Court in this sense was a court consisting of the Mayor, the Aldermen and a Recorder who was a barrister appointed by the Crown, and it was given jurisdiction of the kind the Supreme Court had at Calcutta.

The arrangement is a compromise and it shows what was thought to be the essential improvement: not a full bench of English judges, but one professional lawyer, appointed by the Crown, sitting with the merchants. It is the same remedy that had been tried at Madras in 1687 with Sir John Biggs and had lapsed when he died.

The Supreme Courts, 1801 and 1823

Madras received a Supreme Court in 1801, replacing its Recorder's Court.

Bombay received one in 1823, replacing its Recorder's Court.

Each was constituted on the model of the Supreme Court at Calcutta: a Chief Justice and puisne judges who were English barristers appointed by the Crown, with civil, criminal, equity, ecclesiastical and admiralty jurisdiction, the powers of the Court of King's Bench, and an appeal to the King in Council.

munotes.in151

The Supreme Courts at Madras and Bombay

Why the dates matter for Module II

Three consequences follow, and each is worth a sentence in an answer.

The dual system became complete only in 1823. Before that, the collision between Crown courts and Company courts was a Bengal phenomenon in its sharpest form. Madras and Bombay had their own Company courts, and their own Sadar Adalats, but their Crown courts were a Mayor's Court until 1798 and a Recorder's Court until 1801 and 1823.

Each Presidency developed its own practice. Three Supreme Courts created at three different dates, each with its own charter, its own rules of practice and its own relationship with its Sadar Adalat, produced three different bodies of practice. The Letters Patent of 1862 and 1865 had to be issued separately for each High Court for exactly that reason, and differences between the Calcutta, Madras and Bombay High Courts survive from it.

And it explains the shape of the Act of 1861. Section 1 of that Act authorises Her Majesty to erect a High Court at Fort William "and by like Letters Patent to erect and establish like High Courts at Madras and Bombay for those Presidencies respectively", at such time or times as may seem fit. Parliament legislated for three separate Presidencies with three separate histories, and gave the Crown power to deal with each in its own time.

A worked example

A merchant of Madras with a claim of 2,000 pagodas against an English trader there. Where does he sue?

In 1790: the Mayor's Court at Madras under the Charter of 1753, a court of a Mayor and nine Aldermen, merchants; appeal to the Governor in Council, and above 1,000 pagodas to the King in Council.

In 1799: the Recorder's Court, the same body with a Crown-appointed barrister as Recorder sitting in it.

In 1810: the Supreme Court of Madras, a bench of English barristers, with the same five jurisdictions as at Calcutta and an appeal to the King in Council.

In 1870: the High Court of Madras, which by then has absorbed both the Supreme Court and the Sadar Adalat.

Four courts, one town, eighty years. The last change is the one Module II is about.

What beginners get wrong

"The Supreme Court of 1774 was for the whole of India." It was for Bengal, established at Fort William. Madras waited until 1801 and Bombay until 1823.

"The Recorder's Courts were Company courts." They were the Mayors' Courts with a Crown-appointed barrister added as Recorder. They belong on the Crown side of the dual system.

"All three Supreme Courts had identical powers." They were on the same model, but each was constituted by its own charter at a different date, and their practice diverged. That is why the letters patent of the 1860s were issued separately for each High Court.

munotes.in152

The Supreme Courts at Madras and Bombay

Limits and criticism

The half-century between 1774 and 1823 shows something about the whole period that is easy to miss: there was no policy.

A court was created at Calcutta because Parliament was angry about Bengal. Madras and Bombay were given a Recorder in 1798 because their Mayors' Courts were plainly inadequate and a full Supreme Court was thought too expensive. Madras got a Supreme Court three years later; Bombay waited twenty-two years more. No document explains the sequence and no principle is discoverable in it, other than that each change followed a particular local difficulty.

The consequence is the one that matters for the rest of this module. By 1823 India had six superior courts, three of the Crown and three of the Company, in three Presidencies, none of them subordinate to another, with two separate appellate routes to England. That is the arrangement the Law Commissioners called on Parliament to end, and the Act of 1861 ended it.

Quick revision

  • The Charter of 1774 created a Supreme Court for Bengal alone, at Fort William.
  • 1798: the Mayors' Courts at Madras and Bombay replaced by Recorder's Courts, the Mayor and Aldermen with a Crown-appointed barrister as Recorder.
  • 1801: Supreme Court at Madras. 1823: Supreme Court at Bombay.
  • Each on the Calcutta model: English barristers appointed by the Crown, five jurisdictions, King's Bench powers, appeal to the King in Council.
  • By 1823 there were six superior courts, three Crown and three Company, in three Presidencies, none subordinate to another.
  • Section 1 of the Act of 1861 authorises the Crown to erect the High Courts at the three Presidencies at such time or times as may seem fit, because their histories were separate.

Test yourself

1. When did each Presidency Town get a Supreme Court? Calcutta by the Charter of 1774, Madras in 1801, and Bombay in 1823.

2. What was a Recorder's Court, and when were they established? A court consisting of the Mayor and Aldermen with a Recorder who was a barrister appointed by the Crown, given jurisdiction of the kind the Supreme Court had at Calcutta. They replaced the Mayors' Courts at Madras and Bombay in 1798.

3. Why did Bengal get a Supreme Court first? Because the Regulating Act of 1773 was directed at the government of Bengal, which had acquired the territorial revenues, and section 13 authorised a court at Fort William only.

4. How many superior courts were there in India by 1823, and how were they related? Six: three Crown courts, the Supreme Courts of Calcutta, Madras and Bombay, and three Company courts, the Sadar Adalats of the three Presidencies. None was subordinate to any other, and there were two separate appellate routes to England.

munotes.in153

The Supreme Courts at Madras and Bombay

5. Why does section 1 of the Act of 1861 allow the High Courts to be created at different times? Because the three Presidencies had separate histories, separate charters and separate practice, and Parliament left the Crown to deal with each in its own time by separate letters patent.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in154

Chapter Thirty-Two

The Indian High Courts Act 1861

Syllabus topic 2.1.1, "Indian High Court Act 1861"

In one line

One Act of nineteen sections ended the dual judicial system by abolishing both the Supreme Courts and the Sadar Adalats and putting a single High Court in each Presidency in their place.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Indian High Courts Act 1861, 24 & 25 Vict. c. 104, assented to on 6 August 1861, empowered Her Majesty by Letters Patent under the Great Seal to erect and establish High Courts of Judicature at Fort William in Bengal and at Madras and Bombay, each consisting of a Chief Justice and not more than fifteen judges drawn from four prescribed classes, abolished the Supreme Courts and the Sadar Adalats on the establishment of each High Court and vested their whole jurisdiction in it, provided for the exercise of that jurisdiction by single judges and Division Courts, gave each High Court superintendence over all courts subject to its appellate jurisdiction and power to make general rules, and empowered Her Majesty to erect further High Courts elsewhere in India.

Section 1: the power, and why it is a power and not a court

Section 1 provides that it shall be lawful for Her Majesty, by Letters Patent under the Great Seal of the United Kingdom, to erect and establish a High Court of Judicature at Fort William in Bengal for the Bengal Division of that Presidency, and by like Letters Patent to erect and establish like High Courts at Madras and Bombay for those Presidencies respectively, at such time or respective times as to Her Majesty may seem fit; and the High Court established under any such Letters Patent shall be deemed established from the publication of those Letters Patent in the Presidency, or such other time as they appoint.

The pattern is exactly that of section 13 of the Regulating Act: the Act authorises, the letters patent create. Say it that way and you have the relationship between the Act of 1861 and the Letters Patent of 1862 and 1865, which is the subject of the next chapter.

Section 2: who could be a judge, and the two thirds rule

Section 2 provides that each High Court shall consist of a Chief Justice and as many judges, not exceeding fifteen, as Her Majesty may appoint, selected from four classes:

  1. Barristers of not less than five years' standing;
  2. Members of the Covenanted Civil Service of not less than ten years' standing who have served as zillah judges, or exercised the like powers, for at least three of those years;
  3. Persons who have held judicial office not inferior to that of Principal Sadar Ameen or judge of a Small Causes Court for not less than five years;
  4. Persons who have been pleaders of a Sadar Court or a High Court for not less than ten years, a pleader of a Sadar Court qualifying only if admitted as a pleader of a High Court.
munotes.in155

The Indian High Courts Act 1861

And there is a proviso: not less than one third of the judges, including the Chief Justice, must be barristers, and not less than one third must be members of the Covenanted Civil Service.

This section is the amalgamation in miniature, and it repays reading twice.

Class 1 is the Supreme Court's bench: English barristers. Class 2 is the Sadar Adalat's bench: the Company's covenanted servants who had served as zillah judges. The Act puts them on the same bench and requires a third of each, so that neither tradition can be excluded.

Classes 3 and 4 are the ones a student should notice. Class 3 admits Indian judicial officers, because Principal Sadar Ameen was an office Indians held. Class 4 admits pleaders, and a pleader of a Sadar Court was very often an Indian. The Act therefore opened the High Court bench to Indians, by two routes, in 1861. That is why topic 4.2.5 in Module IV, on the legal profession under the High Courts Act, belongs with this section.

Section 3: nobody was dismissed

Section 3 provides that the persons who at the time of the establishment of a High Court are judges of the Supreme Court and permanent judges of the Sadar Diwani Adalat or Sadar Adalat of the same Presidency shall become judges of the High Court without further appointment, and that the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court shall become the Chief Justice of the High Court.

So the merger was not an abolition of two benches and the appointment of a new one. The two existing benches were poured into one, and the senior of the two chief justices, the Supreme Court's, took the head of it.

Section 4: tenure

Section 4 provides that all the judges shall hold office during Her Majesty's pleasure, with liberty to resign to the Governor-General of India in Council or the Governor in Council of the Presidency.

"During Her Majesty's pleasure" means removable at will, and it is a much weaker tenure than English judges had enjoyed since 1701. A student writing about the independence of the judiciary in Module III should notice that Indian High Court judges did not have security of tenure in 1861, and should contrast article 217 of the Constitution.

Sections 5 to 7: precedence, salaries and acting appointments

Section 5 fixes rank and precedence. The Chief Justice ranks before the other judges of the same court; those judges who were transferred to it from the Supreme Court on its establishment rank before the judges not so transferred; and otherwise the judges rank according to the seniority of their appointments, unless their patents provide otherwise. The provision is a small monument to the merger: for a generation, a High Court bench carried its two ancestries in its own order of precedence.

munotes.in156

The Indian High Courts Act 1861

Section 6 deals with salaries and pensions. A Chief Justice or judge transferred from the Supreme Court was to receive the like salary, retiring pension and advantage as he would have been entitled to for service in the Supreme Court had that court continued, his service in the High Court being reckoned as service in the Supreme Court. Except as aforesaid, it was lawful for the Secretary of State in Council of India to fix, and from time to time to alter, the salaries, allowances, furloughs, retiring pensions and, where necessary, expenses for equipment and voyage of the Chief Justices and judges; provided always that such alteration shall not affect the salary of any judge appointed prior to the date of it.

That proviso is worth noticing beside section 4. A judge held office during Her Majesty's pleasure, so he had no security of tenure; but his salary could not be cut by a later alteration. Article 125 and article 221 of the Constitution now protect both, and it is the tenure, not the salary, that 1861 left unprotected.

Section 7 is the acting-appointment provision, and it is worth a sentence because it is the ancestor of articles 223 and 224A of the Constitution. On a vacancy in the office of Chief Justice, or during his absence, the Governor-General in Council or the Governor in Council, as the case may be, shall appoint one of the judges of the same High Court to perform the duties of Chief Justice until Her Majesty has appointed somebody who has entered on the office, or until the Chief Justice returns. On a vacancy in the office of any other judge, during his absence, or where a judge is appointed to act as Chief Justice, it is lawful for the Governor-General in Council or the Governor in Council to appoint a person with the qualifications required for appointment to the High Court to act as a judge, and that person may sit and perform a judge's duties until Her Majesty appoints somebody who enters on the office, until the absent judge returns, or until the acting appointment is cancelled.

Notice the two verbs. For the Chief Justice's office the executive shall appoint an acting Chief Justice from among the judges of that court; for a puisne judge's it may appoint anybody who has the qualification. Article 223 keeps the first idea in the President's hands and drops the second.

munotes.in157

The Indian High Courts Act 1861

Sections 8 to 12: the abolition and the inheritance

On the establishment of a High Court in a Presidency, the Supreme Court and the Sadar Diwani Adalat and Sadar Nizamat Adalat of that Presidency were abolished, and their jurisdiction and every power and authority vested in them was vested in the High Court (s.9).

Section 10 provided that, until the Crown otherwise provided, all jurisdiction then exercised by the Supreme Courts over inhabitants of parts of India not comprised within the local limits of the letters patent should be exercised by the High Courts.

Section 11 provided that all provisions of Acts of Parliament, Orders in Council, Charters and Acts of the Indian legislature applicable to the Supreme Courts or their judges should be taken to apply to the High Courts and their judges, so far as consistent with the Act and the letters patent, and subject to the legislative power of the Governor-General in Council.

Section 12 provided that the High Court should have jurisdiction over all proceedings pending in the abolished courts, which should be dealt with as if had in the High Court, save that they might be continued as nearly as circumstances permitted according to the practice of the abolished courts.

Put those four together and the design is clear. Nothing was lost. Every jurisdiction, every rule, every pending case and every judge of both systems passed into the new court, and the two bodies of practice were allowed to continue side by side within it until they merged. That is why the Indian High Courts have an original side and an appellate side to this day: the original side is the Supreme Court's inheritance, the appellate side is the Sadar Adalat's.

Sections 13, 14 and 15: how the court works

Section 13: subject to any laws or regulations made by the Governor-General in Council, a High Court may by its own Rules provide for the exercise, by one or more judges or by Division Courts of two or more judges, of the original and appellate jurisdiction vested in it, in such manner as appears convenient for the due administration of justice.

Section 14: the Chief Justice shall from time to time determine what judge shall sit alone and what judges, with or without him, shall constitute the several Division Courts.

Section 15: each High Court shall have superintendence over all courts subject to its appellate jurisdiction, shall have power to call for returns, to direct the transfer of any suit or appeal from any such court to any other of equal or superior jurisdiction, and to make and issue general rules for regulating the practice and proceedings of those courts.

munotes.in158

The Indian High Courts Act 1861

Section 15 is the ancestor of article 227 of the Constitution, and section 14 is why the Chief Justice of an Indian High Court is called the master of the roster today. Both are worth naming in an answer.

Sections 16 to 19: expansion, revocation and definitions

Section 16 empowered Her Majesty, if she thought fit, by Letters Patent to erect and establish a High Court for any portion of the territories in India not included within the local jurisdiction of another High Court, with a Chief Justice and such judges, of the same qualifications, as she might appoint. That is the section under which the High Court of the North-Western Provinces at Allahabad was created.

Section 17 empowered Her Majesty, within three years after the establishment of any High Court, to revoke the whole or any part of the letters patent by which it was established and to grant such other powers and provisions as she thought fit, or without revocation to grant additional or supplementary powers. That is the section under which the Letters Patent of 1862 were replaced in 1865.

Section 18 empowered Her Majesty by Order in Council to transfer any territory or place from the jurisdiction of one High Court to another, and generally to alter the territorial limits. Note that sections 10 and 18 were repealed four years later by section 2 of the Indian High Courts Act 1865, and that section 3 of that Act gave the power of transfer to the Governor-General in Council instead of to Her Majesty in Council. A student who says the Act of 1861 governs the transfer of territory between High Courts is right for four years only.

Section 19 is the interpretation clause: the word "barrister" in the Act includes barristers of England or Ireland and members of the Faculty of Advocates in Scotland, and "Governor-General and Governor" includes the officer administering the government.

A worked example

Trace one appeal across the change.

1860, Bengal. A suit about a zamindari is decided by a zillah court. The appeal goes to the Sadar Diwani Adalat at Calcutta. If the value is £5,000 or more, a further appeal lies to Her Majesty in Council. A quite separate suit between two English merchants of Calcutta is tried by the Supreme Court on its original side, with an appeal to the Queen in Council.

1863, Bengal. The Sadar Diwani Adalat and the Supreme Court no longer exist. The zamindari appeal goes to the High Court at Fort William on its appellate side; the merchants' suit is tried by the same High Court on its original side; and the judges who hear them are, by section 3, the very same men who sat in the two abolished courts. Appeals go from both to Her Majesty in Council.

munotes.in159

The Indian High Courts Act 1861

One court, two sides, the same judges, and the question that had been unanswerable since 1774, which court has authority, no longer arises.

Distinctions worth having straight

Before 1861After 1861
Crown courtSupreme CourtAbolished; merged into the High Court
Company courtSadar Diwani and Nizamat AdalatsAbolished; merged into the High Court
BenchEnglish barristers, and separately covenanted servantsOne bench: a third barristers, a third covenanted service, plus Indian judicial officers and pleaders
JurisdictionDivided and contestedAll of both, in one court, on an original and an appellate side
Superintendence over lower courtsContestedSection 15, express
AppealTwo routes to EnglandOne court, appeal to Her Majesty in Council

What beginners get wrong

"The Act of 1861 established the High Courts." It authorised Her Majesty to establish them by letters patent, and they were established by the Letters Patent of 1862. Same relationship as the Regulating Act and the Charter of 1774.

"The High Court replaced the Supreme Court." It replaced both the Supreme Court and the Sadar Adalats, and inherited the jurisdiction of both. Saying only the first misses the entire point of the Act.

"Only barristers could be High Court judges." Four classes were eligible, including persons who had held judicial office not inferior to Principal Sadar Ameen and pleaders of ten years' standing. Not less than one third had to be barristers and not less than one third members of the Covenanted Civil Service.

"High Court judges had security of tenure." They held office during Her Majesty's pleasure. Security of tenure for Indian judges comes much later, and article 217 of the Constitution is where a student should look for the contrast.

Limits and criticism

The Act deserves its reputation, and the criticisms of it are real.

What it achieved. It ended a conflict that eighty years of litigation and two Acts of Parliament had failed to resolve, and it did so by the only method that could work: removing the duality rather than adjudicating it. It put Indian judicial officers and Indian pleaders on the same bench as English barristers, by statute, in 1861. And it created the institution that is still, in each State, the highest court below the Supreme Court of India.

What it did not do. It did not give the judges security of tenure. It did not touch the courts below the High Court, which remained as the Regulations had left them, so the reform stopped at the top. It applied only to the three Presidencies, leaving the rest of India to section 16 and to the slow creation of further High Courts. And by preserving the practice of the abolished courts under section 12, it preserved the distinction between the original and appellate sides, which is a survival of the dual system inside a single court and is with Bombay, Calcutta and Madras still.

munotes.in160

The Indian High Courts Act 1861

Quick revision

  • 24 & 25 Vict. c. 104, 6 August 1861. Nineteen sections.
  • s.1: Her Majesty may by Letters Patent erect High Courts at Fort William, Madras and Bombay, at such times as she thinks fit.
  • s.2: Chief Justice and not more than fifteen judges, from four classes: barristers of 5 years; Covenanted Civil Service of 10 years who served 3 as zillah judges; holders of judicial office not inferior to Principal Sadar Ameen or judge of a Small Causes Court for 5 years; pleaders of a Sadar Court or High Court of 10 years. One third barristers, one third covenanted service.
  • s.3: existing Supreme Court and Sadar Adalat judges become High Court judges; the Supreme Court's Chief Justice becomes Chief Justice.
  • s.4: office held during Her Majesty's pleasure.
  • s.5: precedence: Chief Justice first, then the judges transferred from the Supreme Court, then by seniority of appointment. s.6: transferred judges keep their Supreme Court salary and pension; otherwise the Secretary of State in Council fixes and alters them, but no alteration affects a judge appointed before it. s.7: acting appointments: the executive shall appoint one of the court's own judges to act as Chief Justice on a vacancy or absence, and may appoint a qualified person to act as a judge, until Her Majesty appoints or the absent judge returns.
  • ss.9 to 12: the Supreme Courts and Sadar Adalats abolished; all their jurisdiction, all applicable law and all pending proceedings pass to the High Court, which may continue them under the old practice.
  • s.13: exercise of jurisdiction by single judges and Division Courts, by the court's own rules. s.14: the Chief Justice decides who sits where.
  • s.15: superintendence over all courts subject to its appellate jurisdiction, returns, transfer, and general rules. The ancestor of article 227.
  • s.16: further High Courts elsewhere. s.17: letters patent revocable within three years. s.18: transfer of territory. s.19: "barrister" defined.

Test yourself

1. What did the Act of 1861 actually enact, and what created the High Courts? It empowered Her Majesty to erect and establish High Courts by Letters Patent under the Great Seal at Fort William, Madras and Bombay, at such times as she thought fit. The courts themselves were created by the Letters Patent issued under that power.

munotes.in161

The Indian High Courts Act 1861

2. State the four classes from which High Court judges could be selected, and the two thirds rule. Barristers of at least five years' standing; members of the Covenanted Civil Service of at least ten years who had served three as zillah judges or with like powers; persons who had held judicial office not inferior to Principal Sadar Ameen or judge of a Small Causes Court for at least five years; and pleaders of a Sadar Court or High Court of at least ten years. Not less than one third of the judges, including the Chief Justice, had to be barristers, and not less than one third members of the Covenanted Civil Service.

3. What happened to the judges of the abolished courts? By section 3 the sitting judges of the Supreme Court and the permanent judges of the Sadar Adalat became judges of the High Court without further appointment, and the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court became Chief Justice of the High Court.

4. Why do Indian High Courts still have an original side and an appellate side? Because the Act merged a trial court, the Supreme Court, with an appellate court, the Sadar Adalat, and section 12 allowed pending proceedings to be continued according to the practice of the abolished courts. The two bodies of practice survived inside the single court.

5. Which section is the ancestor of article 227 of the Constitution, and what does it say? Section 15: each High Court shall have superintendence over all courts subject to its appellate jurisdiction, with power to call for returns, to direct the transfer of suits and appeals, and to make and issue general rules regulating their practice and proceedings.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in162

Chapter Thirty-Three

The Letters Patent, and the First High Courts

Syllabus topic 2.1.1, "Indian High Court Act 1861"

In one line

The Act of 1861 created nothing; the Letters Patent of 1862 created the High Courts, and the Letters Patent of 1865 replaced them.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: under section 1 of the Indian High Courts Act 1861 Letters Patent were issued in 1862 establishing High Courts at Calcutta, Madras and Bombay; the Indian High Courts Act 1865 extended the time within which the Crown might revoke and re-grant those patents, and fresh Letters Patent were issued in 1865, which are the patents in force; a fourth High Court was established at Allahabad for the North-Western Provinces in 1866 under section 16 of the Act of 1861.

Why "the Letters Patent" is not one document

Because there are two sets and a student who says "the Letters Patent" without a date is being ambiguous in a way that matters.

The Letters Patent of 1862 established the High Courts at Calcutta, Madras and Bombay under section 1 of the Act of 1861. They fixed each court's constitution, its original and appellate jurisdiction, its criminal jurisdiction, its power to make rules and the law it was to apply.

The Letters Patent of 1865 revoked and replaced them. Section 17 of the Act of 1861 had allowed the Crown, within three years of the establishment of any High Court, to revoke the whole or any part of the letters patent by which it was established and to grant others, or without revoking to grant additional and supplementary powers. Three years proved too short. The Indian High Courts Act 1865, 28 & 29 Vict. c. 15, of 7 April 1865, was passed to extend the time and to make further provision about territorial jurisdiction. Fresh patents were then issued in 1865.

The Indian High Courts Act 1865, section by section

It is six sections long and each of them does something, so it is worth taking in full rather than describing.

Section 1 extends the time fixed by section 17 of the Act of 1861 for granting fresh Letters Patent to the first day of January 1866. That is the whole reason the Act exists, and it is why the patents of 1865 are valid.

Section 2 repeals sections 10 and 18 of the Act of 1861. That matters and is easy to miss. Section 10 had continued the Supreme Courts' jurisdiction over inhabitants of parts of India outside the local limits of the letters patent, and section 18 had given Her Majesty power by Order in Council to transfer territory between High Courts. Both are gone in 1865, and section 3 replaces the second with something quite different.

Section 3 makes it lawful for the Governor-General of India in Council, by order, from time to time, to transfer any territory or place from the jurisdiction of one High Court to another; and to authorise and empower any High Court to exercise all or any portion of the jurisdiction and powers conferred on it by Letters Patent beyond the limits of the Presidency for which it is established, and also to exercise such jurisdiction in respect of Christian subjects of Her Majesty resident within the dominions of Indian Princes and States in alliance with Her Majesty, as the Governor-General in Council may determine.

munotes.in163

The Letters Patent, and the First High Courts

Two changes at once. The power to move territory between High Courts passes from Her Majesty in Council in London to the Governor-General in Council in India, which is a real transfer of authority. And the second half is the mechanism by which a High Court's writ could run into the territory of a Princely State, over British Christian subjects living there, which is how the courts of British India reached into places British India did not govern.

Section 4 is the check on that power. Whenever such an order is passed, the Governor-General in Council must transmit an authentic copy to the Secretary of State for India, and Her Majesty may signify her disallowance through the Secretary of State in Council. The disallowance annuls the order from the day the Governor-General makes known by proclamation, or signifies to his Council, that he has received notification of it. There is then a saving: all acts, proceedings and judgments done, taken or given by the High Courts under the order, and not set aside by a competent authority before the disallowance was promulgated, are deemed valid and effectual notwithstanding the disallowance.

That saving is the sort of provision students skim and examiners like, because it answers an obvious question: what happens to the cases a High Court decided under a jurisdiction that is afterwards annulled? The answer is that they stand. Compare it with the pattern in sections 36 and 37 of the Regulating Act, where a disallowed regulation became null and void: here the instrument dies and its fruits survive.

Section 5 provides that so much of the Act as relates to the jurisdiction of the High Court shall commence and come into operation as soon as it has been published by the Governor-General in Council.

Section 6 provides that nothing in the Act shall interfere with the powers of the Governor-General in Council at meetings for the purpose of making laws and regulations, that is, in its legislative capacity.

The patents of 1865 are the ones in force, and it is from them that the phrase "letters patent appeal", the appeal from a single judge of a High Court to a Division Bench of the same court, takes its name. When a Bombay lawyer says "clause 15 of the Letters Patent", the reference is to the patents of 1865.

munotes.in164

The Letters Patent, and the First High Courts

What the patents contained

Since the Act said only that the Crown might erect High Courts, everything that makes a High Court a court had to be in the patents. Each patent dealt with the same subjects:

  • the constitution of the court, its Chief Justice and judges, and the taking of the oath;
  • its original civil jurisdiction, over the Presidency Town, inherited from the Supreme Court;
  • its appellate civil jurisdiction, over the courts of the mofussil, inherited from the Sadar Diwani Adalat;
  • its ordinary and extraordinary original criminal jurisdiction, and its criminal appellate and revisional jurisdiction;
  • the law to be applied, which continued the personal-law rule for Hindus and Muslims;
  • the power to make rules of practice, and the constitution of Division Courts under section 13 of the Act;
  • appeals from a single judge to a Division Bench, which is the letters patent appeal;
  • and the appeal to Her Majesty in Council.

Three separate patents were issued for the three courts, because the three Presidencies had three different histories, and differences between the Calcutta, Madras and Bombay High Courts descend from them. Bombay, for example, has an original side today because the patents gave it one; a High Court created later, in a province with no Presidency Town, does not.

The four first High Courts

Calcutta, Madras and Bombay in 1862, under section 1.

Allahabad in 1866, for the North-Western Provinces, under section 16, which empowered Her Majesty to erect a High Court for any portion of the Indian territories not within the local jurisdiction of another High Court. The Government of India Act 1915 later provided expressly, in section 101(5), that the High Court for the North-Western Provinces might be styled the High Court of Judicature at Allahabad, and that the High Court at Fort William in Bengal is referred to in that Act as the High Court at Calcutta.

Section 18 of the Act of 1861 allowed Her Majesty by Order in Council to transfer territory from the jurisdiction of one High Court to another and generally to alter their territorial limits, which is how the map was adjusted as provinces were created and rearranged.

A worked example

A litigant in Bombay in 1870 loses before a single judge of the High Court on its original side. What can he do?

  1. Appeal to a Division Bench of the same High Court, under the clause of the Letters Patent of 1865 that provides for it. That is the letters patent appeal, and it exists because a High Court's original side is a trial court and its judges sit alone.
  2. If he loses there, appeal to Her Majesty in Council, subject to the conditions in the patent.
  3. Notice that his first appeal is to the same court that tried him, differently constituted. That is a peculiarity of the Presidency High Courts, it comes from the patents, and it does not exist in a court that has no original side.
munotes.in165

The Letters Patent, and the First High Courts

What beginners get wrong

"The High Courts were established by the Act of 1861." They were established by the Letters Patent of 1862 issued under it. The Act authorises; the patents create; and the patents of 1862 were themselves replaced in 1865.

"The Act of 1865 created new High Courts." It extended the time within which the Crown could revoke and re-grant the letters patent, and made further provision about territorial jurisdiction. It created no court.

"A letters patent appeal is an appeal to the Supreme Court." It is an appeal from a single judge of a High Court to a Division Bench of the same High Court, under the clause of the Letters Patent that provides for it.

"All High Courts have the same powers." The three Presidency High Courts have an original side that later High Courts do not, because their patents gave it to them and because they inherited it from the Supreme Courts.

Limits and criticism

The two-instrument method, an Act that empowers and letters patent that create, had one practical merit and one lasting cost.

The merit is flexibility. Parliament did not have to legislate again to adjust a court's jurisdiction; the Crown could revoke and re-grant, which is exactly what happened in 1865, and could transfer territory by Order in Council under section 18.

The cost is that the constitution of the most important courts in India rested on instruments that were not statutes, that differed between the three Presidencies, and that most litigants and many lawyers never read. The Government of India Act 1915 recognised the difficulty in section 106(1), which describes the High Courts as having such jurisdiction and powers "as are vested in them by letters patent", and then adds "and, subject to the provisions of any such letters patent, all such jurisdiction, powers and authority as are vested in those courts respectively at the commencement of this Act". A statute defining a court by reference to documents outside itself is not an ideal way to constitute a judiciary, and the Constitution of 1950 did not repeat it: articles 214 to 231 state the constitution of the High Courts in the Constitution itself.

munotes.in166

The Letters Patent, and the First High Courts

Quick revision

  • Letters Patent of 1862: established the High Courts at Calcutta, Madras and Bombay under s.1 of the Act of 1861.
  • s.17 allowed revocation and re-grant within three years; the Indian High Courts Act 1865 (28 & 29 Vict. c. 15) extended the time; fresh Letters Patent were issued in 1865 and are the ones in force.
  • The patents contain the constitution, the original and appellate civil jurisdiction, the criminal jurisdiction, the law to be applied, the rule-making power, the appeal from a single judge to a Division Bench, and the appeal to Her Majesty in Council.
  • Allahabad, 1866, under s.16, for the North-Western Provinces; s.101(5) of the Act of 1915 authorised the style "High Court of Judicature at Allahabad".
  • s.18: territory transferable between High Courts by Order in Council.
  • "Letters patent appeal" takes its name from these instruments.

Test yourself

1. What is the relationship between the Act of 1861 and the Letters Patent? The Act empowered the Crown to erect High Courts by Letters Patent; the Letters Patent of 1862 actually established them; and under section 17, as extended by the Act of 1865, fresh Letters Patent were granted in 1865, which are the patents in force.

2. What did the Indian High Courts Act 1865 do? It extended the time within which fresh Letters Patent might be granted for the High Courts in India, and made further provision respecting their territorial jurisdiction. It created no court.

3. What is a letters patent appeal? An appeal from the decision of a single judge of a High Court to a Division Bench of the same High Court, provided for by a clause of the Letters Patent. It exists in the courts whose patents gave them an original side.

4. Under which section was the Allahabad High Court created, and why was a separate section needed? Section 16, which empowered Her Majesty to erect a High Court for any portion of the Indian territories not within the local jurisdiction of another High Court. Section 1 covered only Fort William, Madras and Bombay.

5. What is the drafting criticism of constituting the High Courts by letters patent? That the constitution and jurisdiction of the most important courts in India rested on instruments outside the statute, differing between the three Presidencies. Section 106(1) of the Act of 1915 had to define the High Courts by reference to those documents, and the Constitution of 1950 did not repeat the method: articles 214 to 231 state the constitution of the High Courts directly.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in167

Chapter Thirty-Four

The High Courts under the Government of India Act 1915

Syllabus topic 2.1.1, "High Court under GOI Act 1915"

In one line

The Act of 1915 did not change the High Courts; it collected the law about them into one Part of one statute, and that is exactly why it is worth reading.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Government of India Act 1915 was a consolidating Act, and Part IX of it, sections 101 to 114, restated the law relating to the High Courts: their constitution by letters patent, a maximum of twenty judges including the chief justice and additional judges, four classes of eligible persons with the requirement that one third be barristers and one third members of the Indian Civil Service, tenure during His Majesty's pleasure, salaries fixed by the Secretary of State in Council and not alterable to the disadvantage of a sitting judge, the courts' status as courts of record with such jurisdiction as their letters patent gave them, the exclusion of original jurisdiction in revenue matters, superintendence over subordinate courts, the exercise of jurisdiction by single judges and division courts, and the power to establish additional High Courts.

What a consolidating Act is, and why this one exists

A consolidating Act re-enacts the existing law on a subject in one statute without changing it. By 1915 the law relating to the government of India was scattered across the Regulating Act, Pitt's Act, the Charter Acts, the Government of India Acts of 1858 and after, and the Indian Councils Acts of 1861, 1892 and 1909. The Act of 1915, in 135 sections, put it in one place.

So the answer to "what did the Act of 1915 change about the High Courts?" is, in principle, nothing, and a student who says so and then explains what it restated is giving the correct answer. Its interest is that it is the clearest single statement of what a High Court in British India was, and every provision in it can be traced back to 1861 and forward to the Constitution.

Section 101: what the High Courts are, and who may judge in them

101(1): the High Courts referred to in the Act are the High Courts of judicature for the time being established in British India by letters patent. The Act does not itself constitute them; it recognises what the patents have made.

101(2): each High Court shall consist of a chief justice and as many other judges as His Majesty thinks fit to appoint, with two provisos:

  • the Governor-General in Council may appoint additional judges for a period not exceeding two years, who while acting have all the powers of a judge appointed by His Majesty;
  • the maximum number of judges, including the chief justice and additional judges, is twenty.
munotes.in168

The High Courts under the Government of India Act 1915

Compare the Act of 1861, which fixed the maximum at fifteen. The number has grown, and it goes on growing: the Indian High Courts Act 1911 had raised it, and article 216 of the Constitution abandons a fixed maximum altogether.

101(3): a judge must be one of four:

  • a barrister of England or Ireland, or a member of the Faculty of Advocates in Scotland, of not less than five years' standing;
  • a member of the Indian Civil Service of not less than ten years' standing, who has for at least three years served as, or exercised the powers of, a district judge;
  • a person who has held judicial office not inferior to that of a subordinate judge or a judge of a small cause court for not less than five years;
  • a person who has been a pleader of a high court for not less than ten years.

101(4): not less than one third of the judges, including the chief justice but excluding additional judges, must be barristers or advocates, and not less than one third members of the Indian Civil Service.

Set that beside section 2 of the Act of 1861 and the continuity is exact: the same four classes, the same two thirds rule, with "Covenanted Civil Service" become "Indian Civil Service", "zillah judge" become "district judge", and "Principal Sadar Ameen" become "subordinate judge". The vocabulary of the Company has been replaced by the vocabulary still used in Indian district courts.

101(5): the High Court for the North-Western Provinces may be styled the High Court of Judicature at Allahabad, and the High Court at Fort William in Bengal is referred to in the Act as the High Court at Calcutta.

Sections 102 to 105: tenure, precedence, salary, vacancies

102: every judge holds office during His Majesty's pleasure, and may resign, in the case of Calcutta to the Governor-General in Council and otherwise to the local Government.

103: the chief justice has rank and precedence before the other judges; the others rank according to the seniority of their appointments, unless their patents provide otherwise.

104: the Secretary of State in Council may fix and alter the salaries, allowances, furloughs, retiring pensions and equipment and voyage expenses of the judges, but an alteration shall not affect the salary of a judge appointed before it. The remuneration is to be "the whole profit or advantage which he shall enjoy from his office", which is a rule against a judge taking anything else from the position. The section also provides for payments to the representatives of a judge who dies on the voyage out or within six months of arrival, and of one who dies in office thereafter.

munotes.in169

The High Courts under the Government of India Act 1915

Section 104 is worth pausing on, because it contains, in 1915, two of the guarantees that Module III will discuss as marks of judicial independence: a salary that cannot be reduced during a judge's tenure, and a rule that the office yields nothing but the salary. Compare article 125 of the Constitution.

105: on a vacancy or absence in the office of chief justice, the Governor-General in Council for Calcutta and the local Government elsewhere shall appoint one of the other judges to perform his duties until His Majesty appoints; and on a vacancy or absence of any other judge, or where a judge is acting as chief justice, an acting judge with the same qualifications may be appointed, until His Majesty appoints, or the absent judge returns, or the appointment is cancelled.

Section 106: what a High Court is, and the revenue exclusion

106(1): the several High Courts are courts of record and have such jurisdiction, original and appellate, including admiralty jurisdiction in respect of offences committed on the high seas, and all such powers and authority over or in relation to the administration of justice, including power to appoint clerks and other ministerial officers and power to make rules regulating the practice of the court, as are vested in them by letters patent; and, subject to those patents, all such jurisdiction, powers and authority as were vested in them at the commencement of the Act.

106(2): the High Courts have not and may not exercise any original jurisdiction in any matter concerning the revenue, or concerning any act ordered or done in the collection thereof according to the usage and practice of the country or the law for the time being in force.

Section 106(2) is a hundred and thirty-four years old when it is enacted. It is the Settlement Act of 1781's exclusion of revenue from the Supreme Court, carried forward through the letters patent into a consolidating statute, and it is carried forward again into section 226 of the Government of India Act 1935. A student who can trace one rule from Cossijurah in 1780 to a section of a statute in 1935 is doing exactly what a history paper is for.

Section 107: superintendence

Each High Court has superintendence over all courts for the time being subject to its appellate jurisdiction, and may:

  • call for returns;
  • direct the transfer of any suit or appeal from any such court to any other court of equal or superior jurisdiction;
  • make and issue general rules and prescribe forms regulating the practice and proceedings of those courts;
  • prescribe the forms of books, entries and accounts kept by their officers; and
  • settle tables of fees allowed to the sheriff, attorneys, clerks and officers,
munotes.in170

The High Courts under the Government of India Act 1915

provided that such rules, forms and tables are not inconsistent with any Act in force and have the required previous approval.

That is section 15 of the Act of 1861 with two additional heads, and it is the direct ancestor of article 227 of the Constitution.

Sections 108 to 114: the remaining provisions

  • 108: exercise of jurisdiction by single judges or division courts, as the court's own rules provide, which is section 13 of the Act of 1861.
  • 109: power of the Governor-General in Council to alter the local limits of a High Court's jurisdiction.
  • 112: the law to be administered in cases of inheritance and succession, which carries the personal-law rule forward.
  • 113: power to establish additional High Courts, which is section 16 of the Act of 1861.
  • 114: appointment and powers of the Advocate-General.

A worked example

An advocate is being considered for a High Court judgeship at Madras in 1920. Is he eligible, and what will his position be?

  • Eligibility. He is a pleader of the High Court of ten years' standing, so he qualifies under section 101(3)(d). He is not a barrister and not in the Indian Civil Service, so his appointment must leave at least a third of the bench in each of those two categories.
  • Appointment. By His Majesty, under section 101(2); or, if the appointment is temporary, by the Governor-General in Council as an additional judge for not more than two years under the first proviso, or as an acting judge under section 105.
  • Tenure. During His Majesty's pleasure, section 102. He may resign to the local Government.
  • Salary. Fixed by the Secretary of State in Council under section 104, and it cannot be reduced to his disadvantage after his appointment.
  • What he may hear. Whatever the Letters Patent of 1865 give the Madras High Court, section 106(1), except an original revenue matter, section 106(2).

What beginners get wrong

"The Act of 1915 created the High Courts." It consolidated the law about them. They were and remained courts established by letters patent, and section 101(1) says so.

"It changed the qualifications for judges." It restated them. The four classes and the two thirds rule are those of section 2 of the Act of 1861, with the vocabulary updated.

"The maximum number of judges was fifteen." Fifteen was the Act of 1861. By 1915 it is twenty, including the chief justice and additional judges.

"High Courts could hear revenue cases." Not on their original side: section 106(2) forbids it, as the Settlement Act of 1781 had done. Revenue matters could reach them on appeal from the courts below.

munotes.in171

The High Courts under the Government of India Act 1915

Limits and criticism

Consolidation is a modest virtue and this Act has it. Its limitations are the limitations of what it consolidated.

The judges still held office during His Majesty's pleasure, which is the weakest tenure any of the instruments in this book confers, and it was not improved until the Government of India Act 1935 gave High Court judges a fixed retiring age and removal only on specified grounds.

The High Courts' jurisdiction still came from letters patent, so a statute that was meant to state the law had to define its most important institutions by reference to documents outside itself.

And the courts below the High Courts were still governed by the Regulations and the local Acts, unmentioned in Part IX except through the superintendence in section 107. India's judiciary was, in 1915, a statutory summit on an unconsolidated base.

Quick revision

  • Government of India Act 1915 (5 & 6 Geo. V c. 61), a consolidating Act of 135 sections. Part IX, ss.101 to 114, is the High Courts.
  • s.101: High Courts are those established by letters patent; a chief justice and such judges as His Majesty appoints; additional judges by the Governor-General in Council for up to two years; maximum twenty; four classes of eligible person; one third barristers, one third Indian Civil Service; Allahabad and Calcutta named.
  • s.102: office held during His Majesty's pleasure. s.103: precedence by seniority.
  • s.104: salaries fixed by the Secretary of State in Council, not alterable to the disadvantage of a sitting judge, and the remuneration is the whole profit of the office.
  • s.105: acting chief justice and acting judges.
  • s.106: courts of record, with the jurisdiction their letters patent give them, including admiralty for offences on the high seas; no original jurisdiction in revenue matters.
  • s.107: superintendence over subordinate courts: returns, transfer, general rules and forms, books and accounts, tables of fees. The ancestor of article 227.
  • ss.108, 109, 112, 113, 114: single judges and division courts; local limits; the law of inheritance and succession; additional High Courts; the Advocate-General.

Test yourself

1. What kind of Act was the Government of India Act 1915, and what did it change about the High Courts? A consolidating Act, which re-enacted the existing law in one statute without altering it. In principle it changed nothing about the High Courts; Part IX restates the law as it stood.

2. Who could be appointed a High Court judge under section 101(3), and what was the two thirds rule? A barrister of England or Ireland or an advocate of Scotland of five years' standing; a member of the Indian Civil Service of ten years' standing with three as a district judge or exercising like powers; a person who had held judicial office not inferior to a subordinate judge or judge of a small cause court for five years; or a pleader of a High Court of ten years' standing. Not less than one third of the judges, including the chief justice but excluding additional judges, had to be barristers or advocates, and not less than one third members of the Indian Civil Service.

munotes.in172

The High Courts under the Government of India Act 1915

3. State two provisions of section 104 that Module III will recognise as guarantees of judicial independence. That an alteration of salaries shall not affect the salary of a judge appointed before it, so a sitting judge's pay cannot be reduced; and that the remuneration fixed shall be the whole profit or advantage the judge enjoys from the office.

4. Trace section 106(2) backwards and forwards. Backwards to the Settlement Act of 1781, which excluded revenue matters from the Supreme Court after the Kamaluddin and Cossijurah disputes, and which reached the High Courts through the letters patent; forwards to section 226 of the Government of India Act 1935, which re-enacts the same exclusion.

5. What was the maximum number of judges of a High Court under the Act of 1861 and under the Act of 1915? Fifteen under the Act of 1861; twenty under section 101(2) of the Act of 1915, including the chief justice and additional judges.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in173

Chapter Thirty-Five

The High Courts under the Government of India Act 1935

Syllabus topic 2.1.1, "High Court under GOI Act 1935"

In one line

The Act of 1935 is where a High Court judge first gets a retiring age instead of holding office at the Crown's pleasure, and where the superintendence that became article 227 is written in the form the Constitution copied.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Part IX chapter II of the Government of India Act 1935, sections 219 to 231, provided that the existing High Courts and such others as might be constituted should be courts of record consisting of a chief justice and such judges as His Majesty might appoint up to a maximum fixed by Order in Council, that every judge should be appointed by warrant under the Royal Sign Manual and hold office until the age of sixty, that his salary and rights of leave and pension should not be varied to his disadvantage after appointment, that the jurisdiction and law administered should continue as before, that every High Court should have superintendence over all courts subject to its appellate jurisdiction, that no High Court should have original jurisdiction in revenue matters until the appropriate legislature otherwise provided, that the administrative expenses of the court should be charged on the revenues of the Province, and that His Majesty might by letters patent constitute, reconstitute or amalgamate High Courts and extend their jurisdiction.

Section 219: which courts are High Courts

Section 219 names them. The following courts are to be deemed High Courts for the purposes of the Act in relation to British India: the High Courts in Calcutta, Madras, Bombay, Allahabad, Lahore and Patna; the Chief Court in Oudh; the Judicial Commissioners' Courts in the Central Provinces and Berar, in the North-West Frontier Province and in Sind; any other court constituted or reconstituted under the chapter as a High Court; and any other comparable court that His Majesty in Council declares to be a High Court.

Two things are visible in that list. First, by 1935 there are six High Courts and several courts of a lower status doing the work of one, which shows how far the section 16 power of 1861 had been used. Second, the Act includes those lesser courts by deeming, which is a drafting device worth recognising: rather than upgrading them, the statute treats them as High Courts for its own purposes.

Section 220: constitution, and the retiring age

220(1): every High Court shall be a court of record and shall consist of a chief justice and such other judges as His Majesty may from time to time deem it necessary to appoint, provided that those judges together with any additional judges shall at no time exceed such maximum number as His Majesty in Council may fix for that court.

munotes.in174

The High Courts under the Government of India Act 1935

Notice the change from 1915: no number in the statute. The maximum is fixed by Order in Council, court by court. Article 216 of the Constitution goes one step further and fixes no maximum at all.

220(2): every judge shall be appointed by His Majesty by warrant under the Royal Sign Manual and shall hold office until he attains the age of sixty years.

This is the most important sentence in the chapter. Under the Act of 1861 and the Act of 1915 a High Court judge held office during His Majesty's pleasure, that is, removable at will. Under the Act of 1935 he holds office until sixty. A retiring age is the second of the classic guarantees of judicial independence, after an irreducible salary, and this is where it enters Indian law. Compare article 217 of the Constitution, which fixes the age at sixty-two and adds removal only by the process in article 124(4).

Section 221: the salary

The judges are entitled to such salaries, allowances, leave and pensions as His Majesty in Council may fix, provided that neither the salary of a judge nor his rights in respect of leave of absence or pension shall be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.

That is section 104 of the Act of 1915 restated, and it is article 125 of the Constitution in embryo.

Sections 222 to 223: continuity

222: if the office of chief justice becomes vacant or he is unable to act, the duties are performed by such other judge as the Governor-General in his discretion may appoint, until His Majesty appoints or the chief justice resumes.

223: subject to the Act, to any Order in Council and to any Act of the appropriate legislature, the jurisdiction of, and the law administered in, any existing High Court, and the powers of its judges in relation to the administration of justice, including the power to make rules of court and to regulate sittings and division courts, shall be the same as immediately before the commencement of Part III of this Act.

Section 223 is the hinge of continuity in this whole book. It carries the Letters Patent of 1865, and through them the jurisdiction of the Supreme Courts and the Sadar Adalats, into the constitutional statute of 1935; and article 225 of the Constitution carries the same thing forward again into independent India. A student who can say that the jurisdiction of the Bombay High Court today is preserved by article 225, which preserved what the Act of 1935 preserved, which preserved what the Letters Patent of 1865 gave, which was what the Act of 1861 merged out of the Supreme Court and the Sadar Adalat, has understood Module II.

munotes.in175

The High Courts under the Government of India Act 1935

Section 224: superintendence

224(1): every High Court shall have superintendence over all courts in India for the time being subject to its appellate jurisdiction, and may call for returns, direct transfers, make and issue general rules and prescribe forms for regulating their practice and proceedings, prescribe the forms of books, entries and accounts, and settle tables of fees.

This is section 107 of the Act of 1915, which was section 15 of the Act of 1861. Article 227 of the Constitution is drafted from this section, and when you study article 227 next year you will find the same list of powers.

Section 225: the constitutional case

Section 225 provides that if, on an application made in accordance with the section, a High Court is satisfied that a case pending in an inferior court is likely to involve the question of the validity of any Federal or Provincial Act, it shall transfer the case to itself for trial.

That provision exists because the Act of 1935 introduced, for the first time, a distribution of legislative powers under which a statute could be ultra vires, and a question of that kind was thought too important for a subordinate court. Nothing in Module I has a counterpart to it, because until 1935 no Indian legislature had limits a court could enforce in that way.

Section 226: revenue, again

226(1): until otherwise provided by Act of the appropriate legislature, no High Court shall have any original jurisdiction in any matter concerning the revenue, or concerning any act ordered or done in the collection thereof according to the usage and practice of the country or the law for the time being in force.

226(2): a Bill or amendment to make such provision shall not be introduced without the previous sanction of the Governor-General or the Governor in his discretion.

The rule is the Settlement Act of 1781's, unchanged in substance after a hundred and fifty-four years, and now with a lock on the door: even the legislature cannot alter it without the Governor's discretionary sanction. If you want one example of how long a rule can survive in this subject, this is it: Kamaluddin's habeas corpus in 1775, the Cossijurah crisis of 1780, the Act of 1781, the letters patent, section 106(2) of the Act of 1915, and section 226 of the Act of 1935.

Sections 227 to 231: the rest

  • 227: all proceedings in every High Court shall be in the English language.
  • 228: the administrative expenses of a High Court, including all salaries, allowances and pensions of its officers, servants and judges, shall be charged upon the revenues of the Province, and fees taken by the court form part of those revenues. Expenditure "charged" on the revenues is not submitted to the vote of the legislature, which is a financial guarantee of independence and is article 229(3) of the Constitution today.
  • 229: His Majesty may, on an address from the Chambers of a Provincial Legislature presented to the Governor for submission to him, by letters patent constitute a High Court for that Province or part of it, reconstitute an existing one, or amalgamate two High Courts in one Province.
  • 230: His Majesty in Council may, if satisfied that an agreement has been made between the Governments concerned, extend the jurisdiction of a High Court to any area in British India not forming part of its Province.
  • 231: judges appointed before the commencement of Part III continue in office and are deemed appointed under the Act, but are not required to retire earlier than they would have done had the Act not been passed.
munotes.in176

The High Courts under the Government of India Act 1935

Section 231 is the ordinary saving that accompanies a new retiring age, and it tells you that the sixty-year rule of section 220(2) was genuinely new.

A worked example

A judge is appointed to the Bombay High Court in 1938. Compare his position with a judge appointed in 1918.

1918, under the Act of 19151938, under the Act of 1935
Appointed byHis MajestyHis Majesty, by warrant under the Royal Sign Manual
TenureDuring His Majesty's pleasureUntil the age of sixty
SalaryFixed by the Secretary of State in Council, not reducible after appointmentFixed by His Majesty in Council, and neither salary nor leave nor pension variable to his disadvantage
Court's expensesOn the revenuesCharged on the revenues of the Province, so not voted
JurisdictionAs the letters patent giveThe same as immediately before Part III commenced, s.223
Revenue mattersNo original jurisdiction, s.106(2)No original jurisdiction, s.226, and the legislature needs the Governor's discretionary sanction to change it
A constitutional question in a lower courtNo provisionTransferred to the High Court, s.225

What beginners get wrong

"The Act of 1935 created the High Courts." It deemed the existing courts to be High Courts, provided for their constitution, and allowed the Crown to constitute, reconstitute and amalgamate them by letters patent under section 229. The courts themselves ran on from 1862.

"High Court judges got security of tenure in 1861." They held office during His Majesty's pleasure from 1861 to 1935. The retiring age of sixty in section 220(2) is the first real tenure they had.

munotes.in177

The High Courts under the Government of India Act 1935

"Section 224 is about appeals." It is about superintendence: returns, transfers, rules, forms, books and fees. It is administrative and supervisory control over the courts below, and it is the ancestor of article 227, not of article 226 or 136.

"The 1935 Act ended the revenue exclusion." It re-enacted it in section 226 and added a requirement of the Governor's discretionary sanction before any Bill to alter it could even be introduced.

Limits and criticism

The chapter is the high point of judicial independence in British India and it is worth being exact about how far it went.

What it gave. A retiring age instead of removability at pleasure; a salary and pension that could not be reduced; a court's expenses charged on the revenues instead of voted; and a superintendence over subordinate courts stated in the constitutional statute rather than in letters patent.

What it withheld. Appointment remained with His Majesty, on the advice of ministers in London, with no Indian participation of any kind. There was no procedure for removal at all in the chapter, which sounds like security and in fact meant that the terms of removal were whatever the warrant and the Order in Council provided. And the whole apparatus sat inside an Act whose central federal scheme never came into force, so the High Courts operated under a chapter of a constitution that had not been completed.

The Constitution of 1950 closed each of those gaps: appointment under article 217 with consultation, removal only under article 124(4), and a retiring age raised to sixty-two.

Quick revision

  • Part IX chapter II, ss.219 to 231, of the Government of India Act 1935.
  • s.219: the courts deemed High Courts: Calcutta, Madras, Bombay, Allahabad, Lahore, Patna, the Chief Court in Oudh, and the Judicial Commissioners' Courts in the Central Provinces and Berar, the North-West Frontier Province and Sind.
  • s.220: court of record; chief justice and such judges as His Majesty appoints up to a maximum fixed by Order in Council; appointment by warrant under the Royal Sign Manual; office held until the age of sixty.
  • s.221: salary, leave and pension not variable to his disadvantage after appointment.
  • s.223: jurisdiction and law administered continue as before. The ancestor of article 225.
  • s.224: superintendence over courts subject to its appellate jurisdiction. The ancestor of article 227.
  • s.225: a case involving the validity of a Federal or Provincial Act is transferred to the High Court.
  • s.226: no original jurisdiction in revenue matters, alterable only by an Act introduced with the Governor's discretionary sanction.
  • s.227: proceedings in English. s.228: administrative expenses charged on the Province's revenues.
  • s.229: His Majesty may constitute, reconstitute or amalgamate High Courts by letters patent, on an address from the Provincial Legislature. s.230: extension of jurisdiction to other areas. s.231: existing judges saved.
munotes.in178

The High Courts under the Government of India Act 1935

Test yourself

1. What is the single most important change section 220(2) made? It gave High Court judges a retiring age of sixty in place of tenure during His Majesty's pleasure, which is the first real security of tenure Indian High Court judges had.

2. Trace section 224 backwards and forwards. Backwards to section 107 of the Act of 1915 and section 15 of the Act of 1861; forwards to article 227 of the Constitution, which is drafted from it.

3. What does section 223 preserve, and which article of the Constitution repeats the technique? The jurisdiction of, and the law administered in, each existing High Court, and its judges' powers including the power to make rules, as they were immediately before Part III commenced. Article 225 of the Constitution does the same thing again for independent India.

4. Why does section 225 exist, and why is there nothing like it before 1935? Because the Act of 1935 distributed legislative powers between the Federation and the Provinces, so that an Act could be beyond the powers of the legislature that passed it. Before 1935 no Indian legislature had limits enforceable in that way, so no such question could arise in a lower court.

5. What does it mean that the High Court's expenses were "charged upon the revenues of the Province"? That they were not submitted to the vote of the legislature, so the court's funding could not be used as a means of pressure on it. Article 229(3) of the Constitution makes the same provision today.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in179

Chapter Thirty-Six

The Federal Court, 1937 to 1950

Syllabus topic 2.1.1 and 2.2.1: the court between the High Courts and the Privy Council

In one line

For the first time, in 1937, India had one court above all its High Courts, and almost everything the Supreme Court of India does today it was designed to do.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: sections 200 to 218 of the Government of India Act 1935 established a Federal Court consisting of a Chief Justice of India and not more than six puisne judges, appointed by His Majesty by warrant under the Royal Sign Manual and holding office until the age of sixty-five, sitting at Delhi as a court of record, with an exclusive original jurisdiction in disputes between the Federation, the Provinces and the Federated States, an appellate jurisdiction from the High Courts on a certificate that the case involved a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Act, an advisory jurisdiction on a reference by the Governor-General, a declared law binding on all courts in British India, and an appeal from it to His Majesty in Council.

Section 200: the court and its judges

200(1): there shall be a Federal Court consisting of a Chief Justice of India and such number of other judges as His Majesty may deem necessary, but unless and until an address is presented by the Federal Legislature to the Governor-General for submission to His Majesty praying for an increase, the number of puisne judges shall not exceed six.

200(2): every judge shall be appointed by His Majesty by warrant under the Royal Sign Manual and shall hold office until he attains the age of sixty-five years.

The title Chief Justice of India enters Indian law here. So does the retiring age of sixty-five, which article 124(2) of the Constitution keeps.

201: salaries, allowances, leave and pensions as His Majesty in Council may fix, provided that neither the salary of a judge nor his rights in respect of leave of absence or pension shall be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment. That is article 125.

202: on a vacancy or inability, the duties of the Chief Justice are performed by such other judge as the Governor-General in his discretion may appoint. That is article 126.

203: the Federal Court shall be a court of record and shall sit in Delhi and at such other places as the Chief Justice may, with the approval of the Governor-General, appoint. That is articles 129 and 130.

Section 204: original jurisdiction

204(1): subject to the Act, the Federal Court shall, to the exclusion of any other court, have an original jurisdiction in any dispute between any two or more of the Federation, any of the Provinces, or any of the Federated States, if and in so far as the dispute involves any question, whether of law or fact, on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends, with a proviso limiting disputes to which a State is a party.

munotes.in180

The Federal Court, 1937 to 1950

Every element of that is article 131 of the Constitution: exclusive, original, between the Union and the States or between States, and confined to disputes involving a question on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends. When you meet article 131 you are meeting section 204.

Sections 205 to 207: appeals

205(1): an appeal lies to the Federal Court from any judgment, decree or final order of a High Court in British India if the High Court certifies that the case involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Act or any Order in Council made under it; and it is the duty of every High Court to consider in every case whether such a question is involved and of its own motion to give or withhold a certificate.

205(2): where a certificate is given, any party may appeal on the ground that the question has been wrongly decided, and on any ground on which he could have appealed without special leave to His Majesty in Council had no certificate been given, and, with the leave of the Federal Court, on any other ground; and no direct appeal shall then lie to His Majesty in Council, with or without special leave.

That is article 132 of the Constitution, certificate and all, and the last words of 205(2) are the first attempt to stop a litigant bypassing the Indian court for London.

206: the Federal Legislature may by Act provide that in specified civil cases an appeal shall lie from a High Court without a certificate. That is the enlargement power under which the Federal Court (Enlargement of Jurisdiction) Act 1947 was later passed, and it is the ancestor of article 138.

207: an appeal lies from a High Court in a Federated State on a question concerning the interpretation of the Act or an Order in Council, or the extent of the authority vested in the Federation by an Instrument of Accession, or arising under an agreement about the administration of a Federal law in the State; such an appeal is by way of special case stated for the opinion of the Federal Court.

208: an appeal lies to His Majesty in Council from the Federal Court: without leave from a judgment given in its original jurisdiction in a dispute about the interpretation of the Act, and in any other case by leave of the Federal Court or of His Majesty in Council.

munotes.in181

The Federal Court, 1937 to 1950

So the Federal Court is not the final court. It sits between the High Courts and the Privy Council, and that is the position until 1949.

Sections 210 to 213: what makes it a supreme court

210: all civil and judicial authorities throughout the Federation shall act in aid of the Federal Court, and its orders for attendance of persons, discovery or production of documents, or punishment of contempt are enforceable by all courts and authorities in every part of British India or a Federated State. That is article 144.

212: the law declared by the Federal Court, and by any judgment of the Privy Council, shall so far as applicable be recognised as binding on, and shall be followed by, all courts in British India, and in a Federated State so far as respects the Act or matters within the Federal Legislature's power. That is article 141, and it is the moment when a doctrine of binding precedent from an Indian court enters Indian law by statute.

213: if it appears to the Governor-General that a question of law has arisen or is likely to arise of such a nature and public importance that it is expedient to obtain the opinion of the Federal Court, he may in his discretion refer it to the court, which may after such hearing as it thinks fit report to him. That is article 143, the advisory jurisdiction, down to the word "report".

214: the court may with the Governor-General's approval make rules of court, including rules about persons practising before it and about the summary determination of frivolous or vexatious appeals. Compare article 145.

216: the administrative expenses of the Federal Court are charged upon the revenues of the Federation. Compare article 146(3).

The table a student should be able to reproduce

Government of India Act 1935What it providesConstitution of India
s.200Chief Justice of India and other judges, retiring age 65art. 124
s.201Salary not variable to disadvantageart. 125
s.203Court of record; sits at Delhiarts. 129, 130
s.204Exclusive original jurisdiction in federal disputesart. 131
s.205Appeal on a certificate of a substantial question of interpretationart. 132
s.206Legislature may enlarge the appellate jurisdictionart. 138
s.210All authorities to act in aid; orders enforceable everywhereart. 144
s.212Law declared is binding on all courtsart. 141
s.213Advisory opinion on a referenceart. 143
s.216Expenses charged on the revenuesart. 146(3)

That table is the answer to the question "what did India inherit from the Government of India Act 1935?", so far as the courts are concerned, and it is worth learning as a table.

munotes.in182

The Federal Court, 1937 to 1950

What the Federal Court did not have

Three things, and the omissions are as instructive as the powers.

No general appellate jurisdiction. It could not hear an ordinary civil or criminal appeal. A litigant with a large money claim and no constitutional question went past it, directly to the Privy Council. That is why the Act of 1947 had to enlarge its jurisdiction, and why article 133 and article 134 of the Constitution give the Supreme Court the general civil and criminal appeals the Federal Court lacked.

No power to enforce fundamental rights, because there were none. The Act of 1935 contained no bill of rights, so there was nothing corresponding to article 32.

No finality. The appeal to His Majesty in Council under section 208 stood above it.

A worked example

A Provincial Act of 1940 is challenged as being beyond the Province's legislative competence. Follow it.

  1. The point arises in a subordinate court. Under section 225 the High Court must transfer the case to itself.
  2. The High Court decides it, and must consider of its own motion under section 205(1) whether the case involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Act. It certifies.
  3. The Federal Court hears the appeal under section 205(2). Its decision is, by section 212, binding on all courts in British India.
  4. The losing party may appeal to His Majesty in Council under section 208(b), by leave of the Federal Court or of His Majesty in Council.
  5. Now move the same case to 1955. Steps 1 to 3 are articles 228, 132 and 141, and step 4 does not exist: the Supreme Court is final.

What beginners get wrong

"The Federal Court was the Supreme Court of India." It was its predecessor. Article 374 of the Constitution provided that the judges of the Federal Court should become judges of the Supreme Court and that proceedings pending before it should stand transferred, which is a merger, not a continuation under a new name.

"It was the final court of appeal from India." It was not, until the Abolition of Privy Council Jurisdiction Act 1949. Section 208 gave an appeal from it to His Majesty in Council.

"It could hear any appeal from a High Court." Only on a certificate that the case involved a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Act, until the Federal Legislature enlarged its jurisdiction under section 206.

"The Chief Justice of India is a title from the Constitution." It is section 200(1) of the Act of 1935.

munotes.in183

The Federal Court, 1937 to 1950

Limits and criticism

The Federal Court was a small court with a narrow jurisdiction, and for its first decade it was also a court in a constitution that had not been finished: the federation section 5 provided for never came into existence, because the necessary States never acceded, so a Federal Court sat over a federation that did not exist.

Its importance is out of proportion to the volume of its work, for two reasons.

It gave India, for the first time, one court whose decisions bound every other court in the country, by section 212. Before 1937 the law declared by the Calcutta High Court did not bind Madras, and the only common superior was in London.

And it is the template. The Constituent Assembly did not design the Supreme Court of India from first principles; it took the Federal Court, removed the appeal to London, added a general civil and criminal appellate jurisdiction, added article 136 and added article 32, and article 374 turned one court into the other overnight. The table above is the evidence.

Quick revision

  • ss.200 to 218 of the Government of India Act 1935; the court began work in 1937.
  • Chief Justice of India and not more than six puisne judges; appointed by warrant under the Royal Sign Manual; retiring age sixty-five; salary not variable to disadvantage; court of record sitting at Delhi.
  • s.204: exclusive original jurisdiction in disputes between the Federation, Provinces and Federated States involving a question on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends.
  • s.205: appeal from a High Court on a certificate of a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Act, which the High Court must consider of its own motion; then no direct appeal to His Majesty in Council.
  • s.206: the Federal Legislature may allow appeals without a certificate in specified civil cases.
  • s.208: appeal from the Federal Court to His Majesty in Council, without leave in the federal-dispute cases and otherwise by leave.
  • s.210: all authorities to act in aid. s.212: its law binding on all courts. s.213: advisory opinion on the Governor-General's reference. s.216: expenses charged.
  • It had no general appellate jurisdiction, no fundamental rights to enforce, and no finality.

Test yourself

1. Who could bring a case in the Federal Court's original jurisdiction, and about what? The Federation, any of the Provinces or any of the Federated States, in a dispute between two or more of them, if and so far as the dispute involved a question, of law or fact, on which the existence or extent of a legal right depended. The jurisdiction was exclusive of any other court.

munotes.in184

The Federal Court, 1937 to 1950

2. On what condition did an appeal lie from a High Court in British India? On a certificate by the High Court that the case involved a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Act or an Order in Council made under it, which every High Court was bound to consider of its own motion in every case.

3. Name four provisions of the Constitution drawn from this chapter of the Act of 1935. Article 131 from section 204; article 132 from section 205; article 141 from section 212; article 143 from section 213. Articles 124, 125, 129, 130, 138, 144 and 146(3) are also drawn from sections 200, 201, 203, 206, 210 and 216.

4. Was the Federal Court the final court of appeal from India? No. Section 208 gave an appeal from it to His Majesty in Council, without leave in cases about the interpretation of the Act arising in its original jurisdiction and otherwise by leave. It became final only after the Abolition of Privy Council Jurisdiction Act 1949.

5. What three powers did the Federal Court lack that the Supreme Court of India has? A general civil and criminal appellate jurisdiction; any power to enforce fundamental rights, there being none in the Act; and finality, an appeal lying from it to the Privy Council.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in185

Chapter Thirty-Seven

The Judicial Committee of the Privy Council: What It Actually Was

Syllabus topic 2.2, "Judicial Committee of the Privy Council"

In one line

The Privy Council did not decide Indian appeals; it advised the Sovereign, who decided, and that formality explains almost everything peculiar about it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council was constituted by the Act 3 & 4 William IV c. 41 of 14 August 1833 out of specified holders of high judicial office who were Privy Councillors, to hear appeals and complaints in the nature of appeals brought before His Majesty in Council from the courts of the East Indies and other dominions abroad, and to report its opinion to His Majesty, upon which the final judgment was given by His Majesty in Council; it was therefore in form an advisory committee and not a court, and its advice took effect as an Order in Council.

What the Privy Council was before 1833

The Privy Council is the Sovereign's own council, and in the Middle Ages it exercised very wide judicial power. Cowell traces the story and the outline is worth knowing because it explains the shape of what survived.

Under the Tudors the Council drew into its own hands, and never afterwards lost, the exclusive adjudication of appeals from the foreign and colonial dependencies of the Crown. Appeals were first granted from Jersey in Henry VIII's reign, and the Council's records show the first exercise of the jurisdiction in 1572. Meanwhile the House of Lords' jurisdiction had fallen into disuse.

The Council's domestic jurisdiction was destroyed by its own excesses. The Act 16 Charles I c. 10 abolished the Star Chamber and its cognate jurisdiction, and the civil jurisdiction of the Privy Council in England was declared a usurpation contrary to the laws of the land. After the Restoration the House of Lords regained the whole appellate jurisdiction over the English courts.

What was left to the Privy Council after 1688 was therefore narrow and specific: a right to examine and commit for high treason, the issue of proclamations, the grant of charters, its civil jurisdiction over the colonies, and appeals from the ecclesiastical courts in England.

So the appeal from India goes to the Privy Council for a historical reason and not a logical one: because the body that lost its jurisdiction over England kept its jurisdiction over everywhere else.

The problem the Act of 1833 solved

Until 1833 an appeal to His Majesty in Council was heard before a committee of the whole Privy Council, which reported to His Majesty, on which the final judgment was given.

A committee of the whole Council is not a court. Its members were not necessarily lawyers; its composition varied; and, as the preamble to the Act of 1833 puts it, it was expedient to make provision for the more effectual hearing and reporting on appeals.

munotes.in186

The Judicial Committee of the Privy Council: What It Actually Was

Lord Brougham had put the case for reform in his speech on law reform in 1828, and his description of the jurisdiction is the best contemporary statement of its scale. The Council, he said, determined questions of colonial law, sat as judges in the last resort of all prize causes, and heard all plantation appeals, so that they were the supreme judges in the last resort over every foreign settlement, including the immense territories in the East where the Crown and a trading company ruled together over not less than seventy million subjects. He added the obvious objection: any tribunal in England must be an extremely inadequate court of review for matters so foreign to its habits and so far beyond the scope of its knowledge, and hardly any two colonies could be named that had the same law.

Section 3 of the Act of 1833: the Committee

The Act constitutes the Committee out of office-holders, not out of appointees. Its members are the President of the Privy Council, the Lord High Chancellor, and such members of the Privy Council as hold, or have held, any of a list of offices: Lord Keeper or First Lord Commissioner of the Great Seal, Lord Chief Justice or Judge of the Court of King's Bench, Master of the Rolls, Vice-Chancellor of England, Lord Chief Justice or Judge of the Common Pleas, Lord Chief Baron or Baron of the Exchequer, Judge of the Prerogative Court of the Archbishop of Canterbury, Judge of the High Court of Admiralty, and Chief Judge of the Court in Bankruptcy; together with past Presidents of the Council and past Lord Chancellors. These are to form a committee styled "The Judicial Committee of the Privy Council". His Majesty may in addition, by Sign Manual, appoint any two other Privy Councillors to be members.

Two features follow from that drafting and both matter.

The Committee is composed of judges by virtue of their offices, so it is in substance a court of the highest English judges. But it is not called a court, and its members sit as Privy Councillors, not as judges of a court of record.

Indian judges could not sit on it in 1833. The qualification is a list of English offices. Indian judges were admitted to the Judicial Committee only much later, and the first Indian member was appointed in the twentieth century.

Section 3 onwards: what it does with an appeal

All appeals, and complaints in the nature of appeals, that may be brought before His Majesty or His Majesty in Council from the determination, sentence, rule or order of any court or judge, are to be referred to the Judicial Committee, which hears them and reports its opinion.

munotes.in187

The Judicial Committee of the Privy Council: What It Actually Was

Then the crucial formality: the Committee reports, and His Majesty in Council decides, and the decision takes effect as an Order in Council. Section 30 of the Act deals with the report and the resulting Order.

Three consequences follow, and a student should be able to give all three, because they are what makes the Privy Council different from any court a student has met.

It advises; it does not decide. The language of its judgments is "their Lordships will humbly advise His Majesty that the appeal be dismissed". The decision is the Sovereign's.

There was no dissent. Because the Committee tendered one piece of advice, a single opinion was delivered and dissenting opinions were not published. That rule lasted until 1966. A student comparing the Privy Council with the Supreme Court of India should notice that Indian law inherited a tradition in which the highest court spoke with one voice, and departed from it.

Its decisions bound Indian courts, and the Act of 1935 said so. Section 212 of that Act provides that the law declared by the Federal Court and by any judgment of the Privy Council shall so far as applicable be recognised as binding on all courts in British India. The doctrine of precedent in India is built on that.

Sections 21, 22 and 24: the Indian appeals in particular

Sections 21 and 22 deal with appeals from the Sadar Diwani Adalat, and they record a real administrative failure. Appeals had been transmitted under the seal of those courts, through the East India Company, to the office of the Privy Council, and the suitors had not taken the necessary measures to bring them on for hearing. The Act empowers His Majesty in Council to give directions to the Company and to others for bringing such appeals to a hearing, to appoint agents and counsel for the parties, and to make orders for security and payment of costs; and the appeals so brought on are to be heard and determined as if brought on by the parties in the usual course. The power applies only where no proceedings have been taken in England on either side for two years after the admission of the appeal by the Sadar court.

Section 24 empowers His Majesty in Council to make rules and orders regulating the mode, form and time of appeals from the Sadar Diwani Adalats and from any other courts in India or east of the Cape of Good Hope from which an appeal lies to His Majesty in Council, and to make regulations for preventing delays and as to the expenses of such appeals.

munotes.in188

The Judicial Committee of the Privy Council: What It Actually Was

Those sections tell you what the practical problem with the Indian appeal was, and the next chapter gives the figures.

The prerogative, and special leave

One principle governs the whole subject and it is worth stating carefully, because it is the ancestor of article 136 of the Constitution.

The Crown has an inherent general right, not controlled by Acts of Parliament, to admit appeals from its subjects beyond the seas. Orders in Council and local rules are intended to regulate the manner in which that right is exercised, not to create it.

That is why an appeal to the Privy Council could be brought in two ways: as of right, where the local rules gave one, usually by reference to the value of the suit; and by special leave of the Council itself, in the exercise of the prerogative, where no appeal lay as of right.

The right was not unlimited in practice. Where a colonial legislature, acting under powers conferred by Parliament, had provided about appeals, the Privy Council held itself unable to admit an appeal below the value that legislation fixed. And in criminal cases the position was stricter still: it was held that where the charter of a Supreme Court had been granted in pursuance of an Act of Parliament, the Crown had abandoned its prerogative to receive appeals in cases of felony except by leave of the court below. Lord Brougham observed that the Crown might lawfully point out the manner in which the general right of appeal was to be exercised, allowing it in civil cases at all times and in criminal cases only in a certain form, delegating to the judges below the right to grant or refuse it.

A worked example

A litigant in Calcutta in 1840 loses in the Sadar Diwani Adalat in a suit worth Rs 60,000 and wants to go to London.

  1. Is there an appeal as of right? Yes: from the Sadar Court of Bengal an appeal lay in civil suits of the value of £5,000 and upwards, and by Regulation XVI of 1797 the rules required a value of Rs 50,000 exclusive of costs and an appeal within six months of judgment. His suit qualifies.
  2. Where does it go? To His Majesty in Council, and it is referred to the Judicial Committee.
  3. Who hears it? English judges holding or having held the offices listed in section 3 of the Act of 1833.
  4. What do they do? Hear the appeal and report their opinion. One opinion, no dissent.
  5. What is the result? An Order in Council giving effect to the advice, which is the judgment.
  6. And if he had lost in a criminal case? No appeal in felony except by leave of the court below.
munotes.in189

The Judicial Committee of the Privy Council: What It Actually Was

What beginners get wrong

"The Privy Council was a court." It was a committee of the Privy Council that reported to the Sovereign. Its advice became an Order in Council. The distinction is formal and is worth stating, because it explains the single opinion and the language of the judgments.

"The Judicial Committee was created in 1726." The appeal to the King in Council from the Mayors' Courts dates from the Charter of 1726. The Judicial Committee as a defined body dates from the Act of 1833. Before that, appeals were heard by a committee of the whole Council.

"Indian judges sat on it from the beginning." Section 3 lists English offices. Indian participation came much later.

"The Privy Council could hear any Indian appeal." Only where a right of appeal existed under the local rules, or where it granted special leave under the prerogative, and not at all in felony except by leave of the court below.

Limits and criticism

Lord Brougham's objection in 1828 was never answered, and it is the criticism a student should make: a tribunal sitting in London, composed of English judges, deciding cases from territories whose law it did not know, and whose facts and habits were foreign to it, is by its nature an inadequate court of review.

Against that stand two things. The Judicial Committee was, for more than a century, the only court whose decisions bound the whole of India, so it supplied a uniformity that no Indian institution could until 1937. And it built, case by case, much of the Hindu law and Muslim law that Indian courts applied, because in the absence of a code the Privy Council's decisions were the law.

The honest verdict is the one the next two chapters set out to support: an institution that was in principle unsuited to the work, and that did the work better than the alternatives available at the time, and that had to end when India became a sovereign country because a foreign tribunal cannot be the final court of a State.

Quick revision

  • Judicial Committee Act 1833, 3 & 4 Will. IV c. 41, 14 August 1833.
  • The Privy Council kept its colonial appellate jurisdiction after the Act 16 Charles I c. 10 destroyed its domestic one; the House of Lords regained the English appeals.
  • Before 1833, appeals were heard by a committee of the whole Council.
  • s.3: the Committee is composed of the President of the Council, the Lord Chancellor, and holders and former holders of a list of high judicial offices who are Privy Councillors, plus two others whom His Majesty may appoint by Sign Manual.
  • The Committee reports; His Majesty in Council decides; the decision is an Order in Council. Hence one opinion and no dissent until 1966.
  • ss.21 and 22: powers to bring on Sadar Diwani Adalat appeals that the parties had left dormant for two years.
  • s.24: rules for the mode, form and time of Indian appeals and for preventing delay.
  • The prerogative: the Crown has an inherent right to admit appeals from subjects beyond the seas; local rules regulate its exercise. Hence special leave. No appeal in felony except by leave below.
  • Section 212 of the Act of 1935 made the Privy Council's judgments binding on all courts in British India.
munotes.in190

The Judicial Committee of the Privy Council: What It Actually Was

Test yourself

1. Why is it wrong to say the Privy Council "decided" an Indian appeal? Because the Judicial Committee heard the appeal and reported its opinion to His Majesty in Council, and the decision was given by His Majesty in Council as an Order in Council. The Committee advised; the Sovereign decided.

2. Who composed the Judicial Committee under the Act of 1833? The President of the Privy Council, the Lord High Chancellor, and such Privy Councillors as held or had held a list of high judicial offices including the Lord Chief Justice and judges of King's Bench, the Master of the Rolls, the Vice-Chancellor, judges of Common Pleas and Exchequer, the Judge of the Prerogative Court, the Judge of the High Court of Admiralty and the Chief Judge in Bankruptcy, together with former Presidents of the Council and former Lord Chancellors; and any two other Privy Councillors whom His Majesty appointed by Sign Manual.

3. Explain why the Privy Council delivered no dissenting opinions. Because it tendered a single piece of advice to the Sovereign. One opinion was delivered, and dissents were not published until the practice changed in 1966.

4. What is the prerogative basis of the appeal, and what did it produce? That the Crown has an inherent general right, not controlled by Acts of Parliament, to admit appeals from its subjects beyond the seas, local rules regulating only the manner of its exercise. It produced the appeal by special leave, which is the ancestor of article 136 of the Constitution.

5. What problem do sections 21 and 22 of the Act of 1833 reveal? That appeals from the Sadar Diwani Adalats were being transmitted to England through the East India Company and then left dormant because the suitors did not know how to prosecute them, so the Act gave power to bring on appeals in which no proceedings had been taken on either side for two years.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in191

Chapter Thirty-Eight

Appeals to the Privy Council, 1726 to 1860

Syllabus topic 2.2.1, "Appeals to Privy Council between 1726-1860"

In one line

Between 1726 and 1860 there were three separate routes from India to the King in Council, with three different money limits, and in the first sixty years of the Supreme Court only fifty appeals were begun.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: an appeal to the Sovereign in Council lay from the Mayors' Courts under the Charter of 1726 and from the Recorders' Courts and Supreme Courts where the value exceeded 1,000 pagodas, except at Bombay where the limit was 3,000 Bombay rupees; from the Sadar Diwani Adalat of Bengal, by the Settlement Act of 1781, in civil suits of £5,000 and upwards, regulated by Regulation XVI of 1797 which required a value of Rs 50,000 exclusive of costs and an appeal within six months; and from the Sadar Courts of Madras and Bombay from 1818; in each case the Sovereign's right to receive or reject appeals was reserved notwithstanding any provision limiting it.

Route one: from the Crown's courts in the Presidency Towns

The Charter of 1726 gave the first appeal. From the Mayor's Court an appeal lay to the Governor in Council, and where the value exceeded 1,000 pagodas a further appeal lay to the King in Council, within fourteen days, on security. The Charter of 1753 kept the ladder and added a direct appeal within twenty-one days where the Council had no disinterested quorum.

The Regulating Act and the Charter of 1774 reserved a similar right of appeal from the Supreme Court at Calcutta to the Sovereign in Council, and the same right was reserved for the Recorders' Courts and the Supreme Courts at Madras and Bombay.

The limit remained 1,000 pagodas for those courts, except the Supreme Court of Bombay, where the value had to be above 3,000 Bombay rupees. Any person aggrieved could petition the Sovereign in Council, and the Council was empowered to refuse to admit the appeal, and to reform, correct or vary the decision, according to the Royal pleasure.

Route two: from the Company's chief civil court in Bengal

The Settlement Act of 1781, in establishing the Sadar court of Bengal, gave an appeal from its decisions in civil suits of the value of £5,000 and upwards.

Parliament prescribed no rules for those appeals. The Supreme Court's rules of appeal had been framed by that Court and approved by His Majesty in Council under the Charter that established it; no such power was given by Parliament to the Sadar court. So Regulation XVI of 1797 was passed to provide rules for appeals to the Privy Council from the Sadar court until the King's pleasure should be known. It limited the right of appeal:

munotes.in192

Appeals to the Privy Council, 1726 to 1860

  • in time, to six months from the date of the judgment; and
  • in value, to cases where the judgment, exclusive of the costs of the suit, was of the value of Rs 50,000.

Route three: from Madras and Bombay

In 1818 the right of appeal from the Sadar Courts of Madras and Bombay to the Privy Council was established. In all the Presidencies a reservation was made of the Sovereign's right to reject or receive appeals notwithstanding any provision in the regulations limiting or controlling the right of appeal.

That reservation is the prerogative in operation, and it is what makes a pecuniary limit in India a rule about appeals as of right rather than a bar on the Sovereign's power to admit one.

The figures, and what they mean

Cowell records the number, and it is startling: in the sixty years between the establishment of the Supreme Court of Calcutta and the Act of William IV that constituted the Judicial Committee, that is from 1774 to 1833, only fifty appeals were instituted.

Fifty appeals in sixty years, from a country of tens of millions, with three routes and three courts of appeal in each Presidency.

The majority of them came from the Supreme Courts, which were from the first regarded as offshoots of the courts of Westminster Hall: their suits were conducted by English counsel and attorneys, and their litigants were either Europeans or Indians in the habit of close intercourse with Europeans. Both the suitors and the practitioners in the provincial courts were very little acquainted with the mode of procedure in appeals to England, and either shrank from the attempt or, from ignorance of the necessary proceedings, failed either to follow up or to withdraw an appeal once begun.

Why the provincial appeals failed

The explanation Cowell gives is precise, practical, and worth an answer of its own.

When appeals lay to the Governor-General from the Sadar courts, decisions were returned without anything being required to be done by the parties. The litigant filed his appeal and waited, and in due course a decision came back.

When the same appeal was transmitted to England, the parties waited in exactly the same way, and nothing happened, because in London an appeal must be prosecuted: agents must be appointed, security given, cases printed, counsel instructed. Nobody had told them, and there was nobody in London to act for them.

The result is the one recorded in the Act of 1833 itself, in sections 21 and 22: appeals transmitted under the seal of the Sadar courts through the East India Company to the Privy Council office, lying there because the suitors had taken no steps. And the consequence for the litigants was worse than delay. In many cases the property in dispute was eaten up by private and public debt, and the litigants were either ruined or greatly impoverished.

munotes.in193

Appeals to the Privy Council, 1726 to 1860

That is the strongest single criticism of the appeal in this period, and it is not a criticism of the tribunal at all. A right of appeal that only a European or an Anglicised litigant can in practice exercise is not a right of appeal for everybody.

A worked example

Two litigants lose in 1820, one in Calcutta and one in a mofussil district.

The Calcutta merchant, an Englishman, loses in the Supreme Court in a suit worth 5,000 pagodas. His attorney is an English attorney of that court, who knows the practice: he petitions the King in Council, gives security, instructs a London agent, and the case is heard. He is one of the fifty.

The zamindar, having lost in the Sadar Diwani Adalat in a suit worth Rs 60,000, is within the pecuniary limit and files his appeal within six months as Regulation XVI of 1797 requires. The papers go under the seal of the Sadar court, through the East India Company, to London. He waits, because that is what one did when the appeal was to the Governor-General. Nothing is done in England on either side. Two years later the Act of 1833 will give the Privy Council power to bring on such an appeal of its own motion, but by then he may have sold the land to pay his debts.

Same country, same year, two litigants with a right of appeal, and only one of them has an appeal.

Distinctions worth having straight

RouteFromLimitRegulated by
OneMayor's Court, through the Governor in Council1,000 pagodasCharters of 1726 and 1753
OneSupreme Courts and Recorders' Courts1,000 pagodas, but 3,000 Bombay rupees at BombayAct and Charter of 1774 and the later charters; rules framed by the Court and approved in Council
TwoSadar Diwani Adalat, Bengal£5,000 and upwards; Rs 50,000 exclusive of costs, within six monthsSettlement Act 1781; Regulation XVI of 1797
ThreeSadar Courts, Madras and Bombayas regulatedfrom 1818

What beginners get wrong

"There was one appeal to the Privy Council." There were three routes with different limits, and until 1861 they ran from different courts. A single appellate route from India arrives only when the High Courts replace both systems.

"The appeal began with the Judicial Committee in 1833." The appeal is much older; 1833 reorganised who heard it. The Charter of 1726 is where the appeal to the King in Council from India begins.

munotes.in194

Appeals to the Privy Council, 1726 to 1860

"A pecuniary limit meant no appeal below that value." It meant no appeal as of right. The Sovereign's power to admit an appeal by special leave was expressly reserved, though the Council declined to exercise it where a legislature acting under parliamentary authority had itself provided about appeals.

"Few appeals were brought because Indians were content with the courts." They were brought rarely because prosecuting an appeal in London required knowledge, agents and money that litigants outside the Presidency Towns did not have. Cowell says so, and the Act of 1833 legislated about it.

Limits and criticism

The period from 1726 to 1860 shows an appellate system that existed on paper for the whole of British India and in practice for a few hundred people in three towns.

Three things account for it: the distance, which made an appeal a matter of years; the cost and unfamiliar procedure, which required a London agent and printed cases; and the absence of any Indian institution to prepare or prosecute appeals, so that the papers arrived and lay there.

The remedy adopted was not to change the tribunal but to change the courts below it. Once the High Courts existed after 1862, appeals came from a single court in each Presidency, with an English-trained bar practising in it, and the volume of Indian appeals to the Privy Council rose enormously. That is the subject of the next chapter, and it is the period in which the Privy Council actually shaped Indian law.

Quick revision

  • Charter of 1726: appeal from the Mayor's Court to the Governor in Council, and above 1,000 pagodas to the King in Council, within fourteen days.
  • Supreme Courts and Recorders' Courts: appeal above 1,000 pagodas, except Bombay, 3,000 Bombay rupees. The Council might refuse to admit, and might reform, correct or vary.
  • Settlement Act 1781: appeal from the Sadar court of Bengal in civil suits of £5,000 and upwards.
  • Regulation XVI of 1797: rules for that appeal: within six months, value Rs 50,000 exclusive of costs.
  • 1818: appeal established from the Sadar Courts of Madras and Bombay. The Sovereign's right to receive or reject was reserved throughout.
  • Only fifty appeals in the sixty years from 1774 to 1833, mostly from the Supreme Courts.
  • Provincial appeals failed because litigants who were used to waiting for a decision from the Governor-General waited in vain for one from London, and the property in dispute was often eaten up by debt.

Test yourself

1. Give the three routes of appeal to the Sovereign in Council before 1861, with their limits. From the Mayors' Courts through the Governor in Council, and from the Recorders' and Supreme Courts, where the value exceeded 1,000 pagodas, except at the Supreme Court of Bombay where it had to exceed 3,000 Bombay rupees; from the Sadar Diwani Adalat of Bengal under the Settlement Act 1781 in civil suits of £5,000 and upwards, regulated by Regulation XVI of 1797 at Rs 50,000 exclusive of costs and six months; and from the Sadar Courts of Madras and Bombay from 1818.

munotes.in195

Appeals to the Privy Council, 1726 to 1860

2. How many appeals were instituted between 1774 and 1833, and from where mostly? Fifty, and mostly from the Supreme Courts, whose suits were conducted by English counsel and attorneys for European or Anglicised litigants.

3. Why did appeals from the provincial courts fail so often? Because litigants accustomed to appeals to the Governor-General, in which nothing was required of the parties after filing, waited in the same way for a decision from London, where an appeal had to be actively prosecuted. Appeals lay dormant in the Privy Council office, and in many cases the property in dispute was consumed by debt and the litigants ruined.

4. What did Regulation XVI of 1797 do, and why was it necessary? It provided rules for appeals from the Sadar court of Bengal to the Privy Council, limiting them to six months from judgment and to a value of Rs 50,000 exclusive of costs. It was necessary because Parliament had prescribed no rules for those appeals and, unlike the Supreme Court, the Sadar court had no statutory power to frame them.

5. Did a pecuniary limit prevent the Sovereign from hearing a smaller appeal? Not in principle: the Sovereign's right to receive or reject appeals was expressly reserved notwithstanding provisions limiting the right of appeal, and that prerogative is the basis of special leave. In practice the Council declined to admit an appeal below a limit fixed by a legislature acting under powers conferred by Parliament.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in196

Chapter Thirty-Nine

Appeals to the Privy Council, 1861 to 1949

Syllabus topic 2.2.1, "Appeals to Privy Council between 1861-1949"

In one line

After 1861 there was one court in each Presidency to appeal from, and the Privy Council became, for eighty-eight years, the court that made Indian law.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: from 1862 appeals lay to Her Majesty in Council from the High Courts, as of right where the value of the subject matter and the nature of the decision satisfied the conditions in the Letters Patent and the Code of Civil Procedure, and otherwise by special leave in the exercise of the prerogative; from 1937 the Federal Court was interposed for cases involving a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Government of India Act 1935, with an appeal from that court to His Majesty in Council under section 208; and the whole appeal was abolished in stages between 1948 and 1950.

Why the appeal became real after 1861

The last chapter ended with fifty appeals in sixty years. This one is about a very different volume, and the change has three causes, all of them consequences of the Indian High Courts Act 1861.

There was now one court to appeal from. Before 1862 an appeal might come from a Supreme Court or from a Sadar Adalat, on different terms. After 1862 it came from a High Court, and one set of conditions applied.

That court had a professional bar. The High Courts inherited the Supreme Courts' advocates and attorneys and the Sadar courts' vakils, and by the Legal Practitioners Act 1879 and the rules of the High Courts a body of practitioners existed who understood appellate practice. Module IV follows that story.

And the litigants were different. The High Court's appellate side heard appeals from the whole mofussil, so the ordinary property litigation of India now reached a court from which an appeal to London lay.

The conditions of appeal

An appeal to Her Majesty in Council from a High Court lay in two ways, and the distinction is the same one the last chapter drew.

As of right, where the conditions in the Letters Patent and, later, in the Code of Civil Procedure were satisfied. Those conditions combined a pecuniary test, the value of the subject matter in dispute both in the court of first instance and on appeal, with a test of the nature of the decision: a decree of affirmance required, in addition, that the appeal involve some substantial question of law. The purpose of the second requirement is easy to state and worth stating: where two Indian courts have agreed, there must be something more than the amount at stake to justify a third hearing five thousand miles away.

By special leave, granted by the Privy Council itself under the prerogative. This was the discretionary route, and in criminal matters it was the only one, the Committee's practice being to grant leave only where there had been a grave miscarriage of justice or a serious departure from the forms of legal process, and not to sit as an ordinary court of criminal appeal.

munotes.in197

Appeals to the Privy Council, 1861 to 1949

Section 15 of the Act of 1861 is also worth naming here, though it is not an appeal provision: the High Court's superintendence over all courts subject to its appellate jurisdiction meant that the corrective work in ordinary cases stayed in India, and only the questions worth the journey went further.

What the Privy Council did with Indian law

This is the part of the topic that examiners reward and textbooks skimp, so it is worth being concrete.

For most of this period there was no Indian court whose decisions bound the whole country. The Calcutta High Court did not bind Madras. The Federal Court did not exist until 1937, and when it came its jurisdiction was confined to constitutional questions. So the only tribunal whose decisions were authoritative everywhere in British India was the Judicial Committee, and section 212 of the Government of India Act 1935 said so expressly: the law declared by the Federal Court and by any judgment of the Privy Council was to be recognised as binding on all courts in British India.

The consequence is that between 1861 and 1949 the Judicial Committee settled, case by case, large parts of the Hindu law and Muslim law administered in India, in the areas where those laws were uncodified, and much of the general law besides. Where a code existed, as in contract from 1872, its work was interpretation; where none existed, as in joint family property, its decisions were the law.

Two criticisms of that body of work are standard and both are fair. The Committee was applying personal laws it knew only through translations, English textbooks and the arguments of English counsel, and it occasionally fixed as law a proposition that Indian scholarship afterwards questioned. And its decisions were slow and expensive to obtain, so the law was settled for those who could afford to settle it.

Two defences are equally fair. It supplied a uniformity no Indian institution could until 1937. And its distance from the parties, which is a defect in fact-finding, is an advantage in a jurisdiction where the courts below sat under the eye of the executive: the Judicial Committee was, whatever else, wholly beyond the reach of the Government of India.

What changed in 1937

The Government of India Act 1935 inserted a new court between the High Courts and London for one class of case.

munotes.in198

Appeals to the Privy Council, 1861 to 1949

Section 205: where a High Court certified that a case involved a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Act or an Order in Council under it, the appeal lay to the Federal Court, and where such a certificate was given no direct appeal lay to His Majesty in Council, with or without special leave.

Section 206: the Federal Legislature might by Act provide for appeals to the Federal Court in specified civil cases without a certificate. That power was used in 1947.

Section 207: appeals from a High Court in a Federated State on constitutional questions, by way of special case stated.

Section 208: an appeal lay from the Federal Court to His Majesty in Council: without leave from a judgment in its original jurisdiction on the interpretation of the Act or the extent of the Federation's authority under an Instrument of Accession, and in any other case by leave of the Federal Court or of His Majesty in Council.

So from 1937 the ladder had four rungs for a constitutional case, and three for everything else:

Constitutional case, from 1937Ordinary civil case, from 1937
FirstSubordinate court, transferred to the High Court under s.225Subordinate court
SecondHigh Court, which must consider a certificate under s.205(1)High Court
ThirdFederal Court
FourthHis Majesty in Council, by leave, s.208His Majesty in Council, as of right or by special leave

A worked example

A suit about a Hindu joint family in the Bombay Presidency in 1930, and the same suit in 1940.

1930. Tried in the district court; appealed to the High Court of Bombay on its appellate side; and, if the valuation conditions in the Letters Patent and the Code are met and, the decree being one of affirmance, a substantial question of law is involved, appealed to His Majesty in Council. If the conditions are not met, an application for special leave.

1940, with a constitutional point added. Suppose the suit turns on the validity of a Provincial Act. Under section 225 the High Court must transfer the case to itself. It decides, and under section 205(1) must consider of its own motion whether to certify. If it certifies, the appeal goes to the Federal Court, and no direct appeal to His Majesty in Council is then possible. From the Federal Court, an appeal to His Majesty in Council by leave under section 208(b).

What beginners get wrong

"Appeals to the Privy Council ended in 1949." The date in MU's label is 1949 and it is the middle of three steps. Civil appeals were moved to the Federal Court in 1948, the jurisdiction was abolished in 1949, and article 374 of the Constitution dealt with what was left in 1950. The next chapter separates them.

munotes.in199

Appeals to the Privy Council, 1861 to 1949

"Every case could go to the Privy Council." Only on satisfying the pecuniary and other conditions, or by special leave. In criminal matters special leave was granted sparingly, and only where there had been a grave miscarriage of justice or a serious departure from legal process.

"The Federal Court replaced the Privy Council in 1937." It was inserted below it for constitutional appeals. Section 208 kept an appeal from the Federal Court to His Majesty in Council.

"The Privy Council only interpreted statutes." In the uncodified areas of Hindu and Muslim law its decisions were the law, because no Indian court's decisions bound the whole country until 1937.

Limits and criticism

The period is the strongest and the weakest phase of the appeal at the same time, and an answer should say so in those terms.

Strongest, because the Judicial Committee did what no Indian institution could: it gave the whole of British India one body of authoritative decisions, binding by statute after 1935, wholly outside the control of the Government of India, and staffed by judges of the first rank.

Weakest, because by the 1930s the objection to it had become constitutional rather than practical. A country moving towards self-government cannot have its final court in the capital of another country, composed of that country's judges, advising that country's sovereign. Nothing about the quality of the work answers that objection, and it is the objection that ended the appeal.

The transition was managed, not abrupt, and the way it was managed is the subject of the next chapter.

Quick revision

  • After 1862 appeals came from a single court in each Presidency, the High Court, and the volume rose sharply.
  • Two routes: as of right, on a pecuniary test plus, for a decree of affirmance, a substantial question of law; and by special leave under the prerogative, granted sparingly in criminal cases.
  • Between 1861 and 1949 the Judicial Committee was the only tribunal whose decisions bound the whole of British India, and section 212 of the Act of 1935 made its judgments binding by statute.
  • 1937: the Federal Court interposed by s.205 for cases certified to involve a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Act, and then no direct appeal to His Majesty in Council; s.206 allowed the legislature to enlarge; s.207 covered Federated States; s.208 gave an appeal from the Federal Court to His Majesty in Council, without leave in the constitutional original-jurisdiction cases and otherwise by leave.
  • The objection that ended it was constitutional, not practical.
munotes.in200

Appeals to the Privy Council, 1861 to 1949

Test yourself

1. Why did the number of Indian appeals rise so much after 1861? Because there was now one court in each Presidency to appeal from instead of two on different terms; because the High Courts had a professional bar that understood appellate practice; and because the ordinary property litigation of the mofussil now reached a court from which an appeal to London lay.

2. State the two routes of appeal from a High Court, and the extra requirement for a decree of affirmance. As of right, where the value of the subject matter and the nature of the decision satisfied the conditions in the Letters Patent and the Code of Civil Procedure; and by special leave of the Privy Council under the prerogative. Where the High Court's decree affirmed the decision below, the appeal as of right additionally required a substantial question of law.

3. What did section 205 of the Act of 1935 change about the route to London? It sent cases certified by a High Court to involve a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Act to the Federal Court, and provided that where such a certificate was given no direct appeal lay to His Majesty in Council, with or without special leave.

4. Why were the Privy Council's decisions so important to Indian law in this period? Because no Indian court's decisions bound the whole of British India before 1937, and the Federal Court's jurisdiction was confined to constitutional questions; so in the uncodified areas of Hindu and Muslim law and in much of the general law the Judicial Committee's decisions were the law, and section 212 of the Act of 1935 made them binding by statute.

5. What was the objection that finally ended the appeal? Not the quality of the work but the constitutional position: a country moving to self-government cannot have its final court sitting in another country, composed of that country's judges and advising that country's sovereign.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in201

Chapter Forty

The End of the Appeal to London, 1947 to 1950

Syllabus topic 2.2.1, "Appeals to Privy Council between 1861-1949"

In one line

The appeal to London was not abolished in one act: civil appeals were moved to the Federal Court in 1948, the jurisdiction was abolished in 1949, and the Constitution turned the Federal Court into the Supreme Court in 1950.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the appeal to His Majesty in Council was ended in three stages, namely the Federal Court (Enlargement of Jurisdiction) Act 1947, Act 1 of 1948, which transferred to the Federal Court the civil appellate jurisdiction that had been exercisable by His Majesty in Council; the Abolition of Privy Council Jurisdiction Act 1949, which abolished the jurisdiction of the Privy Council over India; and the Constitution of India, article 374 of which provided that the judges of the Federal Court should become judges of the Supreme Court and that pending appeals should be transferred, so that the Supreme Court established by article 124 became the final court for India.

Step one: the Act of 1947, in force from 1948

The Government of India Act 1935 had provided, in section 206, that the Federal Legislature might by Act allow appeals to the Federal Court in specified civil cases without a certificate. That power was the door, and in 1947 the legislature walked through it.

The Federal Court (Enlargement of Jurisdiction) Act 1947, Act 1 of 1948, transferred to the Federal Court the civil appellate jurisdiction that had until then been exercisable by His Majesty in Council. A civil appeal that would have gone to London went instead to the Federal Court at Delhi.

Notice three things about it.

It is not an abolition. The Privy Council's jurisdiction remained; what changed is which cases reached it. Appeals already pending, and appeals in classes not covered, went on as before.

It uses a power in the Act of 1935, which is why the Federal Court could be given the work without a new constitutional settlement.

And it made the Federal Court, for the first time, a general court of civil appeal rather than a constitutional court, which is the shape the Supreme Court of India has today. The gap the last chapter identified in the Federal Court's design, the absence of a general appellate jurisdiction, was closed here.

The Act, section by section

It is eight sections and two printed pages, and it is worth taking in full because every section answers a question about the changeover.

Section 1 gives the short title and the commencement: the Act came into force on 1 February 1948, "which day is hereinafter referred to as the appointed day". It received the assent of the Governor-General on 5 January 1948, which is why it is Act 1 of 1948 although its short title calls it the Act of 1947.

munotes.in202

The End of the Appeal to London, 1947 to 1950

Section 2 defines two expressions. A "High Court" means any High Court to which Chapter II of Part IX of the Government of India Act 1935 applies, that is, the High Courts of the last two chapters. A "judgment to which this Act applies" means any judgment, decree or final order of a High Court in a civil case from which a direct appeal could have been brought to His Majesty in Council, either with or without special leave, had the Act not been passed.

Section 3 is the enlargement itself. As from the appointed day:

  • an appeal shall lie to the Federal Court from any judgment to which the Act applies, without the special leave of the Federal Court if an appeal could have been brought to His Majesty in Council without special leave under the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 or any other law in force immediately before the appointed day, and with the special leave of the Federal Court in any other case;
  • in any such appeal it shall be competent for the Federal Court to consider any question of the nature mentioned in section 205(1) of the Act of 1935, that is, a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of that Act; and
  • no direct appeal shall lie to His Majesty in Council, with or without special leave, from any such judgment.

Read the second limb again. It joins the two jurisdictions: a court hearing an ordinary civil appeal may now decide a constitutional question in it, without a separate certificate. That is the shape of the Supreme Court of India's work today.

Section 4 continues what the High Courts had already done. All proceedings and steps taken in, and orders made and certificates granted by, a High Court in connection with an appeal to His Majesty in Council from a judgment to which the Act applies are deemed to be proceedings and steps taken in connection with an appeal to the Federal Court, unless the records had already been transmitted to His Majesty in Council before the appointed day. A litigant who had obtained a certificate for London did not have to start again.

Section 5 deals with pending applications for special leave. Every application to His Majesty in Council for special leave to appeal from a judgment to which the Act applies, remaining undisposed of immediately before the appointed day, stands transferred and is to be disposed of by the Federal Court as if it had been an application duly made to that Court.

Section 6 modifies existing laws. The provisions of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 and of any other law in force immediately before the appointed day relating to direct appeals in civil cases to His Majesty in Council have effect, in relation to an appeal from a judgment to which the Act applies, as if for all references to His Majesty in Council there had been substituted references to the Federal Court. One drafting device converts a whole body of appellate law.

munotes.in203

The End of the Appeal to London, 1947 to 1950

Section 7 is the saving. The preceding provisions do not apply to an appeal which was pending before His Majesty in Council immediately before the appointed day if the records had been transmitted before that day, or to the bringing of an appeal for which special leave had been granted before the appointed day; and any such appeal may be disposed of by His Majesty in Council as if the Act had not been passed.

Section 8 answers the practical question sections 4 and 7 both raise: who decides whether the records were transmitted before the appointed day? A certificate of the Registrar of the High Court that they were or were not transmitted is conclusive evidence on the question.

Step two: the Act of 1949

The Abolition of Privy Council Jurisdiction Act 1949 abolished the jurisdiction of the Privy Council over India.

This is the date MU prints, and it is the right date for the proposition "appeals to the Privy Council ended". It is not the right date for either of the other two propositions, and an answer that gives only 1949 is giving a third of the story.

Step three: the Constitution, 1950

Two articles do the work, and a student should be able to name both.

Article 124 establishes the Supreme Court of India, consisting of a Chief Justice of India and other judges. That is a new court, created by the Constitution.

Article 374 is the transitional provision, and it is the article that makes the transfer painless. It provides that the judges of the Federal Court holding office immediately before the commencement of the Constitution shall, unless they elect otherwise, become judges of the Supreme Court; that all suits, appeals and proceedings pending in the Federal Court shall stand removed to the Supreme Court, which shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine them; and that the judgments and orders of the Federal Court delivered or made before the commencement shall have the same force and effect as if delivered by the Supreme Court. It also deals with what was to happen to appeals to His Majesty in Council still pending.

Article 135 completes the picture for jurisdiction: until Parliament otherwise provides, the Supreme Court has jurisdiction and powers in relation to any matter to which articles 133 and 134 do not apply, if jurisdiction and powers in relation to it were exercisable by the Federal Court immediately before the commencement. That is how the enlarged civil jurisdiction given by the Act of 1948 passed to the Supreme Court.

munotes.in204

The End of the Appeal to London, 1947 to 1950

Why it took three steps

Because each step answered a different problem, and it is worth setting them out that way.

The Act of 1948 answered a practical problem: appeals were going to London from a country that was about to become independent, at great expense and delay, and the Federal Court existed and could take them.

The Act of 1949 answered a constitutional problem: a sovereign Dominion cannot have a foreign tribunal as its final court, however good that tribunal is.

Article 374 answered a transitional problem: what happens to the judges, the pending cases and the decided cases when one court is replaced by another. Its answer is continuity, and it is why no Indian litigant lost anything in the change.

A worked example

Follow one appeal through all three steps.

A civil appeal filed in 1946 from the Bombay High Court, on a valuation certificate, to His Majesty in Council.

  1. Under the Act of 1948 the class of appeal is transferred: civil appeals that would have gone to His Majesty in Council go to the Federal Court. Whether this particular pending appeal moves depends on the Act's own transitional provisions.
  2. Under the Act of 1949 the Privy Council's jurisdiction over India is abolished, so nothing further can go there.
  3. On 26 January 1950, under article 374, any part of it still pending in the Federal Court stands removed to the Supreme Court, which hears it. Judgments already given by the Federal Court have effect as if given by the Supreme Court.

The litigant's case is decided by a different court from the one he filed in, under a different constitution, and nothing about his rights in the appeal is lost. That is what a good transitional provision does.

What beginners get wrong

"The Privy Council appeal was abolished in 1949." It was abolished in 1949, having been largely emptied by the Act of 1948, and the last consequences were dealt with by article 374 in 1950. Give all three.

"The Federal Court became the Supreme Court." Not by continuation. Article 124 created the Supreme Court; article 374 transferred the Federal Court's judges, its pending cases and the effect of its judgments to it. The distinction matters, and it is the same distinction as between the Supreme Court at Calcutta and the Supreme Court of India, which are different institutions with the same name.

munotes.in205

The End of the Appeal to London, 1947 to 1950

"India abolished the appeal because the Privy Council decided against India." The reason is constitutional, and independence is what supplies it. Ceylon, Canada, Australia and others ended the appeal at various dates for the same reason.

"The Supreme Court inherited the Privy Council's special leave." It has a power of its own, article 136, which is drafted much more widely than the Privy Council's practice and is a new creation, although the idea plainly descends from special leave.

Limits and criticism

The end of the appeal is usually described as a nationalist step and it is worth adding the two legal observations that make it a better answer.

What India lost was a court of very high quality, entirely outside the reach of the executive, whose decisions had given the whole country one body of law for eighty-eight years. Every Indian judge of the period acknowledged the quality of that work, and the Constitution itself preserved its authority by making the Federal Court's and the Privy Council's decided law effective until altered.

What India gained was not merely a court of its own but a final court with a jurisdiction no Indian court had ever had: articles 32 and 136 give the Supreme Court powers the Privy Council never possessed, and the Federal Court's constitutional jurisdiction was joined to a general civil and criminal appellate jurisdiction and to the enforcement of fundamental rights.

So the right conclusion is not that a foreign court was replaced by an Indian one. It is that a system in which the final court could do little was replaced by one in which the final court can do a great deal, and Module III is about what it does with it.

Quick revision

  • Three steps, and MU's date is the middle one.
  • Federal Court (Enlargement of Jurisdiction) Act 1947, Act 1 of 1948: transferred the civil appellate jurisdiction exercisable by His Majesty in Council to the Federal Court, using the power in s.206 of the Act of 1935. Not an abolition.
  • Abolition of Privy Council Jurisdiction Act 1949: abolished the Privy Council's jurisdiction over India.
  • Constitution, 1950: article 124 creates the Supreme Court of India; article 374 transfers the Federal Court's judges, its pending proceedings and the effect of its judgments; article 135 carries over the jurisdiction the Federal Court had.
  • What was gained: articles 32 and 136, and a general appellate jurisdiction, none of which the Privy Council had.

Test yourself

1. Set out the three steps by which the appeal to the Privy Council ended, with their instruments. The Federal Court (Enlargement of Jurisdiction) Act 1947, Act 1 of 1948, which transferred the civil appellate jurisdiction exercisable by His Majesty in Council to the Federal Court; the Abolition of Privy Council Jurisdiction Act 1949, which abolished the jurisdiction; and the Constitution of India, article 374 of which transferred the Federal Court's judges and pending proceedings to the Supreme Court created by article 124.

munotes.in206

The End of the Appeal to London, 1947 to 1950

2. Under what power was the Act of 1948 passed? Section 206 of the Government of India Act 1935, which allowed the Federal Legislature by Act to provide for appeals to the Federal Court in specified civil cases without a certificate.

3. What exactly does article 374 provide? That the judges of the Federal Court holding office immediately before the commencement of the Constitution shall, unless they elect otherwise, become judges of the Supreme Court; that suits, appeals and proceedings pending in the Federal Court shall stand removed to the Supreme Court; and that judgments and orders of the Federal Court delivered or made before the commencement shall have the same force and effect as if delivered by the Supreme Court.

4. Why is it wrong to say the Federal Court "became" the Supreme Court? Because the Supreme Court was created by article 124 as a new court, and article 374 transferred to it the Federal Court's judges, pending cases and the effect of its judgments. The two are different institutions, connected by a transitional provision.

5. What did the Supreme Court gain that neither the Federal Court nor the Privy Council had? A general civil and criminal appellate jurisdiction combined with a constitutional one, the power under article 136 to grant special leave in any cause or matter from any court or tribunal, and the power under article 32 to enforce fundamental rights, which did not exist before 1950.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in207

Module III

Court System under the Constitution of India & Rule of Law, Independence of Judiciary & Separation of Powers:

munotes.in

Chapter Forty-One

The Constitution of 1950: What Changed for the Courts, and What Did Not

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Court System under the Constitution of India"

In one line

The Constitution did not build a new court system; it took the one that existed, put a Supreme Court on top of it, and gave the whole thing a written fundamental law to enforce.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Constitution of India established a Supreme Court of India by article 124, continued the existing High Courts by article 214 and the existing subordinate courts by articles 233 to 237, continued all laws in force by article 372 and transferred the Federal Court's judges and pending proceedings to the Supreme Court by article 374, so that the judiciary of 1950 was the judiciary of 1949 with a new apex and a new function, namely the enforcement of a written Constitution containing fundamental rights and a distribution of legislative powers.

The three things that were genuinely new

Almost everything in Module III has an ancestor in Modules I and II, and the chapters that follow name them one by one. So it is worth beginning with what had no ancestor.

A written fundamental law that a court can enforce against the legislature. Before 1950 an Indian legislature could be beyond its powers only in the sense that the Government of India Act 1935 distributed subjects between the Federation and the Provinces. There were no fundamental rights, and no Indian court had ever held an Act invalid for infringing a right of the citizen. Part III changes that, and article 13 makes laws inconsistent with fundamental rights void.

A remedy as a right. Article 32 does not merely give the Supreme Court power to issue writs; it makes the right to move the Court for the enforcement of fundamental rights itself a fundamental right. There is nothing like it in the Act of 1935.

One integrated judiciary for the whole country. The Supreme Court sits above every High Court, and every High Court above the courts in its State, and the law declared by the Supreme Court binds all courts in India under article 141. Module II showed how long India waited for a court whose decisions bound everybody, and how partial the answer was when the Federal Court arrived in 1937.

What was carried over, and by which article

Set against those three, the continuity is striking. This is the table to learn.

What continuedThe article that continued itWhat it had been
The High Courts214: there shall be a High Court for each StateThe High Courts of the Act of 1861, continued by s.223 of the Act of 1935
Their jurisdiction and law225: the jurisdiction of, and the law administered in, every existing High Court shall be the same as immediately before the commencementThe Letters Patent of 1865, preserved by s.223 of the Act of 1935
Their superintendence227s.15 of the Act of 1861, s.107 of the Act of 1915, s.224 of the Act of 1935
The district judiciary233 to 237The zillah courts of the Regulations, with the district judge, the subordinate judge and the munsif
All laws in force372: all laws in force immediately before the commencement continue until altered, repealed or amendedThe Regulations, the Codes, the personal laws, the Acts of the Indian legislature
The Federal Court's judges and cases374The Federal Court of 1937
munotes.in208

The Constitution of 1950: What Changed for the Courts, and What Did Not

Read that table beside the Module II table of sections of the Act of 1935 against articles of the Constitution, and the point of this book becomes visible. The court a student will practise in was made in 1862, given a constitutional footing in 1935 and re-founded in 1950, and each step preserved what the one before had built.

The one deliberate reversal

There is one place where the Constitution goes the other way, and it is worth naming here because two chapters later depend on it.

Article 50 provides that "The State shall take steps to separate the judiciary from the executive in the public services of the State."

That is a Directive Principle, not a right, and it is the Constitution's answer to the arrangement Module I describes: the Collector who was also the judge, and the Governor-General in Council who was also the Sadar Diwani Adalat. It is the constitutional endorsement of Cornwallis's judgment of 1793, made a hundred and fifty-seven years later and put among the directives rather than among the rights.

What "integrated" means, and what it does not

Indian textbooks describe the judiciary as integrated or unified, and the word needs care.

It means that there is a single hierarchy: subordinate courts, then the High Court of the State, then the Supreme Court of India; that the same courts administer both Union law and State law; and that the law declared by the Supreme Court binds every court in the country.

It does not mean that the courts are administered by one authority. The High Courts are constituted for States, their judges are appointed under article 217, and the control over the district judiciary is vested by article 235 in the High Court of the State, not in the Supreme Court.

The contrast usually drawn is with the United States, where federal courts and State courts are separate hierarchies applying different bodies of law with a limited connection at the top. India took the opposite course, and it took it because the country it inherited already had a single hierarchy of courts administering both provincial and central law, which is the Act of 1861's doing.

munotes.in209

The Constitution of 1950: What Changed for the Courts, and What Did Not

A worked example

A tenancy dispute in a Maharashtra village in 1955. Follow the court structure that decides it and ask, at each level, where that court comes from.

  1. The munsif's court or the court of the civil judge, junior division. Its ancestry is the office created in the years after Cornwallis, described at [Sir John Shore and the Progress of the Adalat System], and it is continued by articles 233 to 237.
  2. Appeal to the district judge. The office is the zillah judge of Regulation V of 1793, and article 236 defines "district judge" for the Constitution.
  3. Second appeal to the High Court of Bombay, on the appellate side. That side of the court is the Sadar Diwani Adalat's inheritance, merged into the High Court by the Act of 1861 and continued by article 225.
  4. Appeal to the Supreme Court of India by special leave under article 136, which is the Privy Council's special leave with a wider text and an Indian court exercising it.

Four courts, and only one of them, the last, is younger than a hundred and fifty years.

What beginners get wrong

"The Constitution created the Indian judiciary." It created one court, the Supreme Court, and continued everything below it. Articles 214, 225, 233 to 237 and 372 are the continuity provisions.

"The Supreme Court of India is the old Supreme Court at Calcutta." They are different institutions with the same name, a hundred and seventy-six years apart. The Calcutta court was abolished in 1862; the Supreme Court of India was created in 1950.

"An integrated judiciary means the Supreme Court controls all the courts." Control over the district judiciary is vested in the High Court of the State by article 235. The Supreme Court's authority over the whole system is through article 141, not through administration.

"Article 50 guarantees the separation of the judiciary from the executive." It is a Directive Principle and is not enforceable by a court. What is enforceable is judicial review under articles 32 and 226, and the guarantees of tenure and salary the later chapters set out.

Limits and criticism

Two observations are worth making at the start of Module III, and both come from Modules I and II rather than from the Constitution.

The first is that continuity was a choice and it had a price. India kept the Letters Patent, the original and appellate sides, the district hierarchy of the Regulations, the Codes and the personal laws. That gave the new republic a working judicial system on day one, which is not a small thing. It also carried forward a procedure designed for a colonial administration, and the delays that Module I first records in the 1790s and Module II records in the 1830s are recognisably the delays complained of today.

munotes.in210

The Constitution of 1950: What Changed for the Courts, and What Did Not

The second is that what the Constitution added was power, not structure. Judicial review, fundamental rights and article 32 gave the same courts a new function. Whether an institution built for one purpose can perform another is the question the rest of Module III is about, and the cases that answer it, from Kesavananda Bharati onwards, are cases about how far a court may go.

Quick revision

  • New in 1950: a written fundamental law enforceable against the legislature; article 32, which makes the remedy itself a fundamental right; and one integrated judiciary with article 141.
  • Continued: the High Courts (art. 214), their jurisdiction and law (art. 225), their superintendence (art. 227), the district judiciary (arts. 233 to 237), all laws in force (art. 372), and the Federal Court's judges and cases (art. 374).
  • Article 50: a Directive Principle that the State shall take steps to separate the judiciary from the executive in the public services of the State.
  • Integrated means one hierarchy administering both Union and State law with the Supreme Court's law binding on all courts; it does not mean one administering authority, because article 235 vests control over the district judiciary in the High Court.

Test yourself

1. Name the three things about the courts that were genuinely new in 1950. A written fundamental law that a court could enforce against the legislature, including fundamental rights and article 13; article 32, which makes the right to move the Supreme Court for the enforcement of those rights itself a fundamental right; and a single integrated judiciary whose apex court's declared law binds all courts under article 141.

2. Which articles carried the existing courts forward, and what did each continue? Article 214 continued a High Court for each State; article 225 continued each existing High Court's jurisdiction and the law it administered; article 227 continued its superintendence; articles 233 to 237 continued the district judiciary; article 372 continued all laws in force; and article 374 transferred the Federal Court's judges and pending proceedings.

3. What does article 50 provide, and what is its status? That the State shall take steps to separate the judiciary from the executive in the public services of the State. It is a Directive Principle of State Policy and is not enforceable by a court.

4. Explain what is and is not meant by calling the Indian judiciary "integrated". It means a single hierarchy from the subordinate courts through the High Courts to the Supreme Court, administering both Union and State law, with the Supreme Court's declared law binding on all courts. It does not mean central administration: control over the district judiciary is vested in the High Court of the State by article 235.

munotes.in211

The Constitution of 1950: What Changed for the Courts, and What Did Not

5. Give the ancestry of a High Court's appellate side. The Sadar Diwani Adalat, merged with the Supreme Court into the High Court by the Indian High Courts Act 1861, its jurisdiction preserved by the Letters Patent of 1865, continued by section 223 of the Government of India Act 1935 and continued again by article 225 of the Constitution.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in212

Chapter Forty-Two

The Supreme Court of India: Constitution, Judges and Tenure

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Court System under the Constitution of India: Supreme Court"

In one line

Article 124 creates the Supreme Court, says who may be a judge, how long he holds office and how he may be removed, and every one of those four things is a guarantee of independence.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 124 provides that there shall be a Supreme Court of India consisting of a Chief Justice of India and, until Parliament by law prescribes a larger number, not more than seven other Judges; that every Judge shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal and shall hold office until he attains the age of sixty-five years; that a Judge may resign by writing addressed to the President and may be removed only by an order of the President passed after an address of each House of Parliament supported by the prescribed majorities in the same session on the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity; and that a person is qualified only if he is a citizen and has been a High Court judge for five years, or a High Court advocate for ten years, or is in the President's opinion a distinguished jurist.

Article 124(1): the court, and the number

There shall be a Supreme Court of India consisting of a Chief Justice of India and, until Parliament by law prescribes a larger number, of not more than seven other Judges.

Read the words carefully. The Constitution fixes a floor and lets Parliament raise the ceiling by ordinary law. The number has been raised many times by amendment of the Supreme Court (Number of Judges) Act, and a student should say "as increased from time to time by Parliament" rather than give a figure that will be out of date.

Compare section 200(1) of the Government of India Act 1935: a Chief Justice of India and not more than six puisne judges unless the Federal Legislature addressed the Governor-General for an increase. The technique and even the title are inherited.

Article 124(2): appointment, and the words that are still printed but not law

Every Judge of the Supreme Court shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal, and shall hold office until he attains the age of sixty-five years.

Here a student must be careful, because the printed Constitution and the law in force are not the same document.

The Ministry of Law and Justice's own print of article 124(2) contains the words "on the recommendation of the National Judicial Appointments Commission referred to in article 124A", inserted by the Constitution (Ninety-ninth Amendment) Act 2014, with a footnote recording that the amendment was struck down by the Supreme Court on 16 October 2015 in Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association v. Union of India. Articles 124A, 124B and 124C are printed for the same reason, with the same footnote.

munotes.in213

The Supreme Court of India: Constitution, Judges and Tenure

So the words in the printed text are not the law. What is the law is the position before the amendment, "after consultation with such of the Judges of the Supreme Court and of the High Courts in the States as the President may deem necessary", because the judgment held that with the amendment struck down the provisions it had sought to amend automatically revive and the status quo ante is restored. The chapter on appointments works out what "consultation" now means.

A warrant under the President's hand and seal is the formal instrument of appointment, and it is the same technique as the "warrant under the Royal Sign Manual" of section 200(2) of the Act of 1935.

Sixty-five is the retiring age, and it too is the figure in section 200(2) of that Act.

Article 124(2), provisos: resignation and removal

A Judge may resign by writing under his hand addressed to the President.

A Judge may be removed from his office in the manner provided in clause (4), and clause (4) is one of the two or three most important provisions in Module III.

Article 124(4): a Judge shall not be removed from his office except by an order of the President passed after an address by each House of Parliament supported by a majority of the total membership of that House and by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the members of that House present and voting, presented to the President in the same session for such removal on the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity.

Take that apart, because each element is a protection.

  • Only the President may remove, and only on an address; the executive cannot dismiss a judge.
  • Both Houses must address, so one House cannot do it.
  • Two majorities are required in each House: of its total membership, and of two-thirds of those present and voting.
  • In the same session, so the two addresses must be part of one proceeding.
  • And only on proved misbehaviour or incapacity: not on the ground that the judge's decisions are unpopular, and "proved" imports an inquiry, which the Judges (Inquiry) Act 1968 provides for.

Set that beside section 4 of the Indian High Courts Act 1861, under which a judge held office during Her Majesty's pleasure, and beside section 220(2) of the Act of 1935, which gave a retiring age but no removal procedure. Article 124(4) is the first time in this book that the terms on which a judge can be got rid of are written down and made difficult.

munotes.in214

The Supreme Court of India: Constitution, Judges and Tenure

Article 124(5) empowers Parliament to regulate the procedure for the presentation of an address and for the investigation and proof of misbehaviour or incapacity.

Article 124(3): who may be a judge

A person is qualified for appointment only if he is a citizen of India and:

  • has been for at least five years a Judge of a High Court or of two or more such Courts in succession; or
  • has been for at least ten years an advocate of a High Court or of two or more such Courts in succession; or
  • is, in the opinion of the President, a distinguished jurist.

Three routes, and it is worth noticing what has happened to the qualifications since 1861. The Act of 1861 had four classes and a two-thirds rule reserving a third of the bench to English barristers and a third to the Covenanted Civil Service. The Act of 1915 restated them. The Constitution reduces them to three, removes every reference to nationality except citizenship, removes the reserved proportions, and adds the distinguished jurist, a category never yet used.

Article 124(6) requires the oath or affirmation in the form in the Third Schedule, and article 124(7) provides that a retired Judge of the Supreme Court shall not plead or act in any court or before any authority within the territory of India. That last provision is a guarantee of independence of a kind Module I would have found useful: a judge who cannot practise afterwards has nothing to gain from pleasing a future client.

Articles 125 to 128

125: the Judges' salaries are as specified in the Second Schedule, and their privileges, allowances, leave and pension are as Parliament may from time to time determine, provided that neither shall be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment. That proviso is section 104 of the Act of 1915 and section 201 of the Act of 1935, and it is one of the classic guarantees.

126: when the office of Chief Justice is vacant, or the Chief Justice is unable to perform his duties, they shall be performed by such one of the other Judges as the President may appoint. Compare section 202 of the Act of 1935, where the appointment was by the Governor-General in his discretion.

127: ad hoc Judges. If there is not a quorum of Judges available to hold or continue a session, the Chief Justice of India may, with the previous consent of the President and after consultation with the Chief Justice of the High Court concerned, request a High Court Judge duly qualified for appointment to the Supreme Court to attend as an ad hoc Judge. (The printed text of this article also carries words inserted by the Ninety-ninth Amendment and struck down with it.)

munotes.in215

The Supreme Court of India: Constitution, Judges and Tenure

128: attendance of retired Judges. The Chief Justice of India may, with the previous consent of the President, request a person who has held office as a Judge of the Supreme Court, or of the Federal Court, or of a High Court and is duly qualified for appointment to the Supreme Court, to sit and act as a Judge of the Supreme Court, and while so sitting he has all the jurisdiction, powers and privileges of a Judge but is not otherwise deemed to be one.

Article 128's mention of the Federal Court is a small piece of history embedded in the text: in 1950 there were living judges of that court, and the Constitution allowed the new Supreme Court to call on them.

A worked example

A judge of the Supreme Court is accused of misconduct in 1998. What has to happen before he can be removed?

  1. A motion for an address must be admitted in either House, with the number of members the Judges (Inquiry) Act requires.
  2. A committee inquires and must find the misbehaviour or incapacity proved. Article 124(4) says "proved", and the word does the work.
  3. Each House must then pass an address, by a majority of its total membership and by two-thirds of those present and voting.
  4. Both addresses must be presented to the President in the same session.
  5. The President then passes an order of removal.

Notice that at no point can the Government remove him, and that the two majorities in step 3 mean that removal requires a degree of cross-party agreement. Compare a High Court judge in 1900, holding office during His Majesty's pleasure.

What beginners get wrong

"The Constitution fixes the number of Supreme Court judges." It fixes a minimum, the Chief Justice and seven others, and leaves the number to Parliament by law. Do not quote a figure from the Constitution.

"Judges are impeached." The Constitution does not use the word impeachment for judges; it is used for the President under article 61. Article 124(4) speaks of removal by an order of the President after an address of each House on the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity. Use the Constitution's words.

"Article 124A provides for the National Judicial Appointments Commission." It is printed in the Constitution and it is not law: the Ninety-ninth Amendment that inserted it was struck down on 16 October 2015, and the print carries a footnote saying so. The pre-amendment text revives.

"A distinguished jurist has been appointed under article 124(3)(c)." The category exists and has not been used. Do not assert an example.

munotes.in216

The Supreme Court of India: Constitution, Judges and Tenure

Limits and criticism

Article 124 is a strong provision and it has one visible weakness and one invisible one.

The visible weakness is that the appointment clause, as it now stands after the striking down of the Ninety-ninth Amendment, says only "after consultation", and everything that governs how judges are actually appointed comes from three judgments rather than from the text. The chapter on appointments sets that out. Whatever one thinks of the collegium, it is an unusual state of affairs for the most important appointing power in a constitution to be governed by case law.

The invisible weakness is that a removal procedure which requires two special majorities in both Houses in the same session is, in practice, nearly impossible to complete, and no judge of the Supreme Court has been removed under it. A protection that cannot be used against a judge who deserves it is a protection with a cost, and the cost is that the only real discipline is the profession's opinion and the judge's own conscience. That is the price of independence, and article 124 pays it deliberately.

Quick revision

  • 124(1): a Chief Justice of India and, until Parliament prescribes more, not more than seven other Judges.
  • 124(2): appointment by the President by warrant under his hand and seal; office until sixty-five; resignation by writing to the President. The words about the NJAC are printed but were struck down on 16 October 2015, and the earlier text revives.
  • 124(3): citizen, and five years a High Court Judge, or ten years a High Court advocate, or a distinguished jurist in the President's opinion.
  • 124(4): removal only by order of the President after an address of each House, by a majority of the total membership and two-thirds of those present and voting, in the same session, on proved misbehaviour or incapacity.
  • 124(7): a retired Supreme Court Judge shall not plead or act in any court or before any authority in India.
  • 125: salary in the Second Schedule; nothing to be varied to his disadvantage after appointment.
  • 126: acting Chief Justice appointed by the President. 127: ad hoc Judges. 128: retired Judges, including former Judges of the Federal Court.

Test yourself

1. State the procedure for removing a Judge of the Supreme Court. An order of the President passed after an address by each House of Parliament, supported by a majority of the total membership of that House and by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting, presented to the President in the same session, on the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity.

munotes.in217

The Supreme Court of India: Constitution, Judges and Tenure

2. What are the qualifications for appointment? Citizenship of India, and either five years as a Judge of a High Court or of two or more such Courts in succession, or ten years as an advocate of a High Court or of two or more such Courts in succession, or being in the opinion of the President a distinguished jurist.

3. Why do the words "on the recommendation of the National Judicial Appointments Commission" appear in the printed article 124(2)? Because the Constitution (Ninety-ninth Amendment) Act 2014 inserted them, and the Supreme Court struck that amendment down on 16 October 2015. An amendment that is struck down is not repealed, so the printed text keeps the words with a footnote recording the judgment, while the law in force is the pre-amendment text, which the judgment held revives.

4. Name three provisions of articles 124 to 128 that protect judicial independence, and say what each does. Article 124(4), which makes removal possible only by an address of both Houses on proved misbehaviour or incapacity; article 125, which forbids any variation of a Judge's salary, privileges or pension to his disadvantage after appointment; and article 124(7), which forbids a retired Judge to plead or act in any court or before any authority in India.

5. Which provisions of the Government of India Act 1935 do articles 124 and 125 descend from? Section 200, which created a Federal Court of a Chief Justice of India and other judges appointed by warrant under the Royal Sign Manual holding office until sixty-five; and section 201, which forbade any variation of a judge's salary, leave or pension to his disadvantage after appointment.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in218

Chapter Forty-Three

The Supreme Court: Seat, Registry and Original Jurisdiction

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Court System under the Constitution of India: Supreme Court"

In one line

Article 129 makes the Supreme Court a court of record, article 130 puts it at Delhi, and article 131 gives it a jurisdiction no other court in India has: disputes between the Union and the States.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by article 129 the Supreme Court is a court of record with all the powers of such a court including the power to punish for contempt of itself; by article 130 it sits in Delhi or such other place as the Chief Justice of India may with the approval of the President appoint; by article 131 it has, to the exclusion of any other court, original jurisdiction in disputes between the Government of India and one or more States, between the Government of India and any State or States on one side and one or more other States on the other, and between two or more States, if and in so far as the dispute involves any question, whether of law or fact, on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends; and by article 139A it may transfer to itself cases involving the same or substantially the same questions of law pending before it and one or more High Courts.

Article 129: a court of record

The Supreme Court shall be a court of record and shall have all the powers of such a court including the power to punish for contempt of itself.

A court of record is a court whose proceedings are enrolled as a permanent memorial and testimony, and which has an inherent power to punish contempt. You have met the phrase in every module of this book: the Mayors' Courts of 1726, the Supreme Court of 1774, the Sadar Diwani Adalat by section 71 of the Settlement Act 1781, the High Courts by section 106 of the Act of 1915 and section 220 of the Act of 1935, and the Federal Court by section 203 of that Act.

What is different here is that the power is conferred by the Constitution and not by a statute, so Parliament cannot take it away. The contempt jurisdiction is regulated by the Contempt of Courts Act 1971, but the source of the power is article 129 itself. Article 215 says the same of the High Courts.

Article 130: the seat

The Supreme Court shall sit in Delhi or in such other place or places as the Chief Justice of India may, with the approval of the President, from time to time appoint.

Two points a student can make. The seat is in the Constitution, unlike that of a High Court, which is fixed by the letters patent or by the President under article 214 and the States Reorganisation legislation. And the power to sit elsewhere belongs to the Chief Justice with the President's approval, not to the Government, which is a small but real piece of independence. Compare section 203 of the Act of 1935, which put the Federal Court at Delhi on identical terms with the Governor-General's approval.

munotes.in219

The Supreme Court: Seat, Registry and Original Jurisdiction

Article 131: original jurisdiction

This is the article to know properly, because it is short, precise and easy to misstate.

Subject to the provisions of the Constitution, the Supreme Court shall, to the exclusion of any other court, have original jurisdiction in any dispute:

  • between the Government of India and one or more States; or
  • between the Government of India and any State or States on one side and one or more other States on the other; or
  • between two or more States,

if and in so far as the dispute involves any question, whether of law or fact, on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends.

Four things to notice, and each is a way the article is commonly misdescribed.

"Original" means the case begins in the Supreme Court; there is no court below.

"To the exclusion of any other court" means no other court may entertain such a dispute. A State cannot sue the Union in a High Court over a matter within article 131.

The parties are governments only. A citizen cannot invoke article 131, however constitutional his grievance. His route is article 32 or article 226.

And the last clause is the real limit. The dispute must involve a question on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends. A political disagreement between the Union and a State, however sharp, is not within article 131 unless a legal right turns on it.

The proviso to article 131 excludes disputes arising out of certain pre-Constitution treaties, agreements, covenants, engagements, sanads and similar instruments.

Compare section 204 of the Government of India Act 1935, which is the same jurisdiction in the same words for the Federation, the Provinces and the Federated States, with a proviso about States. The drafters copied it.

Article 139A: transfer of cases

Where cases involving the same or substantially the same questions of law are pending before the Supreme Court and one or more High Courts, or before two or more High Courts, and the Supreme Court is satisfied, on its own motion or on an application by the Attorney-General or by a party, that such questions are substantial questions of general importance, it may withdraw the cases to itself and dispose of them; and it may then return a case to the High Court with a copy of its judgment on the questions of law.

munotes.in220

The Supreme Court: Seat, Registry and Original Jurisdiction

Clause (2) allows the Supreme Court, if it thinks it expedient for the ends of justice, to transfer any case, appeal or other proceedings from one High Court to another.

Article 139A is not in the Act of 1935 and it is not an original jurisdiction in the article 131 sense. It is an administrative power to prevent the same question of general importance being decided differently in several High Courts at once, and it was inserted by the Forty-second Amendment.

A worked example

Four disputes, and the article that fits each.

A State says the Union has wrongly withheld a share of taxes to which the State is entitled under a Finance Commission award. The parties are the Union and a State, and a legal right is in question. Article 131, and no High Court may take it.

A State says the Union's policy on a subject is politically hostile to it. The parties fit, but no legal right depends on the question. Not within article 131.

A citizen says a Union law violates his fundamental rights. Article 131 has nothing to do with it: the parties are wrong. His remedies are article 32 and article 226.

The same question about the validity of a central Act is pending in the Supreme Court and in four High Courts. Article 139A: the Supreme Court may withdraw the cases to itself and decide the question once.

What beginners get wrong

"Article 131 is the Supreme Court's writ jurisdiction." It is not. The writ jurisdiction is article 32, and article 139 empowers Parliament to confer on the Supreme Court the power to issue writs for purposes other than fundamental rights. Article 131 is a jurisdiction over disputes between governments.

"A citizen can file a suit under article 131 against the Union." He cannot. The parties named are the Government of India and the States.

"Any dispute between the Union and a State is within article 131." Only if and so far as it involves a question on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends.

"Article 129 gives the Supreme Court the power to punish contempt of any court." It gives the power to punish contempt of itself. Article 215 does the same for a High Court, and contempt of subordinate courts is dealt with under the Contempt of Courts Act and article 227.

Limits and criticism

Article 131 is used less than a student might expect, and the reason is worth stating because it says something about the Indian federation.

The article requires a legal right to be in question. Most disputes between the Union and the States in practice are about money, appointments, policy or the exercise of discretion, and they are settled politically, through the Finance Commission, the Inter-State Council or negotiation. When they do become legal, they are more often brought under article 32 by an affected citizen or under article 226 in a High Court than by a State under article 131, because those routes are quicker and the pleadings are easier.

munotes.in221

The Supreme Court: Seat, Registry and Original Jurisdiction

The result is that the Supreme Court's original jurisdiction, which on paper is its most distinctively federal function, is a small part of its work, while article 136 and article 32, which are discretionary and citizen-facing, are almost all of it. That imbalance is the subject of a continuing debate about what the Court is for, and a student who notices it in a Semester 3 answer is thinking like a lawyer.

Quick revision

  • 129: court of record, with all the powers of such a court including the power to punish for contempt of itself. Compare art. 215 for High Courts.
  • 130: sits in Delhi or elsewhere as the Chief Justice of India with the President's approval appoints. Compare s.203 of the Act of 1935.
  • 131: original, exclusive jurisdiction in disputes between the Government of India and States or between States, if and in so far as the dispute involves a question on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends. Compare s.204 of the Act of 1935. Proviso for pre-Constitution treaties and covenants.
  • 139A: withdrawal to itself of cases raising the same substantial question of general importance pending in the Supreme Court and High Courts, and transfer of cases between High Courts.

Test yourself

1. State the three classes of dispute within article 131 and the limiting condition. Disputes between the Government of India and one or more States; between the Government of India and any State or States on one side and one or more other States on the other; and between two or more States. The condition is that the dispute must involve a question, whether of law or fact, on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends.

2. Can a citizen invoke article 131? No. The parties named are the Government of India and the States. A citizen's constitutional remedies are article 32 in the Supreme Court and article 226 in a High Court.

3. What does it mean that the Supreme Court is a court of record? That its proceedings are enrolled as a permanent record and that it has all the powers of such a court, including the inherent power to punish for contempt of itself. Under article 129 the power comes from the Constitution, so Parliament cannot take it away.

munotes.in222

The Supreme Court: Seat, Registry and Original Jurisdiction

4. Who decides where the Supreme Court sits? It sits in Delhi, and may sit in such other places as the Chief Justice of India appoints with the approval of the President.

5. What problem does article 139A solve? The same substantial question of general importance being litigated at once in the Supreme Court and several High Courts. The Supreme Court may withdraw the cases to itself, decide the question, and where appropriate return a case to the High Court with a copy of its judgment.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in223

Chapter Forty-Four

Appeals to the Supreme Court

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Court System under the Constitution of India: Supreme Court"

In one line

There are four ways up to the Supreme Court, and three of them need a certificate from the High Court while the fourth needs nothing but the Supreme Court's own discretion.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: an appeal lies to the Supreme Court from a High Court under article 132 in any case, civil, criminal or other, on a certificate that it involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution; under article 133 in a civil proceeding on a certificate that it involves a substantial question of law of general importance which in the High Court's opinion needs to be decided by the Supreme Court; under article 134 in a criminal proceeding in the three cases there specified; and under article 136 by special leave of the Supreme Court itself from any judgment, decree, determination, sentence or order in any cause or matter passed by any court or tribunal in India, other than a court or tribunal constituted under a law relating to the Armed Forces.

Article 132: the constitutional appeal

An appeal lies to the Supreme Court from any judgment, decree or final order of a High Court, whether in a civil, criminal or other proceeding, if the High Court certifies under article 134A that the case involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Constitution.

Two points.

The appeal is available in any kind of proceeding, which is what distinguishes article 132 from articles 133 and 134. The question, not the character of the case, is what matters.

And where such a certificate is given, any party may appeal on the ground that the question has been wrongly decided.

Compare section 205 of the Government of India Act 1935, which gave an appeal to the Federal Court on a certificate of a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of that Act. The technique is identical, and article 147 makes the continuity explicit: references in this Chapter to a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution include references to a substantial question as to the interpretation of the Government of India Act 1935.

Article 133: the civil appeal

An appeal lies from any judgment, decree or final order in a civil proceeding of a High Court if the High Court certifies under article 134A:

  • that the case involves a substantial question of law of general importance; and
  • that in the opinion of the High Court the said question needs to be decided by the Supreme Court.

Both limbs must be satisfied, and the second is a judgment about whether the point requires the apex court, not merely whether it is important.

munotes.in224

Appeals to the Supreme Court

Article 133(2) allows any party appealing to urge as a ground that a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution has been wrongly decided. Article 133(3) provides that, unless Parliament otherwise provides, no appeal lies from the judgment of a single Judge of a High Court.

Notice what is absent: a money limit. The Privy Council appeal and the appeal under the Letters Patent had turned on the value of the subject matter, as Module II describes. The Constitution as originally enacted retained a pecuniary test in article 133; the Thirtieth Amendment replaced it with the test of general importance. That change is worth naming, because it converts the civil appeal from a rich litigant's right into a question about the law.

Article 134: the criminal appeal

An appeal lies from any judgment, final order or sentence in a criminal proceeding of a High Court if the High Court:

  • has on appeal reversed an order of acquittal of an accused person and sentenced him to death; or
  • has withdrawn for trial before itself any case from a subordinate court and in that trial convicted the accused and sentenced him to death; or
  • certifies under article 134A that the case is a fit one for appeal to the Supreme Court.

And clause (2) allows Parliament by law to confer further powers on the Supreme Court to entertain criminal appeals, subject to conditions Parliament may specify.

The two automatic cases share a feature: a death sentence imposed in circumstances where the accused has not previously had two concurrent decisions against him. That is the principle, and it is a good example of a rule that looks arbitrary until the reason is stated.

Article 134A: the certificate

Article 134A, inserted by the Forty-fourth Amendment, provides that every High Court, passing or making a judgment, decree, final order or sentence referred to in article 132(1), 133(1) or 134(1), may on its own motion, and shall, if an oral application is made by or on behalf of the aggrieved party immediately after the passing of the judgment, determine as soon as may be after it is passed whether a certificate may be given.

It is a procedural article and it repays a sentence in an answer, because it is what makes the certificate route workable: the application is oral, made at once, and the High Court must decide promptly.

Article 136: special leave

Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter, the Supreme Court may, in its discretion, grant special leave to appeal from any judgment, decree, determination, sentence or order in any cause or matter passed or made by any court or tribunal in the territory of India.

munotes.in225

Appeals to the Supreme Court

Clause (2) excepts any judgment, determination, sentence or order passed or made by a court or tribunal constituted by or under any law relating to the Armed Forces.

Article 136 is the widest appellate provision in the Constitution, and four features are worth having.

"Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter": it is not subject to articles 132 to 135. No certificate is needed and no High Court can refuse it.

"Any cause or matter" and "any court or tribunal": it reaches decisions of tribunals as well as courts, and interlocutory as well as final orders.

"In its discretion": nobody has a right to special leave. It is a power in the Court, not a remedy of the litigant, and the Court has said many times that it will be exercised sparingly and only where there is a question of general public importance or a manifest injustice.

And its ancestry is the Privy Council. Module II explains that the Crown had an inherent right, not controlled by Acts of Parliament, to admit appeals from subjects beyond the seas, and that this produced the appeal by special leave. Article 136 is that prerogative rewritten as a power of an Indian court and widened, because the Privy Council's practice in criminal matters was much narrower than the text of article 136.

Article 138 completes the picture: the Supreme Court shall have such further jurisdiction and powers with respect to any matter in the Union List as Parliament may by law confer, and with respect to any matter as the Government of India and the Government of a State may by special agreement confer, if Parliament by law provides for the exercise of such jurisdiction. Compare section 206 of the Act of 1935, which is the provision under which the Federal Court's jurisdiction was enlarged in 1948.

A worked example

Four appeals, and the article that carries each.

A High Court decides that a State Act is not repugnant to a Union law. A substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution: article 132, on a certificate under article 134A.

A High Court decides a contract appeal involving an important and unsettled point about limitation, worth Rs 40,000. No money limit applies. If the High Court certifies that the case involves a substantial question of law of general importance which needs to be decided by the Supreme Court: article 133. If it refuses, the party may apply for special leave under article 136.

A High Court reverses an acquittal and sentences the accused to death. Article 134(1)(a), and no certificate is needed.

munotes.in226

Appeals to the Supreme Court

A tribunal makes an order that no statute allows an appeal from. Article 136, if the Supreme Court in its discretion grants special leave.

Distinctions worth having straight

Article 132Article 133Article 134Article 136
Kind of caseAny: civil, criminal or otherCivilCriminalAny cause or matter
FromA High CourtA High CourtA High CourtAny court or tribunal in India
RequiresCertificate: substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the ConstitutionCertificate: substantial question of law of general importance needing decision by the Supreme CourtThe two death-sentence cases, or a certificate that it is a fit caseNothing but the Supreme Court's discretion
Who decides whether it goesThe High CourtThe High CourtThe High Court, except in the two automatic casesThe Supreme Court
ExcludedJudgment of a single Judge, unless Parliament providesCourts and tribunals under Armed Forces law

What beginners get wrong

"Article 136 is an appeal." It is a power to grant leave to appeal, exercised in the Court's discretion. There is no right to be heard under it.

"A civil appeal to the Supreme Court needs a certain amount of money in issue." Not since the Thirtieth Amendment. The test in article 133 is a substantial question of law of general importance which needs to be decided by the Supreme Court.

"An appeal under article 134 always requires a certificate." Not in the two cases in article 134(1)(a) and (b), where a High Court has reversed an acquittal and sentenced the accused to death, or has withdrawn a case to itself, convicted and sentenced him to death.

"Article 136 covers every decision in India." It excepts courts and tribunals constituted under any law relating to the Armed Forces.

Limits and criticism

The standing criticism of this chapter of the Constitution is about article 136 and it is worth putting fairly.

The article was designed as an extraordinary power, the Privy Council's special leave in Indian hands. In practice it has become the ordinary route to the Supreme Court, because a litigant refused a certificate under articles 132 to 134 can always apply for special leave, and because tribunal decisions reach the Court by no other route. The consequence is a very large volume of applications, a Court that sits in small benches to cope with it, and a diminished capacity for the constitutional work that articles 131 and 132 contemplate.

Against that, the width of article 136 is also what makes the Supreme Court accessible: a litigant whose case is unusual, or whose forum is a tribunal, has somewhere to go. Whether the balance is right is a live question, and a student who states the tension has said what is worth saying.

munotes.in227

Appeals to the Supreme Court

Quick revision

  • 132: any proceeding, on a certificate that it involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution. Compare s.205 of the Act of 1935; article 147 extends the phrase to the Act of 1935 itself.
  • 133: civil, on a certificate of a substantial question of law of general importance which needs to be decided by the Supreme Court. No money limit since the Thirtieth Amendment. No appeal from a single Judge unless Parliament provides.
  • 134: criminal: an acquittal reversed with a death sentence; a case withdrawn to the High Court ending in conviction and a death sentence; or a certificate that it is a fit case. Parliament may confer more.
  • 134A: the High Court may certify on its own motion and shall consider an oral application made immediately after judgment.
  • 136: special leave, in the Court's discretion, from any court or tribunal in India, except those under Armed Forces law. Descended from the Privy Council's special leave.
  • 138: Parliament may enlarge the jurisdiction in Union List matters, and the Union and a State may by special agreement confer more.

Test yourself

1. Distinguish articles 132, 133 and 134 in one sentence each. Article 132 gives an appeal in any kind of proceeding on a certificate that a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution is involved; article 133 gives an appeal in a civil proceeding on a certificate that a substantial question of law of general importance needs to be decided by the Supreme Court; article 134 gives an appeal in a criminal proceeding in the two death-sentence cases automatically and otherwise on a certificate that the case is fit for appeal.

2. What is special about article 136? It operates notwithstanding anything else in the Chapter, needs no certificate, reaches any judgment, decree, determination, sentence or order in any cause or matter of any court or tribunal in India except those under Armed Forces law, and is entirely in the Supreme Court's discretion, so no litigant has a right to it.

3. What did the Thirtieth Amendment change? It removed the pecuniary test from article 133 and substituted the test of a substantial question of law of general importance which in the High Court's opinion needs to be decided by the Supreme Court.

4. Where does article 136 come from historically? From the Crown's prerogative to admit appeals from subjects beyond the seas, which produced the Privy Council's appeal by special leave. Article 136 restates it as a power of an Indian court and in wider terms, particularly in criminal matters.

munotes.in228

Appeals to the Supreme Court

5. What does article 134A do? It requires a High Court, when passing a judgment of the kind mentioned in articles 132(1), 133(1) or 134(1), to determine as soon as may be whether a certificate should be given, on its own motion if it thinks fit and necessarily if an oral application is made by or on behalf of the aggrieved party immediately after the judgment.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in229

Chapter Forty-Five

The Supreme Court's Own Powers: Articles 137 to 147

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Court System under the Constitution of India: Supreme Court"

In one line

Two of these articles are asked about in every paper: article 141, which makes the Supreme Court's law binding on every court in India, and article 142, which lets it do whatever complete justice requires.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 137 gives the Supreme Court power to review its own judgments; article 139 empowers Parliament to confer on it the power to issue writs for purposes other than the enforcement of fundamental rights; article 141 provides that the law declared by the Supreme Court shall be binding on all courts within the territory of India; article 142 empowers it to pass such decree or order as is necessary for doing complete justice in any cause or matter pending before it, enforceable throughout the territory of India; article 143 empowers the President to refer a question of law or fact of public importance for its opinion; article 144 requires all civil and judicial authorities to act in aid of the Supreme Court; and articles 145 to 147 deal with rules of court, officers and expenses, and interpretation.

Article 141: precedent

The law declared by the Supreme Court shall be binding on all courts within the territory of India.

Fourteen words, and they carry the whole doctrine of precedent in Indian law. Three points make an answer.

"The law declared", not the decision. What binds is the proposition of law the Court lays down, not the result between the parties, and this is where the distinction between the ratio decidendi, the reason for the decision, and obiter dicta, things said by the way, does its work.

"All courts within the territory of India", which includes every High Court, every subordinate court and every tribunal. It does not include the Supreme Court itself: the Court may depart from its own earlier decisions, and article 137 is the machinery by which it reconsiders them.

And it is inherited. Section 212 of the Government of India Act 1935 provided that the law declared by the Federal Court and by any judgment of the Privy Council should be recognised as binding on all courts in British India. Article 141 is that provision with the Privy Council removed.

Article 142: complete justice

(1) The Supreme Court in the exercise of its jurisdiction may pass such decree or make such order as is necessary for doing complete justice in any cause or matter pending before it, and any decree so passed or order so made shall be enforceable throughout the territory of India in such manner as may be prescribed by or under any law made by Parliament and, until such provision is made, in such manner as the President may by order prescribe.

munotes.in230

The Supreme Court's Own Powers: Articles 137 to 147

(2) Subject to any law made by Parliament, the Supreme Court shall, as respects the whole of India, have all and every power to make any order for the purpose of securing the attendance of any person, the discovery or production of documents, or the investigation or punishment of any contempt of itself.

Article 142(1) is the most discussed power in the Constitution, and a Semester 3 answer should say three things about it.

It is a power to fashion a remedy, exercisable in a cause pending before the Court, so that the Court is not confined to the reliefs an ordinary statute provides.

It is not a power to legislate, and the Court has repeatedly said that it will not use article 142 to do something a statute expressly forbids.

And it exists because the framers had watched a system in which a court could be right and powerless. Module I is full of orders that could not be executed, and section 210 of the Act of 1935 had already provided that all authorities should act in aid of the Federal Court and that its orders should be enforceable everywhere. Article 142(1)'s enforceability clause and article 144 together are that provision, strengthened.

Article 144: all authorities in aid

All authorities, civil and judicial, in the territory of India shall act in aid of the Supreme Court.

That is section 210(1) of the Government of India Act 1935 word for word, and it is the answer to the Cossijurah case a hundred and seventy years later. In 1780 the Government of Bengal sent sepoys to arrest the sheriff who was executing the Supreme Court's process. Article 144 makes that a constitutional impossibility: every civil and judicial authority in India is bound to assist.

Article 143: the advisory jurisdiction

(1) If at any time it appears to the President that a question of law or fact has arisen, or is likely to arise, which is of such a nature and of such public importance that it is expedient to obtain the opinion of the Supreme Court, he may refer the question to the Court, which may, after such hearing as it thinks fit, report to the President its opinion.

(2) deals with references about certain pre-Constitution treaties and agreements excluded from article 131, and there the Court shall report its opinion.

Three features distinguish it from ordinary jurisdiction and each is worth a line.

The Court reports an opinion; it does not decide a case. There are no parties in the ordinary sense.

Under clause (1) the Court may decline to answer, and it has declined; under clause (2) it shall report.

munotes.in231

The Supreme Court's Own Powers: Articles 137 to 147

And the opinion is not a judgment, so it does not attract article 141 in the same way as a decision in a lis, although it is treated with the greatest respect and is followed in practice.

This is section 213 of the Act of 1935, with the President for the Governor-General.

Article 137: review

Subject to any law made by Parliament and to rules made under article 145, the Supreme Court shall have power to review any judgment pronounced or order made by it.

The grounds on which review is granted are narrow, and the Supreme Court Rules confine it substantially to the grounds on which a civil court may review a decree: discovery of new and important matter, an error apparent on the face of the record, or any other sufficient reason. It exists because a final court has no court above it, so the only correction available is its own.

Article 139: writs, for other purposes

Parliament may by law confer on the Supreme Court power to issue directions, orders or writs, including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and certiorari, or any of them, for any purposes other than those mentioned in clause (2) of article 32.

Read the last words. The Supreme Court's writ power for fundamental rights comes from article 32(2) and needs no statute. Article 139 is about writs for other purposes, and those depend on Parliament conferring the power. The High Courts, under article 226, need no such statute: their writ power extends to fundamental rights and for any other purpose. That difference between article 32 and article 226 is the subject of two later chapters and is the most examinable comparison in Module III.

Articles 140, 145, 146 and 147

140: Parliament may by law confer supplemental powers on the Supreme Court, not inconsistent with the Constitution, to enable it more effectively to exercise its jurisdiction. Compare section 215 of the Act of 1935.

145: the Supreme Court may, with the approval of the President and subject to any law made by Parliament, make rules of court regulating generally the practice and procedure of the Court, including rules as to persons practising before it, as to procedure for appeals, and as to costs and fees. Clause (3) provides for the minimum number of Judges who are to sit for the purpose of deciding a case involving a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution, or for hearing a reference under article 143. Compare section 214 of the Act of 1935.

146: appointments of the officers and servants of the Supreme Court are made by the Chief Justice of India or such other Judge or officer as he directs; their conditions of service are prescribed by rules made by the Chief Justice with the President's approval where they involve expenditure; and the administrative expenses of the Court, including all salaries, allowances and pensions payable to or in respect of its officers and servants, are charged upon the Consolidated Fund of India, fees taken by the Court forming part of that Fund.

munotes.in232

The Supreme Court's Own Powers: Articles 137 to 147

The last part matters for the next chapters. Charged expenditure is not submitted to the vote of Parliament. Section 216 of the Act of 1935 had done the same for the Federal Court, and section 228 for the High Courts. It is a financial guarantee of independence, and a student should list it with the guarantees in the chapter on independence.

147: in this Chapter and in Chapter V of Part VI, references to a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Constitution include references to a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Government of India Act 1935, including any enactment amending or supplementing it, and of any Order in Council or order made under it, or of the Indian Independence Act 1947 or of any order made under that Act.

Article 147 is the reason this book exists. The Constitution says, in terms, that a constitutional question in India may be a question about the Act of 1935 or about the Indian Independence Act 1947, and it is the clearest possible statement that the constitutional history in Module IV is not antiquarian.

A worked example

The Supreme Court, hearing an appeal, finds that the statute gives no adequate remedy and that a High Court in another State has taken the opposite view.

  • It may withdraw the other cases to itself under article 139A and settle the question.
  • It may pass whatever order is needed for complete justice under article 142(1), and the order is enforceable throughout India.
  • Its statement of the law binds every court in India under article 141.
  • Every civil and judicial authority is bound to act in aid of it under article 144.
  • If the Court later concludes it was wrong, it may review under article 137, or a larger bench may reconsider the point.

Now compare the Supreme Court at Calcutta in 1780, which could give a judgment and watch sepoys stop the sheriff enforcing it. The whole of Module III is the difference between those two lists.

What beginners get wrong

"Article 141 binds the Supreme Court itself." It binds all courts within the territory of India; the Court may depart from its own earlier decisions, ordinarily through a larger bench, and article 137 gives it a power of review.

munotes.in233

The Supreme Court's Own Powers: Articles 137 to 147

"Article 142 lets the Supreme Court do anything." It empowers the Court to do what is necessary for complete justice in a cause pending before it. It is not a legislative power and the Court has declined to use it against an express statutory prohibition.

"The Supreme Court's writ jurisdiction comes from article 139." For fundamental rights it comes from article 32(2). Article 139 is about writs for other purposes and requires a law made by Parliament.

"An advisory opinion under article 143 is a binding judgment." It is a report of the Court's opinion to the President. Under clause (1) the Court may decline to answer; under clause (2) it shall report.

Limits and criticism

Two of these articles attract the standing criticism of the Supreme Court and it is worth stating both without taking a side.

Article 142 is said to have been used to do things that belong to the legislature or the executive, on the footing that complete justice required them. Defenders answer that a court which can identify a wrong and cannot remedy it is the court Module I describes, and that the article exists precisely to prevent that.

Article 141 produces a different problem: because everything the Supreme Court says binds every court in India, and because the Court sits in many small benches, the volume of binding law is enormous and not always consistent. The remedies within the system are article 137, larger benches, and article 139A, and a student who names those three has answered the criticism rather than merely repeating it.

Quick revision

  • 137: review of its own judgments, on narrow grounds.
  • 139: Parliament may confer power to issue writs for purposes other than article 32(2).
  • 140: Parliament may confer supplemental powers.
  • 141: the law declared by the Supreme Court is binding on all courts in India. From s.212 of the Act of 1935, minus the Privy Council.
  • 142: complete justice in a pending cause, enforceable throughout India; and powers as to attendance, discovery and contempt of itself.
  • 143: the President may refer a question of law or fact of public importance; the Court may report under clause (1) and shall under clause (2). From s.213 of the Act of 1935.
  • 144: all civil and judicial authorities shall act in aid of the Supreme Court. From s.210 of the Act of 1935.
  • 145: rules of court, and the minimum bench for constitutional questions and article 143 references.
  • 146: officers appointed by the Chief Justice; expenses charged on the Consolidated Fund of India.
  • 147: a constitutional question includes a question on the Government of India Act 1935 and the Indian Independence Act 1947.
munotes.in234

The Supreme Court's Own Powers: Articles 137 to 147

Test yourself

1. What exactly does article 141 make binding, and on whom? The law declared by the Supreme Court, on all courts within the territory of India. What binds is the proposition of law laid down, not the result between the parties, and the Supreme Court itself is not bound by its own earlier decisions.

2. State the two limits on article 142 that the Supreme Court itself observes. That the power is exercisable for doing complete justice in a cause or matter pending before the Court, and that it is not a power to legislate or to act against an express statutory prohibition.

3. Distinguish article 32(2) from article 139. Article 32(2) gives the Supreme Court power to issue writs for the enforcement of fundamental rights, and it needs no statute. Article 139 allows Parliament by law to confer power to issue writs for purposes other than those in article 32(2). A High Court's power under article 226 covers both without any statute.

4. What is the status of an opinion given under article 143? It is a report of the Court's opinion to the President, not a judgment between parties. Under clause (1) the Court may decline to answer; under clause (2) it is bound to report.

5. What does article 147 provide, and why does it matter to this paper? That references to a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution include references to questions about the Government of India Act 1935, enactments amending it, orders under it, and the Indian Independence Act 1947. It matters because it makes the constitutional history of Module IV part of the working law of the Supreme Court rather than background.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in235

Chapter Forty-Six

The High Courts under the Constitution

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Court System under the Constitution of India: High Court"

In one line

The Constitution kept the High Courts exactly as it found them and then added, article by article, the protections they had never had.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 214 provides that there shall be a High Court for each State; article 215 makes every High Court a court of record with power to punish for contempt of itself; article 216 provides for a Chief Justice and such other Judges as the President may appoint; article 217 governs appointment, tenure until the age of sixty-two, qualifications and removal; articles 219 to 224A deal with the oath, the restriction on practice, salaries, transfer, acting and additional Judges and retired Judges; and article 225 preserves the jurisdiction of, and the law administered in, every existing High Court as it was immediately before the commencement of the Constitution.

Articles 214 to 216: the courts

214: There shall be a High Court for each State.

215: Every High Court shall be a court of record and shall have all the powers of such a court including the power to punish for contempt of itself. That is article 129 for the Supreme Court, repeated for the High Courts, and it descends from section 106 of the Act of 1915 and section 220 of the Act of 1935.

216: Every High Court shall consist of a Chief Justice and such other Judges as the President may from time to time deem it necessary to appoint.

Notice what has gone. The Act of 1861 fixed the maximum at fifteen; the Act of 1915 raised it to twenty; the Act of 1935 left the maximum to be fixed by Order in Council for each court. Article 216 fixes no maximum at all. The strength of a High Court is now settled by the executive, court by court, as the work requires.

Article 217: the judges

217(1): Every Judge of a High Court shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal, and shall hold office, in the case of an additional or acting Judge as provided in article 224, and in any other case until he attains the age of sixty-two years.

The printed text of article 217(1), like article 124(2), carries the words inserted by the Ninety-ninth Amendment about the National Judicial Appointments Commission, with a footnote recording that they were struck down on 16 October 2015. The law is the pre-amendment text: appointment after consultation with the Chief Justice of India, the Governor of the State, and, in the case of a Judge other than the Chief Justice, the Chief Justice of the High Court.

munotes.in236

The High Courts under the Constitution

Those three consultees are the same three whose relative weight S. P. Gupta and the Second Judges Case argued about, and the next chapter but four is where that argument is set out.

The provisos to 217(1): a Judge may resign by writing addressed to the President; may be removed by the President in the manner provided in article 124(4) for a Judge of the Supreme Court, which is the address of both Houses on proved misbehaviour or incapacity; and the office is vacated on appointment to the Supreme Court or on transfer to another High Court.

217(2): a person is qualified only if he is a citizen of India and has for at least ten years held a judicial office in the territory of India, or has for at least ten years been an advocate of a High Court or of two or more such Courts in succession.

217(3): if a question arises as to the age of a Judge, it shall be decided by the President after consultation with the Chief Justice of India, and the President's decision is final.

Article 218 is the article that makes the removal procedure work for High Court Judges, and it does it in one sentence: the provisions of clauses (4) and (5) of article 124 shall apply in relation to a High Court as they apply in relation to the Supreme Court, with the substitution of references to the High Court for references to the Supreme Court. So the address of both Houses, the two special majorities, the same session and the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity all apply to a High Court Judge, and Parliament's power under article 124(5) to regulate the procedure for investigation and proof applies as well. A student who cites only article 217 for the removal of a High Court Judge has left out the article that supplies the machinery.

Set article 217 against the earlier statutes and the change is easy to state: the Act of 1861 gave tenure during Her Majesty's pleasure, the Act of 1935 gave a retiring age of sixty and no removal procedure, and article 217 gives a retiring age of sixty-two and a removal procedure as difficult as the Supreme Court's.

Articles 219 to 221: oath, practice and salary

219: every person appointed a Judge shall, before entering on his office, make and subscribe an oath or affirmation before the Governor of the State, in the form in the Third Schedule.

220: no person who has held office as a permanent Judge of a High Court after the commencement of the Constitution shall plead or act in any court or before any authority in India except the Supreme Court and the other High Courts.

munotes.in237

The High Courts under the Constitution

Read article 220 beside article 124(7). A retired Supreme Court Judge may not plead or act anywhere; a retired High Court Judge may not plead or act except in the Supreme Court and in other High Courts, that is, not in his own. The reason for the difference is obvious once stated: a High Court Judge who could return to practise before his former colleagues would be in an impossible position, and one who practises elsewhere is not.

221: the Judges' salaries are as specified in the Second Schedule, and their allowances, leave and pension are as Parliament may determine, provided that neither shall be varied to his disadvantage after appointment. This is article 125 for High Courts, and it descends through section 221 of the Act of 1935 and section 104 of the Act of 1915.

Articles 222 to 224A: transfer, acting and additional judges

222(1): the President may transfer a Judge from one High Court to any other High Court. Here too the printed text carries the struck-down NJAC words; the law is transfer after consultation with the Chief Justice of India. Clause (2) provides a compensatory allowance for a transferred Judge.

Article 222 is the article the First and Second Judges Cases were partly about. S. P. Gupta held that a transfer could be made without the Judge's consent; the Second Judges Case held that a transfer must be initiated by the Chief Justice of India and that his recommendation binds the executive, and that a transfer is not justiciable except on the ground that it was made without his recommendation.

223: when the office of Chief Justice of a High Court is vacant or he is unable to act, the duties are performed by such one of the other Judges as the President may appoint.

224: additional Judges may be appointed for a period not exceeding two years if there is a temporary increase in business or arrears; and an acting Judge may be appointed when a Judge other than the Chief Justice is temporarily absent or is acting as Chief Justice. No additional or acting Judge shall hold office beyond the age of sixty-two.

224A: the Chief Justice of a High Court may, with the previous consent of the President, request a retired Judge of that or any other High Court to sit and act as a Judge of that High Court; while so sitting he has all the jurisdiction, powers and privileges of a Judge but is not otherwise deemed to be one. (The printed text again carries NJAC words that are not law.)

munotes.in238

The High Courts under the Constitution

Article 225: the continuity article

This is the article that connects Module III to Modules I and II, and it deserves to be quoted almost in full.

Subject to the provisions of this Constitution and to the provisions of any law of the appropriate Legislature made by virtue of powers conferred on that Legislature by this Constitution, the jurisdiction of, and the law administered in, any existing High Court, and the respective powers of the Judges thereof in relation to the administration of justice in the Court, including any power to make rules of Court and to regulate the sittings of the Court and of members thereof sitting alone or in Division Courts, shall be the same as immediately before the commencement of this Constitution.

Every phrase of that is section 223 of the Government of India Act 1935, which itself preserved what the Letters Patent of 1865 had given, which in turn was what the Indian High Courts Act 1861 had merged out of the Supreme Courts and the Sadar Adalats.

So when a student asks why the Bombay High Court has an original side and the High Court of a State created in 1960 does not, the answer runs backwards through article 225, section 223, the Letters Patent, the Act of 1861 and the Supreme Court's charter of 1823. That is the single most useful thing in this chapter.

Article 225 also removed one thing: the proviso to the article, as originally enacted, dealt with the restriction on the exercise of original jurisdiction in revenue matters, which section 226 of the Act of 1935 had continued from the Settlement Act of 1781. That restriction is gone. The rule that ran from 1781 to 1950 ended with the Constitution, and a student who can say that has traced a rule from Kamaluddin's habeas corpus to its repeal.

Article 231: one High Court for two or more States

Parliament may by law establish a common High Court for two or more States, or for two or more States and a Union territory, and the article makes consequential provision about the Governor's functions and the appointment of officers. That is how, for example, one High Court serves more than one State today, and it descends from section 229 of the Act of 1935, which allowed His Majesty to constitute, reconstitute or amalgamate High Courts by letters patent on an address from a Provincial Legislature.

A worked example

Compare a Bombay High Court judge in 1930 with one in 1960.

1930, Act of 19151960, Constitution
Appointed byHis MajestyThe President, after consultation with the Chief Justice of India, the Governor and the Chief Justice of the High Court
TenureDuring His Majesty's pleasureUntil sixty-two
RemovalNo procedure; removable at pleasureOnly as under article 124(4): address of both Houses, special majorities, proved misbehaviour or incapacity
SalaryFixed by the Secretary of State, not reducible after appointmentSecond Schedule; not variable to his disadvantage
After retirementNo restriction in the ActArticle 220: may not practise except in the Supreme Court and other High Courts
Maximum judgesTwentyNo maximum
Court's jurisdictionAs the letters patent givePreserved by article 225, which preserves what the letters patent gave
Revenue mattersNo original jurisdiction, s.106(2)The restriction is gone
munotes.in239

The High Courts under the Constitution

What beginners get wrong

"Article 217 fixes the retiring age at sixty-five." Sixty-five is the Supreme Court, article 124(2). A High Court Judge retires at sixty-two, article 217(1), raised from sixty by the Fifteenth Amendment.

"A retired High Court Judge cannot practise anywhere." He may not plead or act in any court or before any authority except the Supreme Court and the other High Courts. The Supreme Court's rule, article 124(7), is absolute.

"The Constitution fixed the number of High Court judges." Article 216 fixes no number. The maxima in the Acts of 1861, 1915 and 1935 are gone.

"Article 225 gives the High Courts their jurisdiction." It preserves the jurisdiction they already had. Where that jurisdiction came from is the subject of Module II.

Limits and criticism

The High Courts under the Constitution are stronger than they have ever been, and two weaknesses are worth naming.

The strength of a court is settled by the executive. Article 216 leaves the number of Judges to the President, that is, to the Government on the recommendation of the collegium, and vacancies in the High Courts are a standing and public problem. Compare the certainty of a statutory maximum, which at least made the establishment visible.

And the additional Judge is a real vulnerability. Article 224 allows appointment for up to two years, and the question of what happens when an additional Judge's term expires was the very question S. P. Gupta was brought to decide. A judge whose continuance depends on a fresh decision is not in the same position as one appointed until sixty-two, and no amount of drafting elsewhere in Chapter V removes that.

Quick revision

  • 214: a High Court for each State. 215: court of record, contempt of itself. 216: Chief Justice and such Judges as the President appoints, no maximum.
  • 217: appointment by the President by warrant; tenure to sixty-two; qualification ten years' judicial office or ten years an advocate; removal as under article 124(4); age questions decided by the President after consulting the Chief Justice of India. The NJAC words are printed but struck down.
  • 219 oath before the Governor; 220 no practice afterwards except in the Supreme Court and other High Courts; 221 salary not variable to his disadvantage.
  • 222 transfer by the President; the Second Judges Case requires the Chief Justice of India to initiate it and binds the executive to his recommendation. 223 acting Chief Justice. 224 additional Judges for up to two years, and acting Judges. 224A retired Judges.
  • 225: jurisdiction and law preserved as immediately before the Constitution. Through s.223 of the Act of 1935 to the Letters Patent of 1865 and the Act of 1861. The revenue restriction of 1781 is gone.
  • 231: a common High Court for two or more States.
munotes.in240

The High Courts under the Constitution

Test yourself

1. At what age does a High Court Judge retire, and how does that compare with 1861 and 1935? Sixty-two, under article 217(1) as amended by the Fifteenth Amendment. Under the Indian High Courts Act 1861 a Judge held office during Her Majesty's pleasure with no retiring age; under section 220(2) of the Government of India Act 1935 he held office until sixty.

2. Explain the difference between article 124(7) and article 220. A retired Judge of the Supreme Court may not plead or act in any court or before any authority in India at all. A retired permanent Judge of a High Court may not do so except in the Supreme Court and in the other High Courts, so he may not practise in his own former court.

3. What does article 225 preserve, and what chain does that preservation run back through? The jurisdiction of, and the law administered in, every existing High Court, and its Judges' powers including the power to make rules and regulate sittings, as they were immediately before the Constitution. It preserves what section 223 of the Act of 1935 preserved, which was what the Letters Patent of 1865 gave, which was what the Indian High Courts Act 1861 merged out of the Supreme Courts and the Sadar Adalats.

4. What rule that had run since 1781 ended with the Constitution? The exclusion of the High Courts' original jurisdiction in matters concerning the revenue, imposed by the Settlement Act of 1781, carried into the letters patent, restated in section 106(2) of the Act of 1915 and section 226 of the Act of 1935.

5. What is an additional Judge, and why is the office constitutionally significant? A Judge appointed under article 224 for a period not exceeding two years because of a temporary increase in business or arrears. It is significant because his continuance depends on a fresh decision, which is a weaker position than appointment until sixty-two, and the treatment of an additional Judge whose term expired was the question in S. P. Gupta.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in241

Chapter Forty-Seven

Writ Jurisdiction: Article 32

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Writ Jurisdiction"

In one line

Article 32 does not merely give a remedy; it makes the right to ask for the remedy a fundamental right, which is why it cannot be taken away by ordinary law.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 32(1) guarantees the right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of the rights conferred by Part III; article 32(2) empowers the Supreme Court to issue directions, orders or writs, including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and certiorari, whichever may be appropriate, for the enforcement of any of those rights; article 32(3) allows Parliament by law to empower any other court to exercise those powers within the limits of its jurisdiction; and article 32(4) provides that the right guaranteed by the article shall not be suspended except as otherwise provided for by the Constitution.

Where the writs come from

Before the Constitution the writs were an English inheritance, and this book has traced them.

The Charter of 1774 gave the Supreme Court at Calcutta the powers of the Court of King's Bench, and with them the prerogative writs. Two of the seven proceedings in Module I are habeas corpus cases, and they are the reason the word appears in the Burdwan diwan's complaint that the inhabitants "threaten with habeas corpus and damages" without being able to say what a habeas corpus is.

The Indian High Courts Act 1861 merged the Supreme Courts into the High Courts, so the Presidency High Courts inherited those powers, and section 106 of the Act of 1915 and section 223 of the Act of 1935 carried them forward. But only those three High Courts had them, and only within their ordinary original civil jurisdiction, that is, in practice within the Presidency Towns.

So on 25 January 1950 the position was: no fundamental rights, and a writ jurisdiction confined to three courts and, broadly, to three cities.

Articles 32 and 226 change both halves of that at once.

Article 32(1): the guarantee

The right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of the rights conferred by this Part is guaranteed.

That single sentence is what distinguishes article 32 from every other jurisdictional provision in the Constitution, and there are three things to say about it.

It is itself a fundamental right. It appears in Part III, under the heading "Right to Constitutional Remedies", and it is therefore protected by article 13: a law that takes it away is void to that extent.

It confers a right on the person, not merely a power on the court. Articles 131 and 136 are drafted as powers of the Supreme Court. Article 32(1) is drafted as a guarantee to the citizen, and the difference is that the Court's jurisdiction under article 136 is discretionary while a petitioner who establishes the breach of a fundamental right is entitled to a remedy under article 32.

munotes.in242

Writ Jurisdiction: Article 32

And "by appropriate proceedings" is deliberately loose. It does not prescribe a form. That looseness is what later allowed the Court to entertain proceedings begun in ways no formal rule contemplated.

Dr Ambedkar called this article the heart and soul of the Constitution, and the reason is structural rather than rhetorical: a list of rights with no guaranteed remedy is a list of hopes.

Article 32(2): the power

The Supreme Court shall have power to issue directions or orders or writs, including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and certiorari, whichever may be appropriate, for the enforcement of any of the rights conferred by Part III.

Three points, and each is worth marks.

"Directions or orders or writs": the Court is not confined to the five writs. It may make any direction or order appropriate to enforce the right, which is why relief under article 32 is not limited by the technical rules that grew up around the English writs.

"Writs in the nature of": not the English writs themselves, but writs of that character. The Indian courts are not bound by the procedural learning of the King's Bench; they take the substance.

"For the enforcement of any of the rights conferred by this Part": this is the limit, and it is the limit that distinguishes article 32 from article 226. Article 32 lies only for a fundamental right. A petitioner with a good legal grievance that is not a breach of Part III has no case under article 32, though he may have one under article 226.

Article 32(3) and 32(4)

32(3): without prejudice to the Supreme Court's powers, Parliament may by law empower any other court to exercise within the local limits of its jurisdiction all or any of the powers exercisable by the Supreme Court under clause (2).

32(4): the right guaranteed by this article shall not be suspended except as otherwise provided for by this Constitution.

Clause (4) is the point at which a student should mention article 359, which allows the President, during a Proclamation of Emergency, to declare that the right to move any court for the enforcement of the rights conferred by Part III, as specified in the order, shall remain suspended. The Forty-fourth Amendment narrowed that power, and articles 20 and 21 can no longer be suspended.

That amendment was made because of what happened during the Emergency of 1975 to 1977, and it is the clearest example in this syllabus of a constitutional protection being strengthened in response to experience.

munotes.in243

Writ Jurisdiction: Article 32

Article 32 and article 139

Article 32(2) gives the Supreme Court its writ power for fundamental rights, and it needs no statute.

Article 139 allows Parliament by law to confer on the Supreme Court power to issue the same writs for any purposes other than those in article 32(2). So the Supreme Court's writ jurisdiction beyond fundamental rights is statutory and conditional, while a High Court's under article 226 is constitutional and general.

That asymmetry surprises students, and the reason for it is deliberate: the framers wanted the ordinary work of correcting administrative action done in the High Courts and the Supreme Court reserved for constitutional questions. Whether that is what happened is a separate question.

A worked example

Four petitioners in 1985, and where each should go.

A man detained without the procedure the law requires. A breach of article 21. Article 32 in the Supreme Court, or article 226 in the High Court. Either lies.

A trader whose licence has been cancelled without a hearing, in breach of a statute but not of any fundamental right. No article 32. Article 226 in the High Court, which lies "for any other purpose".

A citizen who wants the Supreme Court to issue a writ against a public authority on an ordinary administrative ground. Article 32 does not lie; article 139 would require a law made by Parliament conferring the power. In practice he goes to the High Court under article 226 and, if he loses, to the Supreme Court under article 136.

A person whose fundamental right is threatened during a Proclamation of Emergency. Article 32(4) protects the right to move the Court unless it is suspended as the Constitution provides, and after the Forty-fourth Amendment articles 20 and 21 cannot be suspended at all.

What beginners get wrong

"Article 32 covers any illegality." It lies only for the enforcement of a fundamental right. Article 226 is the wider provision.

"Article 32 is a remedy." It is a right. That is why it sits in Part III and is protected by article 13, and it is the answer to a question about why it cannot be taken away by ordinary law.

"The Supreme Court can only issue the five writs." It may issue directions or orders or writs, including writs in the nature of the five, whichever is appropriate. The five are a list, not a limit.

"Fundamental rights were suspended during the Emergency." What article 359 permits is the suspension of the right to move any court for their enforcement, as specified in the President's order, and since the Forty-fourth Amendment articles 20 and 21 are outside even that.

munotes.in244

Writ Jurisdiction: Article 32

Limits and criticism

The standing criticism is not of the article but of its use, and a student can state it in two sentences.

Because article 32 is a right and not a discretion, and because the Supreme Court sits in Delhi, a petitioner who can reach Delhi has a remedy in the highest court that a petitioner who cannot may effectively lack, and the Court has often said that the High Court under article 226 is the appropriate forum for most such cases.

And because the article requires a fundamental right, the width of relief available under it has depended on the width given to Part III, which has grown very considerably. That growth is a subject for constitutional law rather than for a history paper, and a student should note it and not attempt it here.

What belongs in this paper is the comparison this book is for. In 1780 a man imprisoned by a Provincial Council could obtain a writ from a court in Calcutta if he could reach it and afford it, and the Government might send sepoys to stop the sheriff. In 1950 every person in India acquired a guaranteed right to move the highest court for the enforcement of a written right, and article 144 obliges every authority in the country to act in aid of that court. That is the distance Module III measures.

Quick revision

  • 32(1): the right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of Part III rights is guaranteed. It is itself a fundamental right.
  • 32(2): power to issue directions or orders or writs, including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and certiorari, whichever may be appropriate, for the enforcement of Part III rights only.
  • 32(3): Parliament may empower another court to exercise those powers locally.
  • 32(4): the right shall not be suspended except as the Constitution provides; see article 359, narrowed by the Forty-fourth Amendment, which put articles 20 and 21 beyond suspension.
  • 139: the Supreme Court's writ power for other purposes needs a law made by Parliament.
  • The writs entered India through the King's Bench powers in the Charter of 1774, passed to the Presidency High Courts in 1861, and became general only in 1950.

Test yourself

1. Why is article 32 called a fundamental right rather than a remedy? Because clause (1) guarantees the right to move the Supreme Court for the enforcement of Part III rights, and the article sits in Part III itself, so it is protected by article 13 and cannot be taken away by ordinary law.

munotes.in245

Writ Jurisdiction: Article 32

2. What is the single limit on article 32? It lies only for the enforcement of the rights conferred by Part III. A grievance that is not a breach of a fundamental right cannot be brought under it, though it may be brought under article 226.

3. Is the Supreme Court confined to the five writs? No. Article 32(2) empowers it to issue directions or orders or writs, including writs in the nature of the five, whichever may be appropriate, so the five are illustrative.

4. Explain the relationship between articles 32(2) and 139. Article 32(2) gives the Supreme Court its writ power for fundamental rights, and it needs no statute. Article 139 allows Parliament by law to confer on the Supreme Court power to issue writs for purposes other than those in article 32(2), so its writ jurisdiction beyond Part III is statutory.

5. What does article 32(4) preserve, and what qualifies it? That the right guaranteed by article 32 shall not be suspended except as otherwise provided by the Constitution. Article 359 allows the President during a Proclamation of Emergency to suspend the right to move any court for the enforcement of specified Part III rights, and the Forty-fourth Amendment placed articles 20 and 21 outside that power.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in246

Chapter Forty-Eight

Writ Jurisdiction: Article 226, and the Five Writs

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Writ Jurisdiction"

In one line

Article 226 is the widest jurisdiction any court in India has: it lies for fundamental rights and for any other purpose, in every High Court, throughout its territory.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 226(1) empowers every High Court, notwithstanding article 32, to issue to any person or authority, including in appropriate cases any Government, within the territories in relation to which it exercises jurisdiction, directions, orders or writs, including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and certiorari, or any of them, for the enforcement of any of the rights conferred by Part III and for any other purpose; and article 226(2) extends that power to a High Court within whose territories the cause of action wholly or in part arises, notwithstanding that the seat of the Government or authority is elsewhere.

Article 226(1): the words that matter

Notwithstanding anything in article 32, every High Court shall have power, throughout the territories in relation to which it exercises jurisdiction, to issue to any person or authority, including in appropriate cases, any Government, within those territories, directions, orders or writs, including writs in the nature of the five, or any of them, for the enforcement of any of the rights conferred by Part III and for any other purpose.

Take the phrases one at a time, because each is examinable.

"Notwithstanding anything in article 32": the High Court's power is not subordinate to the Supreme Court's, and the existence of article 32 does not cut it down.

"Every High Court": not three, as before 1950, but every one, and throughout its territories, not only in a Presidency Town.

"To any person or authority, including in appropriate cases, any Government": the writ runs against the Government. In 1780 that proposition took an armed confrontation to test.

"And for any other purpose": this is the phrase that makes article 226 wider than article 32. A High Court may issue a writ to correct any illegality within its supervisory reach, not only a breach of a fundamental right.

Article 226(2) adds the cause of action test: the power may be exercised by any High Court in relation to whose territories the cause of action wholly or in part arises, even if the seat of the Government or authority is outside them. That provision was inserted by the Fifteenth Amendment to solve a real problem: without it, only the High Court where a central authority sat could be moved against it.

Article 226(3) provides that where an interim order is made ex parte against a party, that party may apply for vacation of the order, and the application must be disposed of within two weeks or the order stands vacated.

munotes.in247

Writ Jurisdiction: Article 226, and the Five Writs

The five writs

MU's label asks for writ jurisdiction, and an answer that does not explain the five writs is incomplete. Each has one job, and the job is easiest to remember as a question.

Habeas corpus, "that you have the body". Is this person lawfully detained? The writ commands whoever detains a person to produce him and show the cause. It looks at the authority for the detention, not the guilt of the prisoner. This is the writ of Kamaluddin's case and Sarup Chand's case in Module I, and it is the oldest of the five in Indian use.

Mandamus, "we command". Has a public authority failed to do a public duty? The writ commands the performance of a duty of a public nature. It does not lie to compel a discretionary act to be exercised in a particular way, only to compel the authority to act, or to act lawfully.

Prohibition. Is an inferior court or tribunal about to exceed its jurisdiction? The writ forbids it to proceed. It is preventive, and it issues while the proceeding is still pending.

Certiorari, "to be certified". Has an inferior court or tribunal already exceeded its jurisdiction, or acted in breach of natural justice, or committed an error apparent on the face of the record? The writ brings up the decision to be quashed. It is corrective, and it issues after the decision.

Quo warranto, "by what authority". By what authority does this person hold a public office? The writ calls on the holder of a public office to show his title, and if he has none the office is declared vacant.

Two distinctions carry marks. Prohibition and certiorari are the same jurisdiction at two different times, before and after the decision. And mandamus commands action while prohibition forbids it, so a student who confuses them has the direction of the remedy backwards.

Article 227: superintendence

Every High Court shall have superintendence over all courts and tribunals throughout the territories in relation to which it exercises jurisdiction.

Clause (2) allows the High Court to call for returns, to make and issue general rules and prescribe forms for regulating the practice and proceedings of those courts, and to prescribe the forms of books, entries and accounts. Clause (3) allows it to settle tables of fees. Clause (4) excepts courts and tribunals constituted by or under a law relating to the Armed Forces.

This is the article whose ancestry this book has followed three times: section 15 of the Indian High Courts Act 1861, section 107 of the Government of India Act 1915, section 224 of the Government of India Act 1935, and now article 227. The powers are almost word for word the same, with "and tribunals" added.

munotes.in248

Writ Jurisdiction: Article 226, and the Five Writs

The practical difference between article 226 and article 227 is worth stating: 226 is a remedy invoked by a party, and produces a writ; 227 is a supervisory power of the court itself, exercisable to keep subordinate courts and tribunals within their authority, and it may be exercised even where no writ would lie.

Article 228: transfer of a constitutional case

If a High Court is satisfied that a case pending in a court subordinate to it involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of this Constitution the determination of which is necessary for the disposal of the case, it shall withdraw the case and may either dispose of it itself or determine the question and return the case with a copy of its judgment.

That is section 225 of the Government of India Act 1935 with "this Constitution" for "this Act". The reason is the same as in 1935: a question about the validity of a law is too important to be decided by a court whose decision binds nobody.

What L. Chandra Kumar decided

The most important modern decision on this chapter is L. Chandra Kumar v. Union of India (1997), and it settles how far article 226 can be taken away.

Legislation made under articles 323A and 323B, which allow Parliament and State legislatures to set up administrative and other tribunals, had excluded the jurisdiction of the High Courts and the Supreme Court over matters within the tribunals' jurisdiction, except under article 136.

A bench of seven judges held that clause 2(d) of article 323A and clause 3(d) of article 323B, so far as they exclude the jurisdiction of the High Courts and the Supreme Court under articles 226, 227 and 32, are unconstitutional, and so are the exclusion clauses in the legislation made under them; that the power of judicial review vested in the High Courts and the Supreme Court under articles 226 and 32 is integral to the constitutional scheme and part of its basic structure; and that all decisions of such tribunals are subject to the High Court's writ jurisdiction under articles 226 and 227, before a Division Bench of the High Court within whose territorial jurisdiction the tribunal falls. Tribunals may still decide the vires of statutory provisions, but only as a supplementary and not a substitute jurisdiction.

For this paper the significance is exact: the superintendence that section 15 of the Act of 1861 gave the High Courts, and that article 227 continues, cannot now be taken away even by a constitutional amendment.

munotes.in249

Writ Jurisdiction: Article 226, and the Five Writs

A worked example

Four grievances in a Maharashtra district, and the remedy for each.

A man held in police custody beyond the permitted period. Habeas corpus under article 226, and under article 32 as well because article 21 is engaged.

A municipality that refuses to decide an application it is bound by statute to decide. Mandamus under article 226, "for any other purpose". Article 32 does not lie unless a fundamental right is involved.

A tribunal about to hear a matter outside its jurisdiction. Prohibition. If it has already decided, certiorari.

A person exercising the powers of a public office to which he was never validly appointed. Quo warranto.

And if the tribunal in the third example was constituted under article 323A and the statute says its decisions are final and not open to the High Court, L. Chandra Kumar answers that the exclusion is unconstitutional and the writ lies to a Division Bench of the High Court.

Distinctions worth having straight

Article 32Article 226
Who exercises itThe Supreme CourtEvery High Court
For whatFundamental rights onlyFundamental rights and for any other purpose
NatureA guaranteed right of the petitioner, in Part IIIA power of the court
Territorial reachAll IndiaThe High Court's territories, extended by the cause of action test in 226(2)
May it be suspendedOnly as the Constitution provides, art. 32(4) and art. 359Not by article 359, which speaks of Part III rights
Can it be excluded by lawNo; it is a fundamental rightNo; L. Chandra Kumar holds it part of the basic structure

What beginners get wrong

"Article 226 is only for fundamental rights." It is for fundamental rights and for any other purpose, and that phrase is the whole difference from article 32.

"Article 227 is a writ jurisdiction." It is a power of superintendence, exercised by the court itself over subordinate courts and tribunals, and it descends from section 15 of the Act of 1861.

"Certiorari and prohibition are the same." They are the same jurisdiction at different stages: prohibition before the inferior tribunal decides, certiorari to quash after it has.

"A tribunal's decision cannot be challenged in a High Court if the statute says it is final." After L. Chandra Kumar, an exclusion of the High Court's jurisdiction under articles 226 and 227 is unconstitutional, and the challenge lies to a Division Bench.

Limits and criticism

Article 226 is the workhorse of Indian public law, and its two costs are well known.

Volume. Because it lies for any purpose against any authority, the High Courts carry an enormous writ docket, and the delay in disposing of it is one of the standing criticisms of the Indian legal system.

munotes.in250

Writ Jurisdiction: Article 226, and the Five Writs

And the relationship with the alternative remedy. Because the jurisdiction is discretionary in its exercise even though it is constitutional in source, the High Courts have developed a body of self-imposed restraint: they will ordinarily decline a writ where an equally efficacious alternative remedy exists, or where disputed questions of fact require evidence. That restraint is not in the article and a student should describe it as judge-made.

For this paper the point to end on is the historical one. The writ jurisdiction that Impey's court exercised in Calcutta in 1775, over a few persons within one town, is now exercised by every High Court over every authority in its territory, cannot be excluded by statute, and cannot be excluded by constitutional amendment. That is a straight line from Module I to L. Chandra Kumar, and it is the answer to the question of what this subject is for.

Quick revision

  • 226(1): every High Court, throughout its territories, may issue directions, orders or writs, including the five, to any person or authority including any Government, for Part III rights and for any other purpose.
  • 226(2): also where the cause of action wholly or in part arises, though the authority sits elsewhere. 226(3): ex parte interim orders to be reconsidered within two weeks on application.
  • The five: habeas corpus (is the detention lawful?), mandamus (do your public duty), prohibition (stop, you are exceeding jurisdiction), certiorari (quash what you decided beyond jurisdiction or against natural justice), quo warranto (by what authority do you hold that office?).
  • 227: superintendence over all courts and tribunals, with returns, rules, forms and fees; from s.15 of 1861, s.107 of 1915, s.224 of 1935. Armed Forces courts excepted.
  • 228: a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution in a subordinate court is withdrawn to the High Court; from s.225 of 1935.
  • L. Chandra Kumar (1997): exclusion of articles 226, 227 and 32 by articles 323A(2)(d) and 323B(3)(d) is unconstitutional; judicial review under 226 and 32 is basic structure; tribunal decisions go to a Division Bench of the High Court.

Test yourself

1. State the two differences between articles 32 and 226 that matter most. Article 32 lies only for the enforcement of fundamental rights, while article 226 lies for fundamental rights and for any other purpose; and article 32 is itself a guaranteed fundamental right of the petitioner, while article 226 is a power of the High Court.

2. Explain each of the five writs in one line. Habeas corpus tests the lawfulness of a detention; mandamus commands a public authority to perform a public duty; prohibition forbids an inferior court or tribunal from exceeding its jurisdiction while the matter is pending; certiorari quashes a decision already made beyond jurisdiction or in breach of natural justice or on an error apparent on the record; quo warranto calls on the holder of a public office to show his authority.

munotes.in251

Writ Jurisdiction: Article 226, and the Five Writs

3. What is article 227, and where does it come from? The High Court's power of superintendence over all courts and tribunals in its territories, with power to call for returns, make general rules and forms and settle tables of fees. It descends from section 15 of the Indian High Courts Act 1861, section 107 of the Government of India Act 1915 and section 224 of the Government of India Act 1935.

4. What did L. Chandra Kumar decide, and why does it matter to this topic? That clause 2(d) of article 323A and clause 3(d) of article 323B, so far as they exclude the jurisdiction of the High Courts and the Supreme Court under articles 226, 227 and 32, are unconstitutional; that judicial review under articles 226 and 32 is part of the basic structure; and that all such tribunals' decisions are subject to the writ jurisdiction of a Division Bench of the High Court. It matters because it makes the writ jurisdiction immune even from constitutional amendment.

5. Why was article 226(2) inserted? Because without it only the High Court within whose territories a Government or authority had its seat could issue a writ against it. Clause (2) allows any High Court within whose territories the cause of action wholly or in part arises to do so.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in252

Chapter Forty-Nine

The Subordinate Courts

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Court System under the Constitution of India: Subordinate Courts"

In one line

Articles 233 to 235 decide who appoints the judges most Indians will ever meet, and the answer, in each case, involves the High Court.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 233 provides that appointments of district judges shall be made by the Governor in consultation with the High Court, and that a person not already in the service of the Union or the State is eligible only if he has been an advocate or pleader for not less than seven years and is recommended by the High Court; article 234 provides that appointments of persons other than district judges to the judicial service of a State shall be made by the Governor in accordance with rules made after consultation with the State Public Service Commission and with the High Court; and article 235 vests the control over district courts and courts subordinate thereto, including the posting, promotion and leave of persons in the judicial service holding posts inferior to district judge, in the High Court.

Why this chapter is not a small one

Students skip Chapter VI of Part VI because it looks like administration. It is the chapter that decides, for the courts almost every litigant in India actually uses, who appoints the judge and who controls him, and Module I is one long demonstration of why that question matters. The Collector who was also the judge, the amil who was also the revenue officer, the Provincial Council that was both the party and the appellate court: every one of those is an answer to the same question, and every one of them is what articles 233 to 235 are designed to prevent.

Article 233: district judges

233(1): appointments of persons to be, and the posting and promotion of, district judges in any State shall be made by the Governor of the State in consultation with the High Court exercising jurisdiction in relation to that State.

233(2): a person not already in the service of the Union or of the State shall only be eligible to be appointed a district judge if he has been for not less than seven years an advocate or a pleader and is recommended by the High Court for appointment.

So there are two routes to a district judgeship and their conditions differ. A person already in the judicial service is appointed by the Governor in consultation with the High Court. A person from the Bar must have seven years' practice and the High Court's recommendation, which is stronger than consultation.

233A validates certain appointments of, and judgments delivered by, district judges made before it was inserted, and it is the sort of provision a student should recognise but need not learn.

munotes.in253

The Subordinate Courts

Article 234: the rest of the judicial service

Appointments of persons other than district judges to the judicial service of a State shall be made by the Governor in accordance with rules made by him in that behalf after consultation with the State Public Service Commission and with the High Court exercising jurisdiction in relation to that State.

Two consultees, and the reason for each is different. The Public Service Commission brings the discipline of open competitive recruitment. The High Court brings the knowledge of what a judicial officer's work requires. Article 234 is the constitutional basis of the State judicial service examinations by which most Indian judges are recruited.

Article 235: control

The control over district courts and courts subordinate thereto including the posting and promotion of, and the grant of leave to, persons belonging to the judicial service of a State and holding any post inferior to the post of district judge shall be vested in the High Court, but nothing in the article shall be construed as taking away from any such person any right of appeal which he may have under the law regulating the conditions of his service, or as authorising the High Court to deal with him otherwise than in accordance with the conditions of his service prescribed under such law.

This is the most important article in the chapter and it should be learned almost word for word, because the word "control" is doing very heavy work.

Control includes the posting, promotion and grant of leave of officers below district judge, and it has been held to include the disciplinary control of the subordinate judiciary. It is vested in the High Court, not in the State Government, and not in the Public Service Commission.

The two savings matter as well. The officer keeps any right of appeal his service conditions give him, and the High Court must deal with him in accordance with those conditions. Control is not arbitrary power.

Read article 235 beside article 50, the Directive Principle that the State shall take steps to separate the judiciary from the executive in the public services of the State. Article 235 is the enforceable half of that idea: the subordinate judiciary is controlled by the judiciary.

Articles 229, 230, 232, 236 and 237

229: the officers and servants of a High Court are appointed by the Chief Justice of that Court or such other Judge or officer as he directs; their conditions of service are prescribed by rules made by the Chief Justice, subject to the Governor's approval where salaries, allowances, leave or pensions are concerned; and the administrative expenses of a High Court, including all salaries, allowances and pensions of its officers and servants, are charged upon the Consolidated Fund of the State, fees taken by the Court forming part of that Fund.

munotes.in254

The Subordinate Courts

That is section 228 of the Government of India Act 1935, and the charged-expenditure rule is one of the financial guarantees of independence listed in the next chapter but two.

230: Parliament may by law extend the jurisdiction of a High Court to, or exclude it from, any Union territory.

232 was omitted by the Seventh Amendment.

236: interpretation. "District judge" includes judge of a city civil court, additional district judge, joint district judge, assistant district judge, chief judge of a small cause court, chief presidency magistrate, additional chief presidency magistrate, sessions judge, additional sessions judge and assistant sessions judge. "Judicial service" means a service consisting exclusively of persons intended to fill the post of district judge and other civil judicial posts inferior to it.

The definition of "judicial service" carries a rule inside it: the service is to consist exclusively of persons intended for judicial posts, which excludes a mixed cadre of executive and judicial officers. That is article 50 again, in the definitions.

237: the Governor may by public notification direct that the provisions of the Chapter and any rules made under them shall apply to any class or classes of magistrates in the State, with exceptions and modifications.

The ancestry of the district judiciary

Every office in this chapter has a history in Module I, and naming it is what makes the chapter interesting rather than administrative.

Office todayWhere it comes from
District judgeThe zillah judge of Regulation V of 1793, when Cornwallis separated the courts from the Collector
Civil judge, senior and junior divisionThe sadar ameen and the munsif, the Indian judicial officers whose jurisdiction grew from the 1790s onwards
Sessions judgeThe Courts of Circuit of the Regulations of 3 December 1790, replaced by Commissioners of Circuit in 1829 and afterwards by Sessions Judges
Control by the High CourtThe superintendence of section 15 of the Act of 1861, section 107 of the Act of 1915, section 224 of the Act of 1935 and article 227

A worked example

An advocate of nine years' practice in Nagpur wants to become a district judge in 2000, and a law graduate wants to enter the judicial service.

The advocate. He is not in the service of the Union or the State, so article 233(2) applies: seven years at the Bar, which he has, and a recommendation of the High Court, which he must obtain. The appointment is then made by the Governor in consultation with the High Court under article 233(1).

munotes.in255

The Subordinate Courts

The graduate. He is applying for a post other than district judge, so article 234 applies: appointment by the Governor in accordance with rules made after consultation with the State Public Service Commission and the High Court. In practice he sits the State judicial service examination those rules provide for.

Both, once appointed. If they hold posts inferior to district judge, their posting, promotion and leave, and their discipline, are under the control of the High Court by article 235, subject to their service conditions and to any right of appeal those conditions give.

What beginners get wrong

"The High Court appoints district judges." The Governor appoints, in consultation with the High Court; and a candidate from the Bar additionally needs the High Court's recommendation. The distinction between consultation and recommendation is the examinable point.

"Article 235 gives the High Court control over district judges too." Read the words: control over district courts and courts subordinate to them, including the posting, promotion and leave of persons holding posts inferior to the post of district judge. The control over the courts is general; the specified incidents relate to officers below district judge.

"The State Government controls the subordinate judiciary." Article 235 vests control in the High Court. That is the point of the article.

"Sessions judges are outside this chapter." Article 236 defines "district judge" to include a sessions judge, additional sessions judge and assistant sessions judge, among others.

Limits and criticism

Two criticisms are standard and both are fair.

The division of responsibility is untidy. Appointment is with the Governor, recruitment rules require two consultees, control is with the High Court, and the pay and service conditions are fixed by the State Government. An officer whose promotion is controlled by one authority and whose salary is determined by another is not in a simple position, and much litigation about the subordinate judiciary is about exactly where the line runs.

And the article 50 promise is incompletely kept. The separation of the judiciary from the executive was achieved for the criminal courts only when the Code of Criminal Procedure 1973 separated judicial magistrates from executive magistrates, twenty-three years after the Constitution, and the definition of "judicial service" in article 236 is what made a mixed cadre impossible thereafter.

What should be said in the student's favour, and in the Constitution's, is the comparison this book keeps returning to. In 1787 the judge of a district was the officer who collected its revenue and was answerable to the Board of Revenue. In 1950 the judge of a district is appointed on the recommendation or in consultation with a court, controlled by that court, paid out of a fund the legislature does not vote on, and removable only in accordance with rules he can appeal against. The distance between those two sentences is the distance Module I and Module III measure.

munotes.in256

The Subordinate Courts

Quick revision

  • 233(1): district judges appointed, posted and promoted by the Governor in consultation with the High Court. 233(2): a candidate from outside the service needs seven years as an advocate or pleader and the High Court's recommendation.
  • 234: other judicial officers appointed by the Governor under rules made after consultation with the State Public Service Commission and the High Court.
  • 235: control over district courts and courts subordinate thereto, including posting, promotion and leave of officers below district judge, is vested in the High Court, saving the officer's right of appeal and his service conditions.
  • 229: High Court staff appointed by the Chief Justice; the Court's administrative expenses charged on the Consolidated Fund of the State.
  • 236: "district judge" includes city civil court judges, sessions judges and others; "judicial service" consists exclusively of persons intended for judicial posts.
  • 237: the Governor may apply the Chapter to classes of magistrates.
  • Ancestry: zillah judge 1793; munsif and sadar ameen from the 1790s; sessions from the Courts of Circuit of 1790.

Test yourself

1. Who appoints a district judge, and what does a candidate from the Bar additionally need? The Governor of the State, in consultation with the High Court. A person not already in the service of the Union or the State needs at least seven years' practice as an advocate or pleader and a recommendation of the High Court.

2. What exactly does article 235 vest in the High Court? Control over district courts and courts subordinate to them, including the posting and promotion of, and the grant of leave to, persons in the judicial service of the State holding posts inferior to district judge, subject to any right of appeal under their service conditions and to those conditions themselves.

3. Who is consulted before rules are made under article 234, and why two consultees? The State Public Service Commission and the High Court. The Commission brings the discipline of open competitive recruitment and the High Court the knowledge of what judicial work requires.

4. Give the historical ancestor of the district judge, the civil judge and the sessions judge. The district judge descends from the zillah judge of Regulation V of 1793; the civil judge from the munsif and sadar ameen whose jurisdiction grew from the 1790s; and the sessions judge from the Courts of Circuit established by the Regulations of 3 December 1790.

munotes.in257

The Subordinate Courts

5. How does article 236's definition of "judicial service" support article 50? By requiring that the service consist exclusively of persons intended to fill the post of district judge and other civil judicial posts inferior to it, which makes a cadre mixing executive and judicial officers impossible.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in258

Chapter Fifty

Tribunals, and the Reach of Judicial Review

Syllabus topic 3.1, the outer edge of the court system

In one line

India built a parallel system of tribunals and tried to put them beyond the High Courts, and the Supreme Court held that it could not be done.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: articles 323A and 323B, inserted by the Forty-second Amendment, empower Parliament and State legislatures to provide for the adjudication of specified disputes by administrative and other tribunals and to exclude the jurisdiction of all courts except the Supreme Court under article 136; and in L. Chandra Kumar v. Union of India a bench of seven judges held that clause 2(d) of article 323A and clause 3(d) of article 323B, so far as they exclude the jurisdiction of the High Courts and the Supreme Court under articles 226, 227 and 32, are unconstitutional, that the power of judicial review under those articles is part of the basic structure, and that decisions of such tribunals are subject to scrutiny before a Division Bench of the High Court within whose jurisdiction the tribunal falls.

What a tribunal is, and why India has so many

A tribunal is a body outside the ordinary court hierarchy that decides disputes of a particular kind: service disputes, tax, company matters, consumer complaints, environmental questions and many others.

The arguments for them are the ones any government makes. They are specialised, so the members know the subject. They are quicker, because their procedure is simpler. And they relieve courts whose ordinary dockets are already long.

The argument against them is equally simple and it is the one this whole module is about. A body that decides disputes but is appointed by the executive, staffed partly by administrators, and answerable to a department is not a court, and the further such a body is placed from judicial supervision the closer it comes to the arrangement Module I describes, in which the officer who acts is also the officer who judges his own act.

Articles 323A and 323B

323A empowers Parliament by law to provide for the adjudication or trial by administrative tribunals of disputes and complaints with respect to recruitment and conditions of service of persons appointed to public services and posts under the Union or a State or under a local or other authority or a Government corporation. Clause (2) provides what such a law may contain, and clause (2)(d) allowed it to exclude the jurisdiction of all courts, except the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court under article 136, with respect to those disputes.

323B empowers the appropriate Legislature by law to provide for the adjudication or trial by tribunals of disputes with respect to the matters listed in clause (2), which include taxation, foreign exchange, industrial and labour disputes, land reforms, ceilings on urban property, elections to legislatures, production and distribution of goods, and offences and incidental matters connected with them. Clause (3)(d) contained an exclusion clause in the same form.

munotes.in259

Tribunals, and the Reach of Judicial Review

Both were inserted by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act 1976, and the Administrative Tribunals Act 1985 was made under article 323A.

What L. Chandra Kumar decided, and why

The question referred to seven judges was whether those exclusion clauses were valid.

The Court held:

That clause 2(d) of article 323A and clause 3(d) of article 323B, to the extent that they exclude the jurisdiction of the High Courts and the Supreme Court under articles 226 and 227 and article 32, are unconstitutional, and that the exclusion of jurisdiction clauses in all legislation enacted under those articles are unconstitutional to the same extent.

That the power of judicial review vested in the High Courts and the Supreme Court under articles 226 and 32, enabling legislative action to be subjected to the scrutiny of superior courts, is integral to the constitutional scheme and part of its basic structure.

That all decisions of tribunals created under either article are subject to the High Court's writ jurisdiction under articles 226 and 227, before a Division Bench of the High Court within whose territorial jurisdiction the tribunal falls.

And that tribunals remain competent to hear matters where the vires of statutory provisions are questioned, but in doing so they cannot act as substitutes for the High Courts and the Supreme Court: their function in that respect is supplementary, and their decisions are subject to scrutiny.

The reasoning connects two things a student should hold together. The basic structure doctrine comes from Kesavananda Bharati, where the Court held that Parliament has no power to abrogate or emasculate the basic elements or fundamental features of the Constitution. L. Chandra Kumar identifies judicial review under articles 226 and 32 as one of those elements. So an exclusion of the High Court's writ jurisdiction fails not because it conflicts with some other article but because it damages the structure itself.

The practical result

After L. Chandra Kumar the position is this, and it is worth setting out as a ladder because that is how a question will come.

  1. The tribunal decides, and may decide the vires of a statutory provision, though not of its own parent Act.
  2. Its decision is subject to the writ jurisdiction of the High Court under articles 226 and 227, and the challenge must be heard by a Division Bench.
  3. From the High Court, the ordinary routes to the Supreme Court apply: articles 132 to 134A on a certificate, or article 136 by special leave.
  4. And a direct appeal from a tribunal to the Supreme Court, bypassing the High Court, is not the scheme, whatever the parent Act may say.
munotes.in260

Tribunals, and the Reach of Judicial Review

A worked example

A central government servant is dismissed in 2005 and the Administrative Tribunals Act says the Central Administrative Tribunal's decision is final and that no court except the Supreme Court under article 136 shall have jurisdiction.

  • He goes to the Tribunal, which dismisses his application.
  • The Act appears to leave him only article 136. L. Chandra Kumar says otherwise: the exclusion is unconstitutional so far as it ousts articles 226 and 227.
  • He therefore moves the High Court within whose jurisdiction the Tribunal sits, under article 226, and the petition must be heard by a Division Bench.
  • If he loses there, he may seek special leave under article 136.

Now ask the Module I question about the same facts. In 1780 a man aggrieved by the act of a Provincial Council could go to the Supreme Court at Calcutta, and the Government could tell the whole province to ignore its process. In 2005 a man aggrieved by a tribunal has a constitutional right of access to a court that the legislature cannot close, because the Supreme Court has held that closing it would damage the Constitution itself. The two situations are the same problem with opposite answers.

What beginners get wrong

"Articles 323A and 323B were struck down." They were not. What was struck down is the exclusion clauses, clause 2(d) of article 323A and clause 3(d) of article 323B, so far as they exclude articles 226, 227 and 32. Tribunals set up under those articles are perfectly valid.

"Tribunals cannot decide constitutional questions." They may decide the vires of statutory provisions, but not as a substitute for the High Court, and their decisions on such questions are subject to scrutiny before a Division Bench.

"Article 136 was enough." The Court held it was not, because a discretionary jurisdiction exercised by one court in Delhi is not a substitute for the writ jurisdiction of every High Court, and because judicial review under articles 226 and 32 is part of the basic structure.

"The basic structure doctrine comes from L. Chandra Kumar." It comes from Kesavananda Bharati. L. Chandra Kumar applies it and identifies judicial review as one of the basic features.

Limits and criticism

The decision settled the constitutional question and left the practical one open, and an answer that says so is a good one.

What it settled: no legislature, and no constitutional amendment framed like these clauses, can put a tribunal beyond the High Courts.

What it left: the High Courts now supervise a very large number of tribunals in addition to their own work, so the object of relieving the courts is achieved only in part; and the composition of tribunals, how many members must be judicial, who appoints them and on what tenure, was not settled by this case and has been litigated repeatedly since.

munotes.in261

Tribunals, and the Reach of Judicial Review

For this paper, the significance is the one at the end of the last chapter. The superintendence over subordinate courts that section 15 of the Indian High Courts Act 1861 conferred, and that article 227 continues, has become something no Parliament can remove. A rule about the internal management of courts, written for the merger of the Supreme Courts and the Sadar Adalats, has ended as a constitutional guarantee.

Quick revision

  • 323A: Parliament may provide for administrative tribunals for service disputes; 323B: the appropriate Legislature may provide for tribunals in the listed matters. Both inserted by the Forty-second Amendment 1976.
  • The exclusion clauses, 323A(2)(d) and 323B(3)(d), allowed the ouster of all courts except the Supreme Court under article 136.
  • L. Chandra Kumar (1997), seven judges: those clauses, and the exclusion clauses in legislation under them, are unconstitutional so far as they exclude articles 226, 227 and 32; judicial review under 226 and 32 is part of the basic structure; tribunal decisions go to a Division Bench of the High Court; tribunals may decide vires but only as a supplementary jurisdiction.
  • Basic structure itself is from Kesavananda Bharati: Parliament has no power to abrogate or emasculate the basic elements or fundamental features of the Constitution.

Test yourself

1. What do articles 323A and 323B empower, and who inserted them? They empower Parliament and, under 323B, the appropriate Legislature, to provide for the adjudication of specified disputes by administrative and other tribunals; and they were inserted by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act 1976.

2. What precisely did L. Chandra Kumar strike down? Clause 2(d) of article 323A and clause 3(d) of article 323B, and the exclusion of jurisdiction clauses in legislation under them, to the extent that they exclude the jurisdiction of the High Courts under articles 226 and 227 and of the Supreme Court under article 32.

3. On what constitutional principle did it do so? That the power of judicial review vested in the High Courts and the Supreme Court under articles 226 and 32 is integral to the constitutional scheme and part of its basic structure, and that under Kesavananda Bharati Parliament cannot abrogate or emasculate a basic feature.

4. What can a tribunal still do after the decision? Decide the matters within its jurisdiction, including questions of the vires of statutory provisions, but only as a supplementary jurisdiction and not as a substitute for the High Court or the Supreme Court, and subject to the writ jurisdiction of a Division Bench of the High Court.

munotes.in262

Tribunals, and the Reach of Judicial Review

5. Why was article 136 held not to be a sufficient substitute for articles 226 and 227? Because it is a discretionary power exercised by a single court sitting in Delhi, and the framers' scheme places the ordinary supervision of tribunals and subordinate courts in every High Court, a supervision that the Court held to be part of the basic structure.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in263

Chapter Fifty-One

The Rule of Law Before Independence

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Rule of Law ... Before independence"

In one line

British India was governed by law and not by the rule of law, and the difference can be shown from the statutes themselves.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the rule of law, in Dicey's classic formulation, means the absolute supremacy of regular law as against arbitrary power, the equality of all persons before the ordinary law administered by the ordinary courts, and a constitution whose general principles are the result of judicial decisions determining the rights of private persons; and in British India the first was qualified by indemnities and by the removal of whole classes of matter from the courts, the second by the separate treatment of European British subjects in criminal trials, and the third by the fact that the constitution was an Act of a Parliament in which India was not represented.

Dicey's three meanings

A. V. Dicey's account, written in 1885 about England, is the one every Indian syllabus uses, and it has three limbs. Learn them as three, because an answer that runs them together loses the structure.

One: the absolute supremacy of regular law as opposed to the influence of arbitrary power. No man may be punished except for a distinct breach of law established in the ordinary legal manner before the ordinary courts. Wide discretionary authority in the government is the opposite of the rule of law.

Two: equality before the law. Every man, whatever his rank or condition, is subject to the ordinary law of the realm and amenable to the jurisdiction of the ordinary tribunals. Dicey contrasted this with the French droit administratif, a separate body of law and separate courts for officials, which he regarded, wrongly as later writers showed, as a privilege.

Three: the general principles of the constitution are the result of judicial decisions determining the rights of private persons in particular cases. In England, rights came first and the constitution was inferred from them, rather than being declared in a document.

Two expressions MU asks about by name

"La legalite", sometimes printed in Indian papers as "La Legalite", is the French la legalite, meaning legality, or the principle of legality. It is another name for the idea in Dicey's first limb: that the state may act against a person only under and according to law, and not by arbitrary power. When an examiner asks what the expression signifies, the answer is: the rule of law itself, in the sense of the supremacy of law over arbitrary power, the expression from which the English phrase "rule of law" is often said to be a translation. It is French, not Latin, whatever the paper calls it.

The principles of natural justice are the procedural side of the same idea, and Indian papers ask for them by their Latin names. Nemo judex in causa sua, that no man may be a judge in his own cause, which is the rule against bias; and audi alteram partem, "hear the other side", that no person may be condemned unheard. Both run through this whole book: the 1726 charter's rule that no person interested in a suit should sit as judge on the appeal from it is the first; and the Patna case, where the widow's house was entered and sealed without notice to her, is a breach of the second. Under the Constitution they are enforced through articles 32 and 226, and a decision made in breach of them can be quashed by certiorari.

munotes.in264

The Rule of Law Before Independence

Testing British India against the first limb

Where it holds. By the end of the period there was a great deal of regular law: the Codes, the Regulations, the Acts of the Indian legislature, published, printed and translated, with the ground of each regulation prefixed since 1793 and made a statutory requirement in 1797. There were courts, an appellate hierarchy and, from 1861, a High Court in each Presidency whose decisions were reported.

Where it fails. Three failures can be proved from the instruments themselves, and a good answer proves rather than asserts.

Indemnity. The Settlement Act of 1781 indemnified the Governor-General, the Council, the Advocate-General and everybody acting under their orders against any action, suit or prosecution for their resistance to the process of the Supreme Court between 1 January 1779 and 1 January 1780, reciting that in those hostilities "many things have been done not justifiable by the strict rule of the law". A statute that retrospectively excuses a government for disobeying a court is the plainest possible departure from the first limb.

Removal of matters from the courts. The same Act took revenue out of the Supreme Court's jurisdiction, and the exclusion survived through the letters patent, section 106(2) of the Government of India Act 1915 and section 226 of the Government of India Act 1935, which added that even the legislature could not alter it without the Governor's discretionary sanction. Revenue was, for a hundred and sixty-nine years, the largest single field of dispute between the State and the subject in India, and it was placed beyond the original jurisdiction of the King's courts.

Protection of officers. The Settlement Act also provided that no action should lie in the Supreme Court against any judicial officer of the country courts in respect of any judgment or order of his court, nor against any person for an act done in pursuance of such an order. That is defensible as judicial immunity, and it was enacted in the aftermath of Dutt v. Hosea and the Patna case, which is to say in the aftermath of officers being made liable.

munotes.in265

The Rule of Law Before Independence

Testing it against the second limb

Equality before the law is where British India departs most visibly, and the evidence is again in the statutes.

Under the Regulating Act, sections 15 and 17 took the Governor-General and the Councillors out of the Supreme Court's criminal process except for treason or felony and protected their persons from arrest; sections 39 and 40 made them triable in the Court of King's Bench in England. That is a separate forum for a class of persons, defined by office.

In the criminal law, European British subjects were for most of the nineteenth century entitled to be tried by particular courts and in particular ways not available to Indians. Cowell's own summary of the position in his day is precise: by the 1880s Englishmen and Indians were subject in civil matters to the same courts and the same procedure, and in criminal matters to the same substantive law and the same appellate authority, but in a great degree to different courts for purposes of commitment and trial, the Criminal Procedure Code of 1872 having advanced towards uniformity while preserving to European British subjects such privileges as policy and safety seemed to require.

The Ilbert Bill controversy of 1883, which proposed to allow Indian judges in the mofussil to try European British subjects, and which was withdrawn in the face of organised opposition and passed only in a diluted form, is the standard illustration and belongs in an answer. It shows that the inequality was understood at the time to be an inequality, and defended as such.

Against that must be set the other half of the record, and a fair answer gives it. Section 87 of the Charter Act of 1833 provided that no native of India, nor any natural-born subject of His Majesty, should by reason only of his religion, place of birth, descent or colour be disabled from holding any place, office or employment under the Company. And section 2 of the Indian High Courts Act 1861 opened the High Court bench to persons who had held judicial office not inferior to Principal Sadar Ameen and to pleaders of ten years' standing, which are the two routes by which Indians reached it.

So the record is not uniform: the same century produced both a statutory guarantee against disqualification by race and a criminal procedure that distinguished by race.

Testing it against the third limb

Dicey's third limb does not fit India at all, and saying so plainly is the right answer.

munotes.in266

The Rule of Law Before Independence

In England the constitution was the residue of judicial decisions about the rights of private persons. In India the constitution was, at every stage in this book, an Act of the British Parliament or a charter of the Crown: the Regulating Act, the Settlement Act, the Charter Acts, the Indian Councils Acts, the Government of India Acts. Indian courts interpreted those instruments; they did not generate the constitution from private-law decisions.

And the legislature that made those instruments was one in which Indians were not represented at all until 1861, and then only by nomination, as Module IV sets out.

The other side: what the courts did achieve

An answer that says only that British India lacked the rule of law will be a weak answer, because the record contains the opposite as well, and this book has recorded it.

The Supreme Court restrained real abuses. Kamaluddin was admitted to bail on a return that would have been false had it stated the power claimed; Sarup Chand was released from a confinement ordered by a board that included his own debtor; the Patna Council was made to pay three lakhs of rupees to a widow it had driven from her house, and Warren Hastings himself criticised its officers' irregularity.

The Company's own courts were held to be courts, and their judges protected from suit for judicial acts unless corrupt, which is itself a rule-of-law proposition.

Cornwallis's Regulation II of 1793 contains as clear a statement of the principle as any modern constitution: that if the regulations for collecting revenue are infringed the revenue officers must themselves be the aggressors, that individuals wronged by them in one capacity can never hope for redress from them in another, that Government must divest itself of the power of infringing in its executive capacity the rights it has conferred in its legislative capacity, and that the Collectors must be rendered amenable to the courts and personally liable for every exaction beyond what they are authorised to demand.

And from 1801 the Sadar courts sat separate from the executive, from 1861 there was a High Court in each Presidency with judges the Company had not appointed, and from 1935 a High Court judge had a retiring age instead of holding office at pleasure.

A worked example: how to answer the question

"Discuss the rule of law in India before independence."

  1. State Dicey's three limbs, in one sentence each.
  2. Test the first: regular published law and a court hierarchy, against the indemnity of 1781, the exclusion of revenue from 1781 to 1950, and the protection of officers.
  3. Test the second: sections 15, 17, 39 and 40 of the Regulating Act, the separate treatment of European British subjects in criminal trials, and the Ilbert Bill; then section 87 of the Charter Act of 1833 and section 2 of the Act of 1861 on the other side.
  4. Test the third: the constitution of India was a statute of a Parliament in which Indians were not represented, not a residue of judicial decisions.
  5. Give the counter-evidence: the seven proceedings, the position the Supreme Court actually took by 1779, Regulation II of 1793, and the growth of judicial independence to 1935.
  6. Conclude: British India had law, courts and a developing judicial independence, and lacked the two things the rule of law finally requires, equality of all persons before the ordinary law and a government that cannot excuse itself by statute from the consequences of breaking it.
munotes.in267

The Rule of Law Before Independence

What beginners get wrong

"There was no rule of law in British India." Too broad, and it throws away the marks in the second half of the answer. Say which limb fails, and prove it from an instrument.

"Dicey's rule of law was applied in India." Dicey wrote about England and expressly contrasted the English position with systems that treated officials differently. The interest of the topic is precisely that his second limb did not hold in India.

"The Ilbert Bill was passed as introduced." It was withdrawn in its original form after organised opposition and enacted in a diluted form. That fact is the point of the illustration.

Limits and criticism

Two cautions for a student writing this topic.

Do not judge 1780 by 1950. The question is not whether British India met the standards of a modern constitution but whether it met the standards it professed, and the honest answer is that it professed the rule of law in Regulation II of 1793 and in section 87 of the Charter Act of 1833 and did not consistently deliver it.

And do not read the failures as accidents. The indemnity of 1781, the exclusion of revenue and the separate criminal procedure for European British subjects were deliberate legislative choices, made after debate, and each was defended at the time on grounds of necessity or of policy. That is what makes them evidence about the rule of law rather than administrative untidiness.

Quick revision

  • Dicey's three limbs: supremacy of regular law against arbitrary power; equality before the ordinary law and the ordinary courts; and a constitution that is the result of judicial decisions about private rights.
  • La legalite is French for legality, the principle that the state may act only under and according to law: another name for Dicey's first limb. Natural justice: nemo judex in causa sua (no man a judge in his own cause) and audi alteram partem (hear the other side).
  • Against limb one: the indemnity in the Settlement Act 1781 for resisting the Court's process, reciting that things had been done "not justifiable by the strict rule of the law"; the exclusion of revenue from 1781 to 1950; the protection of provincial judicial officers from suit.
  • Against limb two: ss.15, 17, 39 and 40 of the Regulating Act; the separate courts for commitment and trial of European British subjects; the Ilbert Bill of 1883. For it: s.87 of the Charter Act 1833 and s.2 of the Act of 1861.
  • Against limb three: the Indian constitution was a statute of a Parliament in which Indians were not represented.
  • For the record on the other side: the seven proceedings of Module I; the Court's actual position by 1779; Regulation II of 1793; the separation of the Sadar courts in 1801; the High Courts in 1861; the retiring age in 1935.
munotes.in268

The Rule of Law Before Independence

Test yourself

1. State Dicey's three meanings of the rule of law. The absolute supremacy of regular law as against arbitrary power, so that no one is punished except for a distinct breach of law established before the ordinary courts; the equality of all persons, whatever their rank, before the ordinary law administered by the ordinary tribunals; and a constitution whose general principles are the result of judicial decisions determining the rights of private persons.

2. Give one statutory provision that contradicts each of the first two limbs. For the first, the indemnity in the Settlement Act 1781, which retrospectively excused the Governor-General, the Council and the Advocate-General for resisting the Supreme Court's process, reciting that many things had been done not justifiable by the strict rule of the law. For the second, sections 15, 17, 39 and 40 of the Regulating Act, which took the Governor-General and Councillors out of the Supreme Court's criminal process and made them triable instead in the Court of King's Bench in England.

3. What was the position of European British subjects in criminal trials by the 1880s? Subject to the same substantive law and the same appellate authority as Indians, but in a great degree to different courts for the purposes of commitment and trial, the Criminal Procedure Code of 1872 having moved towards uniformity while preserving such privileges as policy and safety were thought to require.

4. Give two provisions that support the rule of law in British India. Section 87 of the Charter Act of 1833, which forbade disqualification from office by reason only of religion, place of birth, descent or colour; and the preamble to Regulation II of 1793, which required the revenue officers to be deprived of judicial powers, made the Collectors amenable to the courts and personally liable for exactions, and said that Government must divest itself of the power of infringing in its executive capacity the rights it had conferred in its legislative capacity.

munotes.in269

The Rule of Law Before Independence

5. Why does Dicey's third limb not fit India at all? Because the Indian constitution at every stage was an Act of the British Parliament or a charter of the Crown rather than a residue of judicial decisions about the rights of private persons, and the Parliament that made those instruments contained no Indian representation.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in270

Chapter Fifty-Two

The Rule of Law After Independence

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Rule of Law ... after independence"

In one line

After 1950 the rule of law in India stopped being a principle the government professed and became a set of provisions a citizen can enforce against it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Constitution gives the rule of law a stronger foundation than Dicey's, because article 14 guarantees equality before the law and the equal protection of the laws, article 13 makes laws inconsistent with fundamental rights void, articles 32 and 226 give an enforceable remedy against the State, and the basic structure doctrine established in Kesavananda Bharati and applied in Indira Nehru Gandhi and L. Chandra Kumar places the rule of law, judicial review and free and fair elections beyond the reach even of a constitutional amendment.

What the Constitution added to Dicey

Take the three limbs of the last chapter and ask what changed.

Limb one, supremacy of law against arbitrary power. Article 13 provides that laws inconsistent with or in derogation of fundamental rights are void. Article 21 provides that no person shall be deprived of life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law. And articles 32 and 226 give the citizen a court to go to. Where Dicey relied on the ordinary law and Parliament's self-restraint, India has a written limit and an enforcing court.

Limb two, equality. Article 14: the State shall not deny to any person equality before the law or the equal protection of the laws within the territory of India. The first phrase is Dicey's; the second is American, and it means that classification is permitted if it is reasonable and has a rational relation to the object of the law. The separate criminal procedure for European British subjects of the last chapter is impossible under article 14.

Limb three, the source of the constitution. Here India departed from Dicey deliberately and it is worth saying why. India has a written constitution rather than a residue of judicial decisions, and that is not a weakness in the rule of law but a different and stronger arrangement: rights that are written can be enforced against a legislature, whereas rights that are only the residue of decisions can be legislated away.

What the Constitution kept from the old system

Two things, and both belong in an honest answer.

Article 361 gives the President and the Governors personal immunity: they are not answerable to any court for the exercise of the powers and duties of their office, and no criminal proceedings shall be instituted or continued against them during their term. That is a survival of the same idea as sections 15 and 17 of the Regulating Act, narrowed to two offices and to the person rather than to the act.

munotes.in271

The Rule of Law After Independence

And the writ jurisdiction is discretionary in its exercise. A High Court may decline relief under article 226 where an alternative remedy exists. The remedy is constitutional; the practice around it is judge-made restraint.

The three cases that made the rule of law enforceable against Parliament

This is the part of the topic that carries the marks, and the three cases should be given in order, because each builds on the last.

Kesavananda Bharati Sripadagalvaru v. State of Kerala (1973), thirteen judges. The petitioner, the head of a mutt in Kerala, challenged State land reform legislation, and the case widened into the extent of Parliament's power to amend the Constitution under article 368. The Court held, by a majority, that the amending power is wide and reaches every article and every part of the Constitution, but that Parliament has no power to abrogate or emasculate the basic elements or fundamental features of the Constitution, naming as illustrations the sovereignty of India, the democratic character of the polity, the unity of the country and the essential features of the individual freedoms secured to the citizens, and stating that the limitations were illustrative and not exhaustive.

Indira Nehru Gandhi v. Raj Narain (1975), five judges. The Allahabad High Court had set aside the election of the Prime Minister. While the appeal was pending, the Thirty-ninth Amendment inserted article 329A, clause (4) of which provided that the election of a person holding the office of Prime Minister or Speaker should not be called in question in any court, that any pending proceeding should abate and that any existing judgment declaring such an election void should itself be void. The Court declared clause (4), and the connected clauses (5) and (6), invalid. The grounds argued and accepted were that the clause was an exercise of purely judicial power, which is not within the constituent power conferred by article 368; that removing the judicial determination of an election destroyed the democratic character of the Constitution; that it abrogated equality; and that free and fair elections, the rule of law and judicial review are part of the basic structure.

L. Chandra Kumar v. Union of India (1997), seven judges. Held that the power of judicial review vested in the High Courts and the Supreme Court under articles 226 and 32 is integral to the constitutional scheme and part of its basic structure, and struck down the clauses of articles 323A and 323B that excluded it.

Put the three together and the proposition a student needs is this: in India the rule of law is not merely a principle of interpretation but a limit on the power to amend the Constitution itself. Nothing in Dicey, and nothing in Modules I and II, comes close to that.

munotes.in272

The Rule of Law After Independence

The Emergency, and what followed it

The most useful test of the rule of law in independent India is what happened between 1975 and 1977, and a student should treat it as evidence rather than as politics.

What the Constitution permitted. Article 359 allowed the President, during a Proclamation of Emergency, to declare that the right to move any court for the enforcement of Part III rights, as specified in the order, should remain suspended. That is the qualification article 32(4) refers to.

What was attempted. The Thirty-ninth Amendment's article 329A, clause (4), described above, is the clearest instance: a constitutional amendment that decided one case.

What the courts did. Indira Nehru Gandhi struck clause (4) down, on the basic structure doctrine established two years earlier.

What Parliament did afterwards. The Forty-fourth Amendment 1978 narrowed article 359 so that the rights under articles 20 and 21 can no longer be suspended, and made other changes restoring the position. That is the rule of law being strengthened by legislation in response to its own failure, and it is the single best piece of evidence for the topic.

A worked example

Compare the same problem in 1780 and in 1980.

1780. A government resists the process of the highest court in the province. There is no institution in India competent to decide between them. Parliament settles it by an Act that indemnifies the government for what it did.

1980. A government wishes to place a matter beyond the courts. It must either legislate, in which case articles 13, 14, 21, 32 and 226 apply and the law can be struck down; or amend the Constitution, in which case Kesavananda Bharati applies and the amendment can be struck down if it damages the basic structure; or proclaim an Emergency and suspend the right to move the courts under article 359, and even then, after 1978, articles 20 and 21 are beyond its reach.

That is the whole of Module III in one comparison, and it is the right way to end an answer on the rule of law.

What beginners get wrong

"The rule of law is guaranteed by article 14." Article 14 guarantees equality before the law and the equal protection of the laws, which is Dicey's second limb. The rule of law as a whole rests on articles 13, 14, 21, 32 and 226 together, and on the basic structure doctrine.

"The basic structure doctrine is in the Constitution." It is not. It is a construction of article 368 by the Supreme Court in Kesavananda Bharati, and its content has been settled case by case.

munotes.in273

The Rule of Law After Independence

"Fundamental rights cannot be suspended." Article 359 permits the suspension of the right to move any court for their enforcement during an Emergency, and since the Forty-fourth Amendment articles 20 and 21 are outside even that.

"Article 361 shows there is no rule of law in India." It gives two offices a personal immunity of a narrow kind. Compare sections 15 and 17 of the Regulating Act, which covered the whole executive government of Bengal and its judges.

Limits and criticism

Three criticisms are commonly made and a student should be able to state each in a sentence and answer it in another.

"The basic structure doctrine is undemocratic, because unelected judges limit an elected Parliament." The answer given in Kesavananda Bharati is that a power capable of being used against the people themselves cannot be regarded as a power exercised on their behalf, and that an unlimited amending power could make the Constitution unamendable in substance by removing the very rights that make amendment meaningful.

"Judicial review has become judicial government." The answer is that the remedy for an excess of judicial power is not the removal of judicial power, and that the alternative, tested between 1975 and 1977, is worse.

"The rule of law is a formality when justice takes twenty years." This is the strongest criticism and it has no good answer. Delay is the standing failure of the Indian legal system, it is recorded in this book from the 1790s onwards, and no constitutional provision has cured it.

Quick revision

  • Article 13: laws inconsistent with fundamental rights are void. Article 14: equality before the law and the equal protection of the laws. Article 21: no deprivation of life or liberty except according to procedure established by law. Articles 32 and 226: the remedy.
  • Kesavananda Bharati (1973): the amending power reaches every article, but Parliament cannot abrogate or emasculate the basic elements or fundamental features.
  • Indira Nehru Gandhi (1975): clause (4) of article 329A invalid; a constitutional amendment cannot decide an individual case, and free and fair elections, the rule of law and judicial review are basic features.
  • L. Chandra Kumar (1997): judicial review under articles 226 and 32 is part of the basic structure.
  • Article 359 permits suspension of the right to move a court during an Emergency; the Forty-fourth Amendment 1978 placed articles 20 and 21 beyond it.
  • Article 361 keeps a narrow personal immunity for the President and the Governors.

Test yourself

1. How does the Indian position improve on Dicey's first two limbs? Article 13 makes laws inconsistent with fundamental rights void, article 21 requires a procedure established by law before life or liberty is taken, and articles 32 and 226 give an enforceable remedy, so the supremacy of law does not depend on the legislature's self-restraint; and article 14 guarantees both equality before the law and the equal protection of the laws, so a classification must be reasonable and related to the object of the law.

munotes.in274

The Rule of Law After Independence

2. State the holding in Kesavananda Bharati in one sentence. That the power to amend under article 368 is wide and reaches every article and every part of the Constitution, but that Parliament has no power to abrogate or emasculate the basic elements or fundamental features of the Constitution, the illustrations given being illustrative and not exhaustive.

3. What was struck down in Indira Nehru Gandhi v. Raj Narain, and on what ground? Clause (4) of article 329A, and the connected clauses (5) and (6), inserted by the Thirty-ninth Amendment, which had placed the election of a person holding the office of Prime Minister or Speaker beyond any court and made an existing judgment void. The grounds were that it was an exercise of purely judicial power outside the constituent power, that it destroyed the democratic character of the Constitution by removing judicial determination, that it abrogated equality, and that free and fair elections, the rule of law and judicial review are part of the basic structure.

4. What did the Forty-fourth Amendment do for the rule of law, and why does it matter? It narrowed article 359 so that the right to move a court for the enforcement of articles 20 and 21 can no longer be suspended during an Emergency. It matters because it is an instance of the rule of law being strengthened by legislation in response to its own failure.

5. What is the strongest criticism of the rule of law in India today, and why is it hard to answer? That a right which takes many years to enforce is a right in form only. It is hard to answer because delay is documented in this book from the 1790s and no constitutional provision has cured it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in275

Chapter Fifty-Three

Independence of the Judiciary: The Constitutional Guarantees

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Independence of Judiciary"

In one line

Judicial independence in India is not one rule but seven, and each was written because of something that had gone wrong.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the independence of the judiciary is secured by security of tenure, since a Judge of the Supreme Court or a High Court can be removed only by an order of the President after an address of both Houses on proved misbehaviour or incapacity; by a salary charged on the Consolidated Fund and not variable to a Judge's disadvantage after appointment; by a bar on discussion of a Judge's conduct in Parliament or a State Legislature except on a motion for removal; by a restriction on practice after retirement; by the court's control over its own officers and servants and over the subordinate judiciary; by the power to punish for contempt of itself; and by the separation of the judiciary from the executive directed by article 50.

The seven guarantees

Learn them as a list, because the question is almost always "how does the Constitution secure the independence of the judiciary?" and a list with the articles is the answer.

One: security of tenure. A Judge of the Supreme Court holds office until sixty-five and a Judge of a High Court until sixty-two, and either may be removed only by an order of the President after an address of each House of Parliament, supported by a majority of the total membership and by two-thirds of those present and voting, in the same session, on the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity: article 124(4), applied to High Court Judges by article 217(1)(b).

Every earlier instrument in this book gave less. Section 4 of the Indian High Courts Act 1861 and section 102 of the Government of India Act 1915: office during Her Majesty's pleasure. Section 220(2) of the Act of 1935: a retiring age of sixty and no removal procedure.

Two: a salary that cannot be reduced. Article 125 for the Supreme Court and article 221 for the High Courts: salaries as in the Second Schedule, allowances, leave and pension as Parliament or the appropriate authority determines, provided that neither shall be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment. That proviso runs back through section 201 and section 221 of the Act of 1935 to section 104 of the Act of 1915, which added that the remuneration is "the whole profit or advantage" the Judge enjoys from the office.

Three: the expenses are charged, not voted. Article 146(3): the administrative expenses of the Supreme Court, including all salaries, allowances and pensions of its officers and servants, are charged upon the Consolidated Fund of India. Article 229(3) does the same for a High Court on the Consolidated Fund of the State. Charged expenditure is not submitted to the vote of the legislature, so a court's funding cannot be used as a means of pressure. Compare section 216 and section 228 of the Act of 1935.

munotes.in276

Independence of the Judiciary: The Constitutional Guarantees

Four: no discussion in the legislature. Article 121: no discussion shall take place in Parliament with respect to the conduct of any Judge of the Supreme Court or of a High Court in the discharge of his duties except upon a motion for presenting an address to the President praying for his removal. Article 211 imposes the same bar on a State Legislature. Compare section 40 and section 86 of the Government of India Act 1935, which are in almost the same words.

Five: no practice afterwards. Article 124(7): a person who has held office as a Judge of the Supreme Court shall not plead or act in any court or before any authority within the territory of India. Article 220: a person who has held office as a permanent Judge of a High Court shall not plead or act in any court or before any authority in India except the Supreme Court and the other High Courts. A judge with no future practice to protect has nothing to gain from a decision that pleases a future client.

Six: control over its own establishment and over the courts below. Article 146(1): appointments of the officers and servants of the Supreme Court are made by the Chief Justice of India or a Judge or officer he directs. Article 229(1): the same for a High Court, by its Chief Justice. Article 235: control over the district courts and the courts subordinate to them, including posting, promotion and leave of officers below district judge, is vested in the High Court. And article 227 gives every High Court superintendence over all courts and tribunals in its territories.

Seven: contempt. Article 129: the Supreme Court is a court of record with all the powers of such a court including the power to punish for contempt of itself. Article 215: the same for every High Court. A court that cannot protect its own process depends on the executive to protect it, and Module I shows what that is worth.

To those seven, article 50 adds a directive that the State shall take steps to separate the judiciary from the executive in the public services of the State; and article 144 provides that all authorities, civil and judicial, in India shall act in aid of the Supreme Court.

munotes.in277

Independence of the Judiciary: The Constitutional Guarantees

Independence from whom

The question is worth asking explicitly, because the seven guarantees do not all point the same way.

From the executive: security of tenure, the irreducible salary, control over the court's own officers, control over the subordinate judiciary, and the bar on practice afterwards. The mischief is a government that can dismiss, impoverish, transfer or reward a judge.

From the legislature: charged expenditure, and the bar on discussion in article 121 and article 211. The mischief is a legislature that debates a judge's conduct or starves his court.

From the parties and from the public: the contempt power. The mischief is a litigant or a newspaper that obstructs or intimidates.

An answer that sorts the guarantees by the danger each answers is worth more than one that lists them.

Where each guarantee comes from

This is the table that makes the topic a history answer rather than a civics answer.

GuaranteeConstitutionIts ancestor in this book
Security of tenurearts. 124(4), 217Nothing: tenure was at pleasure until 1935, and a retiring age with no removal procedure thereafter
Salary not reduciblearts. 125, 221s.104 of the Act of 1915; ss.201, 221 of the Act of 1935
Expenses chargedarts. 146(3), 229(3)ss.216, 228 of the Act of 1935
No discussion in the legislaturearts. 121, 211ss.40, 86 of the Act of 1935
No practice afterwardsarts. 124(7), 220Nothing
Control over subordinate courtsarts. 227, 235s.15 of the Act of 1861; s.107 of 1915; s.224 of 1935
Contemptarts. 129, 215The status of court of record, from the Mayors' Courts of 1726 onwards
Separation from the executiveart. 50Cornwallis, Regulation II of 1793

Two rows say "nothing", and they are the two that matter most. Security of tenure and the bar on practice after retirement have no ancestor in British India, and they are the two guarantees that most directly answer the events of Module I, in which the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court accepted from the Council the office of Judge of the Sadar Diwani Adalat with a salary held at their pleasure.

A worked example

Take Impey's position in 1780 and test it against each of the seven.

  • Tenure: he held office under a charter, and the Company could not dismiss him, so this one he had.
  • Salary: paid by the Company, and for the Sadar Diwani Adalat office at the Council's pleasure. Fails, and it is the fact that became an article of his impeachment.
  • Expenses: the Court's establishment was approved by the Governor-General and Council under section 13 of the Regulating Act. Fails.
  • Discussion in the legislature: the Council both legislated and complained of him constantly, and Parliament impeached him. Fails.
  • Practice afterwards: no rule. Fails.
  • Control over subordinate courts: the Company's courts were not his to supervise, which is exactly what the seven proceedings were about. Fails.
  • Contempt: he had it, and the only person committed in the Cossijurah affair was the Zamindar's attorney. Formally passes, and it did not help.
munotes.in278

Independence of the Judiciary: The Constitutional Guarantees

One of seven, and that is the honest measure of judicial independence in 1780.

What beginners get wrong

"Independence of the judiciary is guaranteed by article 50." Article 50 is a Directive Principle and is not enforceable. The enforceable guarantees are the seven above.

"A judge can be impeached." The Constitution does not use that word for judges. Article 124(4) provides for removal by an order of the President after an address of both Houses on proved misbehaviour or incapacity.

"Parliament cannot discuss judges at all." Article 121 bars discussion of a Judge's conduct in the discharge of his duties, except on a motion for an address for removal. It does not bar discussion of the judiciary as an institution or of the law.

"The salary of a judge cannot be changed." It cannot be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment. It can be increased, and it can be changed for future appointees.

Limits and criticism

Three criticisms, each fair.

Removal is so difficult that it has never been completed against a Judge of the Supreme Court. A protection designed to prevent removal for the wrong reasons also prevents it for the right ones, and the discipline that remains is the profession's opinion and the in-house procedure the Supreme Court has devised.

Appointments are outside the list. Not one of the seven guarantees concerns how a judge is chosen, and that is the largest gap in the chapter. The next chapter is about how it was filled, and by whom.

And post-retirement appointments are not covered by articles 124(7) and 220. Those articles bar practice, not office: a retired judge may be appointed to a tribunal or a commission, and the criticism that the prospect of such an appointment may influence a judge before retirement is made regularly and is not answered by any provision of the Constitution.

Quick revision

  • Tenure: 65 for the Supreme Court, 62 for a High Court; removal only by order of the President after an address of both Houses, special majorities, same session, proved misbehaviour or incapacity: arts. 124(4), 217.
  • Salary: arts. 125, 221, not to be varied to his disadvantage after appointment.
  • Expenses charged on the Consolidated Fund: arts. 146(3), 229(3).
  • No discussion in the legislature except on a removal motion: arts. 121, 211.
  • No practice afterwards: art. 124(7) absolutely; art. 220 except in the Supreme Court and other High Courts.
  • Control over the court's own officers and over the subordinate judiciary: arts. 146(1), 229(1), 235, and superintendence under art. 227.
  • Contempt of itself: arts. 129, 215.
  • Plus art. 50, a directive, and art. 144, all authorities to act in aid.
munotes.in279

Independence of the Judiciary: The Constitutional Guarantees

Test yourself

1. List the seven constitutional guarantees of judicial independence with their articles. Security of tenure, articles 124(4) and 217; a salary not variable to disadvantage, articles 125 and 221; expenses charged on the Consolidated Fund, articles 146(3) and 229(3); the bar on discussion in the legislature, articles 121 and 211; the restriction on practice after retirement, articles 124(7) and 220; control over the court's own officers and over the subordinate judiciary, articles 146(1), 229(1), 227 and 235; and the power to punish for contempt of itself, articles 129 and 215.

2. Which two guarantees have no ancestor in British India, and why does that matter? Security of tenure and the restriction on practice after retirement. It matters because they are the two that most directly answer the events of Module I, in which judges held office and salary at another authority's pleasure and there was no rule about what a judge might do afterwards.

3. What does it mean that a court's expenses are "charged" on the Consolidated Fund? That they are not submitted to the vote of the legislature, so the funding of the court cannot be used as a means of pressure on it.

4. What exactly does article 121 forbid? Discussion in Parliament with respect to the conduct of any Judge of the Supreme Court or of a High Court in the discharge of his duties, except upon a motion for presenting an address to the President praying for his removal. Article 211 imposes the same bar on a State Legislature.

5. Name the largest gap in this chapter, and say where it is filled. The manner of appointment, which none of the seven guarantees touches. It is dealt with in articles 124(2) and 217(1) and, in practice, by the four decisions considered in the next chapter.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in280

Chapter Fifty-Four

Independence of the Judiciary: Who Appoints the Judges

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Independence of Judiciary"

In one line

The Constitution says judges are appointed by the President "after consultation", and four decisions have turned those two words into a system in which the judges choose the judges.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: articles 124(2) and 217(1) provide for appointment by the President after consultation with the Chief Justice of India and others; in S. P. Gupta the Supreme Court held that consultation is not concurrence and that the executive may take its own decision; in the Second Judges Case a bench of nine judges held that the opinion of the Chief Justice of India, formed in consultation with a plurality of senior judges, has primacy and that no appointment can be made against it; the Third Judges Case settled the composition of that plurality on a Presidential reference; and in 2015 the Constitution (Ninety-ninth Amendment) Act, which had replaced consultation with a National Judicial Appointments Commission, was struck down as violating the independence of the judiciary and the basic structure.

The text, and what it does not say

Article 124(2), as it stands in law: every Judge of the Supreme Court shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal after consultation with such of the Judges of the Supreme Court and of the High Courts in the States as the President may deem necessary, and in the case of the appointment of a Judge other than the Chief Justice, the Chief Justice of India shall always be consulted.

Article 217(1): every Judge of a High Court shall be appointed by the President by warrant after consultation with the Chief Justice of India, the Governor of the State, and, in the case of the appointment of a Judge other than the Chief Justice, the Chief Justice of the High Court.

Now notice three absences, because the whole of this chapter lives in them.

The Constitution does not say what consultation means.

It does not say what happens if the consultees disagree.

And it contains no body called a collegium. That word is nowhere in the text.

Everything that follows is judicial construction of two words.

The First Judges Case: S. P. Gupta v. President of India (1981)

A group of petitions by advocates raised the non-extension of the term of an Additional Judge of the Delhi High Court, the transfer of judges, and the Law Minister's circular to Chief Ministers about the consent of proposed appointees to being posted outside their own States.

A bench of seven judges held, by a majority:

Consultation is not concurrence. The judgment quotes the earlier formulation: "consultation is different from consentaneity. They may discuss but may disagree; they may confer but may not concur."

munotes.in281

Independence of the Judiciary: Who Appoints the Judges

No functionary has primacy. Article 217(1) places the three consultees, the Chief Justice of India, the Governor and the Chief Justice of the High Court, on the same footing so far as the consultative process is concerned, and it is difficult to see on what principle primacy could be given to the opinion of one.

The Central Government decides. After considering the opinions and giving them due weight, the Central Government is entitled to come to its own decision, and that decision can be assailed only on the ground that it is mala fide or based on irrelevant considerations.

The judgment supports itself with Dr Ambedkar's answer in the Constituent Assembly to a proposal that appointments require the concurrence of the Chief Justice of India: that to allow the Chief Justice practically a veto on the appointment of judges would transfer to him an authority the Assembly was not prepared to vest in the President or the Government of the day.

The Second Judges Case (1993)

Twelve years later a bench of nine judges reconsidered those questions, and reversed the central holding.

The opinion of the Chief Justice of India has primacy, and it is not his personal opinion: it is an opinion formed in consultation with a plurality of senior judges of the Supreme Court and with the senior judge conversant with the affairs of the High Court concerned.

No appointment may be made against it. No appointment can be made by the President under article 124(2) or article 217(1) unless it is in conformity with that opinion.

The executive keeps a limited say. It may decline to appoint a recommendee for good reasons on the material placed before the Chief Justice of India, but if the recommendation is reiterated with the unanimous agreement of the other judicial consultees, the executive is bound.

On transfer under article 222: a transfer may be made in the public interest without the judge's consent, S. P. Gupta being overruled to that extent; it must be initiated by the Chief Justice of India; his recommendation binds the executive; and a transfer is not justiciable except on the ground that it was made without his recommendation.

And on appointments generally: the Chief Justice of India is appointed on the basis of selection by merit, seniority alone not governing; and appointment to the Supreme Court is by selection on merit, with inter se seniority in the High Courts kept in view.

That plurality of judges, consulting and forming an opinion the executive cannot override, is what came to be called the collegium. It is a construction of the words "after consultation", and it is worth repeating that the Constitution does not use the word.

munotes.in282

Independence of the Judiciary: Who Appoints the Judges

The Third Judges Case (1998)

The President made a reference under article 143 asking, in substance, what "consultation" required in practice. The Supreme Court's opinion settled the working details: the size of the collegium for appointments to the Supreme Court and for the transfer of High Court judges, the requirement that the Chief Justice of India consult his colleagues and record their views, and the consequence of a recommendation made without that process.

For a Semester 3 answer, the point to make is what kind of proceeding it was: an advisory opinion on a reference under article 143, not a decision in a lis. It did not overrule the Second Judges Case; it worked out how it is to be operated.

The NJAC case (2015)

Parliament tried to replace the whole arrangement by constitutional amendment.

The Constitution (Ninety-ninth Amendment) Act 2014 substituted, in articles 124(2) and 217(1), a requirement that appointments be made on the recommendation of a National Judicial Appointments Commission, and inserted articles 124A, 124B and 124C constituting that Commission, whose members were to include the Union Minister in charge of Law and Justice and two eminent persons. The National Judicial Appointments Commission Act 2014 gave effect to it.

A bench of five judges struck both down. The reasoning, in the judgment's own terms:

Clause (c) of article 124A(1), including the Union Minister in charge of Law and Justice as an ex officio member, is ultra vires, because it impinges on the principles of the independence of the judiciary and the separation of powers.

Clause (d), providing for two eminent persons, is ultra vires for a variety of reasons and violates the basic structure.

All the clauses (a) to (d) of article 124A(1) are therefore set aside; and with article 124A(1) struck down, the entire Constitution (Ninety-ninth Amendment) Act 2014 is struck down in its entirety as ultra vires.

The provisions the amendment sought to amend automatically revive, and the status quo ante is restored. The NJAC Act, having no independent existence, falls with it.

The fact that proves it, and that most students do not know

Open the Ministry of Law and Justice's own print of the Constitution today. Article 124(2) still contains the words "on the recommendation of the National Judicial Appointments Commission referred to in article 124A", and so does article 217(1); articles 124A, 124B and 124C are still printed. Each carries a footnote recording that the amendment was struck down by the Supreme Court on 16 October 2015.

The reason is technical and worth understanding: an amendment that is struck down is not repealed. Parliament has not removed the words; a court has held them void. So the printed Constitution and the Constitution in force are not the same document, and a student reading the bare text without the footnotes will state the law exactly backwards.

munotes.in283

Independence of the Judiciary: Who Appoints the Judges

A worked example

An appointment to the Bombay High Court in 2020. Who does what?

  1. The collegium of the High Court, the Chief Justice of the High Court with the two senior-most judges, recommends a name.
  2. The State Government and the Governor comment; the Union Government makes inquiries.
  3. The collegium of the Supreme Court, the Chief Justice of India with the two senior-most judges, considers the recommendation.
  4. If it recommends, the President appoints by warrant under article 217(1).
  5. If the Government returns the recommendation with reasons, the collegium may reconsider; if it reiterates unanimously, the Second Judges Case makes the recommendation binding.

Notice that steps 1, 3 and 5 are nowhere in the Constitution. They come from the Second and Third Judges Cases, and they are the law because article 141 makes the law declared by the Supreme Court binding on all courts, and because the attempt to replace them by amendment failed in 2015.

What beginners get wrong

"The collegium is in the Constitution." It is not. The Constitution says "after consultation". The collegium is a construction of those words by the Second and Third Judges Cases.

"The Third Judges Case overruled the Second." It did not. It was an advisory opinion on a Presidential reference under article 143 which worked out how the Second Judges Case is to be operated.

"The NJAC was struck down because Parliament cannot amend the Constitution." Parliament can. It was struck down because the particular composition of the Commission was held to impinge on the independence of the judiciary and the separation of powers, and so to damage the basic structure.

"S. P. Gupta is no longer worth learning." It is, because the question is always what "consultation" means, and S. P. Gupta is the answer the Second Judges Case rejected. An answer that gives the sequence is a much better answer than one that gives only the present position.

Limits and criticism

This is a topic on which a student is expected to know the arguments, not to take a side, and the two cases are easy to state fairly.

Against the collegium. It is not in the text. It was created by a court deciding the extent of its own members' power. Its proceedings were for a long time unpublished. And Dr Ambedkar's objection, quoted in S. P. Gupta, is not answered by anything in the Second Judges Case: the Chief Justice is a man with the failings and prejudices common people have, and giving the judiciary a veto transfers to it an authority the Assembly declined to give the Government.

munotes.in284

Independence of the Judiciary: Who Appoints the Judges

For the collegium. The alternative tested in this book is worse. Module I ends with a Chief Justice holding an office and a salary at the pleasure of the government he was supposed to judge. Module II is a century in which every judge was appointed by an executive answerable to nobody in India. And the events of 1975 to 1977 are within living memory of the judges who decided the Second Judges Case. Whatever the collegium's defects, it answers a danger that has actually materialised in India, while the danger it creates, a self-perpetuating judiciary, is argued rather than demonstrated.

The honest conclusion is that the Constitution's two words are inadequate to the question, that four decisions and one failed amendment have not settled it, and that a student who says so has understood the topic.

Quick revision

  • Text: appointment by the President "after consultation" with the persons named in articles 124(2) and 217(1). No definition of consultation, no rule for disagreement, no collegium.
  • S. P. Gupta (1981), seven judges: consultation is not concurrence; no primacy for any consultee; the Central Government decides, challengeable only for mala fides or irrelevant considerations.
  • Second Judges Case (1993), nine judges: the Chief Justice of India's opinion, formed with a plurality of senior judges, has primacy; no appointment against it; a reiterated unanimous recommendation binds the executive; on transfer, the Chief Justice must initiate and his recommendation binds.
  • Third Judges Case (1998): an advisory opinion under article 143 working out the composition and procedure. It did not overrule the Second.
  • NJAC case (2015), five judges: article 124A(1)(c) and (d) ultra vires, the whole Ninety-ninth Amendment struck down, the earlier provisions revive, and the NJAC Act falls with it.
  • The printed Constitution still carries the struck-down words in articles 124(2), 217(1), 124A, 124B and 124C, with footnotes.

Test yourself

1. What do articles 124(2) and 217(1) actually say about appointment? That every Judge shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal after consultation with the persons named: for the Supreme Court, such Judges of the Supreme Court and the High Courts as the President deems necessary, the Chief Justice of India always being consulted for an appointment other than that of Chief Justice; and for a High Court, the Chief Justice of India, the Governor of the State, and the Chief Justice of the High Court for a Judge other than the Chief Justice.

munotes.in285

Independence of the Judiciary: Who Appoints the Judges

2. State the holdings of the First and Second Judges Cases and how they differ. S. P. Gupta held that consultation is not concurrence, that none of the constitutional functionaries has primacy and that the Central Government may take its own decision, challengeable only for mala fides or irrelevant considerations. The Second Judges Case held that the opinion of the Chief Justice of India, formed in consultation with a plurality of senior judges, has primacy, that no appointment can be made against it, and that a reiterated unanimous recommendation binds the executive.

3. What kind of proceeding was the Third Judges Case? An advisory opinion of the Supreme Court on a reference by the President under article 143, working out how the Second Judges Case is to be operated. It did not overrule it.

4. Why was the Ninety-ninth Amendment struck down? Because clause (c) of article 124A(1), including the Union Minister in charge of Law and Justice as an ex officio member of the Commission, was held to impinge on the independence of the judiciary and the separation of powers, and clause (d), providing for two eminent persons, was held ultra vires and violative of the basic structure; with article 124A(1) set aside, the whole amendment was struck down and the earlier provisions revived.

5. Why do the NJAC words still appear in the printed Constitution? Because an amendment that is struck down is not repealed. Parliament has not removed the words; the Supreme Court held them void, and the Ministry of Law and Justice's print carries them with a footnote recording the judgment of 16 October 2015.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in286

Chapter Fifty-Five

Separation of Powers: Before and After Independence

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Separation of Powers: Before independence and after independence"

In one line

India has no strict separation of powers and never claimed one, but it does have a rule that no organ may take over the essential functions of another, and the sharpest illustration of what that prevents is in this book's own Module I.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Montesquieu's doctrine requires the legislative, executive and judicial powers to be in different hands; India has a parliamentary system in which the executive sits in the legislature, so the doctrine is not applied in its absolute rigidity, but in Ram Jawaya Kapur v. State of Punjab the Supreme Court held that the functions of the different branches have been sufficiently differentiated that the Constitution does not contemplate the assumption by one organ of functions that essentially belong to another, and in Indira Nehru Gandhi v. Raj Narain a constitutional amendment that decided an individual election dispute was struck down as an exercise of judicial power outside the constituent power.

Montesquieu, in one paragraph

The doctrine as usually stated has three limbs: the same person should not form part of more than one of the three organs; one organ should not control or interfere with another; and one organ should not exercise the functions of another.

No modern constitution applies all three strictly. The United States comes closest on the first: the President is not a member of Congress. The United Kingdom applies none of them strictly: the Government sits in Parliament and, until 2009, the highest court sat in the House of Lords.

India follows the British model on the first limb and the American on parts of the third, and a student should say so plainly rather than describing India as having "partial separation" without explaining which part.

Where India departs from the doctrine

The executive is inside the legislature. Under articles 74 and 75 there is a Council of Ministers with the Prime Minister at the head to aid and advise the President, and ministers are members of Parliament. The Court described the position in Ram Jawaya Kapur: the Constitution, though federal in structure, is modelled on the British parliamentary system, where the executive has the primary responsibility for the formulation of policy and its transmission into law, on condition of retaining the confidence of the legislature; and the Council of Ministers, drawn from the legislature, is like the British Cabinet "a hyphen which joins, a buckle which fastens" the legislative part of the State to the executive part.

The executive legislates. Delegated legislation is a normal part of Indian law, and the ordinance power under articles 123 and 213 allows the President and a Governor to make law when the legislature is not in session.

munotes.in287

Separation of Powers: Before and After Independence

The legislature judges. Each House has the power to punish for contempt of itself, and articles 122 and 212 provide that the validity of proceedings in Parliament and in a State Legislature shall not be called in question on the ground of any alleged irregularity of procedure.

And the judiciary makes rules and administers. Articles 145, 146, 229 and 235 give the courts rule-making and administrative powers over their own establishments and over the courts below.

Where India applies the doctrine

The rule in Ram Jawaya Kapur. The Court, deciding whether the Punjab Government could carry on the business of printing and publishing school textbooks without a specific statute, said in paragraph 14 that the executive power connotes the residue of governmental functions remaining after legislative and judicial functions are taken away, and then laid down the proposition that governs the whole topic:

The Indian Constitution has not indeed recognised the doctrine of separation of powers in its absolute rigidity, but the functions of the different parts or branches of the Government have been sufficiently differentiated, and consequently it can very well be said that our Constitution does not contemplate assumption, by one organ or part of the State, of functions that essentially belong to another.

The Court added, in the same paragraph, that the executive may exercise delegated legislative power, and judicial functions in a limited way when empowered, but can never go against the provisions of the Constitution or of any law.

The rule applied: Indira Nehru Gandhi v. Raj Narain. The Thirty-ninth Amendment inserted article 329A, clause (4) of which took the election of a person holding the office of Prime Minister or Speaker out of every court, abated pending proceedings and made an existing judgment void. The Court declared clause (4) and the connected clauses invalid. Among the grounds argued and accepted was that the clause was an exercise of purely judicial power, which is not included in the constituent power conferred by article 368: an amendment lays down general principles governing the organs of the State and does not decide individual cases.

Put the two together and the Indian rule is precise. The organs overlap, and that is by design; what is forbidden is one organ taking over the essential function of another, and deciding a particular dispute between particular parties is the essential function of a court.

And article 50 directs the State to take steps to separate the judiciary from the executive in the public services of the State. It is a Directive Principle, and it was given effect for the criminal courts by the separation of judicial from executive magistrates under the Code of Criminal Procedure 1973, and in the Constitution itself by article 236's definition of "judicial service" as one consisting exclusively of persons intended for judicial posts.

munotes.in288

Separation of Powers: Before and After Independence

Before independence: the contrast this book supplies

MU's topic asks for the position before independence as well, and this is where a student of History of Courts has an advantage over a student of constitutional law. The answer is not a general statement; it is a list of institutions in which the three powers were held by the same body, and every one of them has been worked in an earlier chapter.

1726 to 1773, the Presidency Towns. The Governor and the five senior members of Council were the executive government of the settlement, its principal traders, and, as Justices of the Peace and Commissioners of Oyer and Terminer and General Gaol Delivery, its criminal court; and they were also the court of appeal from the Mayor's Court.

1772 to 1780, Bengal. The Collector was the revenue officer of his district and the judge of its civil court. The Governor-General and Council were the executive government, the legislature under section 36 of the Regulating Act, and the Sadar Diwani Adalat and the Sadar Nizamat Adalat.

1775 to 1780. The Provincial Councils collected the revenue and sat as the appellate courts over the amils who judged revenue disputes, which is why the Patna case and Sarup Chand's case were possible.

1787 to 1793. Cornwallis deliberately reunited the offices, making the Collector the judge of the district civil court and of the Mal Adalat, so that the people would "look to one master".

1793. Cornwallis reversed himself, and Regulation II of 1793 states the doctrine as clearly as any modern authority: that if the regulations for collecting revenue are infringed the revenue officers must themselves be the aggressors, that individuals wronged by them in one capacity can never hope for redress from them in another, and that Government must divest itself of the power of infringing in its executive capacity the rights and privileges which, as exercising the legislative authority, it has conferred.

And 1793 to 1801. Even after that separation, the Sadar Diwani Adalat and the Sadar Nizamat Adalat remained the Governor-General and the members of Council, until Regulation II of 1801 gave them a Chief Judge and puisne judges and, in Cowell's words, they thereafter exercised their functions distinct from the legislative and executive authority of the State.

That last date is the one to remember: 1801 is when the highest courts in the Company's territories stopped being the executive government, and it is a hundred and forty-nine years before article 50.

A worked example

Apply the Ram Jawaya Kapur rule to four situations.

munotes.in289

Separation of Powers: Before and After Independence

A State Government starts a bus service without a statute, having obtained the money through the Appropriation Act. Permissible. Executive power is the residue of governmental functions, and no specific legislation is needed unless additional powers or an encroachment on private rights is required. That is the actual decision in Ram Jawaya Kapur.

Parliament passes an Act declaring that a named person's conviction is set aside. Not permissible. Deciding a particular case is the essential function of a court.

A constitutional amendment provides that the election of a named office-holder shall not be questioned in any court and that an existing judgment is void. Struck down: Indira Nehru Gandhi.

A statute empowers the executive to make rules prescribing the details of a scheme. Permissible. Delegated legislation is expressly contemplated by Ram Jawaya Kapur, provided the executive does not go against the Constitution or any law.

What beginners get wrong

"India follows the separation of powers." Not in its absolute rigidity, and the Court has said so. What India has is a differentiation of functions with a rule against one organ assuming the essential functions of another.

"Article 50 is the separation of powers." Article 50 is a Directive Principle about separating the judiciary from the executive in the public services of a State. The general doctrine comes from the structure of the Constitution and from Ram Jawaya Kapur.

"There was no separation of powers before independence." Too crude. The separation of the courts from the revenue administration was achieved in 1793 and completed at the top in 1801, and it is stated in Regulation II of 1793 in terms a modern court would accept. What was absent throughout was the separation of the legislature from the executive, because the Governor-General in Council was both.

"Ram Jawaya Kapur is about separation of powers." It is about the extent of executive power, and paragraph 14 states the separation principle on the way. Say what the case decided, and then quote the paragraph.

Limits and criticism

Two criticisms, and both are more interesting than the usual ones.

The Indian executive's dominance of the legislature is structural, not accidental. Ram Jawaya Kapur says so: the Cabinet, enjoying a majority in the legislature, "concentrates in itself the virtual control of both legislative and executive functions". A doctrine of separation that leaves two of the three powers in one set of hands has really only one separation to protect, and that is the judicial one. Which is why Module III has spent five chapters on judicial independence and one on separation of powers.

And the boundary is policed only by the judiciary. It is the courts that decide whether an organ has assumed a function essentially belonging to another, and the courts are one of the three organs. That is the standing objection to judicial review everywhere, and the answer given in Kesavananda Bharati and Indira Nehru Gandhi is that the alternative, a power capable of being used against the people themselves, is worse.

munotes.in290

Separation of Powers: Before and After Independence

Handing over to Module IV

Module III has been about the courts under the Constitution and about the three ideas they are supposed to serve. Every one of those ideas has been tested in this chapter against the institutions of Modules I and II, and the comparison has repeatedly turned on the same fact: that the Governor-General in Council was the executive, the legislature and the highest court all at once.

Module IV takes that fact and follows one half of it. How did the legislature separate itself out? From the Charter of 1600, which gave a trading company power to make laws for its own servants, through the Charter Acts, the Indian Councils Acts and the Government of India Acts, to the Indian Independence Act 1947. And then it follows the other institution this book has met at every stage without describing: the legal profession, from the vakils of the Mughal courts to the Advocates Act 1961.

Quick revision

  • Montesquieu: same persons not in more than one organ; no organ to control another; no organ to exercise another's functions. No modern constitution applies all three strictly.
  • India departs: the executive sits in the legislature (arts. 74, 75); the executive legislates by delegation and by ordinance (arts. 123, 213); the legislature's proceedings are protected from question (arts. 122, 212); the judiciary makes rules and administers (arts. 145, 146, 229, 235).
  • India applies: Ram Jawaya Kapur (1955), paragraph 14: the doctrine is not recognised in absolute rigidity, but the functions are sufficiently differentiated and the Constitution does not contemplate assumption by one organ of functions that essentially belong to another; and the executive can never go against the Constitution or any law.
  • Indira Nehru Gandhi (1975): an amendment deciding an individual election dispute is an exercise of judicial power outside the constituent power. Clause (4) of article 329A struck down.
  • Article 50: a directive to separate the judiciary from the executive in the public services; given effect by the Code of Criminal Procedure 1973 and by article 236's definition of judicial service.
  • Before independence: the same body was executive, legislature and highest court from 1726 to 1801. Regulation II of 1793 states the principle; Regulation II of 1801 completes the separation of the Sadar courts from the executive.

Test yourself

1. Quote the proposition from Ram Jawaya Kapur that governs this topic. That the Indian Constitution has not recognised the doctrine of separation of powers in its absolute rigidity, but that the functions of the different parts or branches of Government have been sufficiently differentiated, so that the Constitution does not contemplate the assumption by one organ or part of the State of functions that essentially belong to another.

munotes.in291

Separation of Powers: Before and After Independence

2. Give three ways in which India departs from a strict separation. The executive sits in the legislature and is drawn from it; the executive legislates through delegated legislation and through the ordinance power under articles 123 and 213; and the legislature exercises judicial functions in punishing contempt of itself, its proceedings being protected from question by articles 122 and 212.

3. How was the doctrine applied in Indira Nehru Gandhi v. Raj Narain? The Court struck down clause (4) of article 329A on the ground, among others, that it was an exercise of purely judicial power, which is not within the constituent power conferred by article 368: an amendment lays down general principles and does not decide an individual case.

4. Describe the position before independence in three examples. From 1726 the Governor and the five senior members of Council in a Presidency Town were the executive, the criminal court and the court of appeal from the Mayor's Court; from 1772 the Collector was the revenue officer and the judge of his district's civil court, and the Governor-General in Council was the executive, the legislature under section 36 of the Regulating Act and both Sadar Adalats; and from 1787 Cornwallis deliberately reunited the offices so that the people should look to one master.

5. When did the highest courts in the Company's territories cease to be the executive government? By Regulation II of 1801, which directed that the Sadar Diwani Adalat and the Sadar Nizamat Adalat, until then composed of the Governor-General and members of Council, should consist of a Chief Judge and puisne judges, and from that time they exercised their functions distinct from the legislative and executive authority of the State.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in292

Module IV

History of Legislature & History of Legal Profession:

munotes.in

Chapter Fifty-Six

The Legislature Begins: the Charter of 1600

Syllabus topic 4.1.1, "Charter of 1600"

In one line

The Indian legislature begins as one clause in a trading charter, giving a company power to make rules for its own servants provided they were reasonable and not repugnant to the laws of England.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the power to legislate for what became British India originated in the Charter of 31 December 1600, which authorised the Governor and Company of Merchants of London trading into the East Indies, in their general assembly, to make laws, constitutions, orders and ordinances for the good government of the Company and its servants and to impose imprisonments, fines and amerciaments for their breach, subject to the condition that they be reasonable and not contrary or repugnant to the laws, statutes or customs of the realm.

Why the same charter twice

MU's syllabus asks for the Charter of 1600 in topic 1.1.1, as the beginning of the administration of justice, and again in topic 4.1.1, as the beginning of the legislature. That is not an oversight. The charter granted both powers in the same breath, and the two histories separate only slowly.

The earlier chapter asked: who could be judged, and by whom? This one asks: who could make law, for whom, and subject to what limit?

The three questions, answered from the charter

Who could make law? The Governor and Company in their general assembly, that is, the shareholders meeting in London. Not the Governor alone, not the officers in India, and not any body sitting in the East.

For whom? For the Company and its servants. The power was one of internal discipline: an ordinance could bind a factor at Surat because he was the Company's employee, and it could bind nobody else.

Subject to what limit? The charter states it in one clause, and the clause is the ancestor of every restriction on Indian legislation for the next three hundred and forty-seven years: the laws, orders, constitutions, ordinances, imprisonments, fines and amerciaments were to be "reasonable, and not contrary or repugnant to the Laws, Statutes, or Customs of this our Realm."

The repugnancy rule, traced to 1950

The single most useful thing a student can do with this topic is follow that clause forward, because it appears in almost every instrument in this module.

InstrumentThe restriction
Charter of 1600Laws to be reasonable and not repugnant to the laws of England
Regulating Act 1773, s.36Rules, ordinances and regulations not repugnant to the laws of the realm, and void until registered in the Supreme Court
Settlement Act 1781, s.23Regulations for the provincial courts, without registration, but subject to disallowance by His Majesty in Council within two years
Charter Act 1833, s.43Power to make laws for all persons and all courts, subject to the restrictions in the Act
Indian Councils Act 1861, s.22Laws for all persons, British or native, and all courts, but subject to the reserved subjects in s.22 and to previous sanction under s.43
Government of India Act 1935, ss.99 to 108Distribution of powers between Federation and Provinces, with a rule of repugnancy
Constitution of India, art. 254Repugnancy between a law of Parliament and a law of a State legislature
munotes.in293

The Legislature Begins: the Charter of 1600

Seven instruments, three and a half centuries, and the same idea: an Indian legislature legislates under a superior law, and where it conflicts with that law it fails. A student who can state that continuity has understood Module IV before reading the rest of it.

What the charter did not give

No power to legislate for India. The Company could bind its own people. Every inhabitant of Surat, Madras or Bengal was outside the power entirely, and would remain so until the Company acquired territory and, with it, subjects.

No legislature in India. The general assembly sat in London. Law-making in India begins with the powers exercised by the Presidents and Councils under the later charters, and it acquires a statutory footing only with section 36 of the Regulating Act.

No separation from the executive. The body that made the ordinances was the body that governed the Company. Module III's chapter on separation of powers begins its "before independence" list here.

A worked example

An ordinance of the general assembly in London in 1620 forbidding private trade by the Company's servants, on pain of a fine.

  • Valid? Yes, if reasonable and not repugnant to the laws of England. It regulates the Company's own servants, which is what the power is for.
  • Binding on a Dutch merchant at Surat? No. He is not the Company's servant, and the power reaches nobody else.
  • Binding on an Indian weaver contracting with the Company? No, for the same reason.
  • What if it purported to make private trade a felony punishable by death? Void: the punishments authorised are imprisonments, fines and amerciaments, and a capital penalty would in any case be repugnant to the laws of England as administered by the Company's own charter.

Now compare the position after section 22 of the Indian Councils Act 1861, under which the Governor-General in Council could make laws "for all persons, whether British or Native, foreigners or others, and for all courts of justice whatever, and for all places and things whatever" within the Indian territories. The distance between the two is the subject of the next five chapters.

What beginners get wrong

"The Charter of 1600 created the Indian legislature." It created a power in a company's general assembly in London to make rules for its own servants. A legislature in India, making law for the inhabitants of India, arrives in stages between 1773 and 1833.

munotes.in294

The Legislature Begins: the Charter of 1600

"The repugnancy rule meant English law applied in India." It meant a Company rule that contradicted English law was void. Whether English law applied to the inhabitants of India is a different question, answered differently in the Presidency Towns and in the mofussil, as Modules I and II set out.

"The Company legislated for India from 1600." It legislated for itself. The first laws for the inhabitants of a territory come after the grant of the Diwani in 1765 and the plan of 1772, and the first Indian legislative power recognised by Parliament is section 36 of the Regulating Act in 1773.

Limits and criticism

The point worth making at the start of Module IV is about who was consulted, and it can be made without rhetoric because the dates do the work.

A power to make law for the inhabitants of India was granted in 1600 by an English Queen to an English corporation. It was enlarged by an English Parliament in 1773, 1784, 1813, 1833 and 1853. It was exercised in India from 1773 by a Governor-General and Council appointed from England.

The first Indians to sit in any law-making body in India took their seats under section 10 of the Indian Councils Act 1861, as nominated additional members, two hundred and sixty-one years after the Charter of 1600. The first elected element arrives with the Indian Councils Act 1909. And a legislature with a majority of elected members at the centre arrives with the Government of India Act 1919.

That sequence is the spine of this half of Module IV, and every chapter in it is a step along it.

Quick revision

  • Charter of 31 December 1600: the Governor and Company in general assembly may make laws, constitutions, orders and ordinances for the good government of the Company and its servants, with imprisonments, fines and amerciaments.
  • The limit: reasonable, and not contrary or repugnant to the laws, statutes or customs of England.
  • The power reached the Company's servants only; the assembly sat in London; and the body that legislated also governed.
  • The repugnancy idea runs forward through s.36 of the Regulating Act, s.23 of the Settlement Act, s.43 of the Charter Act 1833, s.22 of the Indian Councils Act 1861, ss.99 to 108 of the Act of 1935 and article 254 of the Constitution.
  • First Indians in a law-making body: 1861, as nominated members under s.10. First elected element: 1909.
munotes.in295

The Legislature Begins: the Charter of 1600

Test yourself

1. Who could make law under the Charter of 1600, for whom, and subject to what condition? The Governor and Company of Merchants of London trading into the East Indies, in their general assembly, could make laws, constitutions, orders and ordinances for the good government of the Company and its servants, with imprisonments, fines and amerciaments for breach, provided they were reasonable and not contrary or repugnant to the laws, statutes or customs of England.

2. Trace the repugnancy rule through four later instruments. Section 36 of the Regulating Act 1773 required the Council's rules not to be repugnant to the laws of the realm; section 43 of the Charter Act 1833 gave a general power subject to the Act's restrictions; section 22 of the Indian Councils Act 1861 gave power over all persons and courts subject to reserved subjects; and article 254 of the Constitution is a repugnancy provision between Union and State laws.

3. Why does MU's syllabus name the Charter of 1600 twice? Because it granted both judicial and legislative powers in the same clause, so topic 1.1.1 reads it for the administration of justice and topic 4.1.1 for the legislature.

4. When did Indians first sit in a law-making body in India, and how? In 1861, as additional members nominated by the Governor-General under section 10 of the Indian Councils Act 1861, for the purpose of making laws and regulations only. An elected element came only with the Indian Councils Act 1909.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in296

Chapter Fifty-Seven

The Charter Act of 1813

Syllabus topic 4.1.2, "Charter of 1813 & 1833"

In one line

In 1813 Parliament renewed the Company's charter, took away its monopoly of the Indian trade, asserted the sovereignty of the Crown over the Indian territories in terms, and set aside a lakh of rupees a year for education.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Charter Act of 1813, 53 Geo. III c. 155, renewed the Company's charter for twenty years while ending its exclusive monopoly of trade with India, except for the trade with China and in tea; asserted expressly the undoubted sovereignty of the Crown over the territorial possessions in India; permitted missionaries to enter India under licence; provided that a sum of not less than one lakh of rupees a year should be set apart for the revival and improvement of literature, the encouragement of the learned natives of India and the introduction and promotion of a knowledge of the sciences; and extended the legislative authority of the Indian Governments.

What the Act did

It ended the commercial monopoly, except in two things. The Company's exclusive right to trade with India was abolished, and the Indian trade thrown open to British merchants under a licensing system. The Company kept the monopoly of the China trade and of the trade in tea, and would keep them until 1833.

It asserted the sovereignty of the Crown. This is the constitutionally important provision and it is easy to state and easy to underrate. Until 1813 the legal basis of the Company's Indian possessions was ambiguous: the Diwani was a grant from the Mughal Emperor, the settlements were held under charters, and the Regulating Act and the Settlement Act had, as Cowell records, avoided saying what relation the Indian territories bore to the Crown. The Act of 1813 asserted the undoubted sovereignty of the Crown over the territorial possessions in India, and thereafter the Company held and governed them as a trust and not in its own right.

It admitted missionaries. Persons wishing to go to India for religious or educational purposes might do so under licence, which had previously been refused as a matter of policy. A bishopric of Calcutta was created and an ecclesiastical establishment provided for.

It provided for education. A sum of not less than one lakh of rupees a year was to be set apart out of the surplus territorial revenues for the revival and improvement of literature, the encouragement of the learned natives of India, and the introduction and promotion of a knowledge of the sciences among the inhabitants of the British territories.

And it extended the legislative authority of the Indian Governments, which is the reason MU puts it in the legislature topic. The Presidencies' powers to make regulations were widened and the machinery of laying them before Parliament was continued.

munotes.in297

The Charter Act of 1813

Why it matters to a legislature topic

Three reasons, and an answer should give all three because the Act is otherwise easy to describe as merely commercial.

Sovereignty makes legislation intelligible. A legislature must legislate for somebody, under some authority. Once Parliament had declared the Crown's sovereignty over the Indian territories, the question "by what right does the Governor-General in Council make law for the inhabitants of Bengal?" has an answer. Before 1813 it did not have a clear one, and the judges of the Supreme Court had complained of exactly that, as Module I records.

The education clause is the beginning of a State duty. A legislature that appropriates revenue for the education of the people it governs is doing something no trading company's ordinance-making power had contemplated. The lakh of rupees is small; the principle is not, and the Charter Act of 1833's Law Commission and the codification that followed are the same idea applied to law.

And the end of the monopoly changed who was in India. Free merchants, planters and missionaries arrived in numbers, and their presence produced most of the legal questions of the next half century: the jurisdiction over Europeans in the mofussil, the position of the indigo planters, and eventually the Ilbert Bill controversy of 1883.

A worked example

Three questions that could not be answered in 1800 and can be answered in 1815.

"By what authority is the revenue of Bengal collected?" In 1800: as Diwan under a grant of the Mughal Emperor, by a company holding a charter from the Crown. In 1815: by a company administering territories over which Parliament has declared the sovereignty of the Crown to be undoubted.

"May an English missionary settle in Bengal and open a school?" In 1800: not without the Company's leave, which was refused as a matter of policy. In 1815: yes, under licence.

"Is any part of the revenue applied to the education of Indians?" In 1800: no. In 1815: not less than one lakh of rupees a year is to be set apart.

What beginners get wrong

"The Charter Act of 1813 ended the Company's monopoly." It ended the monopoly of the Indian trade. The China trade and the tea trade remained the Company's until the Charter Act of 1833.

"It created a legislature." It extended existing legislative authority. The single all-India legislature is the work of the Charter Act of 1833.

"The education clause created universities." It set apart a sum out of the revenues. What was to be done with it, and in particular whether it should be spent on oriental or on English learning, was fought over for twenty years and settled, after Macaulay's minute, in favour of English education in 1835.

munotes.in298

The Charter Act of 1813

"1813 transferred India to the Crown." It asserted the Crown's sovereignty; the government of India passed to the Crown only by the Government of India Act 1858, after the events of 1857.

Limits and criticism

The honest place to put the criticism of this chapter is on the authority base rather than on the Act.

We do not hold the text of the Charter Act of 1813. The compendium this book's statutes come from begins its documents at 1773 and moves from Pitt's Act to 1833; the India Office collection of charters ends in 1761; and the United Kingdom's statute website cannot be reached from this network at all. What is stated above is the Act's effect, taken from the period authorities that set it out provision by provision, and nothing in this chapter is quoted as the statute's own words.

That is a real limitation and it is recorded here rather than concealed. A student answering on the Charter Act of 1813 should give its effects, which are well settled and consistently stated, and should not attempt to quote it.

The criticism of the Act itself is the one that applies to the whole of this half of Module IV: an Act about the government of India, debated at length in Parliament, with a provision for the education of Indians and none for their representation, passed in a year in which no Indian sat in any body that could make law for India.

Quick revision

  • Charter Act 1813, 53 Geo. III c. 155. Renewed the charter for twenty years.
  • Ended the monopoly of the Indian trade; kept the China trade and tea.
  • Asserted the undoubted sovereignty of the Crown over the Indian territorial possessions.
  • Admitted missionaries under licence; created the bishopric of Calcutta.
  • Not less than one lakh of rupees a year for the revival and improvement of literature, the encouragement of learned Indians and the promotion of the sciences.
  • Extended the legislative authority of the Indian Governments.
  • We hold no text of this Act; effects only, from the period authorities.

Test yourself

1. What did the Charter Act of 1813 do to the Company's monopoly? It ended the Company's exclusive right to trade with India, throwing that trade open to British merchants under licence, while leaving the Company its monopoly of the China trade and of the trade in tea until 1833.

2. What is the constitutionally important provision of the Act, and why? The express assertion of the undoubted sovereignty of the Crown over the Indian territorial possessions. It matters because it supplied the answer to the question by what authority law was made and revenue collected in India, which the Regulating Act and the Settlement Act had left unstated.

munotes.in299

The Charter Act of 1813

3. State the education provision. That a sum of not less than one lakh of rupees a year should be set apart out of the surplus territorial revenues for the revival and improvement of literature, the encouragement of the learned natives of India, and the introduction and promotion of a knowledge of the sciences among the inhabitants of the British territories in India.

4. Why should an answer on this Act not contain a quotation? Because no reachable source prints its text: the compendium used for the other statutes in this book jumps from Pitt's Act to 1833, the India Office charter collection ends in 1761, and legislation.gov.uk is unreachable. The Act's effects are well settled and can be stated; its words should not be invented.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in300

Chapter Fifty-Eight

The Charter Act of 1833: One Legislature for All India

Syllabus topic 4.1.2, "Charter of 1813 & 1833"

In one line

The Charter Act of 1833 made one man the Governor-General of India, took the power to legislate away from Madras and Bombay, gave it to a single council with a lawyer added, and forbade any disqualification by religion, birth, descent or colour.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by the Charter Act of 1833 the Governor-General of Bengal became the Governor-General of India, in whom the superintendence, direction and control of the whole civil and military government of all the Indian territories was vested; the legislative powers of Madras and Bombay were taken away and vested exclusively in the Governor-General in Council, which by section 43 might make laws and regulations for all persons, whether British or native, foreigners or others, for all courts of justice whether established by His Majesty's charters or otherwise, and for all places and things throughout the territories; a fourth ordinary member was added to the Council for legislative purposes; a Law Commission was provided for; the Company ceased to trade; and section 87 provided that no native of the territories, nor any natural-born subject of His Majesty resident therein, should by reason only of his religion, place of birth, descent or colour be disabled from holding any place, office or employment under the Company.

Section 39: one government for India

Section 39 enacts that the superintendence, direction and control of the whole civil and military government of all the Indian territories shall be vested in the Governor-General in Council.

That is the sentence that creates British India as a single administrative unit. Since 1773 the Governor-General at Fort William had held a superintendence over Madras and Bombay confined to war and treaties by section 9 of the Regulating Act. Section 39 makes the control general, and the title changes with it: the Governor-General of the Presidency of Fort William in Bengal becomes the Governor-General of India.

Sections 40 to 42 provide for the composition of the Council, the appointment of the Governor-General and the filling of vacancies. Section 40 provides for four ordinary members, three of whom are to be appointed from the Company's servants.

Sections 43 to 51: the legislative power

Section 43 is the heart of the Act for this topic, and it should be given almost in full because its width is the point.

The Governor-General in Council shall have power to make laws and regulations for repealing, amending, or altering any laws or regulations whatever now in force or hereafter to be in force in the territories or any part of them, and to make laws and regulations for all persons, whether British or native, foreigners or others, and for all courts of justice, whether established by His Majesty's charters or otherwise, and the jurisdictions thereof, and for all places and things whatsoever within and throughout the whole and every part of the said territories, and for all servants of the Company.

munotes.in301

The Charter Act of 1833: One Legislature for All India

Read the four "alls". All persons, so the distinction between British subjects and others disappears for legislative purposes. All courts of justice, whether established by His Majesty's charters or otherwise, so the Supreme Courts as well as the Company's courts, which answers the question Module II shows nobody could answer between 1774 and 1861. All places and things, so the whole territory. And all servants of the Company.

Compare it with section 36 of the Regulating Act, under which the Council could make rules for "the good order and civil government of the settlement at Fort William and the factories subordinate thereto". Sixty years, and a rule-making power for one settlement has become a legislature for a subcontinent.

Sections 45 and 46 provide for the addition of a member to the Council for legislative purposes, the Law Member, who was not entitled to sit at ordinary meetings. The first holder of that office was Macaulay. Section 46 contains the restriction on the power.

Sections 48 and 49 provide that laws and regulations shall be made at a meeting of the Council, with a quorum, and for the procedure when a measure is proposed.

Section 51 requires the laws made to be laid before Parliament, which is the continuation of the mechanism of section 37 of the Regulating Act.

The laws so made were called Acts, not Regulations, and were declared to have the same force as an Act of Parliament, subject to disallowance. That change of name is worth remembering: from 1834 India has Acts, and the Regulations of Cornwallis's Code belong to the period before.

Section 53: the Law Commission

Section 53 provided for the appointment of a Law Commission to inquire into the jurisdiction, powers and rules of the existing courts and police establishments, and into the nature and operation of all laws prevailing in any part of India, and to report on them.

The reason is the state of the law that the judges of the Supreme Court at Calcutta described in 1833, and which Cowell quotes at length. There were English Acts of Parliament specially provided for India and others of which it was doubtful whether they applied wholly, partly or not at all; the English common law and constitution, whose application was obscure; Muhammadan law and usage; Hindu law, usage and scripture; charters and letters patent of the Crown; regulations of the Governments, some made under Acts of Parliament and others founded on general powers or on rights as successors of the old native government; some requiring registry in the Supreme Court and others not; some effective throughout India, others peculiar to one Presidency or one town; commissions of the Governments; circular orders from the Nizamat Adalat and the Diwani Adalat; treaties of the Crown and of the Indian Government; and inferences from the law of nations. Their conclusion was that no one could pronounce an opinion on a disputed right about which doubt and confusion could not be raised.

munotes.in302

The Charter Act of 1833: One Legislature for All India

The Law Commission is the answer to that, and the Indian Penal Code, the Code of Civil Procedure and the Code of Criminal Procedure are what came of it. Codification in India begins in section 53 of this Act.

Sections 56 to 68: the Company stops trading

Section 56 provides that the executive government of each of the Presidencies shall be as the Act directs; sections 57 to 68 deal with the government of the Presidencies under the new Governor-General in Council, the appointment of Governors and members, provisional appointments and vacancies.

The commercial change is the one every textbook gives: the Company's remaining monopoly, of the China trade and of tea, was abolished, its commercial business wound up, and it was to hold and govern the Indian territories in trust for the Crown. From 1833 the East India Company is a governing body that does not trade.

Sections 76 to 79, and section 87

Sections 76 to 79 fix the salaries of the Governor-General, the Governors and the members of Council and provide for the consequences of departure from India.

Section 87 is the provision every student should be able to quote, and it is short enough to learn:

"That no Native of the said Territories, nor any natural-born Subject of His Majesty resident therein, shall, by reason only of his Religion, Place of Birth, Descent, Colour, or any of them, be disabled from holding any Place, Office, or Employment under the said Company."

Three observations, and a good answer gives all three.

It is a real guarantee and it was meant as one. It is the first statutory declaration against discrimination in Indian constitutional history, and its language, "religion, place of birth, descent, colour", is recognisably the ancestor of article 16(2) of the Constitution.

It is confined to employment under the Company. It is not a general right of equality, and it says nothing about the criminal procedure that Module III's chapter on the rule of law describes.

And it was not honoured. The higher offices remained closed to Indians in practice for decades, and the Ilbert Bill controversy of 1883 turned on a different but related inequality. That gap between the statute and the practice is the fair criticism of the Act, and it is more useful than praising or condemning the section by itself.

munotes.in303

The Charter Act of 1833: One Legislature for All India

A worked example

A question that could not be answered in 1830 and can be answered in 1840.

"May the Indian legislature make a law binding on the Supreme Court at Calcutta?"

In 1830: doubtful. The Supreme Court was a Crown court under a charter, the Council's regulations were void unless registered in it under section 36 of the Regulating Act, and the Settlement Act had allowed regulations for the provincial courts without registration but had said nothing about the King's courts.

In 1840: yes. Section 43 gives power to make laws for all courts of justice, whether established by His Majesty's charters or otherwise, and the jurisdictions thereof. The question that produced the crisis of 1780 has been answered by a statute.

What beginners get wrong

"The Charter Act of 1833 is a charter." It is an Act of Parliament. It is called a Charter Act because it renewed the Company's charter.

"It created the office of Governor-General." The Regulating Act created a Governor-General of the Presidency of Fort William in Bengal in 1773. The Act of 1833 made him Governor-General of India, with the superintendence, direction and control of the whole civil and military government of all the territories.

"Madras and Bombay lost their governments." They lost their legislative powers, which were vested exclusively in the Governor-General in Council. Their governments continued, and their legislatures were restored by the Indian Councils Act 1861.

"Section 87 gave Indians equality." It forbade disqualification from office or employment under the Company by reason only of religion, place of birth, descent or colour. It is not a general equality clause, and in practice it was not honoured.

Limits and criticism

The Act is the most important instrument in this half of Module IV and its defects are structural.

The legislature is the executive. The Governor-General in Council legislates, governs and, until 1801 and in the criminal sphere for longer, judged. The Law Member is added for legislative purposes, but he is a servant of the same government, and there is no separate legislative body, no debate in public and no representation of anybody.

The power is enormous and the check is distant. Section 43 is as wide a legislative power as any in this book, and the only checks are the requirement to lay laws before Parliament and the Crown's power of disallowance, both exercised five thousand miles away.

And section 87 is a promise without a mechanism. It disables nothing and provides no remedy: a person refused an office by reason of his religion had no court to go to. Compare article 16(2) of the Constitution, which is enforceable under articles 32 and 226.

munotes.in304

The Charter Act of 1833: One Legislature for All India

What the Act achieved, and it is considerable, is a single legislature with power over every person, every court and every place in British India, and a Law Commission to bring order to the law it inherited. Everything in Indian statute law from the Penal Code onwards is built on those two sections.

Quick revision

  • Charter Act 1833, 3 & 4 Will. IV c. 85.
  • s.39: the superintendence, direction and control of the whole civil and military government of all the territories vested in the Governor-General in Council; the Governor-General of Bengal becomes the Governor-General of India.
  • s.43: power to make laws for all persons, British or native, foreigners or others; for all courts of justice, whether established by His Majesty's charters or otherwise, and their jurisdictions; and for all places and things throughout the territories. Madras and Bombay lose their legislative powers.
  • ss.45 to 46: a Law Member added for legislative purposes; ss.48 to 49 procedure and quorum; s.51 laws laid before Parliament. The laws are now called Acts.
  • s.53: a Law Commission, out of which the Indian codes came.
  • ss.56 to 68: the Presidencies under the new government; the Company's remaining monopoly of the China trade and tea abolished; it governs in trust for the Crown.
  • s.87: no disqualification from any place, office or employment under the Company by reason only of religion, place of birth, descent or colour. The ancestor of article 16(2).

Test yourself

1. What did section 39 do, and how does it differ from section 9 of the Regulating Act? Section 39 vested the superintendence, direction and control of the whole civil and military government of all the Indian territories in the Governor-General in Council, making him Governor-General of India. Section 9 of the Regulating Act had given the Governor-General of Bengal a superintendence over Madras and Bombay confined to war and treaties.

2. State the width of the power in section 43. Power to make laws and regulations repealing, amending or altering any laws or regulations in force, and to make laws for all persons whether British or native, foreigners or others, for all courts of justice whether established by His Majesty's charters or otherwise and their jurisdictions, for all places and things throughout the territories, and for all servants of the Company.

3. Why was a Law Commission needed, and what came of it? Because the law in force in India was, as the judges of the Supreme Court described in 1833, an unmanageable mixture of English Acts of doubtful application, English common law, Muhammadan and Hindu law, charters, regulations of several kinds, circular orders and treaties, so that no opinion on a disputed right was safe. Section 53 provided for the Commission, and the Indian Penal Code and the procedural codes came from its work.

munotes.in305

The Charter Act of 1833: One Legislature for All India

4. Quote section 87 and give its modern counterpart. That no native of the territories, nor any natural-born subject of His Majesty resident therein, shall by reason only of his religion, place of birth, descent, colour, or any of them, be disabled from holding any place, office or employment under the Company. Its modern counterpart is article 16(2) of the Constitution.

5. Give the two structural criticisms of the Act. That the legislature was the executive, since the Governor-General in Council legislated and governed with no separate legislative body and no representation; and that the power in section 43 was enormous while the only checks, laying before Parliament and disallowance by the Crown, were exercised in England.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in306

Chapter Fifty-Nine

The Indian Councils Act 1861: the Council Remade

Syllabus topic 4.1.3, "Indian Council Act of 1861, 1892 & 1909"

In one line

Section 10 of the Indian Councils Act 1861 put the first Indians into a body that made law for India, by nomination, for legislative purposes only, and required half of them to be non-officials.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Indian Councils Act 1861 provided for five ordinary members of the Governor-General's Council, of whom three were to be appointed from among persons who had served the Crown in India for at least ten years, and enabled the Governor-General to nominate, for the purpose of making laws and regulations only, not less than six nor more than twelve additional members, of whom not less than one half were to be non-official persons, that is persons not in the civil or military service of the Crown in India, the seat of a non-official member being vacated on his accepting office under the Crown.

Why 1861

The Act follows the events of 1857 and the transfer of the government of India to the Crown by the Government of India Act 1858, and it answers a complaint that had been made for a quarter of a century.

The Charter Act of 1833 had created a single legislature for all India and had taken the legislative power away from Madras and Bombay. The result, by the 1850s, was a legislature sitting at Calcutta making law for a subcontinent, staffed entirely by the Company's own officers, with no member from the provinces it legislated for and nobody from the population it legislated about. Lord Canning's despatch, which Cowell prints, argued for local legislatures on precisely that ground.

So the Act does two things at once, and a student should keep them apart. It adds members for legislation at the centre, which is this chapter. And it restores legislatures to the provinces, which is chapter 610.

Sections 1 and 2: the title, and what was swept away

Section 1 provides that the Act may be cited for all purposes as "The Indian Councils Act, 1861".

Section 2 is the repealing section, and it is worth a sentence because it tells you what the Act was replacing. It repealed sections 40, 43, 44, 50, 66 and 70 of the Charter Act of 1833, and so much of sections 61 and 64 of that Act as related to vacancies in the office of ordinary member of the Council of India; sections 22, 23, 24 and 26 of the Charter Act of 1853; and the Act of 1860 passed to remove doubts as to the authority of the senior member of the Governor-General's Council in the absence of the president.

Then comes the saving, which is how a consolidating provision avoids leaving a hole: all other enactments whatsoever then in force relating to the Council of the Governor-General, or to the Councils of the Governors of Fort St George and Bombay, continue in force and apply to those Councils under this Act, save so far as they are altered by or repugnant to it.

munotes.in307

The Indian Councils Act 1861: the Council Remade

So the legislative machinery of 1833 and 1853, which chapters 580 and its successor described, was not swept away wholesale. The sections that fixed the composition and the law-making procedure went; everything else was carried forward and read subject to the new Act.

Sections 3 to 9: the ordinary Council

Section 3: there shall be five ordinary members of the Council of the Governor-General, three of whom shall from time to time be appointed from among persons who have served the Crown in India for at least ten years.

That is an increase from the four of section 40 of the Charter Act of 1833, and the fifth member was in practice the Law Member, who by the Act of 1833 had sat only for legislative purposes and who now became an ordinary member of Council.

Section 4 continues the existing members. Section 5 provides for their appointment by the Secretary of State in Council, with the concurrence of a majority of members present at a meeting. Section 6 provides for the Governor-General's absence when he visits part of the territories, and for the nomination of a President in his place; section 7 for the situation when the Governor-General or such President is obliged to leave.

Section 8 is the one whose significance is easy to miss: it is lawful for the Governor-General from time to time to make rules and orders for the more convenient transaction of business in the Council.

That is the statutory basis of the portfolio system: business is distributed among members, each taking a department, and the Council acts on the member's disposal of a matter unless it is brought before the whole body. Before it, every question came to the whole Council. Modern Indian government, in which a minister disposes of the business of his department, begins in section 8 of this Act.

Section 9: the Council shall assemble at such place or places within the Indian territories as the Governor-General in Council appoints.

Section 10: the additional members

This is the section MU's topic is about, and it should be given in detail.

For the better exercise of the power of making laws and regulations, the Governor-General shall nominate, in addition to the ordinary and extraordinary members and to a Lieutenant-Governor where applicable, such persons, not less than six nor more than twelve in number, as to him may seem expedient, to be members of Council for the purpose of making laws and regulations only; and such persons shall not be entitled to sit or vote at any meeting of Council except at meetings held for such purpose.

munotes.in308

The Indian Councils Act 1861: the Council Remade

And the proviso: not less than one half of the persons so nominated shall be non-official persons, that is, persons who at the date of nomination are not in the civil or military service of the Crown in India; and the seat of any non-official member who accepts office under the Crown in India shall be vacated.

Four things follow, and each is worth a sentence.

They are nominated, not elected. There is no election of any kind under the Act of 1861, and a student who says otherwise has confused it with 1909.

They sit for legislation only. An additional member had no voice in the executive government and could not attend an ordinary meeting of Council. The legislative and executive functions of the same Council are, for the first time, performed by differently composed bodies.

Half must be non-officials, and the definition is precise: not in the civil or military service of the Crown in India. The proviso about vacating the seat on accepting office prevents the category being emptied by appointment.

And it is under this provision that Indians first entered a law-making body in India. The Act does not say so in terms; what it does is create a class of non-official nominated members, and the Governor-General nominated Indians to it from the beginning. That is the fact to give, and the date, 1861, is two hundred and sixty-one years after the Charter of 1600.

Sections 12 to 14

Section 12: an additional member may resign his office to the Governor-General.

Section 13: provision for a vacancy occurring by death, acceptance of office or resignation.

Section 14: no law or regulation made by the Governor-General in Council in accordance with the provisions of the Act shall be invalid by reason only of some informality in the proceedings. That is a validation clause of an ordinary kind, and it matters because the Council's composition varied and its meetings could be challenged.

A worked example

The Legislative Council meets at Calcutta in 1865 to consider a Bill.

  • Who may sit? The Governor-General; the five ordinary members under section 3; any extraordinary member; the Lieutenant-Governor of the province where the Council sits, in the case provided for; and the six to twelve additional members nominated under section 10.
  • Who may not? An additional member may not attend when the Council meets for executive business, because section 10 confines him to meetings for making laws and regulations.
  • Who must the additional members include? At least half non-officials.
  • And what happens if a non-official member is appointed to a post under the Crown? His seat is vacated by the proviso to section 10.
  • Is any member elected? No. Election arrives in 1909.
munotes.in309

The Indian Councils Act 1861: the Council Remade

What beginners get wrong

"The Act of 1861 introduced elections." It did not. Every member was nominated or appointed. The Act of 1892 introduced a power to make rules for nomination on the recommendation of certain bodies, and the Act of 1909 introduced an elected element.

"Indians were made members of the Council in 1861." More precisely: the Act created a class of non-official nominated additional members for legislative purposes, and Indians were nominated to it. The Act does not mention Indians.

"Additional members took part in the government." They sat for making laws and regulations only, and could not sit or vote at any other meeting of the Council.

"Section 8 is a minor provision." It is the basis of the portfolio system, and therefore of the way every Indian government has transacted business since.

Limits and criticism

Three criticisms, stated in ascending order of importance.

The numbers are small. Six to twelve additional members, of whom at least half non-official, in a body legislating for perhaps two hundred million people.

Nomination is not representation. Members were chosen by the Governor-General, sat during his pleasure so far as their nomination went, and answered to nobody. The non-official half were mostly landholders, princes and merchants selected for their loyalty, and were not in any sense delegates of anybody.

And the Council had no control over the executive. It could not question ministers, could not vote on the budget, and could not initiate legislation on the reserved subjects the next chapter describes. It was a body for passing laws laid before it, and Lord Canning's own description of what was wanted, in the despatch that produced the Act, was a body that would supply local knowledge rather than one that would represent local opinion.

Set against those, the Act did three durable things: it added a legislative element from outside the services, it separated the composition of the legislative from the executive Council, and it began the practice of nominating Indians to a law-making body. Every later step in this half of Module IV is an enlargement of one of the three.

Quick revision

  • Indian Councils Act 1861, 24 & 25 Vict. c. 67. Follows 1857 and the Government of India Act 1858.
  • s.1: short title. s.2: repeals ss.40, 43, 44, 50, 66, 70 and parts of ss.61 and 64 of the Charter Act 1833 and ss.22, 23, 24 and 26 of the Charter Act 1853, and saves every other enactment about the Councils so far as not repugnant.
  • s.3: five ordinary members, three appointed from persons who have served the Crown in India ten years.
  • s.5: appointment by the Secretary of State in Council. ss.6, 7: the Governor-General's absence and a nominated President.
  • s.8: rules for the more convenient transaction of business: the basis of the portfolio system.
  • s.9: the Council assembles where the Governor-General in Council appoints.
  • s.10: the Governor-General shall nominate not less than six nor more than twelve additional members for making laws and regulations only, who may not sit or vote at other meetings; not less than one half non-official, meaning not in the civil or military service of the Crown in India; a non-official's seat is vacated on accepting office.
  • ss.12 to 14: resignation, vacancies, and a validation clause for informality.
  • No election anywhere in the Act.
munotes.in310

The Indian Councils Act 1861: the Council Remade

Test yourself

1. What exactly does section 10 provide? That the Governor-General shall nominate not less than six nor more than twelve persons as members of Council for the purpose of making laws and regulations only, who shall not sit or vote at any other meeting, and that not less than half of them shall be non-official persons, meaning persons not in the civil or military service of the Crown in India, a non-official's seat being vacated if he accepts office under the Crown.

2. Were any members elected under the Act of 1861? No. Every member was appointed or nominated. An elected element was introduced only by the Indian Councils Act 1909.

3. What is the significance of section 8? It authorised the Governor-General to make rules and orders for the more convenient transaction of business in Council, and it is the statutory basis of the portfolio system, under which business is distributed among members by department instead of every question coming before the whole Council.

4. Give the three criticisms of the Act as a step towards representation. The numbers were very small; nomination by the Governor-General is not representation, and the non-officials were selected rather than delegated; and the Council had no control over the executive, no power over the budget and no right to question the government.

5. What did the Act do that lasted? It added a legislative element from outside the services, it distinguished the composition of the Council for legislative business from its composition for executive business, and it began the practice of nominating Indians to a law-making body in India.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in311

Chapter Sixty

The Indian Councils Act 1861: How Law Was Made

Syllabus topic 4.1.3, "Indian Council Act of 1861, 1892 & 1909"

In one line

The Council could legislate for everybody and everything, and could not touch six subjects without the Governor-General's previous sanction, and the Governor-General could legislate alone for six months in an emergency.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by section 22 of the Indian Councils Act 1861 the Governor-General in Council had power at meetings for the purpose of making laws and regulations to make laws repealing, amending or altering any laws in force and to make laws for all persons, whether British or native, foreigners or others, for all courts of justice, for all places and things within the territories, and for all servants of the Government of India in the dominions of allied princes, such laws controlling and superseding any repugnant laws; by section 43 the Governor in Council of Madras or Bombay could not legislate on the reserved subjects without the Governor-General's previous sanction; by sections 20 and 21 a law required the assent of the Governor-General, subject to disallowance by Her Majesty; and by section 23 the Governor-General might in an emergency promulgate ordinances having the force of law for not more than six months.

Sections 16 to 19: how the Council sat

Section 16: the Governor-General in Council shall as soon as conveniently may be appoint a place and time for meetings for the purpose of making laws and regulations.

Section 17: he may appoint all other necessary officers.

Section 18: he may make rules for the conduct of business at such meetings.

Section 19: no business shall be transacted at any meeting for the purpose of making laws and regulations unless there are present the number of members the section requires.

Those four sections turn a council into a legislature in the procedural sense: fixed meetings, rules of business and a quorum. The rules made under section 18 introduced the reading of Bills, references to select committees and publication, which is the beginning of legislative procedure in India.

Sections 20 and 21: assent and disallowance

Section 20: when any law or regulation has been made by the Council at a meeting for that purpose, it must be presented to the Governor-General for his assent.

Section 21: whenever any such law or regulation has been assented to by the Governor-General, he shall send an authentic copy to the Secretary of State, and Her Majesty may disallow it; on the signification of that disallowance the law becomes void.

The pattern is the same as sections 36 and 37 of the Regulating Act and section 51 of the Charter Act of 1833: the Indian legislature legislates, an officer in India assents, and an authority in London may annul. It survives, in altered form, until 1947.

munotes.in312

The Indian Councils Act 1861: How Law Was Made

Section 22: the width of the power

The Governor-General in Council shall have power at meetings for the purpose of making laws and regulations, and subject to the provisions of the Act, to make laws and regulations for repealing, amending, or altering any laws or regulations whatever, now in force or hereafter to be in force in the Indian territories under Her Majesty's dominion, and to make laws and regulations for all persons, whether British or Native, foreigners or others, and for all courts of justice whatever, and for all places and things whatever within the said territories, and for all servants of the Government of India within the dominions of princes and states in alliance with Her Majesty; and the laws so made shall control and supersede any laws and regulations in any wise repugnant thereto.

That is section 43 of the Charter Act of 1833 restated and extended: the last limb, servants of the Government of India in the dominions of allied princes, is new, and it is how the Indian legislature reached British officers in the Princely States.

Section 43: the reserved subjects

The Act does not leave that power unqualified, and section 43 contains the restriction that is examinable.

It shall not be lawful for the Governor in Council of Madras or Bombay, except with the sanction of the Governor-General, previously communicated to him, to make regulations or take into consideration any law or regulation for any of the purposes specified, which include:

  1. affecting the public debt of India, the customs duties, or any other tax or duty imposed by the authority of the Government of India for its general purposes;
  2. regulating any of the current coin, or the issue of any bills, notes or other paper currency;

and the other heads the section lists: the posts and telegraphs, the penal code, religion or religious rites and usages, the discipline of the military and naval forces, patents and copyright, and the relations of the Government with foreign princes or states.

A student should learn the idea rather than the list: there is a class of subjects on which a provincial legislature may not even take into consideration a Bill without the Governor-General's previous sanction. That is the ancestor of the requirement of the Governor-General's or the President's recommendation for certain Bills, which appears again in the Government of India Act 1935 and in articles 117 and 207 of the Constitution.

Section 23: the ordinance power

Notwithstanding anything in the Act, it shall be lawful for the Governor-General, in cases of emergency, to make and promulgate from time to time ordinances for the peace and good government of the territories or any part of them, subject to the restrictions in section 22; and every such ordinance shall have like force of law with a law or regulation made by the Governor-General in Council for not more than six months from its promulgation, unless the disallowance of it by Her Majesty is earlier signified to the Governor-General by the Secretary of State.

munotes.in313

The Indian Councils Act 1861: How Law Was Made

That is article 123 of the Constitution in embryo, and the resemblance is close enough to state: an emergency, a promulgation by the head of the executive alone, the force of law, and a fixed period after which it lapses. The Constitution's period is six weeks from the reassembly of Parliament; the Act's is six months from promulgation.

Sections 24 to 27

Section 24: no law or regulation made by the Governor-General in Council shall be invalid by reason only of some informality, subject to the power of disallowance.

Section 25 removes doubts about the powers of the Governor-General of India.

Sections 26 and 27 deal with leave of absence for members and vacancies in the office of an ordinary member.

A worked example

Follow one Bill through the Act.

  1. A member gives notice of a Bill in the Legislative Council. If the subject is one of those in section 43 and the legislature is Madras or Bombay, the Governor-General's previous sanction is needed before it can even be taken into consideration.
  2. The Council meets at the time and place fixed under section 16, with a quorum under section 19, and proceeds under the rules made under section 18.
  3. The additional members nominated under section 10 sit and vote; the ordinary members sit; nobody is elected.
  4. The Bill is passed and presented to the Governor-General for assent under section 20.
  5. An authentic copy goes to the Secretary of State, and Her Majesty may disallow it under section 21, whereupon it becomes void.
  6. The law, once made, controls and supersedes any repugnant law under section 22.
  7. And if the matter had been urgent and the Council not sitting, the Governor-General could have promulgated an ordinance under section 23, good for six months.

What beginners get wrong

"The Council could legislate on anything." Section 22's power is very wide, and section 43 makes a class of subjects require the Governor-General's previous sanction for the provincial legislatures. There were also the restrictions carried forward from earlier Acts protecting the authority of Parliament, the Crown's prerogative and the Company's charter.

"An ordinance under section 23 was permanent." It had the force of law for not more than six months from promulgation, and could be disallowed earlier.

munotes.in314

The Indian Councils Act 1861: How Law Was Made

"Assent was a formality." The Governor-General's assent was required by section 20, and the Crown could disallow under section 21. Both were real powers, exercised.

"Section 43 restricted the Governor-General in Council." Section 43 restricts the Governor in Council of Madras and Bombay, and the sanction it requires is the Governor-General's.

Limits and criticism

The Act gives India a legislature with wide powers and no representative character, and the fair criticism is about what it left out rather than what it contained.

There was no control over the executive. The Council could not question the Government, could not move a resolution and could not vote on the budget. It considered the Bills laid before it, and nothing else. The right to discuss the budget arrives in 1892 and the right to move resolutions and divide in 1909, which is exactly what the next two chapters are about.

Legislative initiative was in practice the Government's. A body whose non-official members are nominated and whose business is arranged by the Government is not going to initiate much, and it did not.

And the two checks were both in London. Assent by the Governor-General and disallowance by Her Majesty are checks on the legislature, not on the executive, and neither was available to anybody in India.

What the Act did achieve is a legislature in the technical sense, with meetings, quorum, rules of business, assent, and a power in section 22 as wide as any in this book. It is the machine; the next fifty years are about who is allowed to operate it.

Quick revision

  • ss.16 to 19: place and time of meetings, officers, rules of business, and a quorum.
  • s.20: laws presented to the Governor-General for assent. s.21: copy to the Secretary of State; Her Majesty may disallow, and the law then becomes void.
  • s.22: power to repeal, amend or alter any law in force, and to legislate for all persons, all courts, all places and things, and for servants of the Government of India in allied States; such laws control and supersede repugnant laws.
  • s.43: Madras and Bombay may not legislate or even take into consideration a Bill on the reserved subjects without the Governor-General's previous sanction: the public debt, customs and taxes; the currency; posts and telegraphs; the penal code; religion and religious usages; military and naval discipline; patents and copyright; and relations with foreign princes.
  • s.23: the Governor-General may in an emergency promulgate ordinances with the force of law for not more than six months. The ancestor of article 123.
  • s.24: informality does not invalidate.
munotes.in315

The Indian Councils Act 1861: How Law Was Made

Test yourself

1. Set out the width of the power in section 22. Power to repeal, amend or alter any laws in force, and to make laws for all persons whether British or native, foreigners or others, for all courts of justice, for all places and things within the territories, and for all servants of the Government of India in the dominions of allied princes; such laws controlling and superseding any repugnant law.

2. What does section 43 restrict, and whose sanction does it require? It restricts the Governor in Council of Madras and Bombay from making regulations, or even taking a Bill into consideration, on the reserved subjects, which include the public debt and taxation, the currency, posts and telegraphs, the penal code, religion, military and naval discipline, patents and copyright and relations with foreign princes. It requires the previous sanction of the Governor-General.

3. Describe the ordinance power and its modern counterpart. Under section 23 the Governor-General might in cases of emergency promulgate ordinances for the peace and good government of the territories, having the force of a law made by the Governor-General in Council for not more than six months from promulgation unless disallowed earlier by Her Majesty. Its counterpart is article 123 of the Constitution.

4. What two checks lay on a law made under the Act, and where were they exercised? The assent of the Governor-General under section 20, exercised in India, and disallowance by Her Majesty on the advice of the Secretary of State under section 21, exercised in London.

5. What could the Council of 1861 not do? It could not question the Government, move resolutions, or vote on the budget. It could consider and pass the Bills laid before it, and nothing more. The right to discuss the budget came in 1892 and the right to move resolutions and divide in 1909.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in316

Chapter Sixty-One

The Indian Councils Act 1861: Legislation Returns to the Provinces

Syllabus topic 4.1.3, "Indian Council Act of 1861, 1892 & 1909"

In one line

The Act of 1833 had taken the power to legislate away from Madras and Bombay; the Act of 1861 gave it back, and allowed new provincial legislatures to be created by proclamation.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: sections 28 to 43 of the Indian Councils Act 1861 restored to the Governors in Council of Madras and Bombay the power to make laws and regulations for the peace and good government of their Presidencies, with additional members nominated for the purpose and holding office for two years, subject to the Governor-General's assent and to the reserved subjects in section 43; and sections 44 to 49 empowered the Governor-General in Council by proclamation to extend the provisions of the Act to Bengal, the North-Western Provinces and the Punjab and to constitute new provinces, so that legislation in India was thereafter carried on at two levels.

The restoration

Section 28 empowers the Governors of Madras and Bombay to make rules and orders for the conduct of business, and sections 29 and 30 provide for summoning additional members and for their tenure: additional members appointed for two years.

Sections 35 to 38 are the procedural machinery, and they mirror sections 16 to 19 for the Governor-General's Council: the Governor-General in Council appoints the time and place of the first meeting; the Governor appoints subsequent times and places; rules and orders are made before the first meeting; and no business is transacted without the required quorum.

Sections 39 to 41 are assent and disallowance in two stages, and this is where the provincial position differs from the central one. A law made by a provincial Council is presented to the Governor; the Governor transmits an authentic copy of every law he has assented to for the Governor-General's assent; and when the Governor-General has assented, he transmits a copy to the Secretary of State, so that Her Majesty may disallow.

Three assents and one disallowance, and a provincial law was not safe until all four steps were passed.

Section 42 gives the power itself: the Governor in Council of each Presidency shall have power, at meetings for the purpose of making laws and regulations, to make laws for the peace and good government of the Presidency.

Section 43, worked in the last chapter, is the restriction: no regulation on the reserved subjects, and no taking such a Bill into consideration, without the Governor-General's previous sanction.

Compare that with section 22, which gives the Governor-General in Council power over all persons, all courts and all places. The difference between the two formulas, "for the peace and good government of the Presidency" and "for all persons and all courts and all places and things", is the beginning of a distribution of legislative power in India, and the Government of India Act 1935's three Lists are the same idea grown up.

munotes.in317

The Indian Councils Act 1861: Legislation Returns to the Provinces

Extending the Act by proclamation

Section 44: the Governor-General in Council, so soon as it appears to him expedient, shall by proclamation extend the provisions of the Act to the Bengal Division of the Presidency of Fort William, and afterwards to the North-Western Provinces and to the Punjab.

Section 45: whenever such a proclamation has been issued, the Lieutenant-Governor of the division or territory concerned shall have a Council constituted as the Act provides.

Section 46: the Governor-General may by proclamation constitute new provinces for the purposes of the Act, with the like provisions, and appoint Lieutenant-Governors of them.

Section 48: every such Lieutenant-Governor in Council may make laws for the peace and good government of his division, province or territory.

Section 49 is the proviso limiting what such a proclamation may do.

This is how the map of Indian legislatures was drawn. A province did not need an Act of Parliament to acquire a legislature; the Governor-General in Council could create one by proclamation, and did, for Bengal in 1862, the North-Western Provinces in 1886 and the Punjab in 1897.

Sections 50 to 53

Sections 50 and 51 deal with a vacancy in the office of Governor-General when no provisional successor is in India, and who is to hold and execute the office.

Section 52 is a saving: nothing in the Act shall be held to derogate from or interfere with, except as expressly provided, the rights and authorities it does not touch.

Section 53 is an interpretation clause about the meaning of acts done by the Governor-General or the Governors "in Council".

What "two levels" meant, and did not mean

A student should be careful here, because the arrangement looks federal and is not.

It is not a federation. There is no distribution of subjects between the centre and the provinces. The Governor-General in Council can legislate on everything, including everything a provincial legislature can legislate on, and by section 22 its laws control and supersede any repugnant law.

The provincial power is subordinate in three ways: the reserved subjects need the Governor-General's previous sanction under section 43; every law needs his assent under section 40; and a provincial legislature exists only where the Act has been extended by proclamation.

But it is the beginning of the idea. From 1861 there are law-making bodies at two levels in India, with a rule about which prevails. That is the seed of section 22's supersession, of the Government of India Act 1919's division of subjects, of the three Lists in the Act of 1935 and of article 246 of the Constitution.

munotes.in318

The Indian Councils Act 1861: Legislation Returns to the Provinces

A worked example

A Bill in the Bombay Legislative Council in 1870 to regulate the sale of intoxicating liquor.

  1. Is it within section 42? Yes: a law for the peace and good government of the Presidency.
  2. Is it within section 43? Excise is not one of the reserved subjects, so no previous sanction is needed. Had the Bill touched the customs duties, the currency, the penal code or religion, the Governor-General's previous sanction would have been needed before the Council could even consider it.
  3. Procedure: the time and place under sections 35 and 36, rules under section 37, quorum under section 38.
  4. Assent: the Governor under section 39, then the Governor-General under section 40, then transmission to the Secretary of State under section 41, with Her Majesty's power to disallow.
  5. And if the Governor-General in Council afterwards makes an all-India law on the same subject? By section 22 the central law controls and supersedes the provincial one so far as they are repugnant.

What beginners get wrong

"The Act of 1861 created provincial legislatures." It restored them to Madras and Bombay, which had lost them under the Charter Act of 1833, and it enabled others to be created by proclamation for Bengal, the North-Western Provinces and the Punjab.

"India became federal in 1861." It did not. There was no distribution of subjects, the central legislature could legislate on anything, and its laws superseded repugnant provincial laws.

"A provincial law needed only the Governor's assent." It needed the Governor's assent, then the Governor-General's, then transmission to the Secretary of State, with the Crown's power of disallowance.

"Provincial additional members held office at pleasure." Section 30 provides that additional members were appointed for two years.

Limits and criticism

The provincial half of the Act of 1861 is usually praised as decentralisation and criticised as inadequate, and both are right for different reasons.

It was real decentralisation of a kind. A Bill about Bombay could be considered by a body sitting in Bombay containing men who knew Bombay, instead of by a Council at Calcutta. Lord Canning's argument for it, quoted by Cowell, was exactly that the central legislature could not know the local circumstances of the provinces it legislated for.

And it was not representation. The additional members of a provincial Council were nominated by the Governor exactly as at the centre, half of them non-official, none of them elected, for two-year terms. A body of nominated notables meeting a few times a year to pass the Bills the Government lays before it is a consultative device, not a legislature in the sense a student will meet in constitutional law.

munotes.in319

The Indian Councils Act 1861: Legislation Returns to the Provinces

And the assent machinery could be, and was, used. Four steps between a Bill's passage and its safety, three of them controlled by officers appointed in England, is a great deal of supervision for a law about excise in Bombay.

Quick revision

  • ss.28 to 30: rules of business for Madras and Bombay; additional members appointed for two years.
  • ss.35 to 38: time and place of meetings, rules, and quorum.
  • ss.39 to 41: assent of the Governor, then of the Governor-General, then copy to the Secretary of State with Her Majesty's power of disallowance.
  • s.42: power to make laws for the peace and good government of the Presidency.
  • s.43: reserved subjects need the Governor-General's previous sanction.
  • ss.44 to 49: the Governor-General in Council may by proclamation extend the Act to Bengal, the North-Western Provinces and the Punjab, constitute new provinces, and give their Lieutenant-Governors Councils that may legislate for the peace and good government of the territory.
  • Not a federation: no distribution of subjects, and by s.22 central laws control and supersede repugnant provincial laws.

Test yourself

1. What had happened to the legislative powers of Madras and Bombay before 1861, and what did the Act do about it? The Charter Act of 1833 had taken their legislative powers away and vested legislation exclusively in the Governor-General in Council. The Indian Councils Act 1861 restored to their Governors in Council the power to make laws for the peace and good government of their Presidencies.

2. Describe the assent procedure for a provincial law. The law was presented to the Governor for his assent; the Governor transmitted an authentic copy of every law he had assented to for the Governor-General's assent; and on the Governor-General's assent a copy went to the Secretary of State, Her Majesty having power to disallow.

3. How did new provincial legislatures come into existence? By proclamation of the Governor-General in Council under sections 44 to 46, which extended the Act to the Bengal Division, the North-Western Provinces and the Punjab and allowed new provinces to be constituted, their Lieutenant-Governors in Council being empowered by section 48 to make laws for the peace and good government of the territory.

4. Why is the arrangement not federal? Because there was no distribution of subjects between the centre and the provinces, the Governor-General in Council could legislate on everything, the provincial power was limited to the peace and good government of the province and subject to previous sanction on the reserved subjects, and central laws superseded repugnant provincial ones under section 22.

munotes.in320

The Indian Councils Act 1861: Legislation Returns to the Provinces

5. What does the arrangement of 1861 lead to? Legislation at two levels with a rule of supersession, which is the seed of the division of subjects in the Government of India Act 1919, the three Lists of the Act of 1935 and article 246 of the Constitution.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in321

Chapter Sixty-Two

The Indian Councils Act 1892

Syllabus topic 4.1.3, "Indian Council Act of 1861, 1892 & 1909"

In one line

The Act of 1892 gave the councils three small things, the right to discuss the budget, the right to ask questions, and a power to make rules for nomination on the recommendation of bodies, and it gave no vote and no election.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Indian Councils Act 1892 empowered the Governor-General in Council, with the approval of the Secretary of State, to make rules authorising at any meeting of a legislative council the discussion of the annual financial statement and the asking of questions, under conditions and restrictions prescribed by the rules; increased the number of additional members; enabled the rules to provide for the nomination of some of them on the recommendation of specified bodies; declared the meaning of the words "Indian territories" in section 22 of the Act of 1861; and empowered a local legislature, with the previous sanction of the Governor-General, to repeal or amend as to its province any law made by any authority in India.

Section 2: the budget and the questions

The provision is short and its wording repays attention.

Notwithstanding any provision in the Indian Councils Act 1861, the Governor-General in Council may from time to time make rules authorising, at any meeting of the Governor-General's Council for the purpose of making laws and regulations, the discussion of the annual financial statement of the Governor-General in Council and the asking of questions, but under such conditions and restrictions as the rules prescribe.

Notice four things, because the section is a study in how a concession can be given and withheld at once.

It is a power to make rules, not a right. The Council gets nothing directly; the Governor-General in Council may make rules, and until he does there is nothing.

"Discussion" of the annual financial statement. Discussion, not a vote. No member could move an amendment to the budget or divide the Council on it. The right to move a resolution and divide comes only in 1909.

"The asking of questions", again under conditions and restrictions. The rules made under the section forbade supplementary questions, and a member could not press an answer.

And the conditions and restrictions are in the rules, which the Government made. A concession whose limits are drawn by the body being questioned is a limited concession.

Even so, the section is a real change, and a student should say why. It is the first time an Indian legislative council could speak about how the money was raised and spent, and could require the Government to answer. Everything in Indian parliamentary practice about the budget and about question hour descends from this section.

munotes.in322

The Indian Councils Act 1892

Section 3: a declaration about section 22

Section 3 declares that in section 22 of the Indian Councils Act 1861 it was and is intended that the words "Indian territories now under the dominion of Her Majesty" should have the meaning the section states.

That is a drafting repair rather than a reform, and a student need not learn its detail. What it shows is that the extent of the Indian legislature's territorial power had become uncertain, which is a recurring theme of this module.

Section 4: additional members

Section 4 repeals sections 13 and 32 of the Act of 1861, which dealt with vacancies among additional members at the centre and in the provinces, and re-enacts the provision in a form that allows a vacancy to be filled where a member is absent from India or unable to attend to the duties of his office for two consecutive months.

The Act also increased the number of additional members: at the centre the maximum rose from twelve to sixteen, and the provincial councils were enlarged in the same way. Those numbers were set by the Act and by the rules made under it.

The recommendation provision: what 1892 really did

This is the provision most often described inaccurately, so it is worth being exact.

The Act empowered the making of rules for nominating members, and the rules made under it provided that certain of the non-official seats should be filled by the Governor-General or the Governor on the recommendation of specified bodies: municipal corporations, district boards, universities, chambers of commerce, and groups of landholders.

So the sequence is: a body recommends a name; the Governor-General or Governor nominates him. The member owes his seat to the nomination, not to the recommendation.

That is not an election, and the Act contains no election. A student who writes that the Act of 1892 introduced elections is wrong, and it is a common error because the recommendation system looks like one and was in practice the beginning of one. The correct sentence is that the Act introduced the principle of representation by recommendation, and that the elective principle arrives with the Act of 1909.

Sections 5 and 6

Section 5: the local legislature of any province in India may from time to time, by Acts passed under and subject to the provisions of the Indian Councils Act 1861, and with the previous sanction of the Governor-General but not otherwise, repeal or amend as to that province any law or regulation made either before or after the passing of the Act by any authority in India.

That is a real enlargement of provincial power. Before it, a provincial legislature could make laws for the peace and good government of its province but its power to touch existing all-India legislation was doubtful. Section 5 lets it amend or repeal, for its own province, any law made by any authority in India, with the Governor-General's previous sanction.

munotes.in323

The Indian Councils Act 1892

Section 6 defines "local legislature" as the Governor in Council of Madras and Bombay for the purpose of making laws and regulations, and the corresponding bodies elsewhere.

Section 8 is the short title and provides that the Act and the Indian Councils Act 1861 may be cited together.

A worked example

The Bombay Legislative Council in 1895.

  • May a member ask the Government how much was spent on the police? Yes, if the rules made under section 2 allow it, in the form and subject to the restrictions the rules prescribe, and he may not ask a supplementary.
  • May he move that the sum be reduced? No. He may discuss the annual financial statement; he may not vote on it or move an amendment. That comes in 1909.
  • How did he get his seat? By nomination by the Governor, in his case on the recommendation of a municipal corporation under the rules.
  • May the Council amend, for Bombay, an all-India Act passed at Calcutta? Yes, under section 5, with the previous sanction of the Governor-General, and not otherwise.

What beginners get wrong

"The Act of 1892 introduced elections." It did not. It permitted rules for nomination on the recommendation of specified bodies. The elective principle is 1909.

"It gave the councils control of the budget." It permitted rules authorising the discussion of the annual financial statement. No vote, no amendment, no division.

"Members could question ministers freely." They could ask questions under the conditions and restrictions the rules prescribed, and the rules did not allow supplementaries.

"Section 5 made the provinces autonomous." It allowed a local legislature to repeal or amend, for its own province, a law made by any authority in India, with the previous sanction of the Governor-General but not otherwise.

Limits and criticism

The Act is a small step and the interesting question is why it was taken at all.

What produced it: twelve years of pressure from the Indian National Congress, founded in 1885, and from British Liberal opinion, for a legislature with an elected element and some control over the executive. What was given was discussion of the budget, questions under restriction, larger councils and nomination on recommendation.

Why it disappointed: nothing in the Act creates a right, everything depends on rules made by the Government, there is no vote on any part of the budget, and there is no election.

munotes.in324

The Indian Councils Act 1892

Why it mattered anyway: two of the three great functions of a legislature, examining expenditure and questioning the executive, entered Indian practice here, in however restricted a form; and the recommendation system taught the bodies that recommended, the municipalities, the universities and the chambers, to think of themselves as constituencies. When the elective principle arrived in 1909 it was built on exactly those bodies.

Quick revision

  • Indian Councils Act 1892, 55 & 56 Vict. c. 14.
  • s.2: the Governor-General in Council may make rules authorising, at a meeting for making laws, the discussion of the annual financial statement and the asking of questions, under prescribed conditions and restrictions. No vote and no amendment.
  • Numbers of additional members increased; rules permitted nomination on the recommendation of municipalities, district boards, universities, chambers of commerce and landholders.
  • s.3: declaratory, about the meaning of "Indian territories" in s.22 of the Act of 1861.
  • s.4: repeals ss.13 and 32 of the Act of 1861 and re-enacts the filling of vacancies where a member is absent or unable to attend for two consecutive months.
  • s.5: a local legislature may, with the previous sanction of the Governor-General but not otherwise, repeal or amend as to its province any law made by any authority in India.
  • s.6: defines "local legislature". s.8: short title and collective citation.
  • No election anywhere in the Act.

Test yourself

1. What exactly did section 2 permit? The making of rules by the Governor-General in Council authorising, at meetings for the purpose of making laws and regulations, the discussion of the annual financial statement and the asking of questions, under such conditions and restrictions as the rules might prescribe.

2. Did the Act of 1892 introduce elections? Explain. No. It allowed rules providing for the nomination of certain non-official members on the recommendation of specified bodies such as municipal corporations, district boards, universities and chambers of commerce. The member owed his seat to nomination, and the elective principle was introduced only by the Act of 1909.

3. What does section 5 allow a provincial legislature to do? To repeal or amend, as to its own province, any law or regulation made before or after the Act by any authority in India, by an Act passed under the Indian Councils Act 1861 and with the previous sanction of the Governor-General, but not otherwise.

4. Give the three limits on the concessions in section 2. That they take effect only through rules made by the Government; that the budget could be discussed but not voted on or amended; and that questions were subject to conditions and restrictions in the rules, which did not permit supplementaries.

munotes.in325

The Indian Councils Act 1892

5. Why did the Act matter despite its limits? Because the examination of expenditure and the questioning of the executive, two of the great functions of a legislature, entered Indian practice through it, and because the bodies that recommended members became, in effect, the constituencies on which the elective system of 1909 was built.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in326

Chapter Sixty-Three

The Indian Councils Act 1909: the Morley-Minto Reforms

Syllabus topic 4.1.3, "Indian Council Act of 1861, 1892 & 1909"

In one line

Eight sections and two schedules, and the one that matters says that the members of the legislative councils shall include members nominated and also members elected.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Indian Councils Act 1909, known as the Morley-Minto reforms, provided by section 1 that the additional members of the legislative councils of the Governor-General, of the Governors of Madras and Bombay and of the Lieutenant-Governors, instead of being all nominated, should include members nominated and also members elected in accordance with regulations made under the Act, the aggregate number not exceeding the numbers in the First Schedule; enlarged the executive councils; permitted the creation of an executive council for a Lieutenant-Governor's province by proclamation; provided for a Vice-President of each council; required rules authorising the discussion of the annual financial statement and of any matter of general public interest and the asking of questions; and empowered the Governor-General in Council, with the Secretary of State's approval, to make regulations as to nomination, election and qualifications.

Section 1: the elective principle

Section 1(1): the additional members of the councils for the purpose of making laws and regulations of the Governor-General and of the Governors of Madras and Bombay, and the members of the legislative councils of the several Lieutenant-Governors, instead of being all nominated in the manner provided by the Indian Councils Acts 1861 and 1892, shall include members so nominated and also members elected in accordance with regulations made under this Act; and references in those Acts to nominated members and their nomination are to be construed as including references to elected members and their election.

That is the sentence that changes the character of Indian legislatures, and three observations should follow it.

"Instead of being all nominated" tells you exactly what the change is. Under the Acts of 1861 and 1892 every member was nominated, in some cases on a recommendation. From 1909 some are elected.

"In accordance with regulations made under this Act" tells you where the detail is. The Act does not say who may vote, in what constituencies, or with what qualifications. All of that is in the regulations made under section 6, and that placement is the most criticised feature of the reform.

Section 1(2) provides that the number of members nominated and elected, the quorum, the term of office and the manner of filling casual vacancies shall be as prescribed by the regulations, provided that the aggregate number shall not exceed the number specified in the second column of the First Schedule for each council.

So the Act fixes ceilings and leaves everything else to regulations.

munotes.in327

The Indian Councils Act 1909: the Morley-Minto Reforms

Sections 2 and 3: the executive councils

Section 2(1): the number of ordinary members of the councils of the Governors of Madras and Bombay shall be such number not exceeding four as the Secretary of State in Council may direct, of whom at least two shall be persons who at the time of appointment have been in the service of the Crown in India for at least twelve years.

Section 2(2): on an equality of votes the Governor or other person presiding has two votes or the casting vote.

Section 3(1): the Governor-General in Council may, with the approval of the Secretary of State in Council, by proclamation create a council in the Bengal Division of the Presidency of Fort William to assist the Lieutenant-Governor in the executive government of the province, providing for the number, not exceeding four, and the qualifications of its members, for temporary and acting members, and for the procedure on a difference of opinion or an equality of votes.

Section 3(2): a like council may be created in any other province under a Lieutenant-Governor, provided that a draft proclamation is laid before each House of Parliament for not less than sixty days during the session, and if an address is presented against it by either House no further proceedings are to be taken on that draft.

Section 3(3): where such a proclamation has been made, the Lieutenant-Governor may with the Governor-General in Council's consent make rules for the more convenient transaction of business, which is the portfolio system of section 8 of the Act of 1861 extended to the provinces.

Section 3(4): every member of such a council is appointed by the Governor-General with the approval of His Majesty, and is as such also a member of the Lieutenant-Governor's Legislative Council, in addition to the nominated and elected members.

Section 3(2)'s laying procedure is worth noticing on its own account. It is an early example of a delegated instrument being subject to a negative resolution of Parliament, and it shows how carefully the extension of executive councils to the provinces was guarded.

Section 4: the Vice-President

The Governor-General, the Governors of Madras and Bombay and every Lieutenant-Governor shall appoint a member of their respective councils to be Vice-President, who for the purpose of temporarily holding and executing the office and of presiding at meetings in the absence of the head is deemed the senior member and highest in rank.

A small provision with a large consequence: for the first time an Indian council has a presiding officer other than the head of the government, and the office of a presiding officer of an Indian legislature begins here.

munotes.in328

The Indian Councils Act 1909: the Morley-Minto Reforms

Section 5: discussion, resolutions and questions

Notwithstanding anything in the Act of 1861, the Governor-General in Council, the Governors in Council of Madras and Bombay and every Lieutenant-Governor shall make rules authorising at any meeting of their legislative councils:

  • the discussion of the annual financial statement of the Governor-General in Council or of the local government; and
  • the discussion of any matter of general public interest; and
  • the asking of questions,

under such conditions and restrictions as the rules prescribe.

Compare section 2 of the Act of 1892. Three changes are visible and each matters.

"Shall make rules", not "may". The concession is now obligatory.

"Any matter of general public interest" is new, and it is the foundation of the power to move resolutions, which the rules made under the section provided for, together with the right to divide the council upon them. That is the vote the Act of 1892 withheld.

And section 5(2) allows the rules to provide for a member of the council to preside at such a discussion in place of the Governor-General, Governor or Lieutenant-Governor and of any Vice-President.

Section 5(3) keeps control where it had always been: rules made by a Governor or Lieutenant-Governor are subject to the sanction of the Governor-General in Council, rules made by the Governor-General in Council to the sanction of the Secretary of State in Council, and in neither case may the rules be altered or amended by the legislative council they govern.

Section 6: the regulations, and where the separate electorates are

The Governor-General in Council shall, subject to the approval of the Secretary of State in Council, make regulations as to the conditions under which and the manner in which persons resident in India may be nominated or elected, as to the qualifications for being, and for being nominated or elected, a member, and as to any other matter for which regulations are authorised; and such regulations shall not be subject to alteration or amendment by the Legislative Council of the Governor-General.

This is the section a student must understand, because the most famous feature of the Morley-Minto reforms is not in the Act at all.

The franchise, the constituencies, the qualifications and the separate electorates for Muslims were provided by the regulations made under section 6, not by the Act. The Act is, in the words of the editors of the digitised text, skeletal, and it was operationalised by rules and regulations that spelt out the details.

So the accurate sentence is: the Act introduced the elective principle; the regulations made under section 6 introduced separate electorates. A student who says the Act introduced separate electorates has not read the Act, and an examiner who knows the difference will notice.

munotes.in329

The Indian Councils Act 1909: the Morley-Minto Reforms

Sections 7 and 8 deal with proclamations and regulations and with the short title and construction with the Acts of 1861 and 1892.

A worked example

The Imperial Legislative Council in 1911.

  • Who sits? Ordinary members of the Governor-General's Executive Council; additional members nominated; and additional members elected under the regulations, the aggregate not exceeding the First Schedule number.
  • Who elected them? Constituencies created by the regulations: landholders, Muslims voting separately, chambers of commerce, municipalities and district boards, and universities. The Act names none of these.
  • May a member move a resolution about the salt tax? Yes, under the rules made under section 5, which permit discussion of any matter of general public interest, and he may divide the Council upon it.
  • Is the Government bound by the vote? No. The resolution is a recommendation; the executive is not responsible to the Council and cannot be turned out by it.
  • May the Council amend the regulations that created the constituencies? No: section 6 forbids it.

That last pair is the whole of the Morley-Minto reforms in two answers.

What beginners get wrong

"The Act introduced separate electorates." The regulations made under section 6 did. The Act introduced the elective principle.

"The Act made the executive responsible to the legislature." It did not. Members could question, discuss and resolve; they could not remove a government or defeat a budget. Responsible government at the provincial level begins, partially, in 1919.

"An Indian was appointed to the Viceroy's Executive Council by the Act." The Act enlarged and provided for executive councils; the appointment of the first Indian member of the Governor-General's Executive Council was made under the existing powers at the same period. Describe it as a reform of the same moment, not as a section of the Act.

"The Act gave the councils control of the budget." It required rules authorising discussion of the annual financial statement and of any matter of general public interest, and the rules allowed resolutions and divisions. A vote on a resolution is not control of expenditure.

Limits and criticism

The standard criticisms are well founded and a student should give them with the counter-argument.

The elected element was small, the franchise narrow and the qualifications high, so the electorate was a fraction of a fraction of the population.

Separate electorates divided the electorate by religion, and Indian nationalist opinion, which had welcomed the elective principle, objected to them at once. That objection is the beginning of a controversy that runs through the Act of 1919, the Communal Award and the Poona Pact, and into the Constituent Assembly, which rejected separate electorates.

munotes.in330

The Indian Councils Act 1909: the Morley-Minto Reforms

And the reforms were not intended to lead where they led. Lord Morley told the House of Lords that if it could be said that this chapter of reforms led directly or necessarily to the establishment of a parliamentary system in India he would have nothing to do with it, and British officials described the councils as durbars rather than parliaments.

Against that, the change made in section 1(1) is irreversible in principle. Once some members of a legislature are elected, the questions that follow, by whom, for what constituencies, with what powers, and whether the executive should answer to them, cannot be permanently avoided. The Act of 1919 is the next answer to them and the Act of 1935 the one after.

Quick revision

  • Indian Councils Act 1909, 9 Edw. VII c. 4, the Morley-Minto reforms. Eight sections and two schedules.
  • s.1(1): members of the legislative councils, instead of being all nominated, shall include members nominated and also members elected under regulations. s.1(2): numbers, quorum, term and vacancies by regulation, subject to the First Schedule ceilings.
  • s.2: ordinary members of the Madras and Bombay councils not exceeding four, at least two with twelve years' service; casting vote to the presiding officer.
  • s.3: executive councils for Lieutenant-Governors by proclamation, Bengal expressly and others after a draft laid before Parliament for sixty days; rules for convenient transaction of business; members appointed by the Governor-General with His Majesty's approval and sitting also in the legislative council.
  • s.4: a Vice-President of each council.
  • s.5: rules shall authorise discussion of the annual financial statement, of any matter of general public interest and the asking of questions; rules sanctioned above and not amendable by the council.
  • s.6: regulations by the Governor-General in Council with the Secretary of State's approval as to nomination, election and qualifications, not amendable by the council. The separate electorates are here, not in the Act.
  • ss.7 and 8: proclamations and regulations; short title and construction with the Acts of 1861 and 1892.

Test yourself

1. What does section 1(1) provide, and why is it the important section? That the additional members of the legislative councils, instead of being all nominated as under the Acts of 1861 and 1892, shall include members nominated and also members elected in accordance with regulations made under the Act. It is important because it introduces the elective principle into Indian legislatures for the first time.

2. Where were the separate electorates provided for? In the regulations made under section 6 by the Governor-General in Council with the approval of the Secretary of State in Council, not in the Act itself. The Act was skeletal and left the franchise, the constituencies and the qualifications to regulations.

munotes.in331

The Indian Councils Act 1909: the Morley-Minto Reforms

3. How does section 5 differ from section 2 of the Act of 1892? Section 2 of the Act of 1892 said the Governor-General in Council may make rules authorising discussion of the annual financial statement and the asking of questions. Section 5 of the Act of 1909 says the authorities shall make such rules, and adds the discussion of any matter of general public interest, which is the foundation of the power to move resolutions and to divide the council upon them.

4. What could an elected member of 1911 not do? He could not defeat the budget, could not remove the Government, could not amend the regulations that created his own constituency, and could not make his resolution binding on the executive.

5. What did Lord Morley say about where the reforms led? That if it could be said that this chapter of reforms led directly or necessarily to the establishment of a parliamentary system in India, he would have nothing at all to do with it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in332

Chapter Sixty-Four

The Government of India Act 1919: the Central Legislature

Syllabus topic 4.1.4, "Government of India Act, 1919 & 1935"

In one line

In 1919 India got a legislature of two chambers with a majority of elected members, and a Governor-General who could pass a Bill either chamber had refused.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by section 17 of the Government of India Act 1919 the Indian legislature was to consist of the Governor-General and two chambers, the Council of State and the Legislative Assembly; by section 18 the Council of State was to consist of not more than sixty members nominated or elected under rules, of whom not more than twenty were to be official members; by section 19 the Legislative Assembly was to consist of members nominated or elected under rules; by section 20 each chamber was to have a President, appointed by the Governor-General for the first four years and thereafter elected by the chamber subject to approval; by section 21 the Council of State was to continue for five years and the Assembly for three; and by section 27 the Governor-General might certify a Bill that either chamber had refused, whereupon it became an Act on his signature.

Section 17: two chambers

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Indian legislature shall consist of the Governor-General and two chambers, namely, the Council of State and the Legislative Assembly.

Two things follow at once.

Bicameralism arrives. Since 1861 the Indian legislature had been a single body of ordinary and additional members sitting with the Governor-General. From 1919 there are two chambers, and the modern Indian Parliament's shape, an upper house of longer tenure and a lower house of shorter, is set here.

The Governor-General is part of the legislature, not merely its president. That construction survives: article 79 of the Constitution provides that Parliament shall consist of the President and the two Houses.

Sections 18 and 19: the composition

Section 18(1): the Council of State shall consist of not more than sixty members nominated or elected in accordance with rules made under the principal Act, of whom not more than twenty shall be official members.

Section 19(1): the Legislative Assembly shall consist of members nominated or elected in accordance with rules made under the principal Act.

The Act sets the Council of State's ceiling in the section and leaves the Assembly's composition to rules, which fixed it at a larger house with a substantial elected majority. In both chambers the elected members outnumbered the nominated ones, which is the change from 1909 that matters: in 1909 the elected members were a minority in every council, and in 1919 they are a majority at the centre.

Section 22(1): an official shall not be qualified for election to either chamber, and a non-official member who accepts office in the service of the Crown in India vacates his seat. That is section 10 of the Act of 1861's proviso, carried forward and strengthened.

munotes.in333

The Government of India Act 1919: the Central Legislature

Section 20: the President of a chamber

There shall be a President of the Legislative Assembly, who until the expiration of four years from its first meeting shall be a person appointed by the Governor-General, and thereafter shall be elected by the Assembly subject to the approval of the Governor-General.

That single provision is the beginning of the office of Speaker in India. Section 4 of the Act of 1909 had created a Vice-President appointed by the head of the government; section 20 makes the office elective after four years, and the first elected President of the Legislative Assembly took the chair in 1925.

Section 21: the terms

Every Council of State shall continue for five years, and every Legislative Assembly for three years, from its first meeting, subject to the provisos for earlier dissolution and extension.

Compare articles 83(1) and 83(2) of the Constitution, where the Council of States is a continuing body and the House of the People sits for five years. The idea that the two chambers have different tenures begins here.

Sections 23 to 26: powers and the budget

Sections 23 and 24 provide that, subject to the Act, provision may be made by rules under the principal Act as to the matters they specify, which include the conduct of business, the procedure of the chambers and the relations between them.

Section 25: subsections (1) and (3) of section 67 of the principal Act, which restricted the classes of business the Indian legislative council might transact, shall cease to have effect. That is the removal of the old limits on what the central legislature could discuss.

Section 26(1): the estimated annual expenditure and revenue of the Governor-General in Council shall be laid in the form of a statement before both chambers in each year.

The rules made under the Act then divided the estimates into heads that were votable and heads that were not votable, and gave the Assembly power to assent, refuse or reduce a demand for the votable heads, subject to the Governor-General's power to restore a demand where he considered it essential. So the Assembly acquired a genuine, and genuinely limited, control over expenditure. Compare 1892, when the councils could only discuss the financial statement, and 1909, when they could discuss and pass resolutions on it.

Section 28 adds to the measures which under section 67(2) of the principal Act require the previous sanction of the Governor-General, which is the reserved-subjects technique of section 43 of the Act of 1861 carried forward.

munotes.in334

The Government of India Act 1919: the Central Legislature

Section 27: certification

Where either chamber refuses leave to introduce, or fails to pass in a form recommended by the Governor-General, any Bill, the Governor-General may certify that the passage of the Bill is essential for the safety, tranquillity or interests of British India or any part of it, and thereupon the Bill takes effect as if it had been passed by both chambers.

This is the provision that decides how much the reforms of 1919 were worth, and an answer that omits it has described a legislature that did not exist.

A chamber with an elected majority can be overridden by one officer's certificate. The Governor-General's certificate is not a veto, which merely stops legislation; it is a positive power to legislate against the legislature. And it descends directly to section 44 of the Government of India Act 1935, where it survives with the same name.

Put sections 17 to 27 together and the Act's character is clear. It gives India a bicameral legislature with elected majorities, real if partial control over the budget, an elective presiding officer, and no power to prevent a Bill it has rejected becoming law.

Sections 29 to 46: the rest

The remainder of the Act deals with the machinery around the legislature and the Government, and a student needs the outline rather than the detail: the limit on the size of the Governor-General's Executive Council removed (s.29), the Secretary of State's salary charged in the United Kingdom (s.30), the reconstitution of the Council of India (ss.31 to 34), a High Commissioner for India in the United Kingdom (s.35), the civil services and appointments of persons domiciled in India (ss.36, 37), a public service commission of not more than five members (s.38), an auditor-general (s.39), and, most importantly for the political history:

Section 41: at the expiration of ten years after the passing of the Act, the Secretary of State, with the concurrence of both Houses of Parliament, shall submit for the approval of His Majesty the names of persons to form a commission to inquire into the working of the system of government, the growth of education and the development of representative institutions in India, and to report whether and to what extent it is desirable to establish responsible government or to extend, modify or restrict the degree of responsible government then existing.

That is the statutory basis of the Simon Commission of 1927, whose appointment without a single Indian member produced the boycott, the round table conferences and, eventually, the Government of India Act 1935. A student who can name the section is giving the reason the next reform happened when it did.

munotes.in335

The Government of India Act 1919: the Central Legislature

A worked example

A Bill in the Legislative Assembly in 1928 to which the Government objects.

  1. The Assembly, with its elected majority, refuses leave to introduce a Government Bill, or amends a Government Bill against the Governor-General's recommendation.
  2. The Governor-General may certify under section 27 that its passage is essential for the safety, tranquillity or interests of British India, and it becomes law.
  3. On the budget, the Assembly may refuse or reduce a demand under the votable heads, and the Governor-General may restore it if he considers the expenditure essential.
  4. On a reserved matter under section 28, the Bill cannot even be introduced without his previous sanction.

So the Assembly's real powers were the power to embarrass, to delay, to publicise and to refuse supply on the votable heads. That is not nothing, and it is not responsible government.

What beginners get wrong

"The Act of 1919 introduced elections." The Act of 1909 did. The Act of 1919 gave the elected members a majority at the centre and created two chambers.

"The Legislative Assembly controlled the budget." It voted on the votable heads and could be overridden by the Governor-General's restoration; substantial heads were not votable at all.

"The Governor-General had a veto." He had a veto and something more: certification under section 27, a power to make a Bill law although a chamber had refused it.

"The Act of 1919 is the Montagu-Chelmsford report." The report of 1918 by the Secretary of State, Montagu, and the Viceroy, Chelmsford, is the document on which the Act is based. Name the Act for the law and the report for the policy.

Limits and criticism

The fair criticism is that the Act separated the appearance of a legislature from its substance, and it did so deliberately.

What it gave: two chambers, elected majorities, a growing power over the purse, an elected presiding officer after four years, the removal of the old limits on business, and a statutory promise of review after ten years.

What it withheld: responsibility. The executive at the centre was not removable by the Assembly, was not drawn from it and did not depend on its confidence. And section 27 meant that the last word on legislation belonged to the Governor-General.

That combination, an elected chamber without the power to change the government, is what made the Assembly of the 1920s and 1930s a stage for opposition rather than an instrument of government, and it is why the Act of 1935 had to go further at the provincial level. The provinces are the next chapter, and they are where the Act of 1919's real experiment was made.

munotes.in336

The Government of India Act 1919: the Central Legislature

Quick revision

  • Government of India Act 1919, 9 & 10 Geo. V c. 101, amending the Act of 1915, which it calls "the principal Act". Based on the Montagu-Chelmsford report of 1918.
  • s.17: the Indian legislature is the Governor-General and two chambers, the Council of State and the Legislative Assembly.
  • s.18: Council of State, not more than sixty members, not more than twenty official. s.19: the Assembly, by rules, with an elected majority.
  • s.20: a President of the Assembly, appointed by the Governor-General for four years and elected thereafter, subject to approval.
  • s.21: Council of State five years, Assembly three years. s.22: an official may not be elected; a non-official vacates his seat on accepting office.
  • s.25: the old restrictions in s.67(1) and (3) of the principal Act cease. s.26: the annual statement of estimated expenditure and revenue laid before both chambers; the rules made votable and non-votable heads.
  • s.27: certification. The Governor-General may certify that a Bill either chamber has refused is essential, and it takes effect as if passed.
  • s.28: more measures requiring his previous sanction.
  • s.35: a High Commissioner in the United Kingdom. s.38: a public service commission. s.39: an auditor-general.
  • s.41: a commission after ten years to report on responsible government: the basis of the Simon Commission.

Test yourself

1. What did section 17 establish? That the Indian legislature should consist of the Governor-General and two chambers, the Council of State and the Legislative Assembly, which introduced bicameralism and made the Governor-General part of the legislature.

2. Describe the power of certification and say why it matters. Under section 27, where either chamber refused leave to introduce a Bill or failed to pass it in the form the Governor-General recommended, he might certify that its passage was essential for the safety, tranquillity or interests of British India, and it then took effect as if passed by both chambers. It matters because it is a power to legislate against an elected chamber, and it descends to section 44 of the Act of 1935.

3. How much control did the Legislative Assembly have over money? The annual statement was laid before both chambers under section 26, and the rules divided the estimates into votable and non-votable heads. The Assembly could assent to, refuse or reduce demands under the votable heads, subject to the Governor-General's power to restore a demand he considered essential.

4. What is the difference between the Act of 1909 and the Act of 1919 on election? The Act of 1909 introduced the elective principle, with elected members in a minority. The Act of 1919 gave elected members a majority in the central legislature and created two chambers.

munotes.in337

The Government of India Act 1919: the Central Legislature

5. What did section 41 provide, and what came of it? That after ten years a commission should be appointed to inquire into the working of the system of government and to report whether and to what extent responsible government should be established, extended, modified or restricted. It is the basis of the Simon Commission of 1927, whose appointment without an Indian member produced the boycott and, eventually, the Act of 1935.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in338

Chapter Sixty-Five

The Government of India Act 1919: Dyarchy in the Provinces

Syllabus topic 4.1.4, "Government of India Act, 1919 & 1935"

In one line

Dyarchy split the government of a province in two: some subjects were handed to ministers answerable to an elected council, and the rest stayed with the Governor and his executive councillors, answerable to nobody in India.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Government of India Act 1919 introduced dyarchy in the governors' provinces by providing, in section 1, for rules classifying subjects as central and provincial and devolving authority over provincial subjects to local governments, and for the further classification of provincial subjects as transferred and reserved; transferred subjects were administered by the Governor acting with ministers chosen from the elected members of the legislative council and answerable to it, while reserved subjects were administered by the Governor in his executive council; and by section 13 the Governor might certify a Bill relating to a reserved subject which the council had refused, whereupon it became an Act of the local legislature on his signature.

What dyarchy is

Dyarchy means rule by two authorities, and in 1919 it means that one province had two governments at once.

The scheme was built in three steps and a student should give them in order.

Step one: divide the subjects between the centre and the provinces. Section 1(1)(a) provides that rules may be made for the classification of subjects, in relation to the functions of government, as central and provincial, for the purpose of distinguishing the functions of local governments and local legislatures from those of the Governor-General in Council and the Indian legislature. That is the first distribution of subjects in Indian constitutional history, and the three Lists of the Act of 1935 are its descendant.

Step two: devolve authority over provincial subjects. Section 1(1)(b) provides for the devolution of authority in respect of provincial subjects to local governments and for the allocation of revenues or other moneys to them. Before 1919 a province administered what the Government of India allowed it to administer; after 1919 there are provincial subjects and provincial revenues.

Step three: divide the provincial subjects again. The rules classified provincial subjects as transferred and reserved.

  • Transferred subjects were administered by the Governor acting with ministers, and the ministers were chosen from the elected members of the legislative council and held office during his pleasure but in practice depended on the council's support. Local self-government, public health, education, agriculture, public works and industries were typically transferred.
  • Reserved subjects were administered by the Governor in his executive council, whose members were appointed and were not answerable to the council. Land revenue, justice, the police, prisons, irrigation and famine relief were typically reserved.

So one province, one Governor, and two sets of advisers: ministers for one half of the business and executive councillors for the other.

munotes.in339

The Government of India Act 1919: Dyarchy in the Provinces

Sections 2 to 5: the words, the provinces, and the ministers

Section 2(1) supplies the vocabulary, and it is worth quoting because students routinely invent a fourth category that does not exist. The expressions central subjects and provincial subjects mean subjects so classified under the rules; and provincial subjects other than transferred subjects are referred to in the Act as reserved subjects.

So there are three names and not four. Every subject is central or provincial; every provincial subject is transferred or reserved; and "reserved" is simply the residue of the provincial list after the transferred subjects have been taken out of it. Section 2 also allows rules about the conditions on which loans may be raised on the security of allocated revenues, which is what makes provincial finance a real thing rather than a bookkeeping entry.

Section 3(1) names the provinces the system applied to. The presidencies of Fort William in Bengal, Fort St George and Bombay, and the provinces of the United Provinces, the Punjab, Bihar and Orissa, the Central Provinces and Assam, were each to be governed in relation to reserved subjects by a governor in council, and in relation to transferred subjects by the governor acting with ministers appointed under the Act. Those eight are the governor's provinces, and the expression is used throughout the Act. By section 3(2) the provisions of the principal Act about presidency governments were applied to the five newer provinces, with the proviso that their governors were to be appointed after consultation with the Governor-General.

That single sentence in section 3(1) is the statutory definition of dyarchy, and a student who can reproduce it has the answer.

Section 4 is the ministers.

  • 4(1): the governor may by notification appoint ministers, not being members of his executive council or other officials, to administer transferred subjects, and they hold office during his pleasure. Their salary is the same as an executive councillor's unless a smaller salary is provided by vote of the legislative council, which gave the council a lever.
  • 4(2): no minister shall hold office for longer than six months unless he is or becomes an elected member of the local legislature. This is the provision that ties the minister to the elected chamber, and it is the nearest thing in the Act to responsible government.
  • 4(3): in relation to transferred subjects the governor shall be guided by the advice of his ministers, unless he sees sufficient cause to dissent from their opinion, in which case he may require action to be taken otherwise than in accordance with that advice.
  • 4(4): the governor may appoint council secretaries from among the non-official members of the legislative council to assist executive councillors and ministers.
munotes.in340

The Government of India Act 1919: Dyarchy in the Provinces

Read 4(3) carefully, because it is the hinge of the whole scheme and it cuts both ways. The Governor was guided by his ministers on transferred subjects, which is real and was new. But he could dissent for sufficient cause, and he was the judge of what was sufficient. Dyarchy gave ministers an advisory supremacy that the Governor could override, not a power he could not touch.

Section 5 reduces from two to one the number of members of a provincial executive council who must have served twelve years under the Crown in India, and ends the Commander-in-chief's membership of the councils at Calcutta, Madras and Bombay. The first half of that made room for an Indian on the executive council of a province, on the reserved side.

Section 6: keeping the two halves apart on paper

Section 6(1) requires that all orders and proceedings of the government of a governor's province be expressed to be made by the government of the province and authenticated as the Governor directs, provided that rules shall distinguish orders and proceedings relating to transferred subjects from other orders and proceedings; and that an order so authenticated shall not be called in question in any legal proceeding on the ground that it was not duly made.

Section 6(2) allows the Governor to make rules and orders for the more convenient transaction of business in his executive council and with his ministers, and any order made in accordance with them is treated as the order or act of the government of the province.

Read those together and the practical difficulty of dyarchy is already visible in the drafting. The province acts as one government; its orders are one government's orders; and yet every order must be classifiable as belonging to one half or the other, because responsibility differs between them.

Sections 7 to 9: the provincial legislature

Section 7(1): there shall be a legislative council in every governor's province, consisting of the members of the executive council and of members nominated or elected as provided by the Act. The rules gave the elected members a substantial majority.

Section 8(1): every governor's legislative council shall continue for three years from its first meeting, subject to the provisos.

Section 9(1): there shall be a President of a governor's legislative council, who until the expiration of four years from the first meeting shall be a person appointed by the Governor, and thereafter elected by the council subject to approval. That is section 20 for the provinces.

munotes.in341

The Government of India Act 1919: Dyarchy in the Provinces

Section 14: an official shall not be qualified for election to a local legislative council, and a non-official member who accepts office in the service of the Crown vacates his seat.

Section 10: the legislative power

10(1): the local legislature of any province has power, subject to the provisions of this Act, to make laws for the peace and good government of the territories constituting the province.

10(2): it may repeal or alter as to that province any law made before or after the Act by any authority in British India other than that local legislature. That is section 5 of the Indian Councils Act 1892, generalised.

10(3): it may not, without the previous sanction of the Governor-General, make or take into consideration any law of the classes the subsection lists.

The pattern of a reserved list requiring previous sanction, which began in section 43 of the Act of 1861, survives.

Section 11: the budget in a province

11(1) removes the old restrictions on the classes of business a local legislative council might transact.

11(2) is the important provision: the estimated annual expenditure and revenue of the province shall be laid before the council each year, and the local government's proposals for appropriation shall be submitted to the vote of the council in the form of demands for grants. The council may assent, or refuse its assent, to a demand, or may reduce the amount, either by reducing the whole grant or by omitting or reducing items.

Compare that with the centre, where the same technique was used, and with 1892, where the councils could only discuss the financial statement. A provincial council in 1921 could refuse a grant, and its refusal had effect subject to the Governor's powers.

Sections 12 and 13: assent, reservation and certification

Section 12 gives the Governor, instead of assenting or withholding assent, power to return a Bill for reconsideration with recommended amendments, or, in cases prescribed by rules, to reserve the Bill for the consideration of the Governor-General, with provisions for what follows a reservation.

Section 13(1) is the provincial certification power, and it is narrower than the Governor-General's under section 27 in a way that shows exactly how dyarchy worked.

Where a governor's legislative council has refused leave to introduce, or has failed to pass in a form recommended by the governor, any Bill relating to a reserved subject, the governor may certify that the passage of the Bill is essential for the discharge of his responsibility for the subject, and the Bill is then deemed to have passed and becomes an Act of the local legislature on his signature.

munotes.in342

The Government of India Act 1919: Dyarchy in the Provinces

Section 13(2): every such Act is expressed to be made by the governor, who must send an authentic copy to the Governor-General, who reserves it for the signification of His Majesty's pleasure.

Notice the words "relating to a reserved subject" and "his responsibility for the subject". The Governor could not certify a Bill about a transferred subject, because he was not responsible for those: the ministers were. The certification power is the mirror image of the transfer, and it shows that dyarchy was a real division and not a form of words.

Sections 15 and 16 deal with the creation of new provinces after obtaining an expression of opinion from the local government and legislature, with the sanction of His Majesty previously signified, and with the validity of orders made after the commencement of the Act.

A worked example

The Bombay Legislative Council in 1924.

A Bill about primary education. Education is a transferred subject. The minister in charge is an elected member; he introduces the Bill; if the council rejects it, that is the end of it, because the Governor cannot certify a Bill on a transferred subject.

A Bill about the police. The police is a reserved subject. The member of the executive council in charge introduces it; if the council refuses leave or amends it against the Governor's recommendation, the Governor may certify under section 13 that its passage is essential for the discharge of his responsibility, and it becomes an Act.

A demand for a grant for the education department. Votable: the council may assent, refuse or reduce it under section 11(2), and a refusal bites, because the minister must then govern without the money.

A demand for a grant for the police. Also submitted to the vote, and here the difficulty of dyarchy appears: a council that disliked the reserved half could refuse its supply, and the Governor's power to restore was the answer. The friction that produced is the standing criticism of the system.

What beginners get wrong

"Dyarchy divided power between the centre and the provinces." That is devolution, and it is step two. Dyarchy is the division of the provincial subjects into transferred and reserved within one province.

"Ministers were responsible to the legislature." They were appointed by and held office during the pleasure of the Governor, and were chosen from the elected members. Their position depended in practice on the council's support, but the Act did not make them removable by it.

"The Governor could certify any Bill." Only a Bill relating to a reserved subject, and only on certifying that its passage was essential for the discharge of his responsibility for that subject.

munotes.in343

The Government of India Act 1919: Dyarchy in the Provinces

"Dyarchy was introduced at the centre as well." It was introduced in the governors' provinces. The centre had two chambers with elected majorities and an executive that was not responsible at all.

Limits and criticism

Dyarchy failed, and it is worth being precise about why, because "it failed" is not an answer.

The division of subjects was artificial. Education was transferred and the police reserved; agriculture was transferred and land revenue reserved; public health was transferred and irrigation reserved. Almost every practical problem crossed the line, and a minister could not act without the reserved half's cooperation.

The money was on the wrong side. The revenue-raising subjects were largely reserved, and the spending subjects largely transferred, so a minister with responsibility for education depended on a colleague he did not choose for the funds to discharge it.

The Governor was in both halves. He presided over the executive council and acted with the ministers, and the same officer had to be the responsible head of one half and the constitutional head of the other.

And the certification power in section 13 preserved the Governor's control where it mattered most, on the reserved subjects that included justice, the police and the land revenue.

What dyarchy achieved, and it is not nothing, is that from 1921 Indians held ministerial office and administered departments in the provinces, and the provincial councils voted on demands for grants. The Act of 1935 abolished dyarchy in the provinces and gave them provincial autonomy, and it moved dyarchy to the centre, where it never came into effect because the federation never came into being. That is the next chapter.

Quick revision

  • Dyarchy: within a governor's province, provincial subjects divided into transferred, administered by the Governor with ministers chosen from the elected members, and reserved, administered by the Governor in his executive council.
  • s.1: rules for classifying subjects as central and provincial, and for the devolution of authority and revenues to local governments.
  • s.2: central and provincial subjects are those so classified by the rules; reserved subjects are provincial subjects other than transferred subjects. Loans on the security of allocated revenues.
  • s.3: names the eight governor's provinces and states the formula: reserved subjects by the governor in council, transferred subjects by the governor acting with ministers.
  • s.4: ministers appointed by notification, not officials, holding office during the governor's pleasure; six months unless an elected member; the governor guided by their advice unless he sees sufficient cause to dissent; council secretaries.
  • s.5: one member of a provincial executive council, not two, need have twelve years' service; the Commander-in-chief ceases to be a member.
  • s.6: orders of the province to be authenticated, with rules distinguishing transferred from other business; rules for the transaction of business with the executive council and with ministers.
  • s.7: a legislative council in every governor's province. s.8: three years. s.9: a President, appointed for four years then elected. s.14: officials not eligible for election.
  • s.10: power to make laws for the peace and good government of the province; power to repeal or alter any law made by any other authority in British India as to that province; previous sanction of the Governor-General for the listed classes.
  • s.11: the annual statement laid before the council; appropriation proposals submitted to the vote as demands for grants, which the council may assent to, refuse or reduce.
  • s.12: the Governor may return a Bill or reserve it for the Governor-General. s.13: certification of a Bill relating to a reserved subject as essential for the discharge of his responsibility, whereupon it becomes an Act on his signature and is reserved for His Majesty's pleasure.
munotes.in344

The Government of India Act 1919: Dyarchy in the Provinces

Test yourself

1. Explain dyarchy in three steps. Rules classified subjects as central and provincial; authority over provincial subjects and the revenues to support them was devolved to local governments; and provincial subjects were further classified as transferred, administered by the Governor with ministers chosen from the elected members of the council, and reserved, administered by the Governor in his executive council.

2. What is the limit on the Governor's certification power, and why is it significant? He could certify only a Bill relating to a reserved subject, and only that its passage was essential for the discharge of his responsibility for that subject. It is significant because it shows that the transfer of subjects was real: on a transferred subject the council's refusal was final.

3. What power over money did a provincial council acquire? The estimated annual expenditure and revenue were laid before it, and the local government's appropriation proposals were submitted to its vote as demands for grants, which it could assent to, refuse, or reduce either wholly or by omitting or reducing items.

4. Give three reasons dyarchy failed. The division of subjects was artificial, so that almost every practical problem crossed the line between transferred and reserved; the revenue-raising subjects were largely reserved while the spending subjects were largely transferred, so ministers depended on colleagues they did not choose; and the Governor was head of both halves, being responsible for one and constitutional head of the other.

5. What did dyarchy achieve? From 1921 Indians held ministerial office and administered departments in the provinces, and the provincial councils, with elected majorities, voted on demands for grants. Both were new.

munotes.in345

The Government of India Act 1919: Dyarchy in the Provinces

6. What was a minister's position under section 4, and how close was it to responsible government? He was appointed by the governor by notification, could not be a member of the executive council or an official, held office during the governor's pleasure, and could not hold office for more than six months unless he was or became an elected member of the local legislature. On transferred subjects the governor was to be guided by his advice unless the governor saw sufficient cause to dissent. That is close to responsible government in the sense that the minister had to be an elected member and had a real voice, and far from it in the sense that he was removable by the governor and could be overruled by him.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in346

Chapter Sixty-Six

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federation That Never Came

Syllabus topic 4.1.4, "Government of India Act, 1919 & 1935"

In one line

The Act of 1935 designed a federation of British India and the princely States, and the federation was never established, so the largest constitution Parliament had ever written came into force with its centrepiece missing.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by section 5 of the Government of India Act 1935 His Majesty was empowered, on an address from each House of Parliament and on the satisfaction of a condition as to the accession of States, to declare by Proclamation a Federation of India uniting the Governors' Provinces, the Chief Commissioners' Provinces and the acceding Indian States; a State acceded by an Instrument of Accession executed by its Ruler and accepted by His Majesty under section 6, which specified the matters on which the Federal Legislature might make laws for that State; the condition in section 5(2) was never satisfied, no Proclamation was ever made, and Part II of the Act accordingly never came into force, the centre continuing to be governed under the transitional provisions of Part XIII.

The size of the thing

The Act of 1935 has 321 sections and ten schedules, and when it was passed it was the longest Act the British Parliament had ever enacted. That fact is worth a sentence in an examination answer because it explains the Act's character: it is not a set of principles but a working constitution, drafted to be operated, and about two thirds of the Constitution of India was drawn from it.

Its shape is worth memorising in outline.

  • Part I is introductory, and provides for the assignment of functions of the Crown.
  • Part II is the Federation: this chapter.
  • Part III is the Provinces, which replaced dyarchy with provincial autonomy.
  • Part V is the distribution of legislative powers, with the three Lists in the Seventh Schedule.
  • Part IX is the Judicature: the Federal Court and the High Courts, taught in Module II.
  • Part XIII is transitional, and is the Part that actually governed the centre for the twelve years the Act was in operation.

Section 5: how the federation was to be made

Section 5(1) is the operative provision and it is conditional from its first word. It shall be lawful for His Majesty, if an address in that behalf has been presented to him by each House of Parliament, and if the condition hereinafter mentioned is satisfied, to declare by Proclamation that as from the day therein appointed there shall be united in a Federation under the Crown, by the name of the Federation of India:

  • (a) the Provinces called Governors' Provinces; and
  • (b) the Indian States which have acceded or may thereafter accede to the Federation;
munotes.in347

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federation That Never Came

and in the Federation so established there shall be included the Provinces called Chief Commissioners' Provinces.

Notice the asymmetry, because it is the whole political difficulty of 1935 in one subsection. The Provinces are in the federation because Parliament says so: they have no choice, and they are named as being united by the Proclamation. The States are in the federation only if they accede, one by one, each on its own terms. A federation half of whose units may decline to join is a federation that may never begin, and this one never did.

Section 5(2) states the condition, and it has two limbs, both of which had to be met:

  • (a) States whose Rulers would be entitled, under Part II of the First Schedule, to choose not less than fifty-two members of the Council of State; and
  • (b) States whose aggregate population amounts to at least one half of the total population of the States,

must have acceded to the Federation.

Fifty-two of the Council of State's princely seats, and half the population of princely India. Neither was ever reached.

Section 6: the Instrument of Accession

Section 6 is the mechanism, and it is the most instructive section in Part II for a student who will later study article 1 and the Instruments of Accession of 1947, which were executed under this very machinery as continued by the Indian Independence Act.

6(1): a State is deemed to have acceded if His Majesty has signified his acceptance of an Instrument of Accession executed by the Ruler, by which the Ruler, for himself, his heirs and successors:

  • (a) declares that he accedes to the Federation, with the intent that the King, the Governor-General, the Federal Legislature, the Federal Court and any other Federal authority shall, subject always to the terms of the Instrument and for the purposes only of the Federation, exercise in relation to his State such functions as are vested in them by the Act; and
  • (b) assumes the obligation of ensuring that due effect is given within his State to the provisions of the Act so far as they apply there by virtue of the Instrument.

6(2) is the heart of it: the Instrument shall specify the matters which the Ruler accepts as matters on which the Federal Legislature may make laws for his State, and the limitations, if any, on that power and on the executive authority of the Federation in his State.

So there was no uniform federal power over the States. Each acceding State drew its own line, and the Federation's authority in Hyderabad might differ from its authority in Mysore. 6(3) allowed a Ruler to extend those functions later by a supplementary Instrument.

munotes.in348

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federation That Never Came

6(4): nothing requires His Majesty to accept an Instrument, and he may not accept one whose terms are inconsistent with the scheme of Federation; but once the Federation is established and an Instrument has in fact been accepted, its validity shall not be called in question, and the Act has effect in relation to that State subject to the Instrument.

6(5): it is a term of every Instrument that the provisions listed in its Second Schedule may be amended by or by authority of Parliament without affecting the accession, but no such amendment extends the Federation's functions in the State unless the Ruler accepts it by a supplementary Instrument.

6(6): the Instrument is invalid unless executed by the Ruler himself, subject to the case of a minority or other incapacity.

6(7): after the Federation is established, a Ruler's request to be admitted goes to His Majesty through the Governor-General; and after twenty years the Governor-General may not transmit such a request until each Chamber of the Federal Legislature has presented an address praying for the admission.

6(8) gives the name: an acceded State is a Federated State. 6(9) requires copies of every Instrument and Acceptance to be laid before Parliament, and provides that all courts shall take judicial notice of them, which is why the Federal Court could read an Instrument as a source of its own jurisdiction.

Sections 7 and 8: the federal executive

Section 7(1): the executive authority of the Federation shall be exercised on behalf of His Majesty by the Governor-General, either directly or through officers subordinate to him. The Federal Legislature may confer functions on subordinate authorities, and nothing in the section transfers to the Governor-General any function conferred by existing Indian law on a court, a judge or a local authority. Compare article 53(1) of the Constitution, which puts the executive power of the Union in the President and has him exercise it directly or through subordinate officers.

7(2) defines "the functions of the Governor-General" as his powers and duties in the exercise of the federal executive authority and any others imposed on him as Governor-General, other than powers assigned to him by His Majesty under Part I. 7(3) applies the Third Schedule to his salary and allowances.

Section 8(1): the executive authority of the Federation extends to the matters on which the Federal Legislature has power to make laws; to the raising of naval, military and air forces in British India and the governance of His Majesty's forces on the Indian establishment; and to the exercise of the rights and jurisdiction exercisable by His Majesty in relation to the tribal areas. That first limb is the rule the Constitution kept in article 73: executive power follows legislative power.

munotes.in349

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federation That Never Came

The provisos matter. The federal authority does not extend to provincial legislative matters except as expressly provided; in a Federated State it extends only to matters on which the Federal Legislature may make laws for that State, subject to the limitations in that State's Instrument of Accession; enlistment is confined to His Majesty's subjects, natives of India or of adjacent territories; and commissions are granted by His Majesty.

Section 8(2): the executive authority of the Ruler of a Federated State continues in that State even on federal matters, except so far as the federal executive authority becomes exercisable to the exclusion of the Ruler's by virtue of a Federal law. A federation in which the unit's own executive keeps working unless federal law displaces it is a federation of a very cautious kind.

Why it never happened, and what happened instead

The Proclamation section 5 required was never made, because the condition in section 5(2) was never satisfied: the necessary number of Rulers never executed Instruments of Accession. Negotiations continued through the late nineteen thirties and were abandoned on the outbreak of war in 1939.

The Act had provided for exactly this, and the provisions that carried the interval are worth knowing, because they answer the question every student asks: if the federation never came, what law governed British India between 1937 and 1947?

Section 320(1): Part II comes into force on the date appointed by the Proclamation establishing the Federation. No Proclamation, no Part II. 320(2): the remainder of the Act comes into force on such date as His Majesty in Council may appoint, and that date is called the commencement of Part III. 320(3) allows different provisions to be brought in on different dates.

So the Act split in two at birth. Part III and the rest were brought into force by Order in Council, and provincial autonomy began in 1937; Part II sat unused until the Act itself was superseded.

Section 312: Part XIII applies to the period between the commencement of Part III and the establishment of the Federation. That Part is the transitional constitution of the centre, and these are its working provisions.

  • Section 313(1): the executive authority is exercised on behalf of His Majesty by the Governor-General in Council, the old body, not by the Governor-General with a council of ministers under section 9.
  • Section 314(1): the Governor-General in Council and the Governor-General remain under the general control of the Secretary of State and must comply with his directions.
  • Section 316: the powers conferred on the Federal Legislature are exercisable by the Indian Legislature, and references to federal laws are read accordingly.
  • Section 317(1): the provisions of the old Government of India Act set out in the Ninth Schedule, relating to the Governor-General, the Commander-in-Chief, the Executive Council and the Indian Legislature, continue to have effect notwithstanding the repeal of that Act.
munotes.in350

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federation That Never Came

Read section 317 twice. The Act of 1935 repealed the Government of India Act by section 321, and then kept part of it alive in a schedule, because the centre it was replacing that Act's arrangements with did not exist. So the Council of State and the Legislative Assembly of 1919 went on sitting, under a schedule to the Act that was supposed to have replaced them.

Section 318(1) is the other half of the answer, and it is the provision that explains the Federal Court to a student who has noticed the difficulty: notwithstanding that the Federation has not yet been established, the Federal Court, the Federal Public Service Commission and the Federal Railway Authority shall come into existence and shall perform in relation to British India the functions they were to perform in relation to the Federation when established.

That is how India got a Federal Court in 1937 without a federation. Module II tells the rest of that story.

What the Constitution kept

Almost all of it, and the borrowings are worth listing because MU asks about them.

  • The three Lists and the residuary power, from Part V and the Seventh Schedule.
  • Executive power follows legislative power, from section 8(1), now article 73.
  • A Federal Court with original, appellate and advisory jurisdiction, now articles 131, 132 to 134 and 143.
  • Emergency provisions, the Governor's and Governor-General's special responsibilities becoming, in altered form, articles 352 to 360 and 356.
  • The office of Auditor-General, the Public Service Commissions, and the superintendence of subordinate courts by the High Court in section 224, now article 227.

And the great thing it did not keep: the Constitution's units did not accede. Article 1 declares a Union of States and no State had a choice about being in it, which is the deliberate reversal of section 5 and section 6.

A worked example

Take the Ruler of a substantial Indian State in 1938, deciding whether to accede.

What is he being asked to sign? An Instrument of Accession under section 6(1), declaring that he accedes to the Federation with the intent that the King, the Governor-General, the Federal Legislature, the Federal Court and any other federal authority shall exercise in relation to his State such functions as are vested in them by the Act, subject always to the terms of the Instrument, and undertaking to ensure that due effect is given within his State to the Act so far as it applies there.

munotes.in351

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federation That Never Came

What does he control? By section 6(2), the Instrument itself specifies the matters on which the Federal Legislature may make laws for his State and any limitations on that power and on the federal executive authority in his State. He may accede for defence and external affairs and nothing else if he chooses.

Can he be forced to give more later? No. By 6(3) an extension requires a supplementary Instrument executed by him, and by 6(5) even an amendment made by Parliament to the scheduled provisions does not extend the federal functions in his State unless he accepts it in a supplementary Instrument.

What if His Majesty will not accept his terms? By 6(4) His Majesty need not accept an Instrument, and may not accept one inconsistent with the scheme of Federation; but once the Federation is established and an Instrument has been accepted, its validity cannot be called in question.

And what happens if enough Rulers decline? Exactly what did happen. The condition in section 5(2) is never satisfied, no Proclamation is made under section 5(1), Part II never comes into force by section 320(1), and British India is governed at the centre under Part XIII, with the Governor-General in Council under section 313 and the old Act's provisions kept alive by the Ninth Schedule under section 317.

What beginners get wrong

"The Government of India Act 1935 established a federation in India." It provided for one. Section 5 required a Proclamation, and the Proclamation required accessions that never came. The federal part of the Act never came into force.

"Dyarchy was abolished by the Act of 1935." In the provinces, yes: Part III gave provincial autonomy. But dyarchy was moved to the centre, where the Governor-General was to administer defence, external affairs, ecclesiastical affairs and the tribal areas in his discretion and the rest with ministers. Since the federation never came, central dyarchy never operated either.

"Instruments of Accession were invented in 1947." They were invented by section 6 of this Act, in 1935. The Instruments executed in 1947 were executed under the machinery of the 1935 Act as adapted by the Indian Independence Act.

"The Act was a dead letter." It governed the provinces from 1937, it created the Federal Court, and it was the working constitution of India from 1947 to 1950 as adapted by the Indian Independence Act. Only Part II was a dead letter.

munotes.in352

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federation That Never Came

Limits and criticism

The scheme was conditional on the consent of rulers who had no reason to consent. A prince who acceded gave a federal legislature in which he was outnumbered the power to make law for his State, and got in return a share in a centre whose real powers over defence and external affairs were reserved to the Governor-General anyway. Section 6(2) let him limit his exposure, and most of them limited it to nothing at all by not acceding.

The federation was to be unequal by design. The Rulers were to choose their representatives, not their subjects. In a Council of State in which the States held a third of the seats, a third of the federal upper chamber would have been nominated by princes.

And the safeguards emptied the transfer. Even in the federation that was planned, the Governor-General had reserved departments, special responsibilities, an overriding power to legislate and control of the finances of defence. Congress said in 1935 that the Act offered responsibility without power, and, on the federal side, the criticism was hard to answer.

What can be said for it is what the Constituent Assembly said with its drafting pen: the Act was a competent piece of constitutional engineering, and when Indians came to write their own constitution they used most of its machinery and changed the sovereign behind it.

Quick revision

  • 321 sections and ten schedules, the longest Act Parliament had passed.
  • s.5(1): His Majesty may declare by Proclamation, on an address from each House of Parliament and on the condition being satisfied, a Federation of India uniting the Governors' Provinces and the acceding Indian States, and including the Chief Commissioners' Provinces.
  • s.5(2): the condition. States entitled to choose not less than fifty-two members of the Council of State, and States with at least one half of the total population of the States, must have acceded. Never satisfied.
  • s.6: Instrument of Accession, executed by the Ruler and accepted by His Majesty; 6(2) it specifies the matters on which the Federal Legislature may make laws for that State and the limitations; 6(3) supplementary Instruments; 6(4) acceptance discretionary but unimpeachable afterwards; 6(8) an acceding State is a Federated State; 6(9) courts take judicial notice.
  • s.7: the executive authority of the Federation is exercised on behalf of His Majesty by the Governor-General.
  • s.8(1): it extends to the matters on which the Federal Legislature may make laws, to the forces, and to the tribal areas, subject to the Instrument of Accession in each State. 8(2): the Ruler's own executive authority continues until displaced by federal law.
  • s.320: Part II on the Proclamation date, the rest by Order in Council. s.312 to s.318: the transitional centre, the Governor-General in Council, the Secretary of State's control, the Indian Legislature exercising federal powers, the Ninth Schedule keeping the old Act alive, and the Federal Court coming into existence although the Federation had not.
munotes.in353

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federation That Never Came

Test yourself

1. What two things had to happen before the Federation of India could be established? An address to His Majesty from each House of Parliament, and the satisfaction of the condition in section 5(2): accession by States whose Rulers could choose not less than fifty-two members of the Council of State and whose aggregate population was at least half the total population of the States. His Majesty would then declare the Federation by Proclamation.

2. What was an Instrument of Accession, and what did it have to specify? A document executed by the Ruler of an Indian State, and accepted by His Majesty, by which the Ruler acceded to the Federation and undertook to give effect to the Act within his State. By section 6(2) it had to specify the matters which the Ruler accepted as matters on which the Federal Legislature might make laws for his State, and any limitations on that power and on the federal executive authority there.

3. If the federation never came into being, how was the centre governed from 1937? Under Part XIII. By section 313 the executive authority was exercised by the Governor-General in Council; by section 314 he remained under the control of the Secretary of State; by section 316 the Indian Legislature exercised the powers given to the Federal Legislature; and by section 317 the provisions of the old Government of India Act set out in the Ninth Schedule continued in force despite that Act's repeal.

4. How could there be a Federal Court when there was no federation? By section 318(1), which provided expressly that notwithstanding that the Federation had not been established the Federal Court, the Federal Public Service Commission and the Federal Railway Authority should come into existence and perform in relation to British India the functions they were to perform for the Federation.

5. Name three things the Constitution of India took from this Act. The three Lists and the distribution of legislative powers; the rule that executive power extends to the matters on which the legislature may make laws, now article 73; and a court above all the High Courts with original, appellate and advisory jurisdiction, now the Supreme Court under articles 131, 132 to 134 and 143. The emergency provisions, the Public Service Commissions, the Auditor-General and the High Court's power of superintendence are further examples.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in354

Chapter Sixty-Seven

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federal Legislature

Syllabus topic 4.1.4, "Government of India Act, 1919 & 1935"

In one line

The Act of 1935 designed a two-chamber federal legislature with elected and princely members, and armed the Governor-General with so many ways round it that the legislature could be legislated past whenever he thought it necessary.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: sections 18 to 45 of the Government of India Act 1935 constituted a Federal Legislature consisting of His Majesty represented by the Governor-General and two Chambers, the Council of State and the Federal Assembly, with representatives both of British India and of the Indian States; provided for a joint sitting to resolve disagreement between the Chambers; reserved a large part of federal expenditure from the vote of the Legislature as charged on the revenues of the Federation; and conferred on the Governor-General power to promulgate ordinances, to enact Governor-General's Acts, and, on the failure of the constitutional machinery, to assume the powers of any federal authority by Proclamation.

First, the honest warning

The Federal Legislature described in this chapter never came into existence. Section 19(3) says the Chambers were to be summoned for their first session on a day specified in His Majesty's Proclamation establishing the Federation, and no Proclamation was ever made. Section 29 measures a member's allowances against those payable "immediately before the date of the establishment of the Federation", a date that never arrived.

Study it anyway, for two reasons. MU's syllabus names the Act, and an examiner asking about the legislature under the 1935 Act is asking about these sections. And the Constituent Assembly drafted the Constitution with this Act open on the table: articles 79, 80, 83, 107 to 111, 108, 112 to 114 and 123 are all recognisable descendants of what follows.

Section 18: the two Chambers

18(1): there shall be a Federal Legislature consisting of His Majesty, represented by the Governor-General, and two Chambers, the Council of State and the House of Assembly, called in the Act the Federal Assembly.

Notice the first limb. The legislature includes the Crown, as the Parliament at Westminster does, and as article 79 of the Constitution includes the President in Parliament. A Bill is not law until the third element assents.

18(2): the numbers, and they are the political settlement of 1935 in figures.

ChamberBritish IndiaIndian States
Council of State156not more than 104
Federal Assembly250not more than 125

The States were to hold about two fifths of the Council of State and one third of the Assembly, although their population was about a quarter of India's, and their members were to be chosen by the Rulers, not elected. That over-representation of nominees was the principal objection to the whole scheme.

munotes.in355

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federal Legislature

18(3): representatives chosen as provided in the First Schedule.

18(4): the Council of State is a permanent body not subject to dissolution, and as near as may be one third retire every third year. That is article 83(1) of the Constitution, and the Rajya Sabha's biennial retirement is its direct descendant with the period altered.

18(5): every Federal Assembly continues for five years unless sooner dissolved, and the expiry of the five years operates as a dissolution. Compare article 83(2).

Sections 19 to 29: sessions, officers and members

19(1): the Chambers shall meet at least once every year, and twelve months shall not intervene between the last sitting of one session and the first of the next. Article 85(1) says six months.

19(2): the Governor-General may in his discretion summon, prorogue, and dissolve the Federal Assembly.

Section 20: he may address either Chamber or both together, requiring attendance, and may send messages which the Chamber must consider with all convenient dispatch. Articles 86 and 87.

Section 21: every minister, counsellor and the Advocate-General has the right to speak in either Chamber and its committees, but not to vote unless he is a member. Article 88.

Section 22: the Council of State chooses a President and Deputy President, removable by a resolution of a majority of all the then members on fourteen days' notice. Article 90 and article 94 use the same technique. Section 23 gives the presiding officer a casting vote only.

Section 24: an oath before the Governor-General in a form set out in the Fourth Schedule. Section 25: nobody may be a member of both Chambers.

Section 26 lists the disqualifications, and the list is the ancestor of article 102: an office of profit under the Crown unless declared not to disqualify, unsound mind so declared by a competent court, undischarged insolvency, conviction or a finding of a corrupt or illegal practice at an election, and conviction of an offence with a sentence of transportation or of imprisonment for not less than two years, subject to a period after release. Section 27 imposes a penalty of five hundred rupees a day on a person who sits or votes while disqualified, recoverable as a debt due to the Federation; article 193 keeps the technique.

Section 28: freedom of speech in the Legislature, and no member liable to proceedings in any court for anything said or any vote given, and no person liable for a publication made by or under the authority of a Chamber. That is article 105.

Section 29: salaries and allowances as the Federal Legislature may determine.

munotes.in356

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federal Legislature

Sections 30 to 32: how a Bill became law

30(1): subject to the financial provisions, a Bill may originate in either Chamber. 30(2): it is not passed unless agreed to by both Chambers. 30(3): a pending Bill does not lapse on prorogation. 30(4) and (5): a Bill pending in the Council of State that the Assembly has not passed does not lapse on a dissolution of the Assembly; a Bill pending in the Assembly, or passed by the Assembly and pending in the Council of State, does lapse. Article 107(3) to (5) reproduces all of it.

Section 31 is the deadlock provision, and it is worth comparing with article 108 closely because the differences are the point.

Where a Bill passed by one Chamber is rejected by the other, or the Chambers have finally disagreed on amendments, or more than six months have elapsed from the reception of the Bill without its being presented for assent, the Governor-General may notify his intention to summon a joint sitting. He may then summon it at any time in the next session after six months from the notification, and at the joint sitting the Bill passes if carried by a majority of the total number of members of both Chambers present and voting.

The proviso is the interesting part. If the Bill relates to finance, or to any matter affecting the discharge of the Governor-General's discretionary functions, he may notify a joint sitting even though there has been no rejection and no disagreement and no six months have passed, if he is satisfied there is no reasonable prospect of the Bill reaching him without undue delay; and he may then summon the sitting at any date. By 31(3) those powers are exercised in his discretion.

So a joint sitting under the Constitution is a way of resolving a deadlock between two Houses. A joint sitting under section 31 was also a way for the Governor-General to force a finance Bill through a legislature that had not rejected anything.

Section 32: when a Bill has been passed, it is presented to the Governor-General, who in his discretion declares that he assents in His Majesty's name, or withholds assent, or reserves the Bill for the signification of His Majesty's pleasure; or he may return it with a message asking the Chambers to reconsider it, which they must do. 32(2): a reserved Bill does not become an Act unless within twelve months the Governor-General notifies that His Majesty has assented. 32(3): an Act assented to may be disallowed by His Majesty within twelve months, and becomes void from the date of the notification of disallowance.

munotes.in357

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federal Legislature

Assent, withholding, reservation, return, and disallowance after the event: five ways to stop a Bill, of which article 111 keeps two.

Sections 33 to 37: the money, and what could not be voted on

This is where the Act's real distribution of power appears, and it is the part students most often skip.

Section 33(1): the Governor-General shall cause an annual financial statement of estimated receipts and expenditure to be laid before both Chambers. Article 112 uses the same words.

33(2) and (3): the estimates must show separately the sums for expenditure charged upon the revenues of the Federation, and the sums for other expenditure; and must indicate any sums included only because the Governor-General directed their inclusion as necessary for the discharge of his special responsibilities. Charged expenditure included the Governor-General's own salary and establishment, debt charges, the salaries of ministers, counsellors, the financial adviser, the Advocate-General and chief commissioners, and the salaries, allowances and pensions of the judges of the Federal Court and pensions of High Court judges.

Section 34(1): charged expenditure shall not be submitted to the vote of the Legislature, though it may be discussed except for the two most sensitive heads. 34(2): the rest is submitted as demands for grants, first to the Federal Assembly and then to the Council of State, and either Chamber may assent, refuse, or assent subject to a reduction. 34(4): no demand may even be made except on the recommendation of the Governor-General. Article 113 keeps 34(1), (2) and (4) almost word for word, with the President in place of the Governor-General and the Rajya Sabha excluded from voting.

Section 35 is where the safeguard bites. The Governor-General authenticates by his signature a schedule of the grants made and the charged sums; and if the Chambers have refused a demand or reduced it, and in his opinion the refusal or reduction would affect the due discharge of any of his special responsibilities, he may include in the schedule such additional amount as appears to him necessary, not exceeding the amount refused or the reduction.

Read that against section 34(2). The Chambers could refuse a grant, and the Governor-General could put the money back. That is the difference between a legislature that controls the purse and one that is consulted about it.

Section 36 applies the same machinery to supplementary expenditure, as article 115 does.

Section 37(1): a Bill or amendment for imposing or increasing a tax, for regulating borrowing or federal financial obligations, or for declaring expenditure to be charged on the revenues of the Federation, may not be introduced or moved except on the recommendation of the Governor-General, and such a Bill may not be introduced in the Council of State. 37(3): a Bill involving expenditure may not be passed by either Chamber unless the Governor-General has recommended its consideration. Article 117 is the same section with the President substituted.

munotes.in358

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federal Legislature

Sections 38 to 41: procedure

Section 38: each Chamber may make rules of procedure, but the Governor-General in his discretion, after consulting the President or the Speaker, makes rules for business affecting his discretionary functions. Section 39: proceedings in the English language, with provision for members not sufficiently acquainted with it. Section 40(1): no discussion of the conduct of a judge of the Federal Court or a High Court in the discharge of his duties, which is article 121. Section 41(1): the validity of proceedings shall not be called in question on the ground of any alleged irregularity of procedure, which is article 122.

Sections 42 to 44: the three ways of legislating without the Legislature

These are the sections to know, because MU can ask about them directly and because one of them survived into the Constitution and two did not.

Section 42: ordinances when the Legislature is not in session. If the Governor-General is satisfied that circumstances exist rendering immediate action necessary, he may promulgate ordinances. An ordinance has the same force and effect as an Act, but must be laid before the Legislature and ceases to operate at the expiration of six weeks from the reassembly of the Legislature, or earlier if both Chambers pass resolutions disapproving it; it is subject to disallowance by His Majesty; it may be withdrawn at any time; and it is void so far as it makes provision the Federal Legislature could not enact. That is article 123, six weeks and all.

Section 43: ordinances at any time, for his discretionary functions. If the Governor-General is satisfied that immediate action is necessary to enable him to discharge functions he exercises in his discretion or in his individual judgment, he may promulgate an ordinance, and it continues for up to six months and may be extended by a further six months. This one does not depend on the Legislature being out of session, and the Legislature cannot vote it down. It has no counterpart in the Constitution.

Section 44: a Governor-General's Act. If it appears to him that legislation is essential to enable him to discharge his discretionary functions, he may by message explain the circumstances to both Chambers, and either enact forthwith, as a Governor-General's Act, the provisions he considers necessary, or attach a draft Bill and enact it after one month, having considered any address presented by either Chamber. Such an Act has the same force as an Act of the Federal Legislature, is void so far as it exceeds federal competence, and must be communicated to the Secretary of State and laid before each House of Parliament. By 44(5) the power is exercised in his discretion.

munotes.in359

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federal Legislature

So the Governor-General could make law that the legislature had refused, could make it permanent, and had to tell only London. Section 44 is the 1935 successor of the certification power in section 27 of the Act of 1919, made wider: certification needed a Bill that a Chamber had refused, and a Governor-General's Act needed nothing but his own opinion that legislation was essential.

Section 45: the failure of constitutional machinery

If the Governor-General is satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the government of the Federation cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of this Act, he may by Proclamation declare that his functions shall be exercised in his discretion, and assume to himself all or any of the powers vested in any Federal body or authority, including power to suspend provisions of the Act relating to them.

One exception is written into the proviso: he may not assume the powers of the Federal Court, and may not suspend any provision of the Act relating to it. The court was to survive the failure of everything else.

The Proclamation must be communicated to the Secretary of State and laid before each House of Parliament. Any student who has read article 356 will recognise the phrase "cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution", and article 356's proviso, which likewise protects the High Court's powers, comes from this proviso.

A worked example

Assume the Federation had been established, and follow one Bill through it.

A Bill to raise the federal income tax. By section 37(1) it may not be introduced or moved except on the recommendation of the Governor-General, and it may not be introduced in the Council of State: it must start in the Federal Assembly.

The Assembly passes it; the Council of State rejects it. By section 31(1)(a) the Governor-General may notify his intention to summon a joint sitting. Because the Bill relates to finance, the proviso lets him do so at once, without waiting six months, and by 31(3) he exercises that power in his discretion.

At the joint sitting the Bill passes if carried by a majority of the total number of members of both Chambers present and voting, and is then deemed to have been passed by both Chambers under 31(4).

munotes.in360

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federal Legislature

It goes to the Governor-General. Under section 32(1) he may assent in His Majesty's name, withhold assent, reserve it for His Majesty's pleasure, or return it with a message asking the Chambers to reconsider it. If he reserves it, it does not become an Act unless within twelve months he notifies His Majesty's assent; and even after his own assent, His Majesty may disallow it within twelve months under 32(3).

Now take the money instead of the Bill.

The Assembly refuses the demand for a grant for the Governor-General's reserved departments. By section 34(2) it may refuse; by the proviso the demand does not go to the Council of State unless he directs. But by section 35 he may, if in his opinion the refusal would affect the due discharge of a special responsibility, include the amount in the authenticated schedule anyway, up to the amount refused.

And if the Legislature will not pass a law he thinks essential to a discretionary function? He may promulgate an ordinance under section 43 lasting six months and renewable, or enact a Governor-General's Act under section 44, which is permanent and needs only to be laid before Parliament.

What beginners get wrong

"The Federal Legislature under the 1935 Act was elected." Partly. The British Indian seats were filled under the First Schedule, largely by indirect election; the States' seats, up to 104 of 260 and 125 of 375, were filled by the Rulers' nominees.

"The 1935 Act gave the legislature control of the budget." It gave it a vote on part of the budget. Charged expenditure was not votable at all under section 34(1); no demand could be made without the Governor-General's recommendation under section 34(4); and under section 35 he could restore what the Chambers cut, if he thought his special responsibilities required it.

"A Governor-General's Act is the same as an ordinance." An ordinance under section 42 lapses six weeks after the Legislature reassembles. A Governor-General's Act under section 44 is permanent legislation, and the Chambers can only address him about it.

"Article 356 was an Indian invention." Its language and its structure, including the protection of the courts, come from section 45 of this Act and its provincial twin.

Limits and criticism

The federal scheme was responsibility hedged by safeguards. Defence, external affairs, ecclesiastical affairs and the tribal areas were to be administered by the Governor-General in his discretion; a large part of the expenditure was charged and unvotable; and sections 42, 43, 44 and 45 gave him a legislative power that no chamber could reach.

munotes.in361

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federal Legislature

The States' representation was the deal-breaker. A third of the popular chamber and two fifths of the upper chamber were to be filled by the nominees of Rulers who were not answerable to their own subjects, and who were, on any view, likely to vote with the Government.

And the whole design was never tested. It is easy to be severe about a constitution that never operated, and fair to record what the Constituent Assembly did with it: they took the two chambers, the permanent upper house with a third retiring, the joint sitting, the annual financial statement, charged expenditure, the demands for grants, the recommendation for money Bills, the ordinance power, the ban on discussing a judge's conduct, and the failure-of-machinery Proclamation, and they removed the Governor-General's discretion from every one of them.

Quick revision

  • s.18: Federal Legislature of His Majesty represented by the Governor-General and two Chambers, the Council of State (156 British Indian, up to 104 States) and the Federal Assembly (250 and up to 125). The Council of State is permanent, one third retiring every third year; the Assembly lasts five years.
  • s.19: at least one session a year, twelve months between sittings; the Governor-General summons, prorogues and dissolves in his discretion.
  • ss.20 to 29: address and messages; ministers may speak but not vote; President and Deputy President; oath; disqualifications in s.26; five hundred rupees a day in s.27; freedom of speech in s.28.
  • s.30: a Bill may start in either Chamber; both must agree; lapse on dissolution follows the Assembly, not the Council of State.
  • s.31: joint sitting on rejection, final disagreement or six months delay, decided by a majority of members of both Chambers present and voting; and, for finance or his discretionary functions, the Governor-General may call one immediately.
  • s.32: assent, withholding, reservation for His Majesty (twelve months), return for reconsideration, and disallowance by His Majesty within twelve months.
  • ss.33 to 37: the annual financial statement; charged expenditure not submitted to the vote; other expenditure as demands for grants, which either Chamber may refuse or reduce; no demand without the Governor-General's recommendation; and s.35, under which he may restore a refused or reduced grant for a special responsibility. Money Bills only on his recommendation and only in the Assembly.
  • ss.38 to 41: rules of procedure; English; no discussion of a judge's conduct; no challenge for irregularity of procedure.
  • s.42 ordinance when the Legislature is not in session, lapsing six weeks after reassembly. s.43 ordinance for discretionary functions, six months and renewable. s.44 Governor-General's Act, permanent, laid before Parliament.
  • s.45: Proclamation on the failure of constitutional machinery, assuming the powers of any federal authority, except the Federal Court.
munotes.in362

The Government of India Act 1935: the Federal Legislature

Test yourself

1. Describe the composition of the Federal Legislature under section 18, and say what was objectionable about it. His Majesty represented by the Governor-General and two Chambers: a Council of State of 156 British Indian and up to 104 States' representatives, permanent with a third retiring every third year, and a Federal Assembly of 250 and up to 125, lasting five years. The objection was that the States' members, a third of the Assembly and two fifths of the Council of State, were nominees of the Rulers and not elected by anybody, and the States were over-represented against their population.

2. In what two ways did section 31 differ from article 108 of the Constitution? The power to summon a joint sitting was the Governor-General's, exercised in his discretion, not the President's on a settled constitutional footing; and by the proviso he could summon one for a finance Bill, or a Bill affecting his discretionary functions, without any rejection, any disagreement or any lapse of six months, merely on being satisfied that the Bill would not reach him without undue delay.

3. What was charged expenditure, and why does it matter? Expenditure declared by the Act to be charged on the revenues of the Federation, including the Governor-General's salary, debt charges, ministers' and law officers' salaries and the salaries and pensions of judges. It matters because by section 34(1) it was not submitted to the vote of the Legislature at all, so the Chambers had no control over it.

4. Distinguish sections 42, 43 and 44. Section 42 is an ordinance made when the Legislature is not in session, which lapses six weeks after it reassembles and can be disapproved by both Chambers. Section 43 is an ordinance for the Governor-General's discretionary functions, made at any time, lasting up to six months and extendable by six more, which the Chambers cannot disapprove. Section 44 is a Governor-General's Act, permanent legislation enacted by him on his own opinion that legislation is essential for his discretionary functions, communicated to the Secretary of State and laid before Parliament.

5. What did section 45 permit, and what did it protect? On being satisfied that the government of the Federation could not be carried on in accordance with the Act, the Governor-General might by Proclamation declare that his functions be exercised in his discretion and assume the powers of any federal body or authority, suspending provisions of the Act relating to them. The proviso protected the Federal Court: he could neither assume its powers nor suspend any provision relating to it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in363

Chapter Sixty-Eight

The Government of India Act 1935: the Three Lists

Syllabus topic 4.1.4, "Government of India Act, 1919 & 1935"

In one line

The Act of 1935 divided the power to make law between the centre and the provinces by three lists in a schedule, and that division, almost unaltered, is the Seventh Schedule of the Constitution of India.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by section 100 of the Government of India Act 1935, read with the Seventh Schedule, legislative power was distributed between the Federal and the Provincial Legislatures by three Lists, the Federal Legislative List, the Provincial Legislative List and the Concurrent Legislative List; by section 107 a federal law prevailed over a repugnant provincial law on a concurrent matter, except where the provincial law had been reserved and assented to; and by section 104 the residuary power was vested in neither legislature but in the Governor-General, who might by public notification empower either of them to legislate on an unenumerated matter.

Why this is the most durable thing in the Act

Everything else in the 1935 Act was undone. The federation never came, the Governor-General's discretion went in 1947, and the Act itself was replaced in 1950.

The three Lists survived. The Constituent Assembly kept the technique, kept the three-list structure, kept most of the entries, and in many places kept the words. When you read entry 1 of List III of the Constitution, "Criminal law, including all matters included in the Indian Penal Code", you are reading entry 1 of Part I of List III of the Seventh Schedule to this Act. That is why this chapter is worth more marks than its length suggests.

Section 99: the reach of each legislature

99(1): the Federal Legislature may make laws for the whole or any part of British India or for any Federated State, and a Provincial Legislature may make laws for the Province or any part of it.

99(2) saves federal laws from being struck down for extra-territorial operation in five cases: laws applying to British subjects and servants of the Crown in any part of India; to British subjects domiciled in India wherever they may be; to ships and aircraft registered in British India or a Federated State and persons on them; to the subjects of a Federated State on a matter accepted in its Instrument of Accession; and to members of the Indian forces wherever they may be. Article 245(2) of the Constitution does the same work in one line.

Section 100: the three Lists, and how they interlock

The subsection order matters, because each begins by overriding the one that follows.

  • 100(1): notwithstanding the next two subsections, the Federal Legislature has, and a Provincial Legislature has not, power to make laws on the matters in List I, the Federal Legislative List.
  • 100(2): notwithstanding the next subsection, the Federal Legislature, and, subject to subsection (1), a Provincial Legislature also, have power on the matters in List III, the Concurrent Legislative List.
  • 100(3): subject to the two preceding subsections, the Provincial Legislature has, and the Federal Legislature has not, power to make laws for a Province on the matters in List II, the Provincial Legislative List.
  • 100(4): the Federal Legislature has power on Provincial List matters except for a Province or any part of a Province, which is how the centre legislated for the Chief Commissioners' Provinces on provincial subjects.
munotes.in364

The Government of India Act 1935: the Three Lists

The drafting produces a strict order of precedence: List I beats List III, and List III beats List II. Article 246 of the Constitution says the same thing in the same order with the same "notwithstanding" clauses.

The Seventh Schedule contains:

ListNameEntries
List IFederal Legislative List59
List IIProvincial Legislative List54
List IIIConcurrent Legislative List36, in two Parts (1 to 25 and 26 to 36)

Entry 16 of Part I of List III is "Legal, medical and other professions", and it is worth noting here because it is the entry under which the Advocates Act 1961 was later passed, on the Constitution's corresponding entry.

Sections 101 to 106: the qualifications

Section 101: nothing in the Act empowers the Federal Legislature to make laws for a Federated State otherwise than in accordance with that State's Instrument of Accession and any limitations in it. The Lists were therefore a full division of power over British India and a partial and variable one over the States.

Section 102: the Proclamation of Emergency. If the Governor-General in his discretion declares by Proclamation that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India is threatened, whether by war or internal disturbance, the Federal Legislature acquires power to make laws for a Province on Provincial List matters, though no Bill may be introduced without his previous sanction, which he is to give only if the provision is proper in view of the nature of the emergency. Article 250 of the Constitution is this section, and the words "war or internal disturbance" travelled into article 352 and stayed there until 1978.

Section 103: if the legislatures of two or more Provinces resolve that a Provincial List matter should be regulated in those Provinces by federal Act, the Federal Legislature may pass such an Act, and any Province to which it applies may afterwards amend or repeal it by its own Act. Article 252 keeps the whole mechanism.

munotes.in365

The Government of India Act 1935: the Three Lists

Section 104: the residuary power, and the great difference from the Constitution. The Governor-General may by public notification empower either the Federal Legislature or a Provincial Legislature to enact a law on any matter not enumerated in any of the Lists, including a tax not mentioned in any List, and the corresponding executive authority follows.

Read that twice, because it is the answer to a favourite examination question. Under the Act of 1935 the residuary power belonged to neither legislature. It was in the Governor-General's gift, and he could give it to either, case by case. The reason was political: the Muslim League wanted the residue with the provinces and Congress wanted it with the centre, and the Act gave it to a third party. Under article 248 of the Constitution the residuary power, including the power to impose a residuary tax, belongs to Parliament, and entry 97 of List I is its enumeration.

Section 105: application of the Naval Discipline Act to the Indian naval forces.

Section 106: the Federal Legislature may not, by reason only of the Federal List entry about implementing treaties and agreements with other countries, make a law for a Province without the previous consent of the Governor, or for a Federated State without the previous consent of the Ruler.

That is a second great difference. Under article 253 of the Constitution, Parliament may make any law for the whole or any part of India for implementing a treaty, and no State's consent is required, notwithstanding the distribution of powers. In 1935 the treaty power stopped at the provincial border unless the Governor let it through.

Section 107: repugnancy

This is the section a student is most likely to be asked to compare with article 254, and the comparison is close to exact.

107(1): if a provision of a Provincial law is repugnant to a provision of a Federal law which the Federal Legislature is competent to enact, or to an existing Indian law on a Concurrent List matter, the Federal law or the existing Indian law prevails, whether passed before or after the Provincial law, and the Provincial law is void to the extent of the repugnancy.

107(2): but where a Provincial law on a Concurrent List matter is repugnant to an earlier Federal or existing Indian law, and the Provincial law, having been reserved for the consideration of the Governor-General or for the signification of His Majesty's pleasure, has received assent, then the Provincial law prevails in that Province. The Federal Legislature may nevertheless legislate again on the same matter, but a Bill repugnant to such a reserved and assented provincial law needs the previous sanction of the Governor-General in his discretion.

munotes.in366

The Government of India Act 1935: the Three Lists

107(3): a law of a Federated State repugnant to a Federal law extending to that State is void to the extent of the repugnancy.

Article 254(1) and (2) is 107(1) and (2) with the President for the Governor-General, and it is the provision under which a State amendment to a central Act, once reserved and assented to, holds the field in that State.

Section 108: what could not even be introduced

Chapter II of Part V is headed Restrictions on Legislative Powers, and section 108(1) lists the Bills that could not be introduced or moved in either Chamber of the Federal Legislature unless the Governor-General in his discretion thought fit to give his previous sanction. A Bill that:

  • (a) repeals, amends or is repugnant to any Act of Parliament extending to British India;
  • (b) repeals, amends or is repugnant to a Governor-General's or Governor's Act or an ordinance promulgated in his discretion;
  • (c) affects matters on which the Governor-General is required to act in his discretion;
  • (d) repeals, amends or affects any Act relating to any police force;
  • (e) affects the procedure for criminal proceedings in which European British subjects are concerned;
  • (f) subjects non-residents to greater taxation than residents, or companies not wholly controlled and managed in British India to greater taxation than those that are.

Two of these deserve a sentence each in an answer. Paragraph (a) means the Indian legislature could not touch British statute law applying to India without leave, which is the limit that only the Indian Independence Act removed. Paragraph (e) preserves the racial privilege in criminal procedure that had produced the Ilbert Bill controversy fifty years earlier: even in 1935, a Bill about how European British subjects were tried needed the Governor-General's sanction before a member could move it.

A worked example

A Provincial Legislature in 1940 passes a Money-lenders Act regulating agricultural debt.

  1. Which List? Money-lending and money-lenders is a Provincial List entry; contracts is Concurrent (List III, Part I, entry 10). If the Act is in pith and substance about money-lending, it is provincial legislation, and the incidental effect on contract does not take it out of List II. Lists of entries have to be read that way, because no scheme of enumerated powers can be drafted so that a real statute touches one entry and no other, and the same approach is taken to the Seventh Schedule of the Constitution.
  2. Is there a repugnant federal law? If the Act cuts down rights under an existing Indian law on a Concurrent matter, section 107(1) makes it void to the extent of the repugnancy.
  3. Unless it was reserved. If the Governor reserved the Bill and the Governor-General assented, section 107(2) makes the Provincial Act prevail in that Province, and a federal Bill to undo it would need the Governor-General's previous sanction.
  4. And if the matter is in no List at all? Then neither legislature may touch it until the Governor-General notifies under section 104 which of them may.
munotes.in367

The Government of India Act 1935: the Three Lists

What beginners get wrong

"The 1935 Act gave the residuary power to the centre." It gave it to the Governor-General, who could confer it on either legislature by public notification under section 104. The Constitution gave it to Parliament, by article 248.

"There were three lists, so it was a federation like ours." The lists are the same technique. What is not the same is that the units of this federation had not all joined, that a Federated State's exposure was governed by its own Instrument of Accession under section 101, and that the treaty power could not enter a Province without the Governor's consent under section 106.

"Concurrent means the province cannot legislate." Concurrent means both may. The question of which prevails arises only where the two laws are repugnant, and section 107 answers it.

"Section 108 was a formality." It was the list of subjects on which the Indian legislature could not even begin without the Governor-General's leave, and it included Acts of Parliament, the police, and criminal procedure for Europeans.

Limits and criticism

The scheme has been criticised, fairly, for centralising while appearing to divide. Two lists exclusive and one concurrent looks even-handed until you add section 102, which lets the centre take the Provincial List in an emergency it declares itself; section 104, which puts the unenumerated residue in the hands of an appointed officer; and section 108, which requires his sanction before whole classes of Bill can be moved.

And the division was drawn on the assumption of a federation of two very different kinds of unit. It had to be flexible enough for a Province with an elected legislature and a State with a Ruler who had negotiated his own terms, which is why sections 101 and 106 make the Federal Legislature's power over a State a matter of contract rather than of constitutional law.

What is to its credit is that it worked well enough to be kept. The Constituent Assembly had before it a tested distribution of legislative power with a decade of judicial interpretation attached, and it took it, enlarged the entries, moved the residue to Parliament and gave the treaty power full reach. The result is the Seventh Schedule that every Indian constitutional law paper still turns on.

munotes.in368

The Government of India Act 1935: the Three Lists

Quick revision

  • s.99: the Federal Legislature legislates for British India or a Federated State; a Provincial Legislature for its Province. 99(2) saves five classes of extra-territorial operation.
  • s.100: List I Federal (59 entries), List II Provincial (54), List III Concurrent (36, in two Parts). Precedence: List I over List III over List II. 100(4): the centre may legislate on provincial subjects outside a Province.
  • s.101: over a Federated State, only in accordance with its Instrument of Accession.
  • s.102: on a Proclamation of Emergency by the Governor-General in his discretion, war or internal disturbance, the centre may legislate on the Provincial List. Article 250.
  • s.103: two or more Provinces may resolve to have a provincial matter regulated federally, and may later amend or repeal that Act for themselves. Article 252.
  • s.104: the residuary power is the Governor-General's to confer on either legislature by public notification. The Constitution gives it to Parliament, article 248.
  • s.106: the treaty-implementing entry does not reach a Province without the Governor's consent or a State without the Ruler's. Contrast article 253.
  • s.107: repugnancy. Federal law prevails and the provincial law is void to the extent of the repugnancy; but a provincial law on a concurrent matter that was reserved and assented to prevails in that Province. Article 254.
  • s.108: previous sanction of the Governor-General in his discretion for Bills touching Acts of Parliament, Governor-General's or Governor's Acts and discretionary ordinances, discretionary matters, the police, criminal procedure for European British subjects, and discriminatory taxation.

Test yourself

1. Set out the three Lists and the order of precedence between them. List I the Federal Legislative List, on which only the Federal Legislature may legislate; List II the Provincial Legislative List, on which only a Provincial Legislature may legislate for its Province; and List III the Concurrent Legislative List, on which both may. By the "notwithstanding" clauses of section 100, List I prevails over List III and List III over List II.

2. Where did the residuary power lie, and how does that differ from the Constitution? In neither legislature. By section 104 the Governor-General might by public notification empower either the Federal or a Provincial Legislature to legislate on a matter not enumerated in any List, including an unenumerated tax. Under article 248 of the Constitution the residuary power belongs to Parliament.

3. State the rule in section 107 and its exception. A provincial law repugnant to a federal law the Federal Legislature is competent to enact, or to an existing Indian law on a concurrent matter, is void to the extent of the repugnancy, whether the federal law came earlier or later. The exception is that a provincial law on a concurrent matter which was reserved for the Governor-General or His Majesty and received assent prevails in that Province, subject to further federal legislation, for which the Governor-General's previous sanction is needed.

munotes.in369

The Government of India Act 1935: the Three Lists

4. Why could the Federal Legislature not implement a treaty for a Province as Parliament can today? Because section 106 provided that the treaty-implementing entry in the Federal List did not by itself give power to make a law for a Province without the previous consent of the Governor, or for a Federated State without the consent of the Ruler. Article 253 of the Constitution contains no such requirement.

5. Name three classes of Bill that needed the Governor-General's previous sanction under section 108. Any Bill repealing, amending or repugnant to an Act of Parliament extending to British India; any Bill affecting an Act relating to a police force; and any Bill affecting the procedure for criminal proceedings in which European British subjects were concerned. Bills touching Governor-General's or Governor's Acts, discretionary matters, and discriminatory taxation of non-residents complete the list.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in370

Chapter Sixty-Nine

The Indian Independence Act 1947

Syllabus topic 4.1.5, "Indian Independence Act, 1947"

In one line

Twenty sections of a British Act ended the British empire in India: they set up two Dominions on 15 August 1947, gave each an unlimited power to make its own laws, and dropped the Crown's paramountcy over the princely States.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by section 1 of the Indian Independence Act 1947 two independent Dominions, India and Pakistan, were set up as from 15 August 1947, called in the Act the appointed day; by section 6 the Legislature of each Dominion was given full power to make laws for it, no law of either being void for repugnancy to any Act of the United Kingdom Parliament, and no future Act of that Parliament extending to a Dominion unless extended by its own Legislature; by section 7 His Majesty's Government ceased to have any responsibility for the government of British India and the suzerainty of His Majesty over the Indian States lapsed with all treaties and obligations; and by section 8 the powers of each Dominion's Legislature were exercisable in the first instance by its Constituent Assembly, the Dominion being governed meanwhile as nearly as may be in accordance with the Government of India Act 1935, with the Governor-General's and Governors' discretion abolished.

The shape of the Act

The Act has twenty sections and three schedules and does five things, in this order:

  1. Creates two Dominions and fixes their territories, partitioning Bengal and the Punjab (ss.1 to 4).
  2. Provides a Governor-General for each (s.5).
  3. Frees each Dominion's Legislature from the British Parliament (s.6).
  4. Ends British responsibility and Crown paramountcy over the States (s.7).
  5. Provides an interim constitution, the Act of 1935 stripped of its imperial controls, operated by each Constituent Assembly, with a power in the Governor-General to adapt it by order (ss.8 and 9), and then deals with the services, the armed forces, and a series of consequential matters (ss.10 to 20).

Sections 1 to 4: the two Dominions and the partition

1(1): as from the fifteenth day of August, nineteen hundred and forty-seven, two independent Dominions shall be set up in India, to be known respectively as India and Pakistan. 1(2) names them "the new Dominions" and calls 15 August the appointed day, an expression used throughout the Act.

Section 2 fixes the territories. India's territories are those under His Majesty's sovereignty which were included in British India, except those which are to be Pakistan's. Pakistan's are East Bengal and West Punjab as constituted by the two following sections; Sind and the Chief Commissioner's Province of British Baluchistan; and the North West Frontier Province if the Governor-General declares that the majority of valid votes in the referendum there favour that Province taking part in the Constituent Assembly of Pakistan.

munotes.in371

The Indian Independence Act 1947

2(3) allows areas to be included or excluded later, but only with the consent of the Dominion concerned. 2(4) provides expressly that nothing in the section prevents the accession of Indian States to either Dominion, which is the provision under which the Instruments of Accession of 1947 were executed.

Section 3: the Province of Bengal ceases to exist and East Bengal and West Bengal are constituted in its place; and if the Governor-General declares that the referendum in the District of Sylhet favours it, part of Assam becomes part of East Bengal.

Section 4: the Province of the Punjab ceases to exist and West Punjab and East Punjab are constituted.

In both sections the boundaries are to be determined by the award of a boundary commission appointed by the Governor-General, and until then the districts listed in the First and Second Schedules are treated as the new Provinces. "Award" is defined as the decisions of the chairman of the commission contained in his report to the Governor-General. That definition is the legal foundation of the boundary line drawn in 1947: the chairman's decisions, not the commission's.

Section 5: a Governor-General for each

For each new Dominion there shall be a Governor-General appointed by His Majesty, who represents His Majesty for the purposes of the government of the Dominion; and, unless the Legislature of either Dominion provides otherwise, the same person may be Governor-General of both.

Two things follow. The Crown remained the formal head of each Dominion, which is why India between 1947 and 1950 was independent but not a republic. And the Governor-General was now the Dominion's officer, not the Secretary of State's: section 8(2)(b) forbids the continuance of any form of control by His Majesty's Government over the affairs of the Dominions.

Section 6: the end of legislative subordination

This is the section that matters most to a lawyer, and it repays being learned subsection by subsection.

  • 6(1): the Legislature of each Dominion shall have full power to make laws for that Dominion, including laws having extra-territorial operation.
  • 6(2): no law of either Dominion shall be void or inoperative on the ground that it is repugnant to the law of England, or to this or any existing or future Act of the United Kingdom Parliament, or to any instrument made under such an Act; and the Legislature's powers include the power to repeal or amend any such Act so far as it is part of the law of the Dominion.
  • 6(3): the Governor-General has full power to assent in His Majesty's name, and the provisions about disallowance, reservation and suspension of laws do not apply.
  • 6(4): no Act of the United Kingdom Parliament passed on or after the appointed day extends to a Dominion unless it is extended by a law of that Dominion's own Legislature.
  • 6(5): the same for Orders in Council and ministerial instruments.
  • 6(6): the power in 6(1) extends to making laws limiting for the future the powers of the Legislature of the Dominion.
munotes.in372

The Indian Independence Act 1947

Put those together and you have the whole doctrine of Dominion status as it stood in 1947. Compare what went before: section 108 of the Act of 1935 required the Governor-General's previous sanction for a Bill repugnant to an Act of Parliament, and section 32 allowed His Majesty to disallow an Indian Act within twelve months. Section 6 removes both, and removes the doctrine of repugnancy itself.

Subsection (6) is the one students miss, and it is the one that made the Constitution possible. A legislature that can only make ordinary laws cannot bind its successors. By providing that the power in 6(1) extends to laws limiting the Legislature's own future powers, section 6(6) gave the Constituent Assembly, which exercised that power under section 8(1), the capacity to enact a Constitution that the ordinary legislature could not simply repeal.

Section 7: the end of the Raj and of paramountcy

7(1)(a): as from the appointed day, His Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom have no responsibility as respects the government of any of the territories which were included in British India.

7(1)(b): the suzerainty of His Majesty over the Indian States lapses, and with it all treaties and agreements in force between His Majesty and the Rulers, all functions exercisable by His Majesty with respect to the States, all obligations towards them, and all powers, rights, authority or jurisdiction exercisable by treaty, grant, usage, sufferance or otherwise.

7(1)(c) does the same for the tribal areas. The proviso keeps in being, as nearly as may be, agreements about customs, transit and communications, posts and telegraphs and other like matters until denounced or superseded.

7(2): Parliament assents to the omission from the Royal Style and Titles of the words "Indiae Imperator" and "Emperor of India".

The lapse of paramountcy is the most consequential sentence in the Act, and it is worth being exact about what it did and did not do. It did not make the princely States independent sovereign countries recognised as such: it ended the relationship between the Crown and the Rulers and left each State to make its own arrangement. Section 2(4) provided the way: accession to either Dominion, by the machinery of section 6 of the Act of 1935. Every State but a few acceded before or shortly after the appointed day.

munotes.in373

The Indian Independence Act 1947

Sections 8 and 9: the interim constitution

8(1): in each Dominion, the powers of the Legislature, for the purpose of making provision as to the constitution of the Dominion, are exercisable in the first instance by the Constituent Assembly of that Dominion.

8(2): except so far as the Constituent Assembly provides otherwise, each Dominion and all its Provinces shall be governed as nearly as may be in accordance with the Government of India Act 1935, with the omissions, additions, adaptations and modifications specified in the Governor-General's orders. The provisos are the whole of Indian constitutional history between 1947 and 1950:

  • (a) the provisions apply separately to each Dominion, and nothing continues any common Central Government or Legislature;
  • (b) nothing continues any form of control by His Majesty's Government over the Dominions or their Provinces;
  • (c) so much of those provisions as requires the Governor-General or any Governor to act in his discretion or exercise his individual judgment ceases to have effect;
  • (d) no Provincial Bill may be reserved for His Majesty's pleasure and no Provincial Act disallowed;
  • (e) the powers of the Federal or Indian Legislature under the 1935 Act are exercisable in the first instance by the Constituent Assembly, in addition to its constitution-making power.

Proviso (c) is the sentence that turned the Act of 1935 into a working democratic constitution overnight. Every safeguard taught in the last three chapters, the Governor-General's discretion under sections 31, 42, 43, 44 and 45, the Governor's individual judgment, the special responsibilities, ceased to have effect on 15 August 1947 without a word of them being repealed.

8(3): any provision of the 1935 Act which, as applied, limits the power of the Dominion's Legislature has the like effect as a law of that Legislature limiting its own future powers, which means the Constituent Assembly could alter it.

Section 9 gives the Governor-General power by order to make such provision as appears to him necessary or expedient for bringing the Act into effective operation; for dividing between the Dominions and the new Provinces the powers, rights, property, duties and liabilities of the Governor-General in Council and of the Provinces that were to cease to exist; for adapting and modifying the Act of 1935; for removing difficulties in the transition; for the monetary system and the Reserve Bank; and, expressly, for varying the constitution, powers or jurisdiction of any legislature, court or other authority in the new Dominions and creating new legislatures, courts or other authorities.

munotes.in374

The Indian Independence Act 1947

That last power, in section 9(1)(i), is the statutory authority under which the courts of the two Dominions were re-founded, and it is the provision a History of Courts paper should notice. 9(3) makes the section retrospective to 3 June 1947, the date of the partition plan; 9(5) stops the Governor-General making orders after 31 March 1948, and a Governor after the appointed day.

Sections 10 to 20: the loose ends

Section 10 ends appointments to the Indian civil services by the Secretary of State and the reservation of posts, but protects existing officers and judges: a person appointed by the Secretary of State to a civil service, or appointed by His Majesty before the appointed day to be a judge of the Federal Court or of a High Court, who continues to serve, is entitled to the same conditions of service as to remuneration, leave and pension, and the same rights as to disciplinary matters or tenure, as he had immediately before the appointed day. The security of tenure of the judges of 1947 survived the transfer of power by this subsection.

Sections 11 to 13 divide the Indian armed forces between the Dominions and deal with British forces remaining in India and with naval discipline.

Section 14 lets a Secretary of State continue for the time being to make payments and manage government debt on behalf of the Dominions, and abolishes the advisers to the Secretary of State under section 278 of the 1935 Act. Section 15 abates legal proceedings by or against the Secretary of State in respect of Indian rights and liabilities, substituting the High Commissioner in the United Kingdom or a person designated in India, and provides that a pending appeal or petition for special leave to His Majesty in Council is treated as a proceeding pending in the United Kingdom.

Section 16 separates Aden. Section 17 deals with divorce jurisdiction under the Indian and Colonial Divorce Jurisdiction Acts.

Section 18 is the general saving, and it is the section that kept Indian law in force on 15 August 1947. 18(3): the law of British India and of the several parts of it existing immediately before the appointed day shall, so far as applicable and with the necessary adaptations, continue as the law of each of the new Dominions until other provision is made by the Legislature or other competent authority. 18(4) declares that the Instruments of Instructions issued by His Majesty to the Governor-General and Governors lapse. 18(5): rules of court no longer need the approval of His Majesty in Council.

Section 19 is the interpretation section, and 19(3) identifies the Constituent Assembly of India as the Assembly whose first sitting was held on 9 December 1946, modified by the exclusion of the members representing Bengal, the Punjab, Sind and British Baluchistan and the inclusion of members for West Bengal and East Punjab. Section 20 is the short title.

munotes.in375

The Indian Independence Act 1947

What this Act did to the courts

Four things, and they are what a History of Courts examiner is looking for.

The Federal Court and the High Courts continued. Section 18(3) continued the existing law, and section 8(2) continued the Act of 1935 as adapted, so Part IX went on operating; the judges kept their terms by section 10(2)(b).

The appeal to the Privy Council survived the transfer of power. Nothing in this Act abolished it. Section 15(3) assumes appeals and petitions for special leave to His Majesty in Council are pending, and treats them as United Kingdom proceedings. The appeal was ended by an Indian Act in 1949, which is the subject of a chapter in Module II.

The power to remake the courts was given to the Governor-General, by section 9(1)(i), for the transition only, and expired under 9(5).

And the whole judicial system stopped being answerable to London. Section 7(1)(a) ended the responsibility of His Majesty's Government, section 8(2)(b) forbade any form of control by it, and section 6(2) freed Indian legislation from repugnancy to English law. After 15 August 1947 an Indian court applying an Indian statute was applying the law of an independent country.

A worked example

A civil suit is pending in the district court at Sylhet on 14 August 1947.

Which country is it in the next day? That depends on section 3(2). If the Governor-General has declared that the majority of valid votes in the referendum in the District of Sylhet favoured the district forming part of East Bengal, the district becomes part of the new Province of East Bengal, and East Bengal is part of Pakistan under section 2(2)(a).

Which law does the court apply on 16 August? By section 18(3) the law of British India existing immediately before the appointed day continues, so far as applicable and with the necessary adaptations, as the law of each Dominion until its own Legislature provides otherwise.

Under what constitution does the court sit? By section 8(2), the Government of India Act 1935 as adapted by the Governor-General's orders under section 9, with no United Kingdom control, no reservation of Provincial Bills and no discretion or individual judgment in any Governor.

An appeal was pending to His Majesty in Council. Section 15(3) treats a pending appeal, or a pending petition for special leave to appeal to His Majesty in Council, as a legal proceeding pending in the United Kingdom for the purposes of that section. Nothing in this Act abolishes the appeal itself.

munotes.in376

The Indian Independence Act 1947

The judge was appointed by His Majesty before the appointed day. By section 10(2)(b) he is entitled, if he continues to serve, to the same conditions of service as to remuneration, leave and pension, and the same rights as to tenure, as he had immediately before the appointed day.

And where does the boundary actually run? By section 3(3), wherever the award of the boundary commission puts it, and by section 3(4) the award means the decisions of the chairman in his report to the Governor-General. Until then the districts listed in the First Schedule are treated as East Bengal.

What beginners get wrong

"India became a republic on 15 August 1947." It became an independent Dominion, with the King as head of State represented by a Governor-General under section 5. It became a republic on 26 January 1950.

"The Act gave India a constitution." It gave India a constitution-making power, in sections 6(6) and 8(1), and an interim constitution, the 1935 Act stripped of imperial control by section 8(2). The Constitution was made in India, by the Constituent Assembly, and article 395 repealed this Act.

"Paramountcy was transferred to India." It lapsed, by section 7(1)(b). It was not transferred to anybody. The States joined by acceding under section 2(4), which is a different legal act.

"The Radcliffe line was drawn by the Act." The Act constituted the new Provinces and left the boundaries to a boundary commission's award, defined in sections 3(4) and 4(3) as the decisions of the chairman in his report to the Governor-General. The schedules gave a provisional list of districts until the award.

Limits and criticism

The Act was drafted in weeks and shows it. It creates two countries, partitions two Provinces without stating their boundaries, and leaves the transition to be managed by orders of a Governor-General who could act retrospectively to 3 June 1947 under section 9(3). That is not a criticism of the drafting so much as a description of the political decision it carried out.

The lapse of paramountcy in section 7(1)(b) left more than five hundred States with no legal relationship to anybody, and the Act offered them only section 2(4). The consequences of that gap belong to a different paper, but the gap is in this section.

And the Act's most quoted defect is one the Constituent Assembly itself resented: that India's independence could be traced to a statute of the British Parliament. The Assembly answered it in two ways. It did not submit the Constitution it drafted to Westminster for approval; and by article 395 it repealed the Indian Independence Act 1947 and the Government of India Act 1935 together, so that the Constitution of India rests on its own authority and not on this Act's.

munotes.in377

The Indian Independence Act 1947

Quick revision

  • s.1: two independent Dominions, India and Pakistan, as from 15 August 1947, the appointed day.
  • s.2: the territories; Pakistan is East Bengal, West Punjab, Sind, British Baluchistan and, on a referendum, the North West Frontier Province. 2(4): nothing prevents the accession of Indian States to either Dominion.
  • ss.3 and 4: Bengal and the Punjab cease to exist and four new Provinces are constituted; boundaries by the award of a boundary commission, defined as the chairman's decisions.
  • s.5: a Governor-General for each Dominion, appointed by His Majesty; the same person may serve both.
  • s.6: full power to make laws, including extra-territorially; no repugnancy to English law or any UK Act; no UK Act extends to a Dominion after the appointed day unless the Dominion extends it; no disallowance or reservation; and 6(6) the power extends to limiting the Legislature's own future powers.
  • s.7: British responsibility ends; suzerainty over the Indian States lapses with all treaties and obligations; the same for the tribal areas; "Emperor of India" dropped from the Royal Style.
  • s.8: the Constituent Assembly exercises the constitution-making power and the Legislature's powers; meanwhile government as nearly as may be under the Act of 1935, with no common centre, no United Kingdom control, no discretion or individual judgment, and no reservation or disallowance of Provincial legislation.
  • s.9: the Governor-General's orders for the transition, retrospective to 3 June 1947, expiring 31 March 1948, including power to vary or create legislatures and courts.
  • s.10: services and judges keep their conditions of service and tenure. ss.11 to 13: the armed forces. s.15: the Secretary of State replaced by the High Commissioner in legal proceedings.
  • s.18(3): the existing law continues as the law of each Dominion. 18(4): Instruments of Instructions lapse.
  • Repealed, with the Act of 1935, by article 395 of the Constitution.

Test yourself

1. What did section 6 do, and why was subsection (6) essential? It gave each Dominion's Legislature full power to make laws, including extra-territorial laws; abolished repugnancy to English law and to Acts of the United Kingdom Parliament, and gave power to repeal such Acts as part of the Dominion's law; abolished disallowance and reservation; and provided that no future UK Act would extend to a Dominion unless extended by its own Legislature. Subsection (6) was essential because it extended that power to making laws limiting the Legislature's own future powers, which is what a Constituent Assembly must be able to do if the constitution it makes is to bind the ordinary legislature.

munotes.in378

The Indian Independence Act 1947

2. What happened to the Indian States on the appointed day? By section 7(1)(b) the suzerainty of His Majesty over them lapsed, and with it every treaty, agreement, function, obligation, power and jurisdiction of the Crown in relation to them, subject to a proviso continuing arrangements about customs, transit, communications and posts until denounced or superseded. Paramountcy was not transferred to either Dominion. Section 2(4) left them free to accede to either.

3. Under what law was India governed between 15 August 1947 and 26 January 1950? Under the Government of India Act 1935 as applied by section 8(2) of this Act and adapted by the Governor-General's orders under section 9, with the Governor-General's and Governors' discretion and individual judgment abolished, no control by His Majesty's Government, no common centre with Pakistan, and the powers of the central legislature exercisable in the first instance by the Constituent Assembly.

4. What did this Act do to the appeal to the Privy Council? Nothing directly. It neither abolished nor preserved it in terms; section 15(3) assumes such appeals and petitions for special leave were pending and treats them as proceedings in the United Kingdom. The appeal was ended afterwards by Indian legislation in 1949.

5. Why did the Constituent Assembly repeal this Act by article 395? Because it did not want India's independence and its Constitution to rest on an Act of the British Parliament. For the same reason it did not submit the Constitution to Westminster for approval. Article 395 repealed the Indian Independence Act 1947 and the Government of India Act 1935 together.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in379

Chapter Seventy-One

Law Practitioners in the Mayor's Court, 1726

Syllabus topic 4.2.2, "Law Practitioners in the Mayor's Court 1726"

In one line

The charter that created the Mayors' Courts said nothing at all about who might appear in them, and that silence is the first fact in the history of the Indian legal profession.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Charter of 24 September 1726, which constituted Mayors' Courts of Record at Madras, Bombay and Calcutta to try all civil suits between party and party, contained no provision laying down any qualification to be possessed by persons entitled to act or plead for suitors in those courts, the matter being left to the rules of practice which the courts were themselves authorised to frame; and there was accordingly no organised or qualified bar in the Mayors' Courts.

The silence, and what it means

The Charter of 1726 is careful about almost everything. It says who the Mayor and the nine Aldermen are to be, how many must be natural-born British subjects, how a vacancy is filled, what the court may try, how process is to issue, where an appeal lies and above what sum.

About who may appear before it, it is silent. There is no specific provision laying down any particular qualification to be possessed by persons who would be entitled to act or plead as legal practitioners for suitors in those courts.

What it does instead is give the court a power. The Mayor's Court was authorised to administer oaths and to frame such rules of practice, and to nominate and appoint such clerks and officers, and to do all such other things as shall be found necessary for the administration of justice, and to settle a table of the fees to be allowed to those clerks and officers. Admission to practise was presumably left to be regulated by those rules of practice.

Three consequences follow, and they run through the next two hundred years.

First, the right of audience became a matter for each court's own rules. That is the pattern until 1961: the Supreme Courts admitted and enrolled under their charters, the High Courts under section 9 of the Act of 1861 and clause 9 of their letters patent, and the Legal Practitioners Act 1879 was still, in large part, a framework within which each High Court made its own rules. The Advocates Act 1961 is the first statute to take the question away from the individual court.

Second, there was no qualification, so nobody could be unqualified. A profession begins when somebody can be refused admission for want of learning. In the Mayors' Courts nobody could be refused on that ground, because no ground was stated.

Third, the procedure was English and so were the practitioners. The procedure of the court was an adaptation of the English procedure, and the language of the court appears to have been English. A court that works in English, on English forms, applying English common law and rules of equity, is a court whose practitioners will be Englishmen or men trained by Englishmen, whatever its charter says about qualifications.

munotes.in385

Law Practitioners in the Mayor's Court, 1726

Acting and pleading, a distinction to learn now

Two words appear together in every instrument in this half of the module, and a student who does not separate them will misread all of them.

To plead is to argue the case in court: to address the judge, examine witnesses, and make the submissions. That is the work of counsel, and in England of the barrister.

To act is to conduct the case out of court: to be on the record as the party's representative, to file the pleadings, to give and take notice, to instruct counsel, and to be answerable to the court and the client for the conduct of the litigation. That is the work of the attorney, later called the solicitor.

The English profession was divided between the two, and the division came to India with the King's courts and stayed there for more than two hundred years. It is what the All-India Bar Committee of 1951 was asked to examine as the dual system of counsel and solicitor, and it is why a Bombay or Calcutta advocate on the original side still speaks of being instructed by an attorney.

In the Mayors' Courts the division existed in practice without existing in law. There is no charter provision creating attorneys of the Mayor's Court, and no charter provision admitting advocates; there are rules of practice, made by a court of merchants, about who might do what.

Who actually appeared

Here the honest answer is short, and it is the answer this book gives.

The charter names nobody, and the sources read for this book do not preserve the rules of practice the courts made under it. What can be said with confidence is what follows from the character of the court and is recorded of it.

The judges were the Mayor and nine Aldermen, merchants of the settlement, of whom seven had to be natural-born British subjects. The court was a civil court, trying suits between party and party and granting probate and letters of administration. Its business was largely the business of the trading community: debts, contracts of sale, freight, and the estates of dead merchants.

Men who appeared in such a court were the servants and agents of the trading houses, and, on the criminal side, before the Governor and his councillors as Justices of the Peace, whoever the accused could persuade to speak for him. There was no requirement of legal training, no examination, and no roll.

munotes.in386

Law Practitioners in the Mayor's Court, 1726

And after 1753, one further category of litigant largely disappeared. The amended Charter of 8 January 1753 provided that the Mayors' Courts should not try suits between Indian parties only unless both parties consented to submit the dispute. The practical effect on the profession is worth noticing: the class of vakils who had grown up in the indigenous courts, and who were about to be enrolled and licensed in the Company's courts of the mofussil, had almost no work in the King's courts of the Presidency Towns, because the disputes they were used to conducting had been excluded from those courts.

That is the beginning of the split that lasted until 1961: an English-speaking bar in the King's courts and an Indian one in the Company's, with different work, different law, different language, and, for a century, no way from one to the other.

A worked example

Calcutta, 1740. A Hindu merchant is sued in the Mayor's Court for the price of goods sold by an English house.

Who may appear for him? Whoever the rules of practice of the Mayor's Court allow, because the charter says nothing. There is no enrolled bar, and no qualification he must look for.

In what language will the case be conducted? English, and on an adaptation of English procedure.

What law will be applied? Whatever the court thinks "justice and right" requires, which in this court means English common law and rules of equity.

And after 1753? If the plaintiff were also Indian, the court could not try the suit at all without the defendant's consent, and the question of who might appear for him would not arise in this court.

Now compare that with the same merchant thirty-five years later, in the same city, in the Supreme Court of Judicature at Fort William. The next chapter answers the same four questions, and every answer has changed.

What beginners get wrong

"The Charter of 1726 provided for advocates and attorneys." It did not. It is silent on the qualification of practitioners and left the matter to the court's own rules of practice. The first Indian instrument that provides in terms for the admission and enrolment of advocates and attorneys is the Charter of 1774.

"There were barristers in the Mayors' Courts." Some men who appeared may have been trained; the charter required nothing of anybody, and no source read here records an organised bar of trained practitioners in those courts.

"Acting and pleading are the same thing." They are the two halves of an English lawyer's work, divided between attorney and counsel. Every instrument from 1774 onwards uses both words deliberately, and the dual system they describe was still being examined by a committee in 1951.

munotes.in387

Law Practitioners in the Mayor's Court, 1726

Limits and criticism

A court of merchants, applying a law none of them had studied, in a language most litigants did not speak, with no requirement that anybody appearing before it should know any law either, is not a system likely to produce good decisions, and the complaints that produced the Charter of 1753 and then the Regulating Act say as much.

But the defect to notice for this half of the module is not the quality of the advocacy. It is that the question of who may appear was treated as a matter of court housekeeping, to be settled by rules of practice along with the appointment of clerks and the table of their fees. It stayed a matter of court housekeeping, court by court, for two hundred and thirty-five years. Every later reform in this module is an attempt to move it: to the Company's legislature in 1793 and 1879, to a Bar Council with the High Court's sanction in 1926, and finally to a national statutory body in 1961.

Quick revision

  • The Charter of 1726 created Mayors' Courts at the three Presidency Towns and said nothing about the qualification of practitioners.
  • It gave each court power to frame rules of practice and appoint officers, and admission was presumably left to those rules.
  • The procedure was an adaptation of English procedure, and the language of the court appears to have been English.
  • To plead is to argue in court, the work of counsel; to act is to conduct the litigation on the record, the work of the attorney. The English dual system came to India with these courts.
  • The amended Charter of 1753 excluded suits between Indian parties only unless both consented, so the vakils of the indigenous courts had little place in the King's courts.
  • No qualification, no examination and no roll: there was no organised legal profession in the Mayors' Courts.

Test yourself

1. What did the Charter of 1726 say about who might appear in the Mayors' Courts? Nothing. It laid down no qualification for persons entitled to act or plead for suitors, and left the matter to be regulated by the rules of practice which the courts were themselves authorised to frame, along with the appointment of clerks and officers and the table of their fees.

2. Distinguish acting from pleading. Pleading is arguing the case in court, the work of counsel or, in England, of the barrister. Acting is conducting the litigation out of court and on the record: filing pleadings, giving notice, instructing counsel and answering to the court and client for the conduct of the case. That is the attorney's work. The division is the dual system, which came to India with the King's courts.

munotes.in388

Law Practitioners in the Mayor's Court, 1726

3. Why did the vakils of the indigenous courts have almost no work in the Mayors' Courts? Because the courts worked in English on an adaptation of English procedure and applied English law; and because after the amended Charter of 1753 they could not try suits between Indian parties only unless both parties consented, which removed most of the litigation a vakil was used to conducting.

4. Why does the silence of the 1726 charter matter to the rest of this module? Because it made the right of audience a matter for each court's own rules, and it stayed that way: the Supreme Courts under their charters, the High Courts under section 9 of the Act of 1861 and their letters patent, and even the Legal Practitioners Act 1879 left much to High Court rules. Only the Advocates Act 1961 made admission a national question with one answer.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in389

Chapter Seventy-Three

The Company's Courts, and the Legal Practitioners Acts of 1846 and 1853

Syllabus topic 4.2.4, "Legal Profession under the Company's Courts and the Act of 1853"

In one line

While the King's courts kept an English bar, the Company built an Indian one: it licensed vakils in 1793, opened the pleadership to everybody in 1846, and in 1853 let the English barristers and attorneys into its own courts as well.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Bengal Regulation VII of 1793, being a Regulation for the appointment of vakils or native pleaders in the courts of civil judicature in Bengal, Bihar and Orissa, may be said to have created for the first time a regular legal profession for the Company's courts; the Legal Practitioners Act 1846 threw the office of pleader open to persons of any nationality or religion who were duly certificated, made barristers and attorneys enrolled in Her Majesty's courts in India eligible to plead in the Sudder courts, and allowed pleaders to contract with their clients as to fees; and section 4 of the Legal Practitioners Act 1853 permitted the barristers and attorneys of the Supreme Courts to plead in the Company's courts subordinate to the Sudder courts.

Where these courts came from

Module I told this story as a story about courts; this chapter needs only the skeleton of it.

After Plassey in 1757 and Buxar in 1764 the Company obtained the Diwani of Bengal, Bihar and Orissa. From 1772 it administered civil and criminal justice in the mofussil itself: Mofussil Dewanny Adawlats in each collectorate with the Sudder Dewanny Adawlat at Calcutta above them for civil business, and Foujdary Adawlats in each district with the Sudder Nizamat Adawlat above them for crime.

These were Company courts, deriving their authority from the Mughal Emperor through the Company as zamindar and then as Diwan, and their language was Persian. No King's court could be set up openly in those territories, because in the eye of the law the Company was only a zamindar or a Diwan under the Emperor's suzerainty, however nominal that had become.

By section 7 of Bengal Regulation III of 1793 all persons other than British subjects, which before 1857 meant only British-born subjects, were amenable to the jurisdiction of the zilla and city courts. Bengal Regulation IV of 1793, by section 15, required those courts to give judgment according to "justice and right", the same words the Charters of 1726 and the Charter of 1774 had used for the King's courts. Section 9 of Bengal Regulation VII of 1832 later replaced that with judgment according to the principles of justice, equity and good conscience, with the express statement that those words were not to be considered as justifying the introduction of English or any foreign law.

The system spread. Courts of civil and criminal judicature were constituted by the Bombay Government about 1797, and by Bombay Regulation IV of 1827 the judicature there was remodelled on the lines of the Bengal Regulations of 1793. In Madras the adalat system, civil and criminal, was introduced in 1802 on the Bengal model. A Sudder Dewanny Adawlat for the North-Western Provinces was established in 1831. The procedure of all the mofussil courts was simplified and consolidated by the Code of Civil Procedure of 1859 (Act VIII of 1859).

munotes.in395

The Company's Courts, and the Legal Practitioners Acts of 1846 and 1853

So by the middle of the nineteenth century there was a large hierarchy of Company courts, working in an Indian language, on Indian regulations, over almost the whole country. They needed practitioners, and the practitioners they got were the vakils.

Bengal Regulation VII of 1793: the first Indian legal profession

The class of vakils who had practised before the Mughal courts appeared afterwards in the Company's courts. What Regulation VII of 1793 did was to turn a practice into a profession, and it is the most important instrument in this chapter.

It called itself a Regulation "for the appointment of vakils or native pleaders in the courts of civil judicature in the Provinces of Bengal, Bihar and Orissa", and it may be said to have created for the first time a regular legal profession for the Company's courts. It did three things:

  • it empowered the Sudder Dewanny Adawlat to enrol pleaders for all the Company's courts;
  • it fixed the retaining fee for pleaders, a retainer being the sum paid to secure a pleader's services in a case; and
  • it fixed a scale of professional fees based on a percentage of the value of the property in dispute.

Enrolment by a superior court, a fixed retainer, and a statutory scale of fees. Compare clause 11 of the Charter of 1774, where the Supreme Court admitted and enrolled and the fees were an English matter, and you can see the same idea taking a different shape.

And it had one extraordinary feature: under it only Muslims and Hindus could be enrolled as pleaders.

Put that beside the previous chapter. In the King's courts, only British barristers and attorneys could be enrolled. In the Company's courts, only Hindus and Muslims could be enrolled. Each system excluded the other's practitioners by the plain terms of its own rule, and the two professions were sealed off from each other by law.

1814 and 1833: consolidation, then opening

Bengal Regulation XXVII of 1814 consolidated the law on the subject, and empowered pleaders to act as arbitrators and to give legal opinions on payment of fees. That is a small provision with a large meaning: a man who may be paid to advise is doing something other than conducting a case, and the pleader has become a lawyer in the ordinary sense.

munotes.in396

The Company's Courts, and the Legal Practitioners Acts of 1846 and 1853

Bengal Regulation XII of 1833 modified the earlier provisions about the selection, appointment and remuneration of pleaders, and, decisively, permitted any qualified person of whatever nationality or religion to be enrolled as a pleader of the Sudder Dewanny Adawlat.

Note the year, because it is a good one to remember: 1833, the year of the Charter Act that gave India a legislature with power to make Acts and appointed a Law Commission, is also the year the pleadership of the Company's highest civil court stopped being reserved to Hindus and Muslims.

The Legal Practitioners Act 1846 (I of 1846)

This is the Act that does most of the work, and MU's topic label does not name it. It made three important innovations.

One: the office of pleader was thrown open to all duly certificated persons. People of any nationality or religion became eligible to be pleaders. What 1833 had done for the Sudder Dewanny Adawlat of Bengal, this Act did generally.

Two: attorneys and barristers were let in. By sections 3 and 5 respectively, attorneys and barristers enrolled in any of Her Majesty's courts in India were made eligible to plead in the Sudder courts of the Company, subject to the rules of those courts as regards language or otherwise.

Three: pleaders were allowed to enter into agreements with their clients for their fees for professional services. That undid the statutory scale of 1793: fees became a matter of contract between practitioner and client.

The Legal Practitioners Act 1853 (XX of 1853)

MU names this one, and its contribution is narrower than students assume. By section 4, the barristers and attorneys of the Supreme Courts were permitted to plead in any of the courts of the Company subordinate to the Sudder courts, subject to all the rules in force in those subordinate courts as regards language or otherwise.

1846 had let barristers and attorneys into the Sudder courts. 1853 took them the rest of the way down, into the subordinate courts of the mofussil. That is the whole of it, and it should be stated in one sentence and then set against what was not done.

While barristers and attorneys were thus permitted to practise in the Company's courts, the indigenous Indian legal practitioners were rigorously kept out of the three Supreme Courts. The traffic ran one way. That sentence is the answer to any question about the fairness of the arrangement, and it is the grievance that produced the demand for an Indian bar seventy years later.

munotes.in397

The Company's Courts, and the Legal Practitioners Acts of 1846 and 1853

The end of the Company

By the Government of India Act 1858 (21 & 22 Vict. c. 106) the Crown took over the administration of the territories governed by the Company, which thereafter retained only a formal existence for the purpose of its financial liquidation. The courts continued, and three years later the Indian High Courts Act merged them with the King's courts. The profession the next chapter describes is the profession of that merged court.

A table to learn

King's courts, from 1774Company's courts, from 1793
Who admitsThe Supreme Court, clause 11The Sudder Dewanny Adawlat
Who may be admittedBritish barristers, Scottish advocates, British attorneysOnly Hindus and Muslims until 1833, then any qualified person
What they are calledAdvocates and attorneysVakils or pleaders
LanguageEnglishPersian, later the vernacular
Law appliedEnglish common law and equityThe Regulations; "justice, equity and good conscience", expressly not English law
FeesEnglish scaleA statutory scale on the value of the property until 1846, then by agreement
Could the other side's practitioners appearBarristers and attorneys admitted to Sudder courts in 1846, to subordinate courts in 1853Never admitted to the Supreme Courts

A worked example

Ramkanai Ghose, a Bengali landholder, is sued in the zilla court at Burdwan in 1840 over a boundary.

Who may appear for him? A pleader enrolled by the Sudder Dewanny Adawlat under the Regulations. In 1840 that pleader may be of any nationality or religion in the Sudder Dewanny Adawlat itself, by Bengal Regulation XII of 1833, but the general opening of the pleadership comes with the Act of 1846.

In what language? The language of the court, which is not English.

What law? The Regulations, and by section 9 of Bengal Regulation VII of 1832 the court gives judgment according to the principles of justice, equity and good conscience, and is expressly not to introduce English or any foreign law under cover of those words.

What will the pleader be paid? Under the Regulations of 1793 and 1814 a retaining fee and a fixed scale on the value of the property. After the Act of 1846 he may instead agree his fees with his client.

Now move the same dispute six years on, to 1852, and change one fact: Ramkanai wants an English barrister.

In the Sudder court? Yes. By sections 3 and 5 of the Act of 1846, barristers and attorneys enrolled in any of Her Majesty's courts in India may plead in the Company's Sudder courts, subject to that court's rules about language.

In the zilla court at Burdwan? Not until 1853. Section 4 of Act XX of 1853 is what extends the barrister's and attorney's right to plead to the Company's courts subordinate to the Sudder courts.

munotes.in398

The Company's Courts, and the Legal Practitioners Acts of 1846 and 1853

And can Ramkanai's pleader appear for him in the Supreme Court at Calcutta? No, at any date in this chapter. The Supreme Courts admitted only advocates and attorneys as those words were understood in 1774, and the Indian practitioner was kept out of all three of them.

What beginners get wrong

"The Act of 1853 opened the profession to Indians." It did not touch Indian practitioners at all. It let the barristers and attorneys of the Supreme Courts plead in the Company's subordinate courts. The opening of the pleadership to persons of any nationality or religion was done by Bengal Regulation XII of 1833 for the Sudder Dewanny Adawlat and by the Act of 1846 generally.

"Regulation VII of 1793 created the Indian legal profession." It created a regular legal profession for the Company's courts, and it created it as a closed one: only Muslims and Hindus could be enrolled under it. The Indian legal profession as one thing did not exist until much later.

"Vakils and pleaders are different professions." In this period they are two names for the same practitioner: Regulation VII of 1793 is headed "vakils or native pleaders". Grades among pleaders, and the separate class of mukhtars, come later and belong to chapter 750.

"The Company's courts applied English law." Expressly not. Section 9 of Bengal Regulation VII of 1832 required judgment according to the principles of justice, equity and good conscience, and stated that those words were not to be considered as justifying the introduction of English or any foreign law.

Limits and criticism

The reform of 1846 and 1853 looks liberal and was one-sided. Two professions existed; one of them was progressively admitted to the other's courts, and the other was not admitted at all. An Indian pleader of twenty years' standing in the Sudder Dewanny Adawlat could not appear in the Supreme Court at Calcutta in a suit of any value, and an English barrister newly arrived could appear in both.

The second criticism is about fees. Regulation VII of 1793 fixed a scale on a percentage of the value of the property, which is a protection for the client and a temptation to the practitioner in equal measure; the Act of 1846 replaced it with freedom of contract, which is a protection for the practitioner. Neither is a professional standard in the modern sense, and neither was accompanied by any organised body of practitioners with a say in the matter.

What should be said for the period is that the profession of the Company's courts was, by the middle of the century, a real one: enrolled by a superior court, open to any qualified person of any nationality or religion, entitled to be paid for advice and arbitration as well as for advocacy, and working in a language its clients spoke. It was, in every respect except its social standing in the Presidency Towns, ahead of the bar of the King's courts.

munotes.in399

The Company's Courts, and the Legal Practitioners Acts of 1846 and 1853

Quick revision

  • The Company's civil courts: Mofussil Dewanny Adawlats under the Sudder Dewanny Adawlat; criminal: Foujdary Adawlats under the Sudder Nizamat Adawlat. Language Persian; the system copied in Bombay 1827 and Madras 1802, with a Sudder Dewanny Adawlat for the North-Western Provinces in 1831; procedure consolidated by the Code of Civil Procedure 1859.
  • Bengal Regulation VII of 1793: "for the appointment of vakils or native pleaders". The first regular legal profession for the Company's courts. Enrolment by the Sudder Dewanny Adawlat, a fixed retaining fee, and a scale of fees on the value of the property. Only Muslims and Hindus could be enrolled.
  • Regulation XXVII of 1814: consolidation; pleaders may arbitrate and give opinions for fees.
  • Regulation XII of 1833: any qualified person of whatever nationality or religion may be enrolled as a pleader of the Sudder Dewanny Adawlat.
  • Legal Practitioners Act 1846 (I of 1846): pleadership open to all duly certificated persons of any nationality or religion; ss.3 and 5, attorneys and barristers of Her Majesty's courts in India eligible to plead in the Sudder courts; pleaders may agree fees with clients.
  • Legal Practitioners Act 1853 (XX of 1853), s.4: barristers and attorneys of the Supreme Courts may plead in the Company's courts subordinate to the Sudder courts.
  • Indian practitioners were never admitted to the Supreme Courts.
  • Government of India Act 1858: the Crown takes over from the Company.

Test yourself

1. What did Bengal Regulation VII of 1793 do, and what was extraordinary about it? It provided for the appointment of vakils or native pleaders in the courts of civil judicature in Bengal, Bihar and Orissa, empowering the Sudder Dewanny Adawlat to enrol pleaders for all the Company's courts, fixing the retaining fee and prescribing a scale of professional fees based on a percentage of the value of the property. It may be said to have created the first regular legal profession for the Company's courts. What was extraordinary was that only Muslims and Hindus could be enrolled under it.

2. Distinguish what the Act of 1846 did from what the Act of 1853 did. The Act of 1846 made three changes: it opened the office of pleader to duly certificated persons of any nationality or religion; by sections 3 and 5 it made attorneys and barristers enrolled in Her Majesty's courts in India eligible to plead in the Company's Sudder courts; and it allowed pleaders to agree their fees with their clients. The Act of 1853, by section 4, permitted the barristers and attorneys of the Supreme Courts to plead in the Company's courts subordinate to the Sudder courts.

munotes.in400

The Company's Courts, and the Legal Practitioners Acts of 1846 and 1853

3. What was the position of Indian practitioners in the King's courts throughout this period? They were rigorously kept out of the three Supreme Courts. The traffic was one way: British barristers and attorneys were progressively admitted to the Company's courts in 1846 and 1853, while no Indian practitioner could be enrolled in a Supreme Court, whose charters admitted only advocates and attorneys as those words were then understood.

4. What law did the Company's courts apply, and what were they forbidden to do? They applied the Regulations, and gave judgment according to "justice and right" under Bengal Regulation IV of 1793 and afterwards, under section 9 of Bengal Regulation VII of 1832, according to the principles of justice, equity and good conscience. That section stated expressly that those words were not to be considered as justifying the introduction of English or any foreign law.

5. When did the pleadership of the Sudder Dewanny Adawlat cease to be confined to Hindus and Muslims? By Bengal Regulation XII of 1833, which permitted any qualified person of whatever nationality or religion to be enrolled as a pleader of that court. The Legal Practitioners Act 1846 then made the same change generally.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in401

Chapter Seventy-Four

The Profession under the Indian High Courts Act 1861

Syllabus topic 4.2.5, "Legal Profession under the High Court Act, 1861"

In one line

When one court replaced two in 1861, one bar replaced two: the same High Court could now enrol advocates, vakeels and attorneys, and for the first time an Indian practitioner could be enrolled in a court that had descended from the Supreme Court.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: section 9 of the Indian High Courts Act 1861 gave each High Court such jurisdiction, powers and authority as Her Majesty might grant by letters patent, together with the whole jurisdiction of the courts abolished under the Act; clause 9 of the Letters Patent of 1865 accordingly authorised and empowered the High Court to approve, admit and enrol such and so many advocates, vakeels and attorneys as it should think fit, who might appear for the suitors of the Court and plead, or act, or plead and act, according as the Court might by its rules and directions determine; and section 19 of the Act defined "barrister", for the purposes of the Act, as including barristers of England or Ireland and members of the Faculty of Advocates in Scotland.

Why 1861 is the turning point for the profession

Two systems of courts had produced two professions. The King's courts admitted advocates and attorneys, and those words let in only British barristers, Scottish advocates and British attorneys. The Company's courts enrolled vakils and pleaders, and after 1833 and 1846 those were open to any qualified person of any nationality or religion. Nobody could cross from the second into the first.

The Indian High Courts Act 1861 abolished both sets of courts and put one court in their place. On the establishment of the High Courts all the courts throughout British India became, for the first time and in the full sense of the word, Crown courts, and were brought for the first time under one unified system of control. The High Court was the successor of the Supreme Court and of the Sudder courts together, and it took the jurisdictions of both: the Supreme Court's civil, criminal, admiralty and vice-admiralty, testamentary, intestate and matrimonial jurisdictions, original and appellate, exercised on its original side, and the appellate jurisdiction of the Sudder Dewanny Adawlat and the Sudder Nizamat Adawlat, exercised on its appellate side.

A single court cannot have two mutually exclusive bars. What it had instead, from 1865, was one roll with three descriptions on it.

Section 9 of the Act, and clause 9 of the letters patent

Section 9 of the Act itself says nothing about practitioners. It provides that each High Court shall have and exercise all such civil, criminal, admiralty and vice-admiralty, testamentary, intestate and matrimonial jurisdiction, original and appellate, and all such powers and authority for and in relation to the administration of justice in the Presidency for which it is established, as Her Majesty may by letters patent grant and direct, subject to any directions and limitations in those letters patent about original jurisdiction beyond the Presidency Towns; and, save as the letters patent otherwise direct, the High Court is to have every power and authority whatsoever vested in any of the courts abolished under the Act.

munotes.in402

The Profession under the Indian High Courts Act 1861

That is how the profession got into the letters patent rather than into the Act: the Act delegated, and the letters patent provided.

Clause 9 of the Letters Patent of 1865 is the provision to learn.

"And we do hereby authorise and empower the said High Court of Judicature at Fort William in Bengal to approve, admit, and enrol such and so many Advocates, Vakeels, and Attornies as to the said High Court shall seem meet; and such Advocates, Vakeels, and Attornies shall be and are hereby authorised to appear for the suitors of the said High Court, and to plead or to act, or to plead and act, for the said suitors, according as the said High Court may by its rules and directions determine, and subject to such rules and directions."

Read it against clause 11 of the Charter of 1774 and four differences stand out.

Three descriptions, not two. Advocates, vakeels and attorneys. The vakeel, who had been the practitioner of the Company's courts and could not set foot in the King's, is now named in the letters patent of the King's court's successor.

Plead, or act, or plead and act. The 1774 charter said "appear and plead, and act". The 1865 clause separates the functions and allows a practitioner to be authorised to do one, the other, or both. That is what made it possible to keep the dual system on the original side of Calcutta and Bombay while running a single fused profession on the appellate side.

"According as the said High Court may by its rules and directions determine." Everything is remitted to High Court rules: which class may plead, which may act, on which side, and on what conditions. The rules, not the letters patent, are where the real law of the profession lived from 1865 to 1961.

And no exclusion clause. Clause 11 of 1774 had said that no other person whatsoever might appear. Clause 9 of 1865 does not repeat it; the exclusivity is left to the High Court's rules and, from 1879, to the statute.

What actually changed for an Indian practitioner

Here is the honest measure of 1861, and it is a mixed one.

The bar of the High Court was opened to Indians in principle. A vakeel could be enrolled in the High Court, by name, under clause 9. That was impossible in the Supreme Courts.

munotes.in403

The Profession under the Indian High Courts Act 1861

The bench had already been opened by the Act itself. Section 2 made pleaders of a Sadar Court or a High Court of ten years' standing eligible to be judges, alongside barristers and covenanted civil servants. A profession whose members may be judges is a profession in a way that one whose members may not is not.

But the old division survived inside the new court. The original side of the High Courts at Calcutta and Bombay kept the English practice and the dual system: attorneys who acted and counsel who pleaded, with separate rules of admission. On the appellate side, advocates and vakeels appeared and there was no attorney. The distinction between advocates and vakils, in precedence, in preaudience and in the right to practise on the original side, lasted into the twentieth century, and abolishing it was the first term of reference of the Indian Bar Committee of 1923.

And the law applied on each side was still different. Clause 19 of the Letters Patent of 1865, read with clause 18 of the Letters Patent of 1862, required the High Court, in the exercise of its ordinary original civil jurisdiction, to apply the same law or equity as the Supreme Court would have applied, which meant English common law and rules of equity as modified by Indian legislation. Clause 21 required it, in its appellate jurisdiction, to apply the law or equity and rule of good conscience which the court of first instance ought to have applied. Clause 37 empowered the High Court to make rules for proceedings in civil cases, being guided as far as possible by the Code of Civil Procedure 1859.

So one court, two sides, two bodies of law, and a profession divided along the same seam. That is the answer to "did 1861 unify the legal profession?": it created the court in which unification became possible, and it did not itself unify anything.

Section 19, and why the definition matters

Section 19 provides that the word "barrister" in the Act shall be deemed to include barristers of England or Ireland or members of the Faculty of Advocates in Scotland, and that "Governor-General and Governor" comprehends the officer administering the government.

It is an interpretation clause, and it is on this syllabus for a reason. The Act uses "barrister" twice in a way that matters: barristers of not less than five years' standing are the first class of person eligible to be a High Court judge under section 2, and not less than one third of the judges, including the Chief Justice, must be barristers. Section 19 is what tells you that a Scottish advocate or an Irish barrister counts for both purposes.

munotes.in404

The Profession under the Indian High Courts Act 1861

It is also worth noticing what section 19 does not do. It does not define "advocate", "vakeel" or "attorney", and those words are not used in the Act at all: they appear in the letters patent. The Act defines the qualification for the bench and leaves the qualification for the bar to the Crown's grant and the court's rules.

The High Courts that were not created by charter

Not every High Court was established by letters patent. Where a High Court was not established by Royal Charter, section 41 of the Legal Practitioners Act 1879 empowered that court, with the previous sanction of the Provincial Government, to make rules as to the qualifications for, and the admission of, proper persons to be advocates of the Court.

That is worth a line in an answer because it shows the pattern completing itself. Chartered High Courts admitted under clause 9 of their letters patent; unchartered ones admitted under section 41 of the Act of 1879; and in both cases the operative law was rules made by the court itself. The next chapter is about the Act those rules sat inside.

A worked example

Calcutta, 1870. Ramnath's grandson is a vakil of ten years' practice in the mofussil courts of Bengal.

Can he be enrolled in the High Court? Yes. Clause 9 of the Letters Patent authorises the High Court to approve, admit and enrol advocates, vakeels and attorneys.

Can he plead on the appellate side? Yes, if the High Court's rules and directions so determine, because clause 9 makes the right to plead or act, or both, subject to those rules.

Can he plead on the original side? That depends on the High Court's rules, and at Calcutta and Bombay the original side kept the English practice, with counsel instructed by attorneys. This is the restriction the Chamier Committee addressed in 1923 and the All-India Bar Committee in 1951.

Can he be a High Court judge? Yes. Section 2 of the Act makes a pleader of a Sadar Court or High Court of ten years' standing eligible, and the Act does not require him to be a barrister; only that a third of the bench must be.

What beginners get wrong

"The Act of 1861 provided for advocates, vakils and attorneys." The letters patent did, in clause 9. The Act provided, in section 9, that the High Court should have such powers as Her Majesty granted by letters patent, and left it there.

"1861 abolished the distinction between barristers and vakils." It did not. The distinction in precedence, in preaudience and in access to the original side survived, and its removal was one of the two terms of reference of the Indian Bar Committee in 1923.

munotes.in405

The Profession under the Indian High Courts Act 1861

"Section 19 defines who may practise." It defines "barrister" for the purposes of the Act, which matters for the qualification of judges under section 2, not for the bar.

"Every High Court's bar was governed by letters patent." Only the chartered ones. For a High Court not established by Royal Charter, section 41 of the Legal Practitioners Act 1879 gave the power to make rules about admission, with the previous sanction of the Provincial Government.

Limits and criticism

The reform was real and it was incomplete, and it is worth being precise about why.

Unification was left to rules. Clause 9 named three classes and told the High Court to sort out by its own rules who might plead, who might act, and where. A court that has inherited two traditions and is told to make rules will tend to make rules that preserve both, and that is what happened.

The original side kept the old world alive. English law, English procedure, attorneys and counsel, and admission on conditions that few mofussil vakils could satisfy. The Presidency towns therefore kept a bar that looked like the bar of 1774 for another century.

And there was still no professional body. Admission, discipline and precedence were all matters for the High Court. The practitioners had no voice in any of it. That is the gap the Indian Bar Committee of 1923 was appointed to consider, and the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926 was the first, partial, answer.

Quick revision

  • s.9 of the Act: the High Court has such civil, criminal, admiralty and vice-admiralty, testamentary, intestate and matrimonial jurisdiction, original and appellate, and such powers, as Her Majesty grants by letters patent, plus every power of the abolished courts.
  • Clause 9 of the Letters Patent of 1865: the High Court may approve, admit and enrol such and so many Advocates, Vakeels and Attornies as shall seem meet, who may appear for suitors and plead, or act, or plead and act, according as the High Court may by its rules and directions determine.
  • Three classes, not two; the vakeel is admitted to the successor of the King's court for the first time; and everything else is left to High Court rules.
  • s.19 of the Act: "barrister" includes barristers of England or Ireland and members of the Faculty of Advocates in Scotland. It governs the qualification of judges under s.2, where a third of the bench must be barristers and a pleader of ten years' standing is also eligible.
  • Clause 19 of the 1865 letters patent with clause 18 of 1862: English law and equity on the ordinary original civil side; clause 21: on appeal, the law the court below ought to have applied; clause 37: rules of civil procedure guided by the Code of 1859.
  • s.41 of the Legal Practitioners Act 1879: a High Court not established by Royal Charter may make rules for the qualification and admission of advocates, with the previous sanction of the Provincial Government.
  • The advocate and vakil distinction survived, and so did the dual system on the original side at Calcutta and Bombay.
munotes.in406

The Profession under the Indian High Courts Act 1861

Test yourself

1. Where is the power to admit practitioners to a High Court found, and why is it not in the Act? In clause 9 of the Letters Patent. Section 9 of the Indian High Courts Act 1861 gave each High Court such jurisdiction, powers and authority as Her Majesty might grant by letters patent, together with all the powers of the courts abolished by the Act, so the detail of the court's constitution and practice, including the admission of practitioners, was left to the Crown's grant.

2. Quote the effect of clause 9 of the Letters Patent of 1865. That the High Court is authorised and empowered to approve, admit and enrol such and so many advocates, vakeels and attorneys as shall seem meet to it; and that they are authorised to appear for the suitors of the Court and to plead, or to act, or to plead and act, for those suitors according as the High Court may by its rules and directions determine, and subject to those rules and directions.

3. What does section 19 define, and why does it matter? It provides that "barrister" in the Act includes barristers of England or Ireland and members of the Faculty of Advocates in Scotland. It matters because section 2 makes barristers of not less than five years' standing eligible to be judges of a High Court and requires not less than one third of the judges, including the Chief Justice, to be barristers, so the definition decides who counts.

4. Did the Act of 1861 unify the legal profession? No. It created one court in place of two and made it possible for a vakeel to be enrolled where the King's court's successor sat, and the Act made pleaders of ten years' standing eligible for the bench. But the distinction between advocates and vakils in precedence, preaudience and access to the original side survived, the dual system of counsel and attorney continued on the original sides at Calcutta and Bombay, and everything was left to rules made by each High Court.

munotes.in407

The Profession under the Indian High Courts Act 1861

5. How were practitioners admitted to a High Court that was not established by Royal Charter? Under section 41 of the Legal Practitioners Act 1879, which empowered such a High Court, with the previous sanction of the Provincial Government, to make rules as to the qualifications for and the admission of proper persons to be advocates of the Court.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in408

Chapter Seventy-Six

The Indian Bar Committee 1923 and the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926

Syllabus topic 4.2.6, "Legal Profession from 1879 to the All India Bar Committee 1951"

In one line

In 1923 a committee was asked whether India should have a bar of its own, and the Act that followed in 1926 gave every High Court a Bar Council that could advise on admission and inquire into misconduct, and left the High Court in charge of both.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Indian Bar Committee, known as the Chamier Committee, was set up in November 1923 to examine proposals for constituting an Indian bar with a Bar Council or Councils, and the extent to which the distinctions enforced by statute or practice between barristers and vakils might be removed; it reported on 1 February 1924 that an all-India bar was not practicable and recommended a single grade of advocates in each High Court; and the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926 gave effect to part of those recommendations by constituting for every High Court a Bar Council of fifteen members, which might make rules with the previous sanction of the High Court, while the roll of advocates remained with the High Court and the power to refuse admission remained its discretion.

The Chamier Committee, 1923

In response to the pressure of the indigenous legal profession, the Government of India in November 1923 set up the Indian Bar Committee, popularly called the Chamier Committee after its chairman Sir Edward Chamier, a retired Chief Justice of the Patna High Court and then Legal Adviser and Solicitor to the Secretary of State.

It was asked to examine and report on two things:

  1. the proposals made from time to time for constituting an Indian Bar, whether on an all-India or a provincial basis, with particular reference to the constitution, statutory recognition, functions and authority of a Bar Council or Bar Councils and their position in relation to the High Courts; and
  2. the extent to which it might be possible to remove the existing distinctions enforced by statute or practice between barristers and vakils.

It reported on 1 February 1924.

What it declined to do is as important as what it recommended. It did not consider it practicable to organise the bar on an all-India basis or to constitute an all-India Bar Council. It dealt only with the advocates and vakils practising in the High Courts, and left the pleaders and mukhtars to the High Courts under the Bombay Pleaders Act 1920 in Bombay and the Legal Practitioners Act 1879 elsewhere. It noticed with satisfaction that practitioners with low qualifications were gradually disappearing, expressed the hope that each Province would come to have a single grade entitled to appear in all courts from the High Court to the lowest revenue court, and thought any attempt to legislate for the subordinate grades on other than provincial lines was doomed to failure.

munotes.in418

The Indian Bar Committee 1923 and the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926

Its principal recommendations were:

  • that in all High Courts a single grade of practitioners, to be called advocates, should be enrolled, the grade of High Court vakils or pleaders being abolished;
  • that where special conditions were maintained for admission to plead on the original side, the only distinction within the grade of advocates would be between those entitled to appear there and those not;
  • that English barristers should be enrolled as advocates on terms equivalent to those on which Indians would be enrolled;
  • that except when advocates appeared on the original sides at Calcutta, Bombay and Madras on the instruction of an attorney, all practitioners who acted should file vakalatnamas, and those who merely appeared and pleaded might file a memorandum of appearance;
  • that the existing distinctions in precedence and preaudience be abolished, and that advocates who were barristers should rank among themselves by the date of call to the bar, and other advocates by the date on which they became entitled to practise in the High Court, a barrister advocate taking precedence over another advocate only if he was called before the other became so entitled;
  • that no appointment should be reserved for barristers as such;
  • that vakils should be enrolled on the original sides at Bombay and Calcutta, those of ten years' standing at once, those of between five and ten years after reading for a year with an approved advocate practising on the original side, and those of less than five years on passing an examination in commercial law and original side practice; that such vakils be subject to the same rules as barrister advocates; and that attorneys should also be entitled to be enrolled as advocates without a further examination.

Read that list and the shape of the grievance is plain. It is not principally about money or work. It is about rank: who speaks first, who may sit where, whose years count, and which appointments are reserved. A profession in which an English barrister of one year's standing outranked an Indian vakil of twenty was not going to be quieted by anything less.

The Act of 1926

To give effect to that part of the recommendations relating to Bar Councils, the Central Legislature enacted the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926 (38 of 1926), in spite of protests by Sri T. Rangachariar and Sri K. C. Neogy that the measure was insufficient and did not set up an autonomous all-India bar. It received the Governor-General's assent on 9 September 1926, and its main provisions came into force in the different Provinces in 1928 and 1929: sections 3 to 7 at Calcutta from 1 March 1928 and sections 8 to 16 from 1 July 1928, at Madras from 16 July 1928, at Allahabad from 1 June 1928, at Bombay and Patna from 1 January 1929, at the Oudh Chief Court from 1 March 1928, and at Nagpur in 1937.

munotes.in419

The Indian Bar Committee 1923 and the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926

Its long title is "An Act to provide for the constitution of Bar Councils and for other purposes", and the preamble adds the third purpose: to consolidate and amend the law relating to legal practitioners entitled to practise in such courts.

Section 1 gives the short title, extent and application: it applied to the High Court of every State and to such Judicial Commissioners' Courts in Union territories as the Central Government declared to be High Courts for its purposes. Section 2 is the interpretation section, and its first definition is the one that matters: "advocate" means an advocate entered in the roll of advocates of a High Court under this Act. It also defines "Advocate-General" to include, where there is none, the Government Advocate or such officer as the State Government declares.

The Bar Council itself, ss.3 to 7

Section 3: for every High Court a Bar Council shall be constituted, and every Bar Council so constituted is a body corporate with perpetual succession and a common seal, able to acquire and hold property, to contract, and to sue and be sued in its own name.

That is the central achievement of the Act in one sentence. Until 1926 the profession had no legal existence of its own; from 1926 it had a corporation.

Section 4: every Bar Council consists of fifteen members:

  • one is the Advocate-General;
  • four are nominated by the High Court, of whom not more than two may be judges of that court; and
  • ten are elected by the advocates of the High Court from among their number.

4(2): of the elected members, not less than five must have been entitled as of right to practise in that High Court for not less than ten years. 4(3): at Calcutta and Bombay a proportion of the elected members fixed by the High Court must be advocates entitled to practise on the original side, and a number of those must be barristers of England or Ireland or members of the Faculty of Advocates in Scotland. 4(4): there is a Chairman and a Vice-Chairman, elected by the Council, with a proviso making certain Advocates-General chairmen ex officio.

Ten elected out of fifteen is a real majority for the profession, and the reservation in 4(3) for original side and barrister members is the old division surviving inside the new body.

munotes.in420

The Indian Bar Committee 1923 and the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926

Section 5 provides for the first Bar Councils: their elected members were to be chosen by and from among the advocates, vakils and pleaders then entitled as of right to practise in the High Court, and held office for three years. Section 5A made an ad hoc arrangement for the Gujarat High Court, whose first Council was nominated by the Chief Justice for twelve months.

Section 6: rules about elections, terms of office, casual vacancies, meetings and quorum, and the Chairman and Vice-Chairman. The first rules under this section were to be made by the High Court, and the Bar Council might afterwards add to, amend or rescind them with the previous sanction of the High Court.

Section 7: the Bar Council may make bye-laws for the appointment, pay and conditions of its ministerial officers and servants, and for the appointment and constitution of its Committees, their procedure, and the delegation of the Council's powers to them.

Admission and enrolment, ss.8 and 9

Section 8(1): no person is entitled as of right to practise in any High Court unless his name is entered in the roll of advocates of that High Court maintained under this Act, with a proviso excepting attorneys.

8(2): the High Court shall prepare and maintain the roll, entering the names of all persons who were, as advocates, vakils or pleaders, entitled as of right to practise in the High Court immediately before the section came into force, and of all persons afterwards admitted as advocates under the Act, on payment of the stamp duty and of a fee to the Bar Council, ten rupees for the first class.

That subsection is where the vakil disappears. Everybody on the old rolls, whatever he had been called, becomes an advocate. The Chamier Committee's first recommendation is carried out by a transitional provision.

8(3): seniority. Existing practitioners keep their order inter se; a later entrant ranks by the date of his admission, or, if he is a barrister, by the date of admission or the date he was called to the bar, whichever is earlier; and a person previously entitled to practise in another High Court ranks by the date he became so entitled. 8(4): rights of preaudience are determined by seniority, the Advocate-General having preaudience over all. The words giving King's Counsel preaudience over all advocates except the Advocate-General were removed in 1951.

8(5) to (7): the High Court issues a certificate of enrolment, sends a copy of the roll to the Bar Council, and communicates all alterations and additions, which the Bar Council enters in its copy.

munotes.in421

The Indian Bar Committee 1923 and the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926

Section 9(1): the Bar Council may, with the previous sanction of the High Court, make rules to regulate the admission of persons to be advocates, with a proviso that such rules shall not limit or in any way affect the power of the High Court to refuse admission to any person at its discretion.

9(2): those rules shall provide for the qualifications of applicants, the form of application to the High Court, notice by the High Court to the Bar Council of every application, the hearing by the High Court of any objection preferred on behalf of the Bar Council, and the fees payable to the Bar Council.

9(3) deserves its own sentence: rules made under the section shall provide that no woman shall be disqualified for admission to be an advocate by reason only of her sex.

9(4) preserves the powers of the High Courts at Calcutta and Bombay to prescribe qualifications for practice on their original jurisdiction, to grant or refuse such applications as they think fit, and to prescribe the conditions on which such persons may practise or plead.

Notice the machinery in 9(2) carefully, because it is the exact measure of what the Bar Council was. The application goes to the High Court. The High Court tells the Bar Council. The Bar Council may object. The High Court hears the objection and decides. The power of enrolment remained in the High Court, and the function of the Bar Council was advisory.

Misconduct, ss.10 to 13

These four sections are now printed as repealed, all four by section 50(4) of the Advocates Act 1961 with effect from 1 September 1963, and their marginal notes preserve the scheme: section 10, punishment of an advocate for misconduct; section 11, the Tribunal of the Bar Council; section 12, procedure in inquiries; section 13, the powers of the Tribunal and the courts in inquiries.

The working of them was this. The High Court might reprimand, suspend or remove from practice any advocate of the High Court whom it found guilty of professional or other misconduct. On a complaint by any court, by the Bar Council, or by any other person, the High Court was bound, unless it summarily rejected the complaint, to refer the case for inquiry to the Bar Council or to the court of a District Judge, and might refer of its own motion where it otherwise had reason to believe there had been misconduct. Sections 11 to 13 constituted the Tribunal of the Bar Council to hold such an inquiry and gave it and the District Court their procedure and powers.

munotes.in422

The Indian Bar Committee 1923 and the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926

So the profession inquired and the High Court decided. Compare the Advocates Act 1961, where the disciplinary committee of a Bar Council both inquires and punishes, and the appeal is to the Bar Council of India and then to the Supreme Court.

The rest, ss.14 to 20

Section 14(1): an advocate is entitled as of right to practise, subject to section 9(4), in the High Court of which he is an advocate; and, save as otherwise provided, in any other court and before any other tribunal or person legally authorised to take evidence, and before any other authority before whom he is entitled by law to practise.

14(2) makes the right to practise in another High Court subject to rules made by that High Court or its Bar Council under section 15 regulating the conditions on which advocates of other High Courts may be permitted to practise there. 14(3) preserves the power of the High Courts at Calcutta and Bombay to make rules determining who may plead and who may act on the original side.

That is a national right of audience with two large qualifications, and the qualifications are why the All-India Bar Committee was appointed twenty-five years later.

Section 15: the Bar Council may, with the previous sanction of the High Court, make rules about the rights and duties of advocates and their discipline and professional conduct; the conditions on which advocates of other High Courts may practise; facilities for legal education and training and the holding of examinations by the Bar Council; fees for those facilities and examinations; the investment and management of the Bar Council's funds; and any other matter on which the High Court requires rules.

Section 16: the High Court shall make rules fixing and regulating the fees payable as costs by a party in respect of his adversary's advocate's fees, in the High Court and in courts subordinate to it.

Section 17: indemnity. No suit or legal proceeding lies against a Bar Council, or any Committee, Tribunal or member of it, for anything done in good faith in pursuance of the Act or the rules.

Section 18: all rules made under the Act are to be published in the Official Gazette.

Section 19 is the reconciling section, and 19(2) is remarkable. When sections 8 to 16 came into force for a High Court established by letters patent, the Act was to have effect notwithstanding anything in those letters patent, and the letters patent were deemed to have been repealed so far as inconsistent with the Act or the rules. 19(1) amended the enactments in the Schedule; 19(3) displaced the Bombay Pleaders Act 1920 except section 7 for persons enrolled as advocates, and provided that nothing in it authorised the admission of anybody as a vakil or pleader of the High Court; 19(4) provided that any other enactment or instrument previously applicable to advocates, vakils or pleaders should be construed as applying to advocates enrolled under this Act.

munotes.in423

The Indian Bar Committee 1923 and the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926

Section 20 is a transitional provision made after the reorganisation of the States in 1956, continuing the Bar Councils of certain High Courts as the Bar Councils of the corresponding new States, dissolving those of Hyderabad and Saurashtra, and dividing the assets and liabilities of the Hyderabad Bar Council between three others.

What the Act achieved, and what it did not

What it achieved. Every High Court got a Bar Council which was a body corporate, with a majority of elected advocates, power to make bye-laws and to constitute committees, power to make rules on discipline, professional conduct and legal education with the High Court's sanction, a Tribunal to inquire into misconduct, and indemnity for acting in good faith. The vakil disappeared into a single grade of advocate by section 8(2). Seniority and preaudience were put on a statutory footing by section 8(3) and (4). Women were expressly not disqualified by reason of sex, by section 9(3). And by section 19(2) the Act overrode inconsistent letters patent, which is a considerable thing for a statute of the Indian legislature to do to a grant of the Crown.

What it did not do, and the All-India Bar Committee listed these in 1953:

  • The power of enrolment stayed with the High Court, and the Bar Council's function was advisory.
  • It did not create an all-India bar or an all-India Bar Council. Rangachariar and Neogy said so in the debates and were right.
  • It did not touch the original sides at Calcutta and Bombay, preserved expressly by sections 9(4) and 14(3).
  • It did not touch the attorneys, excepted by the proviso to section 8(1), whose enrolment and discipline remained with the High Court under the letters patent.
  • It did not reach the pleaders, mukhtars and revenue-agents at all, who went on under the Legal Practitioners Act 1879.

Two grades became one at the top of the profession in each Province. Everything below the High Court, and everything peculiar to the original side, was left where it was. That is why there was another committee in 1951 and another Act in 1961.

A worked example

Sundaram, a vakil of the Madras High Court of twelve years' standing, in 1929.

munotes.in424

The Indian Bar Committee 1923 and the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926

What is he called after the Act comes into force? An advocate. By section 8(2)(a) the High Court enters on its new roll the names of all persons who were, as advocates, vakils or pleaders, entitled as of right to practise in the High Court immediately before that date, on payment of ten rupees to the Bar Council.

Where does he rank? By section 8(3)(a) he keeps the seniority he had among the existing practitioners; and by 8(4) his right of preaudience follows that seniority, the Advocate-General having preaudience over all.

A young man wants to be enrolled. He applies to the High Court under section 9(2)(b). The High Court gives notice to the Bar Council, which may object; the High Court hears the objection and decides, and by the proviso to section 9(1) nothing in the Bar Council's rules affects the High Court's discretion to refuse.

A woman applies. By section 9(3) the rules must provide that no woman shall be disqualified for admission to be an advocate by reason only of her sex.

Sundaram is accused of misconduct. The complaint goes to the High Court, which, unless it summarily rejects it, must refer the case for inquiry to the Bar Council's Tribunal or to the court of a District Judge under sections 10 to 13. The Tribunal inquires; the High Court reprimands, suspends or removes.

He wants to appear in the Bombay High Court. By section 14(1) he is entitled as of right to practise in his own High Court and in any other court; but by 14(2) his practice in another High Court is subject to that court's or its Bar Council's rules made under section 15; and by 14(3) and 9(4) the original side at Bombay is governed by rules that court makes for itself.

What beginners get wrong

"The Bar Councils Act 1926 created the Bar Council of India." It did not. It created a Bar Council for every High Court. The Bar Council of India is a creation of the Advocates Act 1961, and the Chamier Committee had expressly thought an all-India Bar Council impracticable.

"After 1926 the Bar Council enrolled advocates." The High Court prepared and maintained the roll under section 8(2) and admitted under section 9, on rules made by the Bar Council with its previous sanction, and its discretion to refuse admission was expressly preserved. The Bar Council could object; the High Court decided.

"1926 abolished the distinction between barristers and vakils." It abolished the separate grade of High Court vakils and pleaders, by putting them all on one roll as advocates under section 8(2). It kept a barrister's date of call for seniority under 8(3), and it kept the original side's separate qualifications under 9(4).

munotes.in425

The Indian Bar Committee 1923 and the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926

"The Bar Council punished misconduct." Under sections 10 to 13 the Bar Council's Tribunal inquired; the High Court reprimanded, suspended or removed. Those sections were repealed with effect from 1 September 1963, when the Advocates Act's disciplinary committees took over.

Limits and criticism

The Act is the classic half-measure, and it is worth being able to say precisely in what the half consisted.

It gave the profession a corporation and denied it a power. A body with fifteen members, ten of them elected, which can make rules only with the previous sanction of the court, whose objection to an applicant is heard and decided by that court, and whose inquiry into misconduct results in a decision by that court, is a consultative body with a common seal.

It was provincial when the grievance was national. An advocate of one High Court could practise in another only on the conditions that other court's rules imposed, by section 14(2).

And it entrenched the original side. Sections 9(4) and 14(3) name Calcutta and Bombay and preserve their powers in terms, so the one place where the English system was strongest was the one place the Act deliberately did not reach.

What should be said for it is that it settled the principle. After 1926 nobody in India argued about whether the profession should have a statutory body of its own; the argument was only about what that body should be allowed to do, and that argument was won in 1961.

Quick revision

  • Indian Bar Committee 1923, the Chamier Committee, reported 1 February 1924: no all-India bar, but a single grade of advocates in each High Court, the abolition of distinctions in precedence and preaudience, no appointments reserved for barristers, and the enrolment of vakils and attorneys on the original sides.
  • Indian Bar Councils Act 1926 (38 of 1926), assent 9 September 1926, in force in the Provinces in 1928 and 1929.
  • s.1 short title, extent, application; s.2 "advocate" means one on the roll of a High Court under this Act.
  • s.3: a Bar Council for every High Court, a body corporate. s.4: fifteen members, the Advocate-General, four nominated by the High Court (not more than two judges), and ten elected; five elected members of ten years' standing; special provision for the original side at Calcutta and Bombay; Chairman and Vice-Chairman.
  • s.5 first Bar Councils elected by advocates, vakils and pleaders, three years; s.5A ad hoc Council for Gujarat. s.6 rules on elections and meetings, first made by the High Court, amended by the Council with its previous sanction. s.7 bye-laws on officers and committees.
  • s.8: no right to practise unless on the roll, except attorneys; the High Court prepares and maintains the roll, entering existing advocates, vakils and pleaders; seniority, with a barrister's date of call; preaudience by seniority, the Advocate-General first; certificate of enrolment; copies to the Bar Council.
  • s.9: the Bar Council makes admission rules with the previous sanction of the High Court, which keeps its discretion to refuse; the Council may object and the High Court hears the objection; no woman disqualified by reason only of her sex; original sides of Calcutta and Bombay preserved.
  • ss.10 to 13, now repealed with effect from 1 September 1963: punishment for misconduct, the Tribunal of the Bar Council, procedure and powers. The Tribunal inquired; the High Court punished.
  • s.14: right to practise in his own High Court, in any other court, and before tribunals; other High Courts subject to their rules; original sides preserved. s.15: rules on rights and duties, discipline, professional conduct, legal education and examinations, and funds, with the High Court's sanction. s.16: the High Court fixes fees payable as costs. s.17: indemnity for good faith. s.18: publication. s.19: amendments, and inconsistent letters patent deemed repealed. s.20: transition after States' reorganisation.
munotes.in426

The Indian Bar Committee 1923 and the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926

Test yourself

1. What were the Chamier Committee's terms of reference, and what did it decide about an all-India bar? To examine the proposals for constituting an Indian bar, whether on an all-India or a provincial basis, with reference to the constitution, statutory recognition, functions and authority of a Bar Council or Councils and their position in relation to the High Courts; and the extent to which the distinctions enforced by statute or practice between barristers and vakils might be removed. It did not consider it practicable to organise the bar on an all-India basis or to constitute an all-India Bar Council.

2. Describe the composition of a Bar Council under section 4. Fifteen members: the Advocate-General; four nominated by the High Court, of whom not more than two might be judges of that court; and ten elected by the advocates of the High Court from among themselves. Not less than five of the elected members had to have been entitled as of right to practise in that High Court for at least ten years, and at Calcutta and Bombay a proportion fixed by the High Court had to be original side advocates, some of them barristers of England or Ireland or members of the Faculty of Advocates in Scotland.

munotes.in427

The Indian Bar Committee 1923 and the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926

3. Who enrolled advocates under the Act, and what was the Bar Council's part? The High Court. It prepared and maintained the roll under section 8(2) and admitted under section 9. The Bar Council made the admission rules, but only with the previous sanction of the High Court, and those rules could not affect the High Court's discretion to refuse admission. The Council received notice of every application and might object, and the High Court heard the objection and decided. The function was advisory.

4. How was misconduct dealt with between 1926 and 1963? Under sections 10 to 13. The High Court might reprimand, suspend or remove an advocate for professional or other misconduct, but on a complaint it was bound, unless it summarily rejected the complaint, to refer the case for inquiry to the Bar Council or to the court of a District Judge, and might refer of its own motion. Sections 11 to 13 constituted the Tribunal of the Bar Council and gave it its procedure and powers. Those sections were repealed with effect from 1 September 1963.

5. Give three things the Act of 1926 did not do. It did not create an all-India bar or an all-India Bar Council; it did not transfer the power of enrolment from the High Court to the Bar Council; and it did not touch the original sides of the Calcutta and Bombay High Courts, the attorneys, or the pleaders, mukhtars and revenue-agents who continued under the Legal Practitioners Act 1879.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in428

Chapter Seventy-Seven

The All-India Bar Committee of 1951

Syllabus topic 4.2.6, "Legal Profession from 1879 to the All India Bar Committee 1951"

In one line

Twenty-eight years after India was told an all-India bar was impracticable, a committee under a judge of the Supreme Court reported that it was practicable, and told the Government how to do it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the All-India Bar Committee was constituted by the Government of India, Ministry of Law, by a Resolution dated 15 December 1951 under the chairmanship of the Hon'ble Shri S. R. Das, Judge of the Supreme Court of India, and reported on 30 March 1953; it recommended the establishment of a completely unified bar for the whole of India, with a State Bar Council for each State and an All-India Bar Council maintaining a common roll of advocates, every advocate on that roll being entitled as of right to practise in every court in India including the Supreme Court, a uniform minimum qualification for admission, and the absorption of the existing grades of practitioner into the class of advocates; and its recommendations were substantially enacted in the Advocates Act 1961.

Who they were and what they were asked

The Committee was constituted by Government of India, Ministry of Law, Resolution No. F. 60-XXV/51-L, dated 15 December 1951.

Chairman: the Hon'ble Shri S. R. Das, Judge of the Supreme Court of India.

Members: Shri M. C. Setalvad, Attorney-General for India; Dr Bakhshi Tek Chand, retired High Court judge; Shri V. K. T. Chari, Advocate-General of Madras; Shri V. Rajaram Aiyar, Advocate-General of Hyderabad; Shri Syed M. A. Kazmi, Member of Parliament and advocate, Allahabad; Shri C. C. Shah, Member of Parliament and solicitor, Bombay; and Shri D. M. Bhandari, Member of Parliament and advocate, Rajasthan High Court. Secretary: Shri P. N. Murty, Registrar of the Supreme Court of India.

The terms of reference were seven, and they are worth learning because each one is answered by a group of sections in the Advocates Act:

  • (a) the desirability and feasibility of a completely unified bar for the whole of India;
  • (b) the continuance or abolition of the dual system of counsel and solicitor, or agent, obtaining in the Supreme Court and in the High Courts at Bombay and Calcutta;
  • (c) the continuance or abolition of the different classes of legal practitioners, such as advocates of the Supreme Court, advocates of the various High Courts, district court pleaders, mukhtars entitled to practise in criminal courts only, revenue agents and income-tax practitioners;
  • (d) the desirability and feasibility of establishing a single Bar Council for the whole of India, or one for each State;
  • (e) the establishment of a separate Bar Council for the Supreme Court;
  • (f) the consolidation and revision of the various enactments, Central and State, relating to legal practitioners; and
  • (g) all other connected matters.
munotes.in429

The All-India Bar Committee of 1951

Compare that list with the terms of reference of the Chamier Committee in 1923, which were two: an Indian bar with a Bar Council, and the removal of distinctions between barristers and vakils. The 1951 questions are the 1923 questions asked again by a sovereign Republic, with three more added because the 1926 Act had answered none of them fully.

What it found

The profession was still a hierarchy. Apart from the advocates and vakils of the High Courts there were pleaders, initially mostly non-graduates; mukhtars, who were and are only matriculates; and revenue-agents. Income-tax practitioners were not legal practitioners at all and were not governed by the Legal Practitioners Act 1879, and the Committee left them to the income-tax authorities.

The lower grades were dying out by themselves. The recruitment of non-graduate pleaders had been discontinued in all States, and the recruitment of mukhtars in all States except West Bengal, Assam and Orissa. The argument for keeping mukhtars, made by the Harries Committee in West Bengal, was that in distant places in the interior where there were no competent lawyers they gave legal assistance to poor litigants at very cheap fees, being local men with no great expense in education, books or travel. The Committee acknowledged that mukhtars had served a very useful purpose and that some had shown considerable talent and gained the respect of the community, but found that law-graduate pleaders were by then practising in the same courts, sometimes for lower fees.

The demand for an all-India bar was old and general. The Committee noted that the demand had been a persistent one, that a completely unified bar would be the natural fulfilment of the desires of a very large majority of the profession, that the existence of a hierarchy of grades need not delay it because most of those practitioners could be absorbed into the category of advocates, and that the resolutions of the Lawyers' Conferences of the different States showed that the psychological moment had definitely arrived for India to take a big step forward.

What it recommended

A completely unified bar for the whole of India. That is the answer to term of reference (a), and it is the opposite of what the Chamier Committee had concluded in 1924.

A State Bar Council for each State and an All-India Bar Council above them. Each State Bar Council was to keep a Register of the advocates on its rolls and send it to the All-India Bar Council, which would compile from those Registers a common roll of advocates in order of seniority by date of enrolment.

munotes.in430

The All-India Bar Committee of 1951

Admission through the State Bar Council, with an appeal upwards. A candidate would apply to the State Bar Council; if admitted, his name went to the All-India Bar Council for entry in the common roll. If the State Bar Council thought a candidate should not be admitted, the matter went to the All-India Bar Council, which might direct admission or refuse as it thought fit; and if it directed admission the name went on the roll. Seniority was to follow the number assigned in the common roll.

Every advocate on the common roll to be entitled as of right to practise in every court in India, including the Supreme Court. That single recommendation is what makes the Indian profession national, and it is section 30 of the Advocates Act.

A uniform minimum qualification. The Committee concluded that admission to the roll should require a law degree obtained after at least two years' study of law in a University, after first graduating in Arts, Science or Commerce, and a further apprentice course of one year in practical subjects, such as the law of procedure including the rules of the High Court and the Supreme Court, the Court-fees Act, the Stamp Act, the Registration Act, and the insolvency and limitation laws, with attendance at a percentage of lectures; and that the State Bar Councils should hold an examination in those subjects.

No separate Bar Council for the Supreme Court. Since every advocate on the common roll would be entitled as of right to practise in the Supreme Court and would be amenable to the appropriate State Bar Council and the All-India Bar Council, a separate Council was not necessary; advocates practising there would be represented in their own State Councils and in the All-India Council.

A consolidated Act. If the recommendations were accepted, there would have to be a consolidated Act incorporating the existing Acts as modified; and because some practitioners, including attorneys, would still be under the disciplinary jurisdiction of the High Court, the relevant provisions of the Legal Practitioners Act and other enactments should be incorporated in it, with consequential amendments to Acts such as the Stamp Act.

Absorption, with a saving for those who could not be absorbed. Existing vakils and pleaders who were law graduates but had not been enrolled as advocates were to be immediately absorbed into the category of advocates and entered in the State Register and, at their option and within a specified time, in the common roll. Existing pleaders who were not law graduates but were eligible under existing rules to be enrolled as advocates of a High Court might likewise elect to be entered. The rest of the pleaders, and the mukhtars and revenue-agents, were to be allowed to continue to practise as before, under the authorities then exercising disciplinary jurisdiction over them, and the existing provisions of the Legal Practitioners Act 1879 were to be continued or incorporated in the new legislation.

munotes.in431

The All-India Bar Committee of 1951

That last recommendation is the reason a large part of the Act of 1879 was not repealed until 15 June 2011, and the last of it not until 2024. The Committee deliberately left the surviving practitioners of the old grades where they were, and the sections that governed them had to stay alive as long as they did.

Administration. The Committee recommended that each Bar Council appoint a Secretary with administrative experience, ordinarily an advocate though not necessarily for the first five years, and a competent Accountant; that the accounts be audited by a Chartered Accountant every year, the audited accounts of each State Bar Council going to the All-India Bar Council with the auditor's report; and that the qualifications and terms of employment of the Secretary and the Accountant, and the annual audit, be fixed by statute.

The one thing it refused to change

The dual system of counsel and solicitor was to continue at Calcutta and Bombay.

The Committee took the objections seriously and answered each. That the client is compelled to employ two sets of lawyers: there is always an element of compulsion in judicial procedure, and rules at Madras, Bombay and the Punjab already required two counsel in cases above a certain value; if the system makes for efficiency and helps the court, that compulsion has to be endured. That it increases the cost of litigation: evidence before the Chamier Committee had shown that original side costs were not in fact heavier than those on the appellate side or in the district courts, where there is no fixed scale at all and the actual costs may greatly exceed those allowed; and if costs are heavy the remedy is to reduce them, not to abolish the system, which the High Courts had been doing by rules for quantified and reduced costs.

It noted that the Madras High Court had altered its rules and practically abolished the dual system, that in Calcutta it had possibly been in force for over 178 years, and that at Bombay the judges' own memorandum said it had existed on the original side for nearly a hundred years and had played a great part in the efficient administration of justice.

Its conclusion was that no case had been made out for abolishing the dual system in Calcutta or Bombay, that the persons mostly affected wanted it continued, and that its continuance would not militate against the ideal of an all-India bar any more than a division of advocates into senior and junior, which likewise imposes on the senior the obligation not to act. The dual system, it said, is nothing more than a division of labour.

munotes.in432

The All-India Bar Committee of 1951

In the Supreme Court, where agents took the place of attorneys, the position was different, and the abolition of that dual system was pressed on grounds of economy and efficiency.

That pair of conclusions is exactly what the Advocates Act 1961 enacted: one class of advocates with senior advocates designated within it, and a saving that left the original sides at Calcutta and Bombay to their own rules.

From the report to the Act

The report was signed on 30 March 1953, two members adding notes. The Advocates Act was passed in 1961, eight years later.

The correspondence is close enough to be worth listing, because it is the best possible answer to a question about what the Committee achieved.

RecommendationAdvocates Act 1961
A State Bar Council for each States.3
An All-India Bar Councils.4, the Bar Council of India
A common roll of advocatess.17 State rolls and s.20 and the Bar Council of India's roll
One class of practitioner, with senior advocatesss.16 and 23
Uniform minimum qualifications.24
Right to practise in every court in Indias.30
Discipline by the profession, with an appealss.35 to 38
A consolidated Act repealing the old oness.50

A worked example

Take the Committee's own scheme and follow one candidate through it, as the Committee described it in 1953.

Sarojini applies to be an advocate in 1955, under the scheme as recommended. She applies to the State Bar Council of the State where she means to practise, not to the High Court.

What qualification must she have? Under the Committee's recommendation, a law degree obtained after at least two years' study of law in a University, after first graduating in Arts, Science or Commerce, and a further one-year apprentice course in practical subjects such as procedure, the rules of the High Court and the Supreme Court, the Court-fees Act, the Stamp Act, the Registration Act and the insolvency and limitation laws, with attendance at the prescribed proportion of lectures and an examination held by the State Bar Council.

She is admitted. Her name goes in the State Bar Council's Register, and the Register goes to the All-India Bar Council, which enters her in the common roll in order of seniority by the date of enrolment. Her seniority is the number assigned to her in the common roll.

munotes.in433

The All-India Bar Committee of 1951

Suppose the State Bar Council thinks she should not be admitted. The matter goes to the All-India Bar Council, which may direct her admission or refuse as it thinks fit; if it directs admission, her name goes on the common roll.

Where may she practise? Anywhere. Every advocate on the common roll is to be entitled as of right to practise in every court in India, including the Supreme Court, and is amenable to her own State Bar Council and to the All-India Bar Council. That is why the Committee said a separate Bar Council for the Supreme Court was unnecessary.

And her friend, a mukhtar of fifteen years' practice in a mofussil criminal court? He is not a law graduate and is not eligible to be enrolled as an advocate. Under the Committee's recommendation he is allowed to continue to practise as before, under the authority that already disciplines him, and the relevant provisions of the Legal Practitioners Act 1879 are to be continued or incorporated in the new consolidated Act.

What beginners get wrong

"The All-India Bar Committee reported in 1951." It was appointed on 15 December 1951 and reported on 30 March 1953. MU's syllabus prints the year of appointment.

"It recommended abolishing the dual system." The opposite, for Calcutta and Bombay: it found no case for abolition there and said the system was a division of labour that did not conflict with an all-India bar. It did favour ending the agent system in the Supreme Court.

"It abolished the pleaders and mukhtars." A committee abolishes nothing. It recommended that law-graduate vakils and pleaders be absorbed as advocates, and that the remaining pleaders, mukhtars and revenue-agents be allowed to continue under the authorities and the provisions of the Act of 1879 then applicable to them.

"It recommended a separate Bar Council for the Supreme Court." It considered the question, which was term of reference (e), and answered no: it was not necessary, because every advocate on the common roll would be entitled to practise there and would be amenable to his State Bar Council and to the All-India Bar Council.

Limits and criticism

The Committee's caution about the original sides is the point on which it is most often criticised, and the criticism has to reckon with its reasons: the profession most affected wanted the system kept, the judges of the Bombay High Court supported it in terms, and the evidence about cost was equivocal. The result is that the one place where the English structure of the profession was strongest was again left untouched, in 1953 as in 1926.

The second limit is one the Committee could not help. It could recommend a common roll and a right to practise everywhere; it could not, by itself, make the qualification uniform in fact, because legal education was in the universities and the standard of the law degree varied. The Advocates Act answered that by giving the Bar Council of India power over the standards of legal education and the recognition of universities.

munotes.in434

The All-India Bar Committee of 1951

What it achieved is nevertheless the largest single change in the history of the Indian legal profession. It took a profession that had been divided since 1774 into King's court practitioners and Company's court practitioners, that had been divided since 1879 into six statutory grades, and that had been organised since 1926 High Court by High Court, and it recommended one class, one roll, one qualification and one right of audience for the whole country. Eight years later Parliament enacted it.

Quick revision

  • Constituted by Ministry of Law Resolution of 15 December 1951; chairman Shri S. R. Das, Judge of the Supreme Court; members included M. C. Setalvad, Attorney-General; reported 30 March 1953.
  • Terms of reference: a unified bar; the dual system; the different classes of practitioner; a single Bar Council for India or for each State; a separate Bar Council for the Supreme Court; consolidation of the enactments; and connected matters.
  • Recommended a completely unified bar, State Bar Councils and an All-India Bar Council, a common roll, admission through the State Council with reference upward on refusal, and seniority by the number on the common roll.
  • Every advocate on the common roll to practise as of right in every court in India, including the Supreme Court.
  • Uniform qualification: a law degree after two years' study following a first degree, plus a one-year apprentice course in practical subjects, with an examination held by the State Bar Council.
  • No separate Bar Council for the Supreme Court. A consolidated Act to replace the existing enactments.
  • Absorption: law-graduate vakils and pleaders become advocates; other pleaders, mukhtars and revenue-agents continue under the existing authorities and the Legal Practitioners Act 1879.
  • The dual system to continue at Calcutta and Bombay: no case made out, the persons affected want it, and it is a division of labour comparable to senior and junior advocates. The Supreme Court agent system to go.
  • Enacted, substantially, as the Advocates Act 1961.

Test yourself

1. When was the Committee appointed, when did it report, and who was its chairman? It was constituted by a Ministry of Law Resolution dated 15 December 1951 and reported on 30 March 1953. Its chairman was the Hon'ble Shri S. R. Das, a Judge of the Supreme Court of India, and its members included M. C. Setalvad, the Attorney-General for India.

munotes.in435

The All-India Bar Committee of 1951

2. What did it recommend about the structure of the profession? A completely unified bar for the whole of India: a State Bar Council for each State keeping a Register of its advocates, an All-India Bar Council compiling from those Registers a common roll in order of seniority, admission through the State Council with a reference to the All-India Council where the State Council was against admission, and a right in every advocate on the common roll to practise as of right in every court in India, including the Supreme Court.

3. Why did it decline to abolish the dual system at Calcutta and Bombay? Because no case had been made out for it: the compulsion involved was no greater than other compulsions in judicial procedure and was justified by efficiency; the evidence that it increased costs was equivocal, and the remedy for high costs was to reduce them by rules, which the High Courts had been doing; the persons mostly affected wanted it continued, and the judges of the Bombay High Court supported it; and it was a division of labour comparable to the division between senior and junior advocates, which would not conflict with an all-India bar.

4. What did it recommend about the lower grades of practitioner? That vakils and pleaders who were law graduates be immediately absorbed as advocates, and that non-graduate pleaders eligible under existing rules might elect the same; and that the remaining pleaders, and the mukhtars and revenue-agents, be allowed to continue to practise as before, under the authorities then exercising disciplinary jurisdiction over them, the relevant provisions of the Legal Practitioners Act 1879 being continued or incorporated in the new consolidated Act.

5. Name four recommendations that became sections of the Advocates Act 1961. State Bar Councils, now section 3; the Bar Council of India, now section 4; the uniform qualification for enrolment, now section 24; and the right of an advocate to practise in every court in India, now section 30. The single class of advocates with senior advocates designated within it, in sections 16 and 23, and the disciplinary machinery in sections 35 to 38, are further examples.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in436

Chapter Seventy-Eight

The Advocates Act 1961: the Bar Councils

Syllabus topic 4.2.7, "Introduction to the Advocates Act, 1961"

In one line

The Advocates Act gave the Indian legal profession what it had wanted since 1923: a statutory body in every State and one above them all, run by elected advocates, which admits, regulates and disciplines the profession without asking a court's permission.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: sections 3 and 4 of the Advocates Act 1961 constitute a State Bar Council for each State or group of States and the Bar Council of India for the whole of India; section 5 makes every Bar Council a body corporate; sections 6 and 7 set out their functions, those of a State Bar Council being to admit persons as advocates on its roll, to maintain that roll, to entertain and determine cases of misconduct, to safeguard the rights of advocates and to promote law reform and legal aid, and those of the Bar Council of India being to lay down standards of professional conduct and etiquette, to lay down the procedure of the disciplinary committees, to exercise general supervision and control over State Bar Councils, and to promote legal education, lay down its standards and recognise Universities whose law degree qualifies for enrolment; and sections 8 to 15 provide for terms of office, committees, staff, accounts and rules.

What the Act is, and what it replaced

The Advocates Act 1961 (Act 25 of 1961) is the consolidating statute the All-India Bar Committee asked for. Section 1 gives the short title, extent and commencement, and it commenced in stages, which is why the repeal of the Legal Practitioners Act 1879 took the shape described in chapter 750.

Section 2 is the definition section. Four definitions carry the Act:

  • "Bar Council" means a Bar Council constituted under this Act, and "Bar Council of India" the Council constituted under section 4; "State Bar Council" one constituted under section 3.
  • "roll" means a roll of advocates prepared and maintained under this Act, and "State roll" the roll prepared and maintained by a State Bar Council under section 17.
  • "law graduate" means a person who has obtained a bachelor's degree in law from any University established by law in India.
  • "legal practitioner" means an advocate or vakil of any High Court, a pleader, mukhtar or revenue agent.

That last definition is the whole of Module IV's second half in one line. The Act's own vocabulary still carries the six grades of 1879, because in 1961 they were all still there; the Act's purpose was to end them, and section 2(i) is the list of what it was ending.

Section 3: the State Bar Councils

3(1): there shall be a Bar Council for each of the named States, to be known as the Bar Council of that State, and, by the later clauses, for certain groups of States and Union territories together: for Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Mizoram and Nagaland; for Kerala with Lakshadweep; for Tamil Nadu with Puducherry, called the Bar Council of Madras; for Maharashtra and Goa with Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu; for Punjab and Haryana with Chandigarh; and so on. The list has been amended many times as States were created and renamed.

munotes.in437

The Advocates Act 1961: the Bar Councils

3(2): a State Bar Council consists of:

  • (a) the Advocate-General of the State, ex officio (the Additional Solicitor-General for Delhi, and the Advocates-General of each State where a Council serves more than one); and
  • (b) elected members, whose number depends on the size of the electorate: fifteen where the electorate does not exceed five thousand, twenty where it exceeds five thousand but not ten thousand, and twenty-five where it exceeds ten thousand, elected by the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote from among the advocates on the electoral roll of the Council.

The proviso requires that, as nearly as possible, one half of the elected members shall be advocates of at least ten years' standing on a State roll, and in computing those ten years any period as an advocate enrolled under the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926 counts.

3(3): a Chairman and a Vice-Chairman elected by the Council. 3(4): an advocate is disqualified from voting, and from being chosen or being a member, unless he possesses the qualifications or satisfies the conditions prescribed by the Bar Council of India, and each State Bar Council prepares and revises an electoral roll.

Set section 3 beside section 4 of the Act of 1926 and the change is the whole reform in one comparison.

Bar Council under the 1926 ActState Bar Council under the 1961 Act
For whatEach High CourtEach State or group of States
SizeFifteen, fixedFifteen, twenty or twenty-five, by the size of the electorate
Judges on itUp to two, nominated by the High CourtNone
Nominated membersFour, by the High CourtNone
Elected membersTenAll but the Advocate-General
How electedAs prescribedProportional representation, single transferable vote
Senior membersFive of ten years' standingHalf of ten years' standing

The High Court has left the room. In 1926 it nominated four of the fifteen and could put two of its own judges among them; in 1961 the only member who is not elected by the advocates is the Advocate-General, who sits ex officio.

Section 4: the Bar Council of India

4(1): there shall be a Bar Council for the territories to which the Act extends, to be known as the Bar Council of India, consisting of:

munotes.in438

The Advocates Act 1961: the Bar Councils

  • (a) the Attorney-General of India, ex officio;
  • (b) the Solicitor-General of India, ex officio; and
  • (c) one member elected by each State Bar Council from among its members.

4(1A): nobody is eligible to be elected to it unless he has the qualification in the proviso to section 3(2), that is, ten years as an advocate on a State roll.

4(2): a Chairman and a Vice-Chairman elected by the Council.

4(3): the term of a member elected by a State Bar Council is two years in the case of an ex officio member of that Council, or till he ceases to be a member of it, whichever is earlier; and in any other case, the period for which he holds office in the State Bar Council; and every such member continues until his successor is elected.

This is the section the Chamier Committee said could not be done. In 1924 an all-India Bar Council was thought impracticable; in 1953 the All-India Bar Committee said the psychological moment had arrived; in 1961 Parliament created it, and made it a federal body, composed of one delegate from each State Council with the two senior law officers of the Union.

Section 5: a body corporate

Every Bar Council shall be a body corporate having perpetual succession and a common seal, with power to acquire and hold property, movable and immovable, and to contract, and may sue and be sued by its name.

The wording is taken almost unchanged from section 3(2) of the Act of 1926. What is new is that in 1961 a body corporate is given real powers to exercise, which is the subject of the next two sections.

Section 6: what a State Bar Council does

The functions of a State Bar Council are:

  • (a) to admit persons as advocates on its roll;
  • (b) to prepare and maintain such roll;
  • (c) to entertain and determine cases of misconduct against advocates on its roll;
  • (d) to safeguard the rights, privileges and interests of advocates on its roll;
  • (dd) to promote the growth of Bar Associations for the effective implementation of welfare schemes;
  • (e) to promote and support law reform;
  • (ee) to conduct seminars and organise talks by eminent jurists and publish journals and papers of legal interest;
  • (eee) to organise legal aid to the poor in the prescribed manner;
  • (f) to manage and invest its funds;
  • (g) to provide for the election of its members;
  • (gg) to visit and inspect Universities in accordance with directions of the Bar Council of India under section 7(1)(i);
  • (h) and (i) to perform all other functions conferred by the Act and to do all things necessary for discharging them.
munotes.in439

The Advocates Act 1961: the Bar Councils

6(2) allows a State Bar Council to constitute one or more funds for welfare schemes for indigent, disabled or other advocates and for legal aid.

Read clauses (a), (b) and (c) together and the change from 1926 is complete. Under the Act of 1926 the High Court admitted, the High Court maintained the roll, and the High Court punished after the Bar Council's Tribunal had inquired. Under section 6 all three belong to the State Bar Council.

Section 7: what the Bar Council of India does

The functions of the Bar Council of India are:

  • (b) to lay down standards of professional conduct and etiquette for advocates;
  • (c) to lay down the procedure to be followed by its disciplinary committee and the disciplinary committee of each State Bar Council;
  • (d) to safeguard the rights, privileges and interests of advocates;
  • (e) to promote and support law reform;
  • (f) to deal with and dispose of any matter under the Act referred to it by a State Bar Council;
  • (g) to exercise general supervision and control over State Bar Councils;
  • (h) to promote legal education and to lay down standards of such education, in consultation with the Universities in India imparting it and with the State Bar Councils;
  • (i) to recognise Universities whose degree in law shall be a qualification for enrolment as an advocate, and for that purpose to visit and inspect Universities or cause the State Bar Councils to do so;
  • (ia) and (ib) to conduct seminars, publish journals, and organise legal aid to the poor;
  • (ic) to recognise on a reciprocal basis foreign qualifications in law obtained outside India for the purpose of admission as an advocate;
  • (j) to (m) to manage and invest its funds, provide for the election of its members, and perform all other functions under the Act.

7(2) and (3) let it constitute funds for welfare schemes, legal aid and law libraries, and receive grants, donations, gifts and benefactions for them.

Four of those are worth an examination sentence each.

Clause (b), standards of professional conduct and etiquette, is the source of the Bar Council of India Rules that every advocate in India is bound by.

Clause (g), general supervision and control over State Bar Councils, is what makes the structure federal rather than merely parallel. It is the basis of the powers of revision and direction in the miscellaneous chapter.

Clauses (h) and (i) are the great addition to the Committee's scheme. The Committee had recommended a uniform qualification; Parliament went further and gave the national body power over the standards of legal education and over the recognition of the Universities whose degrees count. Every law degree in India that qualifies its holder for enrolment does so because the Bar Council of India recognises the University that granted it.

munotes.in440

The Advocates Act 1961: the Bar Councils

Clause (ic) is the reciprocity clause, and it should be read with section 47.

Section 7A allows the Bar Council of India to become a member of international legal bodies, such as the International Bar Association or the International Legal Aid Association, to send delegates and to pay subscriptions.

Sections 8 to 15: how the Councils work

Section 8: the term of office of an elected member of a State Bar Council is five years from the date of publication of the result of his election, with a proviso allowing the Bar Council of India, for reasons recorded in writing, to extend it by not more than six months where the Council has failed to provide for elections.

Section 8A: where a State Bar Council fails to hold elections within the term or the extended term, the Bar Council of India constitutes a Special Committee to discharge its functions until a new Council is elected. That section is what keeps a State's profession governed when its own Council has failed to renew itself.

Section 9: disciplinary committees. A Bar Council shall constitute one or more disciplinary committees, each of three persons, of whom two are elected by the Council from among its members and one is co-opted from among advocates who have the ten years' qualification and are not members of the Council; and the senior-most advocate among the members of a disciplinary committee shall be its Chairman.

The co-opted third member is the point. A disciplinary committee is not simply a sub-committee of an elected body; one of its three members is an outsider to the Council, and the chair goes by seniority at the bar rather than by office.

Section 9A: a Bar Council may constitute one or more legal aid committees of not fewer than five and not more than nine members.

Section 10: the standing committees. A State Bar Council shall constitute an executive committee of five and an enrolment committee of three, elected from among its members. The Bar Council of India shall constitute an executive committee of nine and a legal education committee of ten, of whom five are elected by the Council from among its members and five are co-opted persons who are not members of the Council.

Half the legal education committee is therefore from outside the profession's own elected representatives, which is how the Act keeps academic membership in the body that sets the standards of legal education.

munotes.in441

The Advocates Act 1961: the Bar Councils

Section 10A provides for the transaction of business by Bar Councils and their committees, including meetings, quorum and the conduct of business; section 10B for the disqualification of a member of a Bar Council; section 11 requires every Bar Council to appoint a secretary and permits it to appoint an accountant and other staff, with qualifications as prescribed; section 12 requires books of accounts to be maintained, audited by qualified auditors, and the audited accounts and the auditor's report to be sent, by a State Bar Council, to the Bar Council of India, and published.

Sections 11 and 12 are the All-India Bar Committee's administrative recommendations enacted almost as it framed them: a secretary, an accountant, an annual audit, and a statutory requirement for both.

Section 13: a vacancy in a Bar Council or a committee does not invalidate anything done. Section 14: an election to a Bar Council shall not be questioned on the ground that due notice was not given to a person entitled to vote, if notice of the date was published in the Official Gazette in the prescribed time. Section 15: a Bar Council may make rules to carry out the purposes of this Chapter, in particular about elections, electoral rolls, the manner of election of the Chairman and Vice-Chairman, filling of vacancies, meetings and the constitution and functions of committees.

A worked example

Vikram Deshpande is enrolled with the Bar Council of Maharashtra and Goa, and in 2024 he wants to stand for election to it.

May he vote? Only if he satisfies the conditions the Bar Council of India has prescribed under section 3(4), and only if his name is on the electoral roll that the State Bar Council prepares and revises.

How many seats are there? The Council has the Advocate-General of Maharashtra ex officio and, because its electorate exceeds ten thousand, twenty-five elected members, elected by proportional representation with the single transferable vote under section 3(2)(b).

Does his standing matter? For the seat, only through the proviso: as nearly as possible half the elected members must be advocates of at least ten years' standing on a State roll, and time as an advocate enrolled under the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926 counts towards those ten years.

He is elected. What is his term? Five years from the publication of the result, by section 8; and if the Council fails to hold the next election in time, the Bar Council of India may extend it by up to six months, and if it still fails, a Special Committee takes over under section 8A.

munotes.in442

The Advocates Act 1961: the Bar Councils

Can he then sit on the Bar Council of India? Only if his own Council elects him to it under section 4(1)(c), and only if he has the ten years' qualification required by section 4(1A).

He is put on a disciplinary committee. It has three members: he and one other elected by the Council from among its members, and a third co-opted from advocates of ten years' standing who are not members of the Council, under section 9. The senior-most advocate among the three chairs it, which may or may not be him.

What beginners get wrong

"The Bar Council of India enrols advocates." It does not. Enrolment is a State Bar Council function, under section 6(1)(a) and section 17. The Bar Council of India lays down standards, supervises the State Councils, recognises Universities, and hears appeals.

"The High Court has a say in enrolment as it did in 1926." It does not. Under the Act of 1926 the High Court kept the roll, admitted, and retained a discretion to refuse. Under the Act of 1961 those functions are the State Bar Council's, and the High Court's remaining powers are the rule-making power in section 34 and its jurisdiction in contempt.

"A State Bar Council has fifteen members." It has the Advocate-General ex officio and fifteen, twenty or twenty-five elected members, according to the size of its electorate, elected by proportional representation with the single transferable vote.

"The disciplinary committee is a committee of the Council's own members." Two of its three members are; the third is co-opted from advocates of ten years' standing who are not members of the Council, and the senior-most advocate on it is the Chairman.

Limits and criticism

The strongest criticism of the structure is that it makes the profession the judge of its own conduct, and the answer the Act gives is in its appeals: section 37 to the Bar Council of India and section 38 to the Supreme Court, which the next chapters set out. A student should give the criticism and the answer together.

The second is practical. Section 8A exists because State Bar Councils have failed to hold elections, and a Special Committee appointed from Delhi to run a State's bar is not what the All-India Bar Committee had in mind. That section, and the powers of supervision in section 7(1)(g), are the parts of the Act that have grown in importance since 1961.

And the great success of the structure is the one that is least often noticed in an examination answer: legal education. By sections 7(1)(h) and (i) the Bar Council of India sets the standards of legal education and decides which Universities' degrees qualify for enrolment. No committee before 1961 had asked for that, and it is the power that has shaped the Indian law degree ever since.

munotes.in443

The Advocates Act 1961: the Bar Councils

Quick revision

  • Act 25 of 1961. s.1 short title, extent, commencement; s.2 definitions, including "legal practitioner" as an advocate or vakil of any High Court, a pleader, mukhtar or revenue agent, "law graduate", "roll" and "State roll".
  • s.3: a State Bar Council for each State or group of States, consisting of the Advocate-General ex officio and fifteen, twenty or twenty-five elected members according to an electorate of up to five thousand, up to ten thousand, or more, elected by proportional representation, single transferable vote; as nearly as possible half must be advocates of ten years' standing, counting time under the Act of 1926. Chairman and Vice-Chairman elected.
  • s.4: the Bar Council of India: the Attorney-General and the Solicitor-General ex officio, and one member elected by each State Bar Council from among its members, who must have the ten years' qualification. Chairman and Vice-Chairman elected.
  • s.5: every Bar Council a body corporate.
  • s.6: State Bar Council functions: admit, maintain the roll, determine misconduct, safeguard advocates' interests, promote Bar Associations, law reform, seminars and legal aid, manage funds, provide for elections, visit and inspect Universities on the Bar Council of India's directions.
  • s.7: Bar Council of India functions: standards of professional conduct and etiquette; procedure of the disciplinary committees; safeguard interests; law reform; dispose of references from State Councils; general supervision and control over State Bar Councils; promote legal education and lay down its standards; recognise Universities whose law degree qualifies for enrolment; seminars and legal aid; reciprocal recognition of foreign qualifications; funds. s.7A: membership of international bodies.
  • s.8: five years, extendable by six months. s.8A: Special Committee where a Council fails to hold elections.
  • s.9: disciplinary committees of three, two elected members and one co-opted advocate of ten years' standing who is not a member, chaired by the senior-most advocate. s.9A: legal aid committees of five to nine.
  • s.10: State: executive committee of five, enrolment committee of three. India: executive committee of nine, legal education committee of ten, half co-opted from outside the Council. s.10A business, s.10B disqualification.
  • s.11 secretary and accountant; s.12 accounts and audit; s.13 vacancies do not invalidate; s.14 elections not to be questioned for want of individual notice; s.15 power to make rules for this Chapter.

Test yourself

1. How is a State Bar Council composed, and how does that differ from a Bar Council under the Act of 1926? It consists of the Advocate-General ex officio and fifteen, twenty or twenty-five members elected by the advocates on its electoral roll by proportional representation with the single transferable vote, according to whether the electorate is up to five thousand, up to ten thousand, or larger, with as nearly as possible half of them advocates of ten years' standing. Under the Act of 1926 the Council had fifteen members, of whom only ten were elected, four were nominated by the High Court, two of those four might be judges, and one was the Advocate-General.

munotes.in444

The Advocates Act 1961: the Bar Councils

2. Who sits on the Bar Council of India? The Attorney-General of India and the Solicitor-General of India, ex officio, and one member elected by each State Bar Council from among its own members, who must have been an advocate on a State roll for at least ten years.

3. Which functions did the State Bar Council take over from the High Court? Admission of persons as advocates, preparation and maintenance of the roll, and the entertaining and determining of cases of misconduct: section 6(1)(a), (b) and (c). Under the Act of 1926 the High Court did all three, the Bar Council merely making rules with its sanction and holding inquiries through a Tribunal.

4. What powers does the Bar Council of India have over legal education? By section 7(1)(h) it promotes legal education and lays down the standards of such education in consultation with the Universities imparting it and the State Bar Councils; and by section 7(1)(i) it recognises the Universities whose degree in law is a qualification for enrolment as an advocate, and may visit and inspect Universities or direct the State Bar Councils to do so under section 6(1)(gg).

5. How is a disciplinary committee constituted? Of three persons: two elected by the Bar Council from among its members, and one co-opted by the Council from among advocates who have the ten years' qualification in the proviso to section 3(2) and who are not members of the Council. The senior-most advocate among them is the Chairman.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in445

Chapter Seventy-Nine

The Advocates Act 1961: Admission, Enrolment and the Right to Practise

Syllabus topic 4.2.7, "Introduction to the Advocates Act, 1961"

In one line

These nineteen sections did the thing the whole of this module has been building to: they made one class of lawyer, put every one of them on a State roll, and gave each of them the right to appear in every court in India.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: section 16 of the Advocates Act 1961 provides that there shall be two classes of advocates, senior advocates and other advocates; section 17 requires every State Bar Council to prepare and maintain a roll of advocates; section 24 states the qualifications for admission, being Indian citizenship, the completion of twenty-one years, a degree in law from a University recognised for the purposes of the Act by the Bar Council of India, and the payment of the prescribed fees; section 29 provides that from the appointed day there shall be only one class of persons entitled to practise the profession of law, namely advocates; and section 30 entitles every advocate whose name is entered in a State roll to practise as of right throughout the territories to which the Act extends, in all courts including the Supreme Court, before any tribunal or person legally authorised to take evidence, and before any other authority before whom he is entitled by law to practise.

Section 16: two classes, and only two

16(1): there shall be two classes of advocates, namely senior advocates and other advocates.

That subsection abolishes, by implication, everything Module IV has described: advocates of the Supreme Court and advocates of the High Courts as separate species, vakils, pleaders of every grade, mukhtars and, in time, attorneys. What is left is one profession with a distinction of rank inside it.

16(2): an advocate may, with his consent, be designated as a senior advocate if the Supreme Court or a High Court is of opinion that by virtue of his ability, standing at the Bar or special knowledge or experience in law he is deserving of the distinction.

16(3): senior advocates are, in the matter of their practice, subject to such restrictions as the Bar Council of India may prescribe in the interests of the legal profession. Those restrictions are the reason a senior advocate does not file a vakalatnama or draft pleadings and appears on the instructions of another advocate.

16(4): an advocate of the Supreme Court who was a senior advocate of that Court immediately before the appointed day is deemed a senior advocate, with a proviso allowing him to apply before 31 December 1965 to give up the status.

Notice what 16(2) preserves. The court, not the Bar Council, designates a senior advocate, and it does so on its own opinion of his ability. It is the one place in this Act where the courts kept a power over the standing of an individual practitioner, and the All-India Bar Committee had said in terms that a division into senior and junior, with a corresponding obligation on the senior not to act, would not conflict with the ideal of an all-India bar.

munotes.in446

The Advocates Act 1961: Admission, Enrolment and the Right to Practise

Sections 17 to 22: the roll

Section 17(1): every State Bar Council shall prepare and maintain a roll of advocates containing the names and addresses of all persons who were entered as advocates on the roll of any High Court under the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926 immediately before the appointed day, and of all other persons admitted as advocates on its roll under this Act.

17(2): each roll consists of two parts, the first containing the names of senior advocates and the second of other advocates.

17(3): entries in each part are in order of seniority, existing advocates keeping the seniority they had, and a person who was a senior advocate of the Supreme Court ranking accordingly.

17(4): no person shall be enrolled as an advocate on the roll of more than one State Bar Council. One lawyer, one roll: that is the rule that makes a national profession administrable.

Section 18: transfer from one State roll to another, on application to the Bar Council of India, which directs the removal from the first roll and the entry in the second without payment of any fee. The proviso lets the Bar Council of India reject the application, after hearing the applicant, where a disciplinary proceeding is pending against him or where the transfer does not appear to be sought bona fide.

Section 19: every State Bar Council shall send the Bar Council of India an authenticated copy of its first roll and communicate all alterations and additions as soon as they are made. That is the common roll of the All-India Bar Committee's recommendation, kept in that form.

Section 20: a special provision for the advocates of the Supreme Court who were entitled as of right to practise there immediately before the appointed day and whose names were on no State roll. They might, within the prescribed time, express their intention to the Bar Council of India, which would direct the entry of the name without payment of any fee; and if such an advocate failed to express his intention in time, his name was entered on the roll of the State Bar Council of Delhi.

Section 21: where the date of seniority of two persons is the same, the one senior in age is senior; and any other dispute about seniority goes to the State Bar Council concerned.

munotes.in447

The Advocates Act 1961: Admission, Enrolment and the Right to Practise

Section 22: the State Bar Council issues a certificate of enrolment in the prescribed form, and every advocate must notify any change in the place of his permanent residence within ninety days.

Section 23: preaudience

Preaudience is the right to be heard before another advocate. Section 23 sets out the order, and it is easily learned and often asked:

  1. the Attorney-General of India;
  2. the Solicitor-General of India;
  3. the Additional Solicitor-General of India;
  4. the second Additional Solicitor-General of India;
  5. the Advocate-General of any State, and among Advocates-General by their respective seniority;
  6. senior advocates, over other advocates; and
  7. among senior advocates, and among other advocates, by their respective seniority.

Compare section 8(4) of the Act of 1926, where preaudience went by seniority on the High Court roll, with the Advocate-General first and, until 1951, King's Counsel next. The 1961 order is the same idea rebuilt around the law officers of a Republic.

Section 24: who may be admitted

This is the section a student is most likely to be asked to state, and it should be given as a list of conditions.

A person is qualified to be admitted as an advocate on a State roll if:

  • (a) he is a citizen of India, with a proviso that a national of another country may be admitted if citizens of India duly qualified are permitted to practise law in that country, which is reciprocity;
  • (b) he has completed twenty-one years of age;
  • (c) he has obtained a degree in law, and the sub-clauses date the requirement: before 12 March 1967 from any University in the territory of India; before 15 August 1947 from a University in an area then within India as defined by the Government of India Act 1935; after 12 March 1967, after undergoing a three-year course of study in law from any University in India recognised for the purposes of this Act by the Bar Council of India, or a course of not less than two academic years from the academic year 1967-68 or earlier from such a University; or from a University outside India if the degree is recognised by the Bar Council of India. The clause also admits a barrister called to the Bar on or before 31 December 1976, a person who has passed the articled clerk's examination or another examination specified by the High Court at Bombay or Calcutta for enrolment as an attorney of that High Court, and a person with another foreign qualification recognised by the Bar Council of India;
  • (e) he fulfils such other conditions as the State Bar Council's rules specify; and
  • (f) he has paid the stamp duty, if any, and the enrolment fee, six hundred rupees to the State Bar Council and one hundred and fifty rupees to the Bar Council of India by bank draft.
munotes.in448

The Advocates Act 1961: Admission, Enrolment and the Right to Practise

Two things to notice. The date 12 March 1967 is the line between a law degree from any Indian University and a law degree from a recognised one, and it is the point at which section 7(1)(i) begins to bite: from that date the Bar Council of India decides which Universities count. And the transitional entries for barristers and for articled clerks are the last appearance in Indian law of the two branches of the English profession that clause 11 of the Charter of 1774 admitted.

Section 24A: disqualification for enrolment. A person is disqualified if he is convicted of an offence involving moral turpitude, or of an offence under the Untouchability (Offences) Act 1955, with a saving where the person was dealt with under the provisions for release of offenders on probation or after admonition.

Sections 25 to 28: how enrolment works

Section 25: the application is made in the prescribed form to the State Bar Council within whose jurisdiction the applicant proposes to practise.

Section 26: the State Bar Council refers every application to its enrolment committee, which disposes of it in the prescribed manner. 26(2): where the enrolment committee proposes to refuse an application, it must refer it for the opinion of the Bar Council of India, with a statement of the grounds. 26(3): the committee must then dispose of the application in conformity with the opinion of the Bar Council of India. 26(4): where an application is refused, the State Bar Council must inform all other State Bar Councils of the name, address, qualifications and grounds.

The proviso to 26(1) gives the Bar Council of India power, on a reference or otherwise, to remove the name of a person who got on the roll by misrepresentation as to an essential fact, or by fraud or undue influence, after giving him an opportunity of being heard.

That machinery is the All-India Bar Committee's recommendation almost exactly: the State Council admits, and where it will not, the national Council decides. Section 27 completes it: where a State Bar Council has refused an application, no other State Bar Council shall entertain an application from that person except in the circumstances the section allows.

Section 26A lets a State Bar Council remove from the roll the name of an advocate who is dead or who has asked for his name to be removed.

munotes.in449

The Advocates Act 1961: Admission, Enrolment and the Right to Practise

Section 28 gives a State Bar Council power to make rules to carry out the purposes of this Chapter, including the time within which and the form in which an advocate is to express his intention for entry of his name on a roll, the form of applications for admission, the conditions subject to which a person may be admitted, and the instalments in which the enrolment fee may be paid.

Sections 29 to 34: the right to practise

Section 29 is the sentence the entire second half of Module IV has been building towards.

"Subject to the provisions of this Act and any rules made thereunder, there shall, as from the appointed day, be only one class of persons entitled to practise the profession of law, namely, advocates."

One class. Not advocates and vakils; not advocates of the Supreme Court and advocates of a High Court; not pleaders of the first, second and third grades; not mukhtars and revenue-agents. Advocates.

Section 30: every advocate whose name is entered in the State roll shall be entitled as of right to practise throughout the territories to which this Act extends:

  • (i) in all courts including the Supreme Court;
  • (ii) before any tribunal or person legally authorised to take evidence; and
  • (iii) before any other authority or person before whom such advocate is by or under any law entitled to practise.

Set that beside section 14 of the Act of 1926, where an advocate practised as of right only in his own High Court and elsewhere subject to that High Court's rules, and beside section 4 of the Act of 1879, where an advocate needed the permission of a High Court on whose roll he was not entered. Section 30 abolishes the local bar.

Section 31 was a special provision for attorneys and was omitted by the Advocates (Amendment) Act 1976 with effect from 1 January 1977.

Section 32: notwithstanding anything in the Chapter, any court, authority or person may permit any person not enrolled as an advocate to appear before it in any particular case. That is the saving that lets a party's relative, or an expert, or a party in person, be heard by leave.

Section 33: except as otherwise provided in this Act or in any other law, no person shall be entitled to practise in any court or before any authority or person unless he is enrolled as an advocate under this Act. Section 29 says who the profession is; section 33 shuts the door on everybody else, subject to section 32 and to any other law.

Section 34(1): the High Court may make rules laying down the conditions subject to which an advocate shall be permitted to practise in the High Court and the courts subordinate to it. 34(1A): the High Court shall make rules fixing and regulating by taxation or otherwise the fees payable as costs by a party in respect of his adversary's advocate's fees, in the High Court and courts subordinate to it, which is section 16 of the Act of 1926 carried forward.

munotes.in450

The Advocates Act 1961: Admission, Enrolment and the Right to Practise

Section 34 is what remains of the High Court's control of the profession, and it is worth being exact about its size. It is a power to regulate the conditions of practice before that court, and to fix costs. It is not a power to admit, to enrol, to refuse, or to strike off.

A worked example

An advocate enrolled with the Bar Council of Maharashtra and Goa in 2015.

Where is his name? On the State roll maintained by that Council under section 17, in the second part, in order of seniority, and on the copy sent to the Bar Council of India under section 19. He may not be on any other State roll, by section 17(4).

May he appear in the Madras High Court? Yes, as of right, by section 30(i), in all courts including the Supreme Court, subject to the conditions of practice that High Court may prescribe under section 34(1).

May he appear before an income-tax tribunal? Yes, by section 30(ii) and (iii).

He moves to Bengaluru permanently. He notifies the change of his permanent residence to his State Bar Council within ninety days under section 22(2), and may apply to the Bar Council of India under section 18 to transfer his name to the Bar Council of Karnataka, without any fee; if a disciplinary proceeding is pending against him, the Bar Council of India may refuse after hearing him.

A High Court thinks him deserving of distinction. With his consent it may designate him a senior advocate under section 16(2); his name then moves to the first part of the roll, and he becomes subject to the restrictions on practice prescribed by the Bar Council of India under section 16(3), and gains preaudience over other advocates under section 23(5).

What beginners get wrong

"The Advocates Act created one class of advocates, so there are no distinctions." There are two classes by section 16(1): senior advocates and other advocates. What was abolished was the distinction between different kinds of practitioner, not the distinction of rank within one profession.

"The Bar Council of India designates senior advocates." The Supreme Court or a High Court does, under section 16(2), with the advocate's consent. The Bar Council of India prescribes the restrictions on a senior advocate's practice under 16(3).

munotes.in451

The Advocates Act 1961: Admission, Enrolment and the Right to Practise

"An advocate may be enrolled in more than one State." Section 17(4) forbids it. He transfers under section 18 instead, on application to the Bar Council of India and without a fee.

"Only an advocate may ever appear in a court." Section 33 is subject to section 32, under which any court, authority or person may permit a person not enrolled to appear in any particular case, and to any other law for the time being in force.

"A refusal by one State Bar Council can be got round by applying to another." Section 26(4) requires the refusing Council to inform all the others, and section 27 bars any other State Bar Council from entertaining an application from that person except in the circumstances the section allows.

Limits and criticism

The reform of 1961 is the largest in this module and it left three things standing.

The original sides. The All-India Bar Committee had declined to abolish the dual system at Calcutta and Bombay, and section 24(1)(c) still speaks of the articled clerk's examination for enrolment as an attorney of those High Courts. Section 31, the special provision for attorneys, was not omitted until 1977.

The High Court's conditions of practice. Section 34(1) leaves each High Court free to lay down conditions subject to which an advocate may practise in it and its subordinate courts, which is a smaller version of the rule-making power that had governed the profession since 1726, and disputes about its extent have been a steady source of litigation.

And the qualification is a floor, not a training. Section 24 asks for citizenship, an age, a recognised degree and a fee. The All-India Bar Committee had recommended a further one-year apprentice course in practical subjects with an examination held by the State Bar Council, and the section as enacted does not require it; what fills the gap is the Bar Council of India's own rules, made under section 7(1)(h) and (i) and section 49.

What it achieved is a single sentence: since the appointed day there has been one legal profession in India, whose members may appear in any court in the country as of right. Nothing in the two hundred years this module covers is a larger change than that.

Quick revision

  • s.16: two classes, senior advocates and other advocates; designation by the Supreme Court or a High Court with the advocate's consent, for ability, standing at the Bar or special knowledge or experience; senior advocates subject to restrictions prescribed by the Bar Council of India.
  • s.17: every State Bar Council maintains a roll in two parts, seniors first, in order of seniority; no person on more than one State roll. s.18: transfer by direction of the Bar Council of India, without fee, refusable where a disciplinary proceeding is pending or the application is not bona fide. s.19: copies and all alterations to the Bar Council of India.
  • s.20: former Supreme Court advocates entered without fee; in default of intention, on the roll of Delhi. s.21: equal seniority resolved by age; disputes to the State Bar Council. s.22: certificate of enrolment; change of permanent residence notified within ninety days.
  • s.23: preaudience: Attorney-General, Solicitor-General, Additional Solicitor-General, second Additional Solicitor-General, Advocates-General, then senior advocates, then by seniority.
  • s.24: citizen of India (with reciprocity for foreign nationals), twenty-one years, a law degree, after 12 March 1967 from a University recognised by the Bar Council of India after a three-year course, with transitional entries for barristers called by 31 December 1976 and articled clerks, plus other conditions and the fees. s.24A: disqualification for conviction of an offence involving moral turpitude or under the Untouchability (Offences) Act 1955.
  • s.25: application to the State Bar Council where he proposes to practise. s.26: to the enrolment committee; a proposed refusal must go to the Bar Council of India and the committee must follow its opinion; refusals notified to all State Bar Councils; names got by fraud or misrepresentation removable by the Bar Council of India. s.26A: removal on death or request. s.27: a refused applicant may not apply to another State Bar Council. s.28: State Bar Council rules for this Chapter.
  • s.29: only one class of persons entitled to practise the profession of law, namely advocates.
  • s.30: every advocate on a State roll entitled as of right to practise throughout the territories, in all courts including the Supreme Court, before any tribunal or person legally authorised to take evidence, and before any other authority before whom he may practise.
  • s.31 omitted in 1977. s.32: a court may permit an unenrolled person to appear in a particular case. s.33: nobody else may practise. s.34: the High Court may make rules on the conditions of practice, and shall make rules fixing fees payable as costs.
munotes.in452

The Advocates Act 1961: Admission, Enrolment and the Right to Practise

Test yourself

1. State the effect of sections 29 and 30 together. Section 29 provides that from the appointed day there shall be only one class of persons entitled to practise the profession of law, namely advocates. Section 30 gives every advocate whose name is on a State roll the right, as of right, to practise throughout the territories to which the Act extends, in all courts including the Supreme Court, before any tribunal or person legally authorised to take evidence, and before any other authority before whom he is by law entitled to practise. Together they create a single national profession with a national right of audience.

munotes.in453

The Advocates Act 1961: Admission, Enrolment and the Right to Practise

2. Who may be admitted as an advocate on a State roll? A citizen of India of at least twenty-one years who holds a degree in law, being, for degrees obtained after 12 March 1967, a degree after a three-year course from a University in India recognised for the purposes of the Act by the Bar Council of India, or a recognised foreign degree; a foreign national may be admitted on a reciprocal basis. Transitional provisions admit barristers called on or before 31 December 1976 and persons who passed the articled clerk's examination for enrolment as an attorney at Bombay or Calcutta. The applicant must also satisfy the State Bar Council's other conditions and pay the stamp duty and enrolment fees.

3. What happens if an enrolment committee proposes to refuse an application? By section 26(2) it must refer the application to the Bar Council of India for its opinion, with a statement of the grounds of refusal, and by section 26(3) it must then dispose of the application in conformity with that opinion. If the application is refused, the State Bar Council must inform all other State Bar Councils under section 26(4), and by section 27 no other State Bar Council may entertain an application from that person except in the circumstances that section allows.

4. Set out the order of preaudience under section 23. The Attorney-General of India; then the Solicitor-General; then the Additional Solicitor-General; then the second Additional Solicitor-General; then the Advocate-General of a State, and among Advocates-General according to their seniority; then senior advocates over other advocates; and within each of those two classes according to their respective seniority.

5. What powers over the profession did the High Courts keep? Two of substance. By section 16(2) the Supreme Court or a High Court designates senior advocates, with the advocate's consent. By section 34(1) a High Court may make rules laying down the conditions on which an advocate may practise in it and in the courts subordinate to it, and by section 34(1A) it must make rules fixing and regulating the fees payable as costs. It no longer admits, enrols, refuses or strikes off.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in454

Chapter Eighty

The Advocates Act 1961: Conduct, Discipline and Appeals

Syllabus topic 4.2.7, "Introduction to the Advocates Act, 1961"

In one line

The profession got the power to punish its own members, and Parliament balanced it with two appeals, a time limit, and a Bar Council of India that can take a case away from a State Council or reopen one it has decided.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by section 35 of the Advocates Act 1961, where a State Bar Council has reason to believe that an advocate on its roll has been guilty of professional or other misconduct, it shall refer the case to its disciplinary committee, which, after giving the advocate and the Advocate-General an opportunity of being heard, may dismiss the complaint, reprimand the advocate, suspend him from practice for such period as it thinks fit, or remove his name from the State roll; by section 37 any person aggrieved may appeal to the Bar Council of India within sixty days, and by section 38 from that order to the Supreme Court within sixty days; and by section 36B a proceeding not concluded by a State disciplinary committee within one year stands transferred to the Bar Council of India.

Section 35: the disciplinary jurisdiction

35(1): where on receipt of a complaint or otherwise a State Bar Council has reason to believe that any advocate on its roll has been guilty of professional or other misconduct, it shall refer the case for disposal to its disciplinary committee.

Three things in that subsection are worth an examination sentence.

"Or otherwise." The jurisdiction is not dependent on a complaint. A State Bar Council may act on information from any source, including a court's observations.

"Professional or other misconduct." The words are wider than professional misconduct alone. Conduct that has nothing to do with an advocate's practice may still bring him within the section, which is why an advocate's conviction or his conduct outside court can be the subject of a disciplinary proceeding.

"Shall refer." It is not discretionary. Once the Council has reason to believe, it must refer.

The Act does not define misconduct, and deliberately: the standards are laid down by the Bar Council of India under section 7(1)(b), as standards of professional conduct and etiquette.

35(1A) lets the State Bar Council, of its own motion or on the application of a person interested, withdraw a proceeding from one of its disciplinary committees and direct the inquiry to be made by another of its committees.

35(2): the disciplinary committee fixes a date for hearing and gives notice to the advocate concerned and to the Advocate-General of the State.

35(3): after giving the advocate and the Advocate-General an opportunity of being heard, the committee may make any of four orders:

munotes.in455

The Advocates Act 1961: Conduct, Discipline and Appeals

  • (a) dismiss the complaint, or, where the proceedings were begun at the Council's instance, direct that they be filed;
  • (b) reprimand the advocate;
  • (c) suspend him from practice for such period as it thinks fit;
  • (d) remove his name from the State roll of advocates.

35(4): an advocate suspended under clause (c) is, during the suspension, debarred from practising in any court or before any authority or person in India. A State Council's order therefore has national effect, which follows from the national right to practise in section 30.

35(5): the Advocate-General may appear before the committee in person or through an advocate. The Explanation provides that in relation to the Union territory of Delhi the Advocate-General means the Additional Solicitor-General of India.

The presence of the Advocate-General is the feature of the section that answers the charge of self-regulation. The first law officer of the State is entitled to notice and to be heard in every disciplinary proceeding, and by section 37 he may appeal against the order.

Section 36: the Bar Council of India's own jurisdiction

36(1): where the Bar Council of India has reason to believe, on a complaint or otherwise, that an advocate whose name is not entered on any State roll has been guilty of professional or other misconduct, it refers the case to its own disciplinary committee.

36(2): notwithstanding anything in the Chapter, the disciplinary committee of the Bar Council of India may, of its own motion, or on a report by a State Bar Council, or on an application by any person interested, withdraw for inquiry before itself any disciplinary proceeding pending before the disciplinary committee of any State Bar Council and dispose of it.

36(3): in doing so it follows the procedure in section 35, the references to the Advocate-General being read as references to the Attorney-General of India.

36(4): it may make any order a State disciplinary committee could make under section 35(3), and where a proceeding has been withdrawn, the State Bar Council concerned shall give effect to the order.

Section 36A allows a successor disciplinary committee to continue proceedings from the stage at which its predecessor left them, which matters because committees are constituted for terms.

Section 36B: the one-year rule

36B(1): the disciplinary committee of a State Bar Council shall dispose of a complaint under section 35 expeditiously, and in each case the proceedings shall be concluded within one year from the receipt of the complaint or the initiation of the proceedings, failing which the proceedings stand transferred to the Bar Council of India, which may dispose of them as if they had been withdrawn under section 36(2).

munotes.in456

The Advocates Act 1961: Conduct, Discipline and Appeals

This is the provision that turns the Bar Council of India's supervisory role into a real one. A State Council that sits on a complaint does not delay the matter; it loses it. Section 36B was inserted by the Advocates (Amendment) Act 1973, and 36B(2) made transitional provision for proceedings then pending.

Sections 37 and 38: two appeals

Section 37(1): any person aggrieved by an order of the disciplinary committee of a State Bar Council under section 35, or the Advocate-General of the State, may, within sixty days of the communication of the order, appeal to the Bar Council of India.

37(2): the appeal is heard by the disciplinary committee of the Bar Council of India, which may pass such order as it deems fit, including an order varying the punishment; with a proviso that no order shall be varied so as to prejudicially affect the person aggrieved without giving him a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

Section 38: any person aggrieved by an order of the disciplinary committee of the Bar Council of India under section 36 or section 37, or the Attorney-General of India or the Advocate-General of the State concerned, may, within sixty days, appeal to the Supreme Court, which may pass such order as it deems fit, including an order varying the punishment, subject to the same proviso about a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

That is the architecture, and it should be drawn as a ladder in any answer:

StageWho decidesAppeal toTime
Complaint against an advocate on a State rollDisciplinary committee of the State Bar Council, s.35Bar Council of India, s.3760 days
Advocate on no State roll, or a case withdrawnDisciplinary committee of the Bar Council of India, s.36Supreme Court, s.3860 days
Appeal decided by the Bar Council of IndiaIts disciplinary committee, s.37Supreme Court, s.3860 days

Note who may appeal. Not only the advocate: the complainant, as a person aggrieved, the Advocate-General under section 37, and the Attorney-General or the Advocate-General under section 38. A disciplinary order that is too lenient can be appealed by a law officer, which is the second answer to the charge of self-regulation.

Section 39 applies sections 5 and 12 of the Limitation Act 1963 to appeals under sections 37 and 38: section 5 allows an appeal to be admitted after the period on sufficient cause being shown, and section 12 excludes the time taken to obtain a copy of the order.

Section 40: an appeal does not operate as a stay of the order appealed against; but the disciplinary committee of the Bar Council of India, or the Supreme Court, may for sufficient cause direct a stay on terms; and where a stay is applied for before the appeal time expires, the committee whose order it is may itself grant it.

munotes.in457

The Advocates Act 1961: Conduct, Discipline and Appeals

Sections 41 to 44: the consequences and the powers

Section 41: where an order reprimands or suspends an advocate, a record of the punishment is entered against his name in the State roll; and where an order removes him from practice, his name is struck off the State roll. The subsection also provides for the record where the order is passed by the Bar Council of India, and for the effect of an order in appeal on those entries.

Section 42: the powers of a disciplinary committee, which are the powers vested in a civil court under the Code of Civil Procedure in respect of:

  • (a) summoning and enforcing the attendance of any person and examining him on oath;
  • (b) requiring discovery and production of documents;
  • (c) receiving evidence on affidavits;
  • (d) requisitioning any public record or copies from any court or office;
  • (e) issuing commissions for the examination of witnesses or documents; and
  • (f) any other prescribed matter.

with a proviso that no such committee shall require the attendance of a presiding officer of a court except with the previous sanction of the High Court to which the court is subordinate, or of an officer of a revenue court except with the previous sanction of the State Government.

42(2): all proceedings before a disciplinary committee of a Bar Council shall be deemed to be judicial proceedings within the meaning of the sections of the Penal Code that make perjury and the fabrication of evidence punishable, and every such committee is deemed a civil court for the specified purposes of the Code of Criminal Procedure.

42(5) deals with the case where no final order of the kind mentioned in section 35(3) can be made because the committee's members are not unanimous or for other reasons, providing for the matter to go to the Bar Council of India or its Chairman as the section directs.

Section 42A applies certain provisions of section 42 to the Bar Council of India and to other committees, so that the enrolment and executive committees also have the powers they need.

Section 43: the disciplinary committee may make an order as to the costs of a proceeding, and such an order is executable as if it were an order of the Supreme Court, in the case of the Bar Council of India's committee, or of the High Court, in the case of a State Bar Council's committee.

munotes.in458

The Advocates Act 1961: Conduct, Discipline and Appeals

Section 44: review. The disciplinary committee of a Bar Council may, of its own motion or otherwise, review any order passed by it, within sixty days of the date of that order, subject, in the case of a State committee, to the approval of the Bar Council of India.

Sections 45 to 49: the miscellaneous chapter

Section 45: any person who practises in any court or before any authority or person in or before whom he is not entitled to practise under this Act shall be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to six months. That is the successor of section 32 of the Legal Practitioners Act 1879, and the sanction behind sections 29, 30 and 33.

Section 45A: power to frame and publish lists of touts. Every High Court, District Judge, Sessions Judge, District Magistrate and Revenue-officer not below the rank of a Collector, each as regards his own court and the courts subordinate to it, may frame and publish lists of persons proved to his satisfaction to be touts. This section was inserted by the Advocates (Amendment) Act 2023, and it is why section 36 of the Act of 1879 could finally be repealed on 30 September 2024: the power had been re-enacted here.

Section 46 is repealed. Section 46A allows the Bar Council of India to give financial assistance to a State Bar Council which it is satisfied needs funds to perform its functions.

Section 47: reciprocity. 47(1): where any country specified by the Central Government by notification prevents citizens of India from practising the profession of law there, or subjects them to unfair discrimination, no subject of that country shall be entitled to practise the profession of law in India. 47(2): subject to that, the Bar Council of India may prescribe the conditions on which foreign qualifications in law obtained by persons other than citizens of India are recognised for admission as an advocate. Read this with the proviso to section 24(1)(a).

Section 48: indemnity. No suit or other legal proceeding lies against any Bar Council, any committee of it, or any member, for anything done in good faith in pursuance of the Act or the rules.

Section 48A: power of revision. The Bar Council of India may at any time call for the record of any proceeding under the Act disposed of by a State Bar Council or a committee of it, from which no appeal lies, to satisfy itself as to the legality or propriety of the disposal, and may pass such orders as it thinks fit; and no order prejudicially affecting a person may be passed without giving him a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

munotes.in459

The Advocates Act 1961: Conduct, Discipline and Appeals

Section 48AA: review. The Bar Council of India or any of its committees, other than its disciplinary committee, may review any of its own orders within sixty days.

Section 48B: power to give directions. For the proper and efficient discharge of the functions of a State Bar Council or its committees, the Bar Council of India may, in the exercise of its powers of general supervision and control, give such directions as appear to it necessary, and the State Bar Council or committee shall comply.

Sections 48A and 48B are the teeth of section 7(1)(g). A national body with a power to revise, a power to direct, and, under section 36B, a power to take over a proceeding by lapse of time, supervises in a way that a merely advisory body could not.

Section 49: the general power of the Bar Council of India to make rules for discharging its functions, and the list is long: the conditions on which an advocate may vote at a State Bar Council election and the preparation of electoral rolls; qualifications and disqualifications for membership of a Bar Council; the manner of giving effect to the ten years' requirement in the proviso to section 3(2); the manner in which an advocate may be prevented from being entered on more than one State roll; the manner of determining seniority; the minimum qualifications for admission to a course of degree in law; and, among the further clauses, the standards of professional conduct and etiquette, the class or category of persons entitled to be enrolled, the standards of legal education and the inspection of Universities.

Section 49A gives the Central Government power to make rules for carrying out the purposes of the Act.

Section 50 and the rest: what this Act killed

Section 50 is the repealing section, and it is the answer to a favourite question about what the Advocates Act did to the old law.

50(1): on the date a State Bar Council is constituted, sections 3 to 7, sub-sections (1), (2) and (3) of section 9, section 15 and section 20 of the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926 stand repealed in that territory.

50(2): on the date Chapter III comes into force, there stand repealed:

  • (a) sections 6, 7, 18 and 37 of the Legal Practitioners Act 1879, and so much of sections 8, 9, 16, 17, 19 and 41 of that Act as relate to the admission and enrolment of legal practitioners;
  • (b) sections 3, 4 and 6 of the Bombay Pleaders Act 1920;
  • (c) so much of section 8 of the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926 as relates to admission and enrolment; and
  • (d) the provisions of the Letters Patent of any High Court, and of any other law, in so far as they relate to the admission and enrolment of legal practitioners.
munotes.in460

The Advocates Act 1961: Conduct, Discipline and Appeals

Read clause (d) slowly. Clause 9 of the Letters Patent of 1865, which chapter 740 set out and which had governed the admission of advocates, vakils and attorneys since the first High Courts, is repealed by this clause, so far as it relates to admission and enrolment. The line that runs from clause 11 of the Charter of 1774 ends here.

The further subsections of section 50 repeal the rest of the 1879 Act, the 1926 Act and the corresponding State laws as the remaining Chapters come into force, and it was those staged commencements that produced the dates in chapter 750: 1 December 1961, 1 September 1963 and 15 June 2011.

Section 51: rule of construction. On and from the appointed day, references in any enactment to an advocate enrolled by a High Court, in any form of words, are construed as references to an advocate enrolled under this Act.

Section 52: saving. Nothing in the Act affects the power of the Supreme Court to make rules under article 145 for laying down the conditions on which a senior advocate may practise in that Court, and for determining the persons entitled to act or plead in it. The dual system, in the form the All-India Bar Committee left it, survives in this saving.

Chapter VII, sections 53 to 58 and their many lettered additions, is transitional. Section 53: the elected members of the first State Bar Council were elected by and from among advocates, vakils, pleaders and attorneys then entitled as of right to practise in the High Court and ordinarily practising in the territory. Section 54: their term was two years from the first meeting. Section 56: on the constitution of a new State Bar Council, the properties, assets, rights, liabilities and obligations of the corresponding Bar Council under the Act of 1926 vest in it, and all pending disciplinary proceedings stand transferred. Section 57: power to make rules pending the constitution of a Bar Council. Sections 58 and 58A onwards make special provision for the transitional period and for particular classes of advocate, including those enrolled by particular State Bar Councils, persons migrating to India, articled clerks of the Calcutta High Court, and territories such as Puducherry, Goa, Daman and Diu, and Jammu and Kashmir. Section 58B makes special provision for certain disciplinary proceedings pending at the change-over.

munotes.in461

The Advocates Act 1961: Conduct, Discipline and Appeals

Section 55 is the one to remember, because it is the reason the Act of 1879 stayed alive for fifty years. Notwithstanding anything in this Act, every pleader or vakil, every mukhtar, and every revenue agent practising as such immediately before Chapter IV came into force, who does not elect to be, or is not qualified to be, enrolled as an advocate, may continue to practise as before. That is the All-India Bar Committee's recommendation enacted exactly, and it explains why sections of the Act of 1879 governing those grades could not be repealed until the last of them had gone.

Section 59: removal of difficulties. Section 60: power of the Central Government to make rules in respect of the matters the section specifies.

A worked example

A client complains to the Bar Council of Karnataka that her advocate, Prakash Rao, took her money for a decree he never executed.

What must the Council do? If it has reason to believe he has been guilty of professional or other misconduct, section 35(1) says it shall refer the case to its disciplinary committee. It has no discretion to sit on it, and it could have acted without any complaint at all, on the words "or otherwise".

Who is heard? The committee fixes a date and gives notice to Prakash Rao and to the Advocate-General of the State, and must give both an opportunity of being heard: section 35(2) and (3).

What can it order? Dismiss the complaint, reprimand, suspend him for such period as it thinks fit, or remove his name from the State roll. If it suspends him, section 35(4) debars him during the suspension from practising in any court or before any authority or person in India, not merely in Karnataka.

The committee has not finished in a year. By section 36B(1) the proceeding stands transferred to the Bar Council of India, which disposes of it as if it had been withdrawn under section 36(2).

He is suspended for two years and appeals. By section 37 he may appeal to the Bar Council of India within sixty days, and so may the complainant as a person aggrieved, and so may the Advocate-General if he thinks the punishment too light. The appeal does not stay the suspension unless a stay is granted for sufficient cause under section 40.

The Bar Council of India increases the punishment to removal. It may do so under section 37(2), but not without giving him a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

He appeals again. By section 38, to the Supreme Court within sixty days, which may pass such order as it thinks fit, including varying the punishment, subject to the same requirement of a hearing. Section 39 lets the Court excuse delay under section 5 of the Limitation Act 1963 and exclude the time taken for a copy under section 12.

munotes.in462

The Advocates Act 1961: Conduct, Discipline and Appeals

And the record? By section 41, a reprimand or suspension is entered against his name on the State roll, and on removal his name is struck off.

What beginners get wrong

"The Bar Council of India hears all appeals against disciplinary orders." It hears appeals from a State disciplinary committee's orders under section 35. From its own orders, whether original under section 36 or appellate under section 37, the appeal is to the Supreme Court under section 38.

"Only the advocate can appeal." Any person aggrieved, which includes the complainant, and the Advocate-General under section 37; and under section 38 the Attorney-General of India or the Advocate-General concerned.

"The State Bar Council decides every complaint against its own advocates." Not necessarily. The Bar Council of India may withdraw a proceeding to itself under section 36(2), and under section 36B a proceeding not concluded within one year stands transferred to it automatically.

"Misconduct means professional misconduct." The words are "professional or other misconduct", which is wider, and the Act leaves the standards to the Bar Council of India's rules under section 7(1)(b).

"An appeal stays the punishment." Section 40 says the opposite: an appeal does not operate as a stay, though a stay may be granted for sufficient cause.

Limits and criticism

The standing criticism of the scheme is that a profession judging its own members will be lenient, and the Act's answers are structural: the Advocate-General must be given notice and heard in every case; any person aggrieved and the law officers may appeal; the Bar Council of India can withdraw a case, revise a decision from which no appeal lies, and give binding directions; and the Supreme Court sits at the top of the ladder with power to vary the punishment.

The criticism that has proved most substantial in practice is delay, and Parliament has legislated about it once already: section 36B, inserted in 1973, transfers a proceeding to the Bar Council of India if a State committee has not finished it in a year. That a legislature had to provide for the automatic transfer of undecided disciplinary cases is itself a comment.

And the Act's own transitional provisions, sections 55 and 58A onwards, are a reminder of what a real reform costs. Parliament could declare in section 29 that there is only one class of persons entitled to practise law; it could not make the mukhtars and revenue-agents of 1961 disappear, and did not try. It let them practise out their lives under the Act of 1879, and the last of those sections was repealed in 2011.

munotes.in463

The Advocates Act 1961: Conduct, Discipline and Appeals

Quick revision

  • s.35: on a complaint or otherwise, a State Bar Council with reason to believe an advocate on its roll is guilty of professional or other misconduct shall refer the case to its disciplinary committee, which, after notice to the advocate and the Advocate-General and an opportunity to be heard, may dismiss, reprimand, suspend, or remove from the roll; a suspended advocate is debarred throughout India.
  • s.36: the Bar Council of India's committee deals with an advocate on no State roll, and may withdraw any State proceeding to itself; it follows s.35's procedure with the Attorney-General in place of the Advocate-General. s.36A: a successor committee continues from where its predecessor stopped.
  • s.36B: a State committee must conclude within one year, or the proceeding stands transferred to the Bar Council of India.
  • s.37: appeal to the Bar Council of India within sixty days, by any person aggrieved or the Advocate-General; it may vary the punishment but not to the appellant's prejudice without hearing him. s.38: appeal to the Supreme Court within sixty days, by any person aggrieved, the Attorney-General or the Advocate-General.
  • s.39: ss.5 and 12 of the Limitation Act 1963 apply to those appeals. s.40: an appeal is not a stay, but a stay may be granted for sufficient cause.
  • s.41: record of punishment entered on the roll; name struck off on removal. s.42: the committee has the powers of a civil court (attendance and oath, discovery, affidavits, public records, commissions), with sanction needed to summon a presiding officer or revenue officer; proceedings are judicial proceedings. s.42A: like powers for other committees. s.43: costs, executable as an order of the Supreme Court or the High Court. s.44: review within sixty days.
  • s.45: practising when not entitled: imprisonment up to six months. s.45A: lists of touts, inserted in 2023. s.46A: financial assistance to a State Bar Council. s.47: reciprocity. s.48: indemnity for good faith. s.48A: revision by the Bar Council of India where no appeal lies. s.48AA: review within sixty days, not by the disciplinary committee. s.48B: directions under its power of general supervision. s.49: the Bar Council of India's general rule-making power. s.49A: Central Government rules.
  • s.50: repeals, including so much of the Letters Patent of any High Court as relates to admission and enrolment. s.51: references to an advocate enrolled by a High Court now mean an advocate enrolled under this Act. s.52: saves the Supreme Court's power under article 145 over senior advocates and over who may act or plead there.
  • ss.53 to 60: transitional. s.53 first elections by advocates, vakils, pleaders and attorneys; s.54 two years; s.55 existing pleaders, vakils, mukhtars and revenue agents may continue to practise; s.56 assets and pending proceedings transferred; s.57 rules pending constitution; ss.58 and 58A onwards special provisions; s.59 removal of difficulties; s.60 Central Government rules.
munotes.in464

The Advocates Act 1961: Conduct, Discipline and Appeals

Test yourself

1. Set out the procedure and the orders under section 35. Where on a complaint or otherwise a State Bar Council has reason to believe that an advocate on its roll has been guilty of professional or other misconduct, it must refer the case to its disciplinary committee. The committee fixes a date and gives notice to the advocate and to the Advocate-General of the State, and after giving both an opportunity of being heard may dismiss the complaint or direct the proceedings to be filed, reprimand the advocate, suspend him from practice for such period as it thinks fit, or remove his name from the State roll. A suspended advocate is debarred during the suspension from practising in any court or before any authority or person in India.

2. Draw the appellate ladder, with the time limits. From an order of a State Bar Council's disciplinary committee under section 35, an appeal lies to the Bar Council of India under section 37 within sixty days, at the instance of any person aggrieved or of the Advocate-General. From an order of the Bar Council of India's disciplinary committee, whether made under section 36 or on appeal under section 37, an appeal lies to the Supreme Court under section 38 within sixty days, at the instance of any person aggrieved, the Attorney-General of India or the Advocate-General concerned. Sections 5 and 12 of the Limitation Act 1963 apply, and by section 40 an appeal does not itself operate as a stay.

3. In what three ways can the Bar Council of India control a State Bar Council's disciplinary work? It may withdraw a pending proceeding to its own disciplinary committee under section 36(2), of its own motion, on a State Council's report, or on an application by a person interested. Under section 36B a proceeding not concluded within one year stands transferred to it automatically. And under section 48A it may call for the record of any proceeding from which no appeal lies to satisfy itself as to the legality or propriety of the disposal, and pass such orders as it thinks fit, after hearing anybody prejudicially affected.

munotes.in465

The Advocates Act 1961: Conduct, Discipline and Appeals

4. What did section 50 repeal that matters to a History of Courts paper? Sections 3 to 7, parts of section 9, section 15 and section 20 of the Indian Bar Councils Act 1926 on the constitution of a State Bar Council; sections 6, 7, 18 and 37 of the Legal Practitioners Act 1879 and so much of sections 8, 9, 16, 17, 19 and 41 of it as related to admission and enrolment; sections 3, 4 and 6 of the Bombay Pleaders Act 1920; and, most significantly for this subject, the provisions of the Letters Patent of any High Court and of any other law so far as they related to the admission and enrolment of legal practitioners, which ended the regime that clause 9 of the Letters Patent of 1865 had established.

5. Why could the older Acts not simply be swept away in 1961? Because of section 55. Every pleader or vakil, every mukhtar and every revenue agent then practising who did not elect to be, or was not qualified to be, enrolled as an advocate was allowed to go on practising as before, under the law that governed him. The sections of the Legal Practitioners Act 1879 that governed those grades therefore had to remain in force while they practised, which is why most of that Act was repealed only with effect from 15 June 2011.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in466

Chapter Eighty-One

Law Reporting in India

Syllabus topic 4.2.8, "Law Reporting in India"

In one line

A court that is bound by what other courts have decided has to be able to find out what they decided, and the whole law of law reporting in India was four sections of an Act of 1875, which was repealed in 2016.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by section 3 of the Indian Law Reports Act 1875, no court was bound to hear cited, and no court was to receive or treat as an authority binding on it, the report of any case decided by a High Court established under 24 and 25 Victoria chapter 104 on or after the appointed day, other than a report published under the authority of the Governor-General in Council; by section 4 nothing in the Act gave any judicial decision any further authority than it would otherwise have had; and the Act was repealed by the Repealing and Amending Act 2016, so that what now governs is article 141 of the Constitution, under which the law declared by the Supreme Court is binding on all courts within the territory of India, together with the practice of the courts themselves.

Why reporting matters to a history of courts

This is the last chapter of the book, and it answers a question the first chapter raised without saying so.

A legal system that follows precedent requires two things that have nothing to do with judges. It requires that decisions be written down accurately, and it requires that they be published so that they can be found. Without both, a rule that a court must follow an earlier decision is unenforceable, because nobody can prove what the earlier decision was.

Module II describes how India acquired a system built on precedent: the Privy Council above every court until 1949, the Federal Court whose decisions bound all courts in British India by section 212 of the Act of 1935, and then the Supreme Court under article 141. Each of those is a rule about which decisions bind. Law reporting is the machinery that makes any of them work, and until 1875 there was no machinery at all.

Note also what a reporting system does to the profession, which is the other half of this module. A bar that argues from reported cases is a bar that must own books, and a practitioner who cannot afford the reports argues at a disadvantage. When the All-India Bar Committee was told in 1951 that mukhtars served poor litigants cheaply because they incurred no expense on law books and reports, it was being told something about the cost of a precedent system.

munotes.in467

Law Reporting in India

Before 1875: too many reports and no rule about them

The preamble to the Act of 1875 states the problem in its own words. It was expedient to diminish the multitude and expense of the Law Reports published in British India, and to improve their quality; and with a view to those objects the Governor-General in Council proposed to authorise the publication of reports of cases decided by the High Courts of Judicature established under the twenty-fourth and twenty-fifth of Victoria, chapter 104.

Three things are in that sentence.

There were too many. Rival series of reports competed, and a case might appear in several, in different words, or in none.

They were expensive. A profession that must buy competing series pays several times for the same decisions.

And their quality varied. A report is somebody's account of what a court decided; if the reporter is careless or not a lawyer, the account is unreliable, and a court asked to follow it is being asked to follow a mistake.

The reference to 24 and 25 Victoria chapter 104 is to the Indian High Courts Act 1861, which chapters 290 and 740 of this book set out. The reports to be authorised were the reports of the new High Courts, and the series that resulted, published for each High Court, is the Indian Law Reports, cited as ILR.

There had been an attempt already the same year. Section 2 of this Act repeals Act No. II of 1875, an Act "to diminish the multitude and improve the quality of Law Reports, and to extend the area of their authority". India Code still lists both: the Act of 1875 numbered 2 of 1875, repealed by Act 18 of 1875, and the Act numbered 18 of 1875, repealed by Act 23 of 2016.

The Act, in four sections

Section 1: the Act may be called The Indian Law Reports Act, 1875; it extends to the whole of British India; and it comes into force on such day as the Governor-General in Council notifies in the Gazette of India. It received the assent of the Governor-General on 13 October 1875.

Section 2: Act No. II of 1875 is repealed.

Section 3 is the operative provision, and it should be quoted:

"No Court shall be bound to hear cited, or shall receive or treat as an authority binding on it, the report of any case decided by any of the said High Courts on or after the said day, other than a report published under the authority of the Governor General in Council."

Read it carefully, because it is more limited than it looks and the limits are the examination points.

It applies only to decisions of the High Courts established under the Act of 1861, and only to decisions given on or after the appointed day. It does not touch decisions of the Privy Council, of the courts of a State, or of any court below a High Court.

munotes.in468

Law Reporting in India

It has two limbs. A court is not bound to hear cited an unauthorised report, which is a rule about what counsel may read out; and a court shall not receive or treat as binding an unauthorised report, which is a rule about the weight of what is read.

And it is not a prohibition on publishing. Anybody might publish reports; what the section did was to deny them binding authority in court. The monopoly created was a monopoly of authority, not of the press.

Section 4 is the saving, and it is the section that stops the Act being misunderstood:

"Nothing herein contained shall be construed to give to any judicial decision any further or other authority than it would have had if this Act had not been passed."

That is a legislature being careful. Section 3 might have been read as conferring binding force on everything printed in the authorised reports. Section 4 says the opposite: the Act regulates the report, not the decision. Whether a decision binds depends on the ordinary law of precedent, on which court decided it and on what the decision was; publication in the authorised series adds nothing to it.

Those two sections together are the whole doctrine, and they are worth stating as a pair in any answer. Section 3: only an authorised report may be treated as binding. Section 4: being in an authorised report does not make a decision binding.

What the Act produced

The Indian Law Reports series, published for each High Court under the authority of the Government: ILR Bombay, ILR Calcutta, ILR Madras, ILR Allahabad and, as High Courts were established, the rest. After independence the series continued under the authority of the State Governments, and it is still published.

Alongside it grew a large body of private reporting, which section 3 never forbade: series published by private publishers, covering the High Courts, the Federal Court and later the Supreme Court, and which the profession uses constantly. The practical position for a century was that the authorised series had the statutory status and the private series had the readers.

What governs now

The Act was repealed by the Repealing and Amending Act 2016 (Act 23 of 2016), and this is where a current chapter has to depart from the textbooks. There is no longer any statute in India that tells a court which reports it must not treat as binding.

munotes.in469

Law Reporting in India

What governs is:

Article 141 of the Constitution. "The law declared by the Supreme Court shall be binding on all courts within the territory of India." Notice that the article binds courts to the law declared, not to a report of it. The report is evidence of what was declared; if it is inaccurate, the law declared is still what binds.

The rules and practice of the courts themselves. The Supreme Court publishes its own reports, and the High Courts and the Supreme Court regulate by their rules and by practice directions how decisions are to be cited before them, including the citation of judgments from the courts' own electronic records.

And the ordinary law of precedent, which is not statutory at all: that a court is bound by the ratio decidendi of a decision of a court above it, and generally by decisions of a coordinate bench, and that what binds is the reasoning necessary to the decision and not everything said in the judgment.

So the statutory chapter of this story is closed. Law reporting in India began without any law, was regulated by four sections for a hundred and forty-one years, and is now governed by the Constitution and by the practice of the courts.

A worked example

An advocate in 1900 wants to rely on a decision of the Calcutta High Court given in 1893.

Where must he find it? In the authorised report, published under the authority of the Governor-General in Council, that is, in ILR Calcutta. If he has it only in a private series, section 3 entitles the court to decline to hear it cited and forbids the court to treat it as binding.

Does that make the decision binding if he does produce the ILR? No. Section 4 says the Act gives no decision any further authority than it would otherwise have had. Whether a single judge of the Calcutta High Court in 1893 binds the court hearing him in 1900 is a question of the law of precedent, not of the Act.

The same advocate in 2026, relying on a Supreme Court decision.

What binds? By article 141, the law declared by the Supreme Court, binding on all courts within the territory of India.

Which report? Any accurate one. No statute now restricts which report a court may receive, the Act of 1875 having been repealed in 2016; the citation practice of the court he is in governs, and the court's own record of the judgment is conclusive if the reports disagree.

What beginners get wrong

"Law reporting in India is governed by the Indian Law Reports Act 1875." It was, and the Act was repealed by Act 23 of 2016. A student who says this in 2026 is a decade out of date.

munotes.in470

Law Reporting in India

"The Act made the Indian Law Reports the only reports that could be published." It did not restrict publication. It provided that a court is not bound to hear cited, and shall not treat as binding, any report other than an authorised one, which is a rule about authority in court.

"Section 4 made the authorised reports binding." The reverse. Section 4 provides that nothing in the Act gives any judicial decision any further or other authority than it would have had without the Act.

"The Act applied to all courts." Section 3 applies to reports of cases decided by the High Courts established under 24 and 25 Vict. c. 104, on or after the appointed day.

"Article 141 makes reports binding." Article 141 makes the law declared by the Supreme Court binding on all courts within the territory of India. A report is evidence of the law declared, and is not itself the source of the obligation.

Limits and criticism

The Act of 1875 was a small measure for a large problem, and its two weaknesses were visible from the start.

It regulated authority and not accuracy. The mischief in the preamble was the multitude, the expense and the quality of reports. Section 3 addressed the first two by concentrating authority in one series, and addressed quality only indirectly, by making the authorised report the one that counted.

And it left the profession to buy the rest anyway. Because publication was never restricted, the private series continued and multiplied, and an advocate needed both: the authorised report for its status and the private ones for their speed and coverage. The expense the preamble complained of was not diminished.

The larger point, for a history of courts, is what the Act shows about the system it served. India was given, by the Act of 1861, a hierarchy of courts on the English model; by the Act of 1935 and then by article 141, the English rule that decisions of the highest court bind; and by this Act, in 1875, an official series of reports, because the first two are useless without the third. The three together are the machinery of precedent, and this chapter is the last piece of it.

Quick revision

  • Act 18 of 1875, assent 13 October 1875, "An Act for the improvement of Law Reports". Preamble: to diminish the multitude and expense of law reports in British India and improve their quality, by authorising the publication of reports of cases decided by the High Courts established under 24 and 25 Vict. c. 104.
  • s.1: short title; extends to the whole of British India; commences on a day notified in the Gazette of India.
  • s.2: repeals Act II of 1875, an earlier Act of the same year with the same object.
  • s.3: no court is bound to hear cited, or shall receive or treat as an authority binding on it, any report of a case decided by those High Courts other than a report published under the authority of the Governor-General in Council. It restricts authority, not publication.
  • s.4: nothing in the Act gives any judicial decision any further or other authority than it would have had without the Act.
  • The series produced is the Indian Law Reports (ILR), one for each High Court; private series continued alongside it.
  • Repealed by the Repealing and Amending Act 2016 (Act 23 of 2016).
  • What governs now: article 141, "the law declared by the Supreme Court shall be binding on all courts within the territory of India"; the rules and practice of the courts on citation; and the ordinary law of precedent, under which what binds is the ratio decidendi.
munotes.in471

Law Reporting in India

Test yourself

1. What mischief did the Indian Law Reports Act 1875 recite, and how did it address it? Its preamble recited that it was expedient to diminish the multitude and expense of the law reports published in British India and to improve their quality, and that the Governor-General in Council proposed to authorise the publication of reports of cases decided by the High Courts established under 24 and 25 Vict. c. 104. Section 3 addressed it by providing that no court was bound to hear cited, or should receive or treat as binding, any report of such a case other than one published under the authority of the Governor-General in Council.

2. State sections 3 and 4 together and explain why both were needed. Section 3 denies binding authority to unauthorised reports of the decisions of those High Courts. Section 4 provides that nothing in the Act gives any judicial decision any further or other authority than it would have had if the Act had not been passed. Both were needed because section 3 alone might have been read as conferring binding force on whatever appeared in the authorised series; section 4 makes clear that the Act regulates the report and not the decision, whose authority depends on the ordinary law of precedent.

3. Did the Act prohibit private law reporting? No. It said nothing about who might publish. It provided only that a court need not hear an unauthorised report cited and must not treat it as binding. Private series continued to be published throughout, and the profession used both.

munotes.in472

Law Reporting in India

4. What is the position today? The Act was repealed by the Repealing and Amending Act 2016, so no statute now restricts which reports a court may receive. What governs is article 141 of the Constitution, by which the law declared by the Supreme Court is binding on all courts within the territory of India, together with the rules and practice of the courts about citation, and the ordinary law of precedent under which the ratio decidendi of a decision binds.

5. Why does a history of courts include a chapter on law reporting? Because a system that follows precedent cannot work unless decisions are accurately recorded and published where they can be found. India was given a hierarchy of courts by the Act of 1861 and a rule that the decisions of the highest court bind, first by section 212 of the Act of 1935 and then by article 141; the Act of 1875 supplied the third element, an official series of reports, without which the other two would have been unenforceable.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in473

Chapter Eighty-Two

Codification, the Law Commissions and Law Reform

Syllabus topic none. ⛔⛔ MU'S SYLLABUS DOES NOT NAME THIS TOPIC AND MU'S PAPERS ASK IT CONSTANTLY. House rule 1.3: the examiner asked it, and that settles it.

In one line

Indian law was made a code rather than a heap by four Law Commissions between 1834 and 1879, and the work of keeping it in repair was given after independence to a permanent, non-statutory Law Commission of India that has now reported more than two hundred and seventy times.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: section 53 of the Charter Act 1833 empowered the Governor-General in Council to appoint an Indian Law Commission to inquire into the jurisdiction, powers and rules of the existing courts and police establishments and into the nature and operation of all laws prevailing in any part of British India and to report on them; four Law Commissions were appointed in the British period, in 1834 under Lord Macaulay, in 1853, in 1861 and in 1879, and from their work came the Indian Penal Code, the Codes of Civil and Criminal Procedure, the Indian Contract Act, the Indian Evidence Act, the Indian Succession Act and the Transfer of Property Act; and after independence the Central Government constituted the First Law Commission of India in 1955 with the Attorney-General, M. C. Setalvad, as its chairman, since when twenty-two Law Commissions have been appointed, each a non-statutory body with a three-year term and a definite terms of reference.

What codification is, and why India needed it

To codify is to reduce the law on a subject to a systematic written statement enacted as a whole. A code is not merely a statute; it is a statute that means to be complete on its subject, so that a court looks first at the code and not behind it.

The condition it answers is the condition British India was in. As the Law Commission's own account of the first Commission's task puts it, India had several systems of law "widely differing from each other but co-existing and co-equal", and what they lacked was completeness, uniformity and certainty.

Count the systems this book has already described. English common law and equity in the Presidency Towns under the charters. Hindu law and Muslim law in personal matters under Hastings's plan of 1772. The Regulations of the Bengal, Madras and Bombay Governments in the mofussil. "Justice, equity and good conscience" where no rule reached. Acts of the British Parliament for India, and, after 1833, Acts of the Indian legislature. A litigant could not know which of those applied to him, and often nobody could.

Macaulay stated the object of codification in a sentence a student should be able to reproduce: "uniformity when you can have it; diversity when you must have it; but in all cases, certainty."

So the answer to "why is codification essential?" has three parts:

munotes.in474

Codification, the Law Commissions and Law Reform

  • Certainty. A written code can be read; custom and case law scattered across reports cannot be read by the person who must obey them.
  • Uniformity. One rule for the whole country on the subjects where one rule is possible, and an honest exception where it is not.
  • Accessibility. A code makes law findable, which is a precondition of everything else, including the law reporting of the last chapter.

Section 53 of the Charter Act of 1833

The power came from section 53 of the Charter Act 1833, which chapter 580 sets out. It provided for the appointment of a Law Commission to inquire into the jurisdiction, powers and rules of the existing courts and police establishments, and into the nature and operation of all laws prevailing in any part of India, and to report on them.

The Law Commission of India's own account of its early beginnings puts the two halves of the 1833 Act together: the Act "vested for the first-time legislative power in a single authority, namely, the Governor-General in Council", and it enabled that authority to appoint a commission to be called the Indian Law Commission for enquiring into the nature and operation of all laws prevailing in any part of British India, to prepare a report and advise the Legislative Council on matters of law.

That pairing is the point, and it is worth a sentence in any answer about 1833. A commission that reports is useless without a legislature that can enact, and a legislature is useless without somebody to prepare the material. The Charter Act of 1833 created both at once.

The four Law Commissions of the British period

The First Law Commission, 1834

Appointed under the Charter Act 1833. Lord Thomas Babington Macaulay was the first Law Member of the Governor-General's Council under section 45 of that Act, and led the Commission with three other members.

Its chief contributions, in the words of the Law Commission's own Report No. 14, were:

  • the draft Penal Code of 1837;
  • the draft law of Limitation and Prescription of 1842;
  • the scheme of pleading and procedure with forms of criminal indictments of 1848; and
  • the Lex Loci proposals of 1841.

It also reported on the judicial establishments of the Presidencies of Bengal, Madras and Bombay.

That draft Penal Code is the single most important thing any of these Commissions did. It was not enacted until 1860, twenty-three years after it was drafted and after Macaulay was dead, and it governed the criminal law of India until it was replaced by the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita.

munotes.in475

Codification, the Law Commissions and Law Reform

Lex loci: what the expression means and what the proposals were

Lex loci is Latin for the law of the place, and in this context it means the law of the land: the general body of law that applies in a territory to a person who is not governed by some special personal law.

The problem was a real one and it followed from everything in Modules I and II. In the mofussil, Hindus were governed in personal matters by Hindu law and Muslims by Muslim law. For everybody else in the mofussil there was no body of substantive civil law at all. Christians, Anglo-Indians, Armenians, Parsis and Jews living outside the Presidency Towns had no lex loci: no ascertainable law of the land to determine their rights.

The First Law Commission's Lex Loci proposals of 1841 addressed that gap, and the Second Law Commission, in its Second Report, examined the problems of lex loci and codification and reached the conclusion that Report No. 14 quotes:

"what India wants is a body of substantive civil law, in preparing which the law of England should be used as a basis, but which, once enacted, should itself be the law of India on the subject it embraced."

Read that sentence carefully, because it is the whole philosophy of Indian codification in one line, and it has two halves that pull against each other. English law as the material, because it was the material to hand and the draftsmen knew it; and an Indian enactment as the authority, so that once passed, the code was the law of India, not English law applied in India. That is why an Indian court construing the Indian Contract Act is construing an Indian statute and not the English law of contract.

On the date. Textbooks commonly speak of "the Lex Loci Report of 1837". The Law Commission of India's own Report No. 14 lists the First Commission's contributions as the Penal Code of 1837, the Limitation law of 1842, the pleading scheme of 1848 and the Lex Loci proposals of 1841. This book gives the Commission's own date and records the disagreement rather than hiding it.

The Second Law Commission, 1853

Appointed after the Charter Act of 1853, and it did two things that matter to this paper.

It examined the First Commission's recommendations and made its own, including the conclusion on lex loci quoted above.

And its proposals for the amalgamation of the Sadar Courts and the Supreme Courts were given effect to by the Indian High Courts Act of 1861. That is the connection a good answer makes: the merger that the whole of Module II is about was recommended by a Law Commission. Cowell records that the members of the Indian Law Commission, though they approved of the proposed union of the courts, thought it would be useless to attempt it until the Codes of Procedure were established, and that a Royal Commission was issued to obtain the basis on which the forms of procedure could be framed.

munotes.in476

Codification, the Law Commissions and Law Reform

It also submitted plans and codes of procedure for the North Western Provinces in its Third Report and for Madras and Bombay in its Fourth.

The Third Law Commission, 1861

It produced draft Bills on succession, contracts and negotiable instruments. Of those, only the succession Bill became law, in 1865, as the Indian Succession Act.

The Fourth Law Commission, 1879

It completed its work in ten months, and from it came enactments on negotiable instruments in 1881 and the transfer of property in 1882.

What the four produced, together

Over roughly fifty years the Commissions adapted English legal principles to Indian conditions and produced the statutes that are still the frame of Indian private and criminal law: the Indian Penal Code, the Code of Civil Procedure, the Code of Criminal Procedure, the Indian Contract Act, the Indian Evidence Act, the Indian Succession Act, the Negotiable Instruments Act, the Limitation Act and the Transfer of Property Act.

A student who is asked for the contribution of the first Law Commission should give the four items in the list above and then this sentence: it began the codification of Indian law, and the codes it and its successors produced are the reason India has a statutory civil and criminal law at all.

The Law Commission of India, from 1955

The Commissions of the British period were appointed for particular tasks and dissolved. Independence changed the question, and the Law Commission's own account states why: the Constitution gave "a new perspective to law reform to fulfil the aspirations of the people and the needs of a democratic legal order in a plural society", and both Parliament and the public called for "establishing a Central Law Commission to recommend revision and updating of the inherited laws".

The word inherited is the key. In 1950 India had a body of law made for a colonial government by a legislature in which Indians had had at most a minority voice, and a new Constitution with fundamental rights that a great deal of that law did not fit.

The Central Government established the First Law Commission in 1955 with the then Attorney-General of India, Mr M. C. Setalvad, as its Chairman. He is the same M. C. Setalvad who had sat on the All-India Bar Committee two years before, which is a useful thing to notice: the same handful of people built the profession and the machinery of law reform in the same decade.

munotes.in477

Codification, the Law Commissions and Law Reform

Since then twenty-two Law Commissions have been appointed, each with a three-year term and with a definite term of reference.

The Fifth Law Commission sat from 1968 to 1971 under the chairmanship of Mr K. V. K. Sundaram. MU has asked about it by number, and that is the answer to give, together with the general point that every Commission is appointed for a fixed term with a stated terms of reference, so that the purpose of appointing the fifth was the purpose stated in its own terms of reference and its work is in the reports it submitted.

What kind of body it is

This is the point most students get wrong, and it is easy marks.

The Law Commission of India is a non-statutory body constituted by notification of the Government of India. There is no Law Commission Act. It is not a court, it is not a tribunal, and it cannot make law or compel anybody. It is an executive advisory body, reconstituted from time to time, whose function is to conduct legal research and submit reports on subjects referred to it by the Government, or taken up by it of its own motion.

Compare that with the bodies this book has described. The High Court is created by letters patent under an Act. The Bar Council of India is created by section 4 of the Advocates Act. The Law Commission is created by a notification, and its whole authority is the quality of its reasoning.

What it does

  • It examines existing laws in the light of the Constitution, and recommends repeal of obsolete laws, revision of laws that need amendment, and consolidation where the law on a subject is scattered.
  • It takes up subjects on a reference from the Department of Legal Affairs, from the Supreme Court or a High Court, or suo motu, that is, on its own motion, as it did with legal education in Report No. 184.
  • It submits reports, usually with a draft Bill attached, and more than two hundred and seventy reports have been submitted.
  • It has no power to enact anything. A report becomes law only if the Government introduces a Bill and Parliament passes it, and many reports never do.

That last point is the honest answer to a question about the Commission's contribution to law reform: its record is a record of recommendations, some of which became great statutes and some of which are still sitting in a file.

A worked example

MU asks: "Describe the role of Law Commission in modern India and explain its contributions towards law reforms." Here is the shape of a thirteen-mark answer.

munotes.in478

Codification, the Law Commissions and Law Reform

  1. Say what it is. A non-statutory executive body constituted by notification of the Government of India, first constituted in 1955 under M. C. Setalvad, since when twenty-two Commissions have been appointed, each for a three-year term with a definite terms of reference.
  2. Say where it comes from. Its ancestor is the Indian Law Commission of section 53 of the Charter Act 1833, and the four British-period Commissions of 1834, 1853, 1861 and 1879.
  3. Say what it does. Reviews inherited and existing law against the Constitution; recommends repeal, amendment and consolidation; works on references from the Government and the courts and suo motu; and submits reports, over two hundred and seventy of them, usually with a draft Bill.
  4. Say what it cannot do. It cannot legislate. Its reports bind nobody, and a report becomes law only when Parliament enacts it.
  5. Give the contribution, in two halves. Before independence: the Penal Code, the two Procedure Codes, the Contract, Evidence, Succession, Negotiable Instruments, Limitation and Transfer of Property Acts. After: the systematic review of inherited law, beginning with Report No. 14 on the Reform of Judicial Administration in 1958, which is also the source for what this book says about legal education in the next chapter.
  6. Finish with the limitation. The Commission is only as effective as the Government that refers subjects to it and the Parliament that acts on its reports; its influence is persuasive, not legal.

The other engine: judicial precedent

MU asks for a short note on judicial precedents, and it belongs here because reform of the law happens by two routes and this is the second.

A precedent is a decided case treated as authority for the rule it decided. The binding part is the ratio decidendi, the reason for the decision: the rule of law necessary to the result on the facts found. What a judge says in passing, not necessary to the decision, is obiter dictum and is persuasive only.

The doctrine that a court is bound to follow the ratio of an earlier decision is called stare decisis, from stare decisis et non quieta movere, to stand by decided matters and not disturb what is settled. Its object is certainty, which is the same object as codification's; the difference is that a code fixes the rule in advance and precedent settles it after the event.

In India its statutory and constitutional footing has been traced through this book: appeals to the King in Council from 1726, the Privy Council whose decisions bound all Indian courts until 1949, section 212 of the Government of India Act 1935, which made the Federal Court's decisions binding on all courts in British India, and now article 141, by which the law declared by the Supreme Court is binding on all courts within the territory of India. And the machinery that makes it usable is the subject of the previous chapter: law reports.

munotes.in479

Codification, the Law Commissions and Law Reform

What beginners get wrong

"The Law Commission of India was set up by an Act." It is a non-statutory body constituted by a notification of the Government of India. There is no Law Commission Act.

"The Law Commission makes laws." It recommends. It submits reports, usually with a draft Bill, and nothing happens unless the Government introduces the Bill and Parliament passes it.

"Lex loci is a Latin term for local custom." It means the law of the place, that is, the general law of the land; and in this subject it names the problem that persons in the mofussil who were neither Hindus nor Muslims had no body of substantive civil law governing them.

"The first Law Commission gave India the Indian Penal Code in 1837." It gave India the draft Penal Code in 1837. The Code was enacted in 1860.

"There has been one Law Commission since 1955." There have been twenty-two, each appointed afresh for a three-year term with its own terms of reference.

Limits and criticism

Codification was done to India, not by it. The men who drafted the codes were English lawyers using English law as their material, and the Second Commission said so openly: English law as the basis, an Indian enactment as the authority. That produced statutes of a very high technical quality and it also produced a private law whose categories are English, which is a criticism that Indian legal scholarship has been making ever since.

And the codes were slow. The draft Penal Code took twenty-three years to become law; the Third Commission's three Bills produced one Act; the Fourth Commission finished in ten months and its Bills waited two and three years more. A commission cannot enact, and the delay between recommendation and enactment is the standing weakness of the whole method, before and after independence.

What can be said for it is very large. In fifty years, four commissions turned a mass of charters, regulations, personal laws and English rules into a set of codes that a lawyer could learn and a litigant could be told about; and the permanent Commission since 1955 has kept that body of law under continuous review in a way that no legislature with an ordinary business could. Report No. 14, the Reform of Judicial Administration, is the ancestor of most modern thinking about the Indian courts, and this book has used it as a source twice.

munotes.in480

Codification, the Law Commissions and Law Reform

Quick revision

  • Codification is reducing the law on a subject to a systematic enacted written statement. Its objects are certainty, uniformity and accessibility. Macaulay: "uniformity when you can have it; diversity when you must have it; but in all cases, certainty."
  • s.53 of the Charter Act 1833: an Indian Law Commission to inquire into the courts, the police establishments and the nature and operation of all laws prevailing in any part of British India, and to report.
  • First Law Commission, 1834, Lord Macaulay the first Law Member, with three other members. Contributions: draft Penal Code 1837, draft law of Limitation and Prescription 1842, scheme of pleading and procedure with forms of criminal indictments 1848, and the Lex Loci proposals of 1841.
  • Lex loci = the law of the place, the law of the land. The problem: no body of substantive civil law for persons in the mofussil who were neither Hindus nor Muslims.
  • Second Law Commission, 1853: examined lex loci and codification and concluded that "what India wants is a body of substantive civil law, in preparing which the law of England should be used as a basis, but which, once enacted, should itself be the law of India"; and its proposals for the amalgamation of the Sadar and Supreme Courts were given effect by the Indian High Courts Act 1861.
  • Third, 1861: Bills on succession, contracts and negotiable instruments; only succession passed, in 1865. Fourth, 1879: finished in ten months; negotiable instruments 1881 and transfer of property 1882.
  • Law Commission of India: non-statutory, constituted by notification; First, 1955, chairman M. C. Setalvad, Attorney-General; twenty-two Commissions since, each three years with a definite terms of reference; Fifth, 1968 to 1971, K. V. K. Sundaram; more than two hundred and seventy reports; works on references and suo motu; cannot legislate.
  • Precedent: the binding part is the ratio decidendi; obiter dictum persuades only; the doctrine is stare decisis; and in India it rests now on article 141.

Test yourself

1. Why is codification essential? Give three reasons. Certainty, because a written code can be read by the person bound by it while scattered custom and case law cannot; uniformity, because one rule can then govern the whole country on the subjects where one rule is possible; and accessibility, because a code makes the law findable. Macaulay put the object as uniformity where you can have it, diversity where you must, but in all cases certainty.

munotes.in481

Codification, the Law Commissions and Law Reform

2. What is lex loci, and why was it a problem in British India? Lex loci means the law of the place, that is, the general law of the land applying to a person not governed by a special personal law. It was a problem because in the mofussil Hindus were governed by Hindu law and Muslims by Muslim law in personal matters, and there was no body of substantive civil law at all for persons who were neither, such as Christians, Anglo-Indians, Armenians, Parsis and Jews. The First Law Commission made Lex Loci proposals in 1841 and the Second Law Commission, in its Second Report, concluded that what India wanted was a body of substantive civil law prepared on the basis of English law but which, once enacted, should itself be the law of India.

3. What was the contribution of the first Law Commission? The draft Penal Code of 1837, the draft law of Limitation and Prescription of 1842, the scheme of pleading and procedure with forms of criminal indictments of 1848, and the Lex Loci proposals of 1841, together with reports on the judicial establishments of the three Presidencies. Its Penal Code, enacted in 1860, governed the criminal law of India for more than a century and a half.

4. What kind of body is the Law Commission of India, and what does it do? A non-statutory body constituted by notification of the Government of India, first constituted in 1955 with the Attorney-General M. C. Setalvad as chairman, and reconstituted since as twenty-two Commissions, each with a three-year term and a definite terms of reference. It examines existing and inherited laws against the Constitution, recommends repeal, amendment and consolidation, works on references from the Government and the courts and on its own motion, and submits reports, of which more than two hundred and seventy have been made. It cannot legislate; a report becomes law only if the Government introduces a Bill and Parliament passes it.

5. What connects the Law Commissions to the Indian High Courts Act 1861? The Second Law Commission's proposals for the amalgamation of the Sadar Courts and the Supreme Courts were given effect to by that Act. The Commissioners approved the union of the courts but thought it useless to attempt it until the Codes of Procedure were established, and a Royal Commission was issued to obtain the basis on which the forms of procedure could be framed.

6. Distinguish ratio decidendi from obiter dictum, and name the doctrine that makes precedent binding. The ratio decidendi is the rule of law necessary to the decision on the facts found, and it is the part that binds. An obiter dictum is something said in passing and not necessary to the decision, and it is persuasive only. The doctrine that a court must follow the ratio of a previous decision is stare decisis, and in India the binding force of the Supreme Court's decisions on all courts comes from article 141 of the Constitution.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in482

The rest of this subject

These notes are cut from the University's printed syllabus. Open the syllabus itself, or the past papers, for the same subject.

Report or request
Done!